Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Auraria Membership

Aggregations:
Auraria Library

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text

1973-74 University of Colorado Bulletin
Oewef CmrfMJ


U1A7D1 1550774
AURARIA LIBRARY
II
til II


CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION ............... 1
ACADEMIC CALENDAR.................. 1
COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES. . . 10
DIVISION OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES.. 15
DIVISION OF NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES............ 23
DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES..... 31
ETHNIC AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS....39,41
PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS........ 42
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. 47
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION............... 58
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE ................. 60
COLLEGE OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. ... 76
COLLEGE OF MUSIC.................. 79
GRADUATE SCHOOL .................. 80
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS . . .109
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS ..........111
FACULTY ..........................112
INDEX ............................116
This bulletin contains general information and course descriptions. Students should consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes as well as particular registration information.
University of Colorado Bulletin.
1200 University Avenue, Boulder, Colorado 80302. Vol. LXXII, No. 54, November 20, 1972,
General Series No. 1638. Published five times monthly by the University of Colorado.
Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.


Engineering, Master of, 99-100
English: undergraduate, 17-19; graduate, 100-101 Environmental Design, College of, 76-78 Ethnic programs, 39-41 Expenses, 6-7
F
Facilities, 8-9 Faculty, 2,111-116 Fees, 6-7 Finance, 55-56 Financial Aid, 8, 80 Fine arts: undergraduate, 19-20; graduate, 101 Foreign students, 8 Former students, 5-6 French, 20-21
G
General information, 1-9 Geography: undergraduate, 26-27; graduate, 101-102 Geological sciences, 27 German, 21
Graduate record examinations, 82
Graduate School, 80-108 H
Health insurance, 8 History: undergraduate, 34-35; graduate, 102 High school concurrent enrollment, 2 Honors Program, Undergraduate Studies, 41
I
In-state status, 7 International Education, 81 Intra-university transfer, 6
L
Library, 8-9 M
Management science:
undergraduate, 56; Master of, 51
Marketing, 56
Mathematics: undergraduate, 27-29; graduate, 102-104 Mechanical engineering, 75-76
Medical technology, 44 Mexican American studies, 40-41
Music, College of, 79-80 Music, graduate, 104
N
Natural and Physical Sciences, Division of,
23-31
O
Office administration, 56 Operations management, 56-57
Organizational behavior, 57 Out-of-state status, 7
P
Parking, 9
Philosophy: undergraduate, 21-22; graduate, 104-105 Physical education: undergraduate, 29; graduate, 105 Physical therapy, 45-46 Physics: undergraduate,
29- 30; graduate, 105 Physics, engineering, 74-75 Political science: undergraduate, 35-38; graduate, 105-106
Prebusiness, 42 Predental hygiene, 42-43 Predentistry, 43 Pre-education, 43-44 Prejournalism, 44 Prelaw, 44 Premedicine, 44-45 Prenursing, 45 Prepharmacy, 45 Preprofessional programs, 42-45
Psychology: undergraduate,
30- 31; graduate, 106 Public Administration,
Master of, 110 Public Affairs, Graduate School of, 109-111
R
Real estate, 57 Registration, 6 Requirements for admission, 2-6
S
Schedule of Courses: see Other Regulations, 7 Social sciences, courses, 38 Social Sciences, Division of,
31-39
Sociology: undergraduate, 38-39; graduate, 106 Spanish: undergraduate, 22-23; graduate, 107 Speakers Bureau, 9 Special students, 6 Speech pathology and audiology; undergraduate, 23; graduate, 107-108 Statistics, 57 Student activities, 8 Student Relations, Office for, 7-8
Student services, 7-8 T
Transcripts, 7 Transfer students, 4 Tuition, 6-7
U
Undergraduate Studies, College of, 10-46 Urban Affairs, Center for, 9 Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development, Master of, 77 Urban Design, Master of Architecture in, 77 Urban studies major, 39 Urban Transportation Studies, Center for, 89-90
V
Veterans, certification and counseling, 8
W
Withdrawals, 7


University of Colorado Denver Campus 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver. Colorado 80302 Telephone: 892-1117
Second-Class Postage Paid at the Post Office Boulder. Colorado 80302


GENERAL
INFORMATION
Denver Campus Academic Calendar*
(NOTE: Prospective students are advised that slight variations in the calendar may exist on different campuses of the University. Specific information should be obtained from the campus to which the individual expects to apply.)
SPRING SEMESTER 1973
Jan. 19 (Fri.) — Registration.
Jan. 22 (Mon.) — Classes begin.
Mar. 26-31 (Mon.-Sat.) — Spring vacation.
Apr. 2 (Mon.) — Classes resume.
May 23 (Wed.) — Classes end.
May 26 (Sat.)— Commencement in Boulder.
SUMMER TERM 1973 (8-week term)
May 1 (Tues.) — Application deadline.
June 15 (Fri.) — Registration.
June 18 (Mon.) — Classes begin.
July 4 (Wed.) — Independence Day holiday (no classes). Aug. 10 (Fri.) — Classes end.
Aug. 18 (Sat.) — Commencement in Boulder.
FALL SEMESTER 1973
July 2 (Mon.) — Application deadline.
Early August — Registration.
Sept. 3 (Mon.) — Labor Day holiday.
Sept. 4 (Tues.) — Classes begin.
Nov. 22-24 (Thurs.-Sat.) — Thanksgiving holiday.
Nov. 26 (Mon.) — Classes resume.
Nov. 30 (Fri.) — Application deadline.
Dec. 5-6 (Wed.-Thurs.) — Spring semester early registration for students enrolled during the fall semester only.
Dec. 21 (Fri.) — Classes end.
SPRING SEMESTER 1974
Jan. 18 (Fri.) — Registration.
Jan. 21 (Mon.) — Classes begin.
Mar. 25-30 (Mon.-Sat.) — Spring vacation.
Apr. 1 (Mon.) — Classes resume.
May 1-2-3 (Wed., Thurs., Fri.) — Early registration for summer.
May 22 (Wed.) — Classes end.
May 25 (Sat.) — Commencement in Boulder.
'The University reserves the right to alter the academic calendar at any time.
The University of Colorado at Denver ... an urban university campus
History
Beginning in 1912, courses were made available to residents of the Denver metropolitan area through the Extension Division of the University of Colorado in Boulder. Classes were held in scattered locations throughout the city until 1938, when they were gathered in one Center. Increasing enrollment necessitated two moves to larger quarters, and the Denver Center came to its present location at 14th and Arapahoe Streets in 1957. In 1965, the Denver Center became a degree-granting institution enabling students to complete full academic programs in Denver.
In January 1973, the Board of Regents adopted a resolution changing the names of the University’s Centers because of an amendment to the Constitution of the State of Colorado which gave the Centers legal status as separate branches of the University. The Denver Campus was renamed the University of Colorado at Denver.
Location
The Denver Campus is situated at the “hub” of a tremendous growth area. The campus is accessible to both city dwellers and suburban commuters from a five-county area with a population of 1,295,000. Situated across Cherry Creek from the Auraria Urban Renewal Area, CU Denver will share facilities with the other colleges in the Auraria Higher Education Center complex while remaining a unique urban institution in itself. The campus is close to major business establishments and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultural centers.
Enrollment
CU Denver is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado, based on enrollment. The average number of students enrolled for credit is more than 7,000 during the fall and spring semesters and 4,000 during the summer term.
Academic Programs
Academic and public service programs are especially geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, as well as to traditional fields of study. Students may earn degrees in more than 50 undergraduate fields and some 20 graduate areas. These educational endeavors emphasize quality instruction, research, and professional training. Academic programs within the University are offered by colleges that admit freshmen, by professional schools that admit students who have completed at least two years of preprofessional study, and by the Graduate School. Colleges and schools on the Denver Campus include:
College of Undergraduate Studies
School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration


2 / University of Colorado at Denver
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
Accreditation and Memberships
The University of Colorado at Denver is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and is a member of the Association of Urban Universities.
The School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration is a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. The School of Education is accredited by the National Council of Accreditation of Teacher Education and membership is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science has earned high accreditation ratings from the Engineers Council on Professional Development. The College of Environmental Design is accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board and is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture. The College of Music is a member of the National Association of Schools of Music.
The Graduate School of Public Affairs is a recognized member of the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration.
Year-Around Operation
Classes on the Denver Campus are scheduled six days a week, both day and evening. Students may begin studies at the start of any one of the academic terms of the year, which include a fall semester of 16 weeks, a spring semester of 16 weeks, and an eight-week (half-semester) summer term. More than half of the courses on the Denver Campus are offered during evening hours, permitting students maximum flexibility in planning for both employment and educational goals.
Faculty
More than 160 highly qualified faculty members teach full time on the Denver Campus; 84 percent have earned a doctoral degree. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban scene and responsive to the needs of the urban student.
Students
Strongly motivated people from all walks of life make up the profile of the student body. The diversity of interests, knowledge, occupations, backgrounds, and age stimulates a unique learning experience for these men and women. Ages range from 16 to 70. About 30 percent of the students enrolled are at the senior, fifth year, or graduate level.
Prospectus
As an urban university, the Denver Campus has a fundamental commitment to meet the needs of the urban community; it seeks to keep pace with the needs of the present-day urban-oriented student and at the same time plan for the demands of the future. Programs are continually being enlarged and expanded to offer students a broad scope of educational opportunities, whether the student is seeking a general education or has a desire to study in a highly specialized area.
CU Denver’s primary role is to provide graduate, professional, and upper division education, with undergraduate programs oriented to those students who plan to undertake graduate work or postbaccalaureate professional study.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The University of Colorado at Denver seeks to identify applicants who have a high probability of successful completion of an academic program. Admission decisions are based on evaluation of many criteria. Among the most important are:
1. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth.
2. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonresidential campus.
3. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment shown on national aptitude and achievement tests (ACT/SAT).
4. General level of previous academic performance.
An applicant who is granted admission to CU Denver must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
High School Concurrent Enrollment
High school juniors and seniors of proved academic ability may be admitted to the Denver Campus for courses which supplement their high school program. University courses taken in this manner may subsequently be applied to a university degree program. Interested high school students may contact the Office of Admissions and Records for complete information and application instructions (telephone (303) 892-1117, ext. 245).
Admission of Freshmen (Those who have not had prior collegiate experience)
New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Engineering and Applied Science, Music, and Undergraduate Studies.
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO EACH COLLEGE. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate as a result of completion of the General Educational Development Test (GED). Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English As a Second Language.”
All applicants must present 15 units of acceptable secondary school credit. While the College of Undergraduate Studies does not specify particular units, the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Music have the following requirements:


General Information / 3
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE
English ............................................... 3
Algebra ............................................... 2
Geometry .............................................. 1
(Trigonometry and solid geometry recommended*)
Natural sciences ...................................... 2
(physics and chemistry recommended)
Social studies and humanities.......................... 2
(foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities) Electives ............................................. 5
COLLEGE OF MUSIC 15
English ............................................... 3
Mathematics .........................................\
Foreign language....................................I
Social science ..................................... > 8
Physical science ....................................I
Theoretical music..................................../
Additional high school units........................... 4
15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about ten minutes in length on TVi ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, Denver Campus, for audition or interview applications.
Applicants who present the High School Equivalency Certificate of the GED must score at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the test to be eligible for consideration for admission. Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English As a Second Language.”
2. COLORADO RESIDENT APPLICANTS.! Colorado resident applicants who meet the above general qualifications are divided into three categories:
a. Applicants who ranked in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board are assured admission.
b. Applicants who ranked in the upper two-thirds of their high school graduating class and who have an ACT composite score from 18 to 22 or a combined score of 800 or higher on the SAT will be considered for admission on an individual basis. These applicants cannot be assured admission.
c. Applicants who ranked in the lower one-third of their high school graduating class, or who have a composite ACT score below 18 or a combined SAT score below 800 will be considered for admission on an individual basis by the Admissions Committee.
3. NONRESIDENT APPLICANTS.! Nonresident applicants must meet the general requirements stated above, and, in addition, must rank in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class and present an ACT composite score of 24 or higher or a combined
SAT score of 1050 or higher to be considered for admission.
Nonresident applicants are advised of the fact that the Denver Campus of the University of Colorado does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area, but must be secured by the individual without dependence on University services.
How to Apply for Admission
1. Applicants may apply for the fall semester, the spring semester, or the summer term. A schedule of deadlines for the various semesters and terms will be supplied with the application form. An application that is received after the stated deadline for one semester or term will be considered for the next semester or term if the applicant notifies the Office of Admissions and Records of his intention.
2. An Application for Admission may be obtained by contacting:
The Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Telephone (303) 892-1117, ext. 245
A Colorado resident may also obtain this form from the office of his high school principal or counselor.
3. The application for admission must be completed in total and submitted to the above address prior to the stated application deadline for the term of enrollment desired. All applications for admission must be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $10. This application fee is nonrefundable.
In the event the applicant is granted admission but is prevented from enrolling during the term indicated on the application, the application fee will be valid for one full year (12 months) from the date of the term for which the applicant was applying.
4. The applicant must request a high school transcript, including his rank-in-class, be mailed to the above address by his high school.
5. The applicant must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board on one of the national testing dates. The student must request test scores be sent to the University of Colorado at Denver (ACT code # 0533, or SAT code # R-4875).
If the applicant took one of these tests prior to his application for admission to the University of Colorado and did not list the Denver Campus to receive a score report, he must request the testing agency to send the score to the Denver Campus. This is accomplished on a Request for Additional Score Report form available at test centers or from the appropriate office listed below.
Information regarding these tests may be obtained either from the applicant’s high school counselor, the Denver Campus Office of Admissions and Records, or from one of the following offices of the national testing agencies:
‘Beginning engineering students must be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. A student who does not have trigonometry should expect to attend at least one extra summer term.
tSee page 7 lor definition of "in-state" and "out-of-state" classification.


4 / University of Colorado at Denver
Registration Department (ACT)
American College Testing Program
P.O. Box 414
Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 1025
Berkeley, California 94704
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
ALL CREDENTIALS PRESENTED FOR ADMISSION BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AND MUST REMAIN ON FILE.
When a complete application (application form, transcript of high school work completed, statement of rank-in-class, required entrance test scores, counselor recommendation, and the nonrefundable $10 application fee) is received by the Office of Admissions and Records, a decision of admission eligibility will be made and the applicant will be notified.
Admission of Transfer Students
1. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits), from an institution of university rank, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended are assured admission to the Denver Campus. (Applicants who have completed less than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of collegiate work acceptable to the University of Colorado must meet requirements for admission as a freshman.)
2. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from a college, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended also are assured admission to the Denver Campus.
3. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of less than 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from a college, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended will be considered for admission on an individual basis. Primary factors affecting the admission decision in such cases are: (a) the C.U. college or school to which admission is desired; (b) previous quality of work attempted; (c) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (d) time since the last collegiate attendance.
Applicants should consult the appropriate college or school section of this bulletin to determine specific entrance requirements.
In the event a transfer applicant to one of the professional schools of the University has not completed all required coursework for that college or school, he may be admitted to the College of Undergraduate Studies in one of the preprofessional programs pending completion of such work for admission to the desired professional school.
Transfer applications may be secured from:
The Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Telephone: (303) 892-1117, ext. 245
When to Apply
Interested applicants who are currently enrolled in a collegiate institution should submit their application for transfer admission after they have registered for the final term at the current institution. Evaluation of transfer credits will be based on an official transcript of record indicating work completed up to the last term of enrollment and courses for which the student is currently enrolled. A final, official transcript of record will be required upon completion of the final term.
Credentials Required for Transfer Admission
1. A University of Colorado transfer application.
2. The application fee of $10 in check or money order. (This fee is nonrefundable.)
3. An official transcript of record from each collegiate institution attended previously. If the applicant is currently enrolled at a collegiate institution and is submitting a transcript listing all courses except for the final term of enrollment, another official transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term.
4. An official high school transcript. If the applicant is a GED graduate, a GED Certificate of High School Equivalency, GED test scores, and a transcript of any high school work completed must be submitted. Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English As a Second Language.”
ALL CREDENTIALS PRESENTED FOR ADMISSION BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AND MUST REMAIN ON FILE.
Transfer of College-Level Credit
The Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices cannot make an evaluation of credits from another collegiate institution or give specific degree advisement until complete and official credentials are on file and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credits from other accredited collegiate institutions will be accepted insofar as they meet the degree, grade, and residence requirements of the student’s chosen program of studies at the University.
College-level credit may be transferred to the University of Colorado in the following instances:
1. Provided it has been earned at a college or university of recognized standing, from Advanced Placement Examinations, or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education.
2. If a grade of C or higher has been attained.
3. When the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution.
The University of Colorado will accept up to 72 semester credits of junior college work to apply toward the baccalaureate degree at the University of Colorado. No credit is allowed for vocational-technical courses.
A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met.


General Information / 5
Credit for Military Service and Schooling
If copies of discharge, separation papers, and a DD Form 295 (Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service) are submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records at the time of application for admission or subsequently, an evaluation will be made and credit awarded as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at this university.
Credit will be allowed for college courses satisfactorily completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute, subject to the usual rules involving credit of this nature.
Credit for Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board
College credit and advanced placement will be awarded to students who present scores of 3, 4, or 5 on Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. For detailed information contact the Office of Admissions and Records. See page 5 of this section for more information.
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)
An exciting challenge with rewarding opportunities is available to incoming University of Colorado Denver Campus students to earn university credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate Subject Examinations provided in the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) testing service. Students who score at the 67th percentile or above in subjects approved by the University college or school from which they plan to graduate will be granted advanced standing and university credit. The cost per examination is $15.
Students who wish to challenge subject areas for credit are urged to examine carefully the list of approved examinations for the college or school to which they are applying, or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of the lower division requirements, in order to determine the applicability of such credit to specific graduation requirements.
CLEP Subject Examinations are administered on the Denver Campus during the third week of each month (the subject examination on Monday and the general examination on Tuesday). CLEP Subject Examinations are administered nationally during the third week of each month (students should check with the institution for testing days). Arrangements to take these examinations must be made well in advance of the testing date.
Colorado residents may secure CLEP materials from the state regional office by contacting:
College Level Examination Program c/o College Entrance Examination Board 2142 South High Street Denver, Colorado 80210
Colorado residents may also obtain CLEP information from the several test centers throughout the state, preferably from the center located nearest to their high school. In Colorado, testing centers are located at:
Metropolitan State College, Denver
Colorado State University, Fort Collins
El Paso Community College, Colorado Springs
Southern Colorado State College, Pueblo
University of Denver, Denver
Fort Lewis College, Durango
University of Colorado, Boulder
Students outside of Colorado may secure CLEP information and application forms by writing: Institutional Testing Department College Level Examination Program Box 1822
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
Students interested in obtaining advanced standing and university credit through CLEP tests should consult the Office for Student Relations, the college or school to which they are applying for admission, or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of lower division undergraduate requirements for specific subject examinations acceptable by that college or school for the desired degree program.
Advanced Standing by Examination
Examinations for advanced standing credit may be granted to a student in degree status and in good standing for work completed by private study or by occupational experience if such credit is equivalent to courses offered by the University of Colorado. A non-refundable fee is charged for each examination taken. Advanced Placement Program
The University is a cooperating member of the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board which provides able high school students, while still in high school, an opportunity to take work and then to be examined for credit on the college level.
Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Test. For students who achieve scores of 3, 4, or 5 in the CEEB’s Advanced Placement Examination, college credit and advanced placement will be granted. Students with scores below 3 may be considered by the department concerned. College credit granted will be treated as transfer credit without a grade but will count toward graduation and other specific requirements for which it may be appropriate.
Readmission of Former Students
1. Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University of Colorado must submit a Former Student Application prior to the deadline for the term they wish to attend.
2. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last University of Colorado enrollment must submit a Transfer Application to apply for readmission. In addition, a $10, nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. The student must request an official transcript of record from the institution(s) attended be sent to the University of Colorado Denver Campus. Consideration for readmission will be made after receipt of all of the above listed credentials.
The University reserves the right to deny readmission to former students whose total credentials reflect


6 / University of Colorado at Denver
an inability to assume those obligations or performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Intra-University Transfer
Denver Campus students wishing to change colleges or schools within the University of Colorado, or to change campuses within the University of Colorado complex, must make application through the Office of Admissions and Records, Denver Campus, Room 203. This application must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which they wish to register.
Admission of Special Students
Persons who wish to take University courses but do not plan to work for a degree at the University of Colorado (graduate or undergraduate) are referred to as Special Students. Special Students enrolled during the academic year (fall and spring semesters), must be 21 years of age or older and must have a high school diploma or the equivalent. To accommodate students who live in the Denver metropolitan area, but who are attending other collegiate institutions and wish to take courses during the summer, the University does not require that Special Students be 21 years of age during the summer term.
Certified school teachers with a baccalaureate degree who seek only a renewal of the certificate currently held and who do not require institutional endorsement or recommendation may qualify for the University-wide Special Student classification outlined above.
Persons holding a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification may qualify for the Special Student classification but must apply for and be admitted to the Teacher Education Program separately and meet all requirements for the School of Education. Applications for teacher education are considered once each year (deadline is February 1 for the following summer term and/or academic year). Information regarding such application may be obtained from the School of Education office, Denver Campus, 892-1117, ext. 276.
Special Students may take courses on a Pass/Fail basis; however, such credit will be counted as part of the total Pass/Fail credit allowed by the various colleges and schools should the student apply for and be accepted to degree status.
Continuation as a Special Student is contingent upon the student maintaining an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or higher.
Application for Admission
All former nondegree students and all new students seeking admission as Special Students must complete a Special Student Application, available from the Denver Campus Office of Admissions and Records. Deadlines for the various terms and semesters will accompany the application. Transcripts from previous schools attended are not required for admission as a Special Student.
Applying Special Student Credits Toward Degree
Special Students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by submitting the Special to Degree Application, complete academic credentials, and the application fee. Accepted degree applicants may transfer a maximum of 12 semester
credits taken as a Special Student to an undergraduate degree program with the approval of the appropriate academic dean. Acceptance of credit toward degrees at the University changed in fall 1970. Special Students enrolled prior to that date may transfer credit in accordance with provisions in effect between January 1969 and August 1970.
Special Students desiring to pursue a graduate degree at this university are encouraged to submit the complete Graduate Application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. Effective with the fall term 1970, courses taken as a Special Student may not be applied to a graduate degree program at the University of Colorado. The only exception to this rule is that students who are registered as Special Students during the term in which they are admitted to the Graduate School may request that the work in progress be applied toward a degree. That work may be accepted toward a degree upon recommendation of the student's major department with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. Special Students enrolled prior to fall 1970 may transfer credit in accordance with provisions in effect between January 1969 and August 1970.
REGISTRATION
See Academic Calendar in this bulletin for dates. See the appropriate Schedule of Courses for complete registration information.
NOTE: There is a penalty fee for late registration. EXPENSES
Educational expenses at the University of Colorado Denver Campus normally involve tuition, fees, books, and required materials. The Denver Campus does not maintain any residence facilities so all costs related to housing must be arranged by the student at his own convenience. Students are advised that transportation and parking costs should be considered in the determination of expenses.
Tuition and Fees*
All tuition and fee charges are established by the Regents of the University of Colorado in accordance with appropriate legislation enacted annually by the Colorado General Assembly. THE PUBLICATION OF THIS BULLETIN PRECEDED ESTABLISHMENT OF TUITION RATES FOR 1973-74. THEREFORE, THE TUITION RATES AND POLICIES LISTED BELOW SHOULD BE USED ONLY AS A REASONABLE GUIDELINE. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term during the year. The student is advised to check with the Office of Admissions and Records for specific tuition and fee information for the term for which he intends to apply.
Tuition for the spring semester 1973:
Credit Hours
of Enrollment Residents Nonresidents
0.0- 3.0 .........................$ 34.50 $ 90.00
3.1 - 4.0 ......................... 46.00 120.00
4.1 - 5.0 ......................... 57.50 150.00
5.1 - 6.0 ......................... 69.00 180.00
6.1 - 7.0 ......................... 80.50 511.00
7.1 - 8.0 ......................... 92.00 511.00
8.1 - 9.0 ........................ 103.50 511.00
9.1 -10.0 ........................ 115.00 511.00
10.1 or more ..................... 127.50 511.00
"The Board of Regents of the University of Colorado reserves the right to change tuition and fees at any time.


General Information / 7
1. A Student Activity Fee will be charged in addition to the above tuition as follows:
Summer term 1973 ......................$3
Fall semester 1973 .................... 7
Spring semester 1974 .................. 7
2. Members of the full-time faculty and staff may take 6 credit hours or less for $34.50.
3. Students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation pay $60.
4. Graduate students who enroll for a comprehensive examination only will pay $60. Such students will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they register for coursework in addition to the comprehensive examination.
5. Students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course pay a $10 breakage deposit.
Assessment of Charges and Payment Regulations
All tuition and fees are assessed during registration and must be paid at that time. Any student who registers for courses is liable for payment of tuition and fees even though he may drop out of school. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent semester or term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credits. The only exception to this regulation is notes and/or other types of indebtedness maturing after graduation.
Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office to defer payment of a portion of tuition and fees after a minimum down-payment or one-third of the total tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information regarding deferred payment will be found in the Schedule of Courses which is published in advance of each term or semester.
Personal checks will be accepted for any University obligation. Any student giving a check that is not acceptable to the bank may be dropped immediately from the rolls of the University.
The student is advised to refer to the Schedule of Courses for charges imposed for late registration, schedule changes, and late payments.
Refund policies, policies related to adding and dropping courses, and withdrawing from the University will be found in the Schedule of Courses published prior to each semester or term.
TRANSCRIPTS
Transcripts of records should be ordered from the University of Colorado Transcript Section, Regent Hall 125, Boulder, Colorado 80302 or from the Office of Admissions and Records, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Transcripts are prepared only at the student’s request, and each request must include a prepayment of $1 per transcript ordered. A student having financial obligations to the University that are due and unpaid will not be granted a transcript. Copies of transcripts from other institutions cannot be furnished.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY
A student who leaves the University without officially withdrawing will receive a grade of F in each course for which he is registered. Withdrawal forms may be obtained from the office of the academic dean of the college or school in which the student is enrolled.
OTHER REGULATIONS
Students are advised to refer to the Schedule of Courses each semester for specific information regarding course loads, adding or dropping classes, adjustments in tuition as a result of dropped classes, etc. Where requirements differ from one academic area to another, the student is advised to abide by the regulations stated by the college or school in which he is enrolled.
CLASSIFICATION OF IN-STATE AND OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS*
A student is initially classified as an in-state or out-of-state registrant for tuition purposes at the time an application and all supporting credentials have been received in the Office of Admissions and Records. The classification is based upon information furnished by the student and from other relevant sources. After the student’s status is determined, it remains unchanged in the absence of satisfactory evidence to the contrary. The student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification, whether from out-of-state to in-state or the reverse, has the responsibility of informing the tuition classification officer, Office of Admissions and Records, in writing within 15 days after such a change occurs.
An unemancipated minor whose parents move their domicile from Colorado to a location outside the state is considered an out-of-state student from the date of the parents’ removal from the state. He will be assessed nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or his parent is REQUIRED to send written notification to the tuition classification officer within 15 days after such a change occurs.
If an adult student or an emancipated minor establishes domicile outside Colorado, he is to send written notification within 15 days to the tuition classification officer.
Petitioning for Classification Change
Detailed instructions as to the procedure to follow, the necessary petition forms, and a copy of the appropriate Colorado statute governing tuition classification at state-supported institutions in Colorado are available from the tuition classification officer, University of Colorado at Denver, Office of Admissions and Records, room 203.
Classification Notes
1. Petitions will not be acted upon until an application for admission to the University and complete supporting credentials have been received.
2. Changes in classification are made effective at the time of the student’s next registration.
3. A student who willfully gives wrong information to evade payment of the out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
Services offered by the Office for Student Relations are available to the student, either as an individual or
‘Classification standards conform to state statutes and judicial decisions and are applicable to all of Colorado's state-supported colleges and universities.


8 / University of Colorado at Denver
as part of an organization. The Dean for Student Relations is concerned with the total University experience of each student. His associates and staff provide personalized assistance to the student in educational, social, organizational, and behavioral areas. Undergraduate colleges and schools conduct orientation programs for incoming students before each semester begins, and academic advising throughout the academic year.
Counseling Center
The services of the counseling center are available by appointment to all students. Individual counseling, group experiences, and student testing are provided by trained and qualified counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for the testing or counseling.
Financial Aid
A large proportion of Denver Campus students receive financial assistance through grants, loans, or the Work-Study program. In addition, a large number of students find part- or full-time employment in the community. Short-term emergency loans also are available.
Most financial aid is awarded on the basis of the student’s financial need, with academic achievement a secondary consideration. For current information on deadlines, applications, and types of aid available the student should consult the Office for Student Relations or his high school counselor.
Job Opportunities
Part-time job opportunities are listed in the Office for Student Relations. Career placement, after graduation, is available through the Boulder Campus Placement Center. Applications and further information are available through the Office for Student Relations.
Special Services
Veterans’ counseling and certification for educational benefits is available through Student Relations. Eligibility for veterans’ benefits is determined by the Regional Veterans Administration Office. Certificates of Eligibility are required from that office authorizing study on the Denver Campus.
Students eligible to receive benefits under the Dependents Educational Assistance Act should receive certification from the Regional Veterans Administration Office. Counseling and further information may be obtained from the Office for Student Relations.
Students authorizing the release of information may have reports of their academic progress sent to the Selective Service local board. Individual letters on current school status may be obtained from Student Relations.
Students from foreign countries may secure the appropriate immigration certifications and work permits through the Office for Student Relations. Counseling, assistance with housing, and special information is available from the Foreign Student Adviser on the Denver Campus.
Health Insurance Program
The University provides an optional student health and accident insurance program through Blue Cross/ Blue Shield. Special Student, spouse, and dependent rates are available. Sign-up is held during each registration period. Further information may be obtained from Blue Cross or the Office for Student Relations.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Numerous student clubs and organizations exist to provide a variety of interests for students desiring extracurricular activities. The student newspaper, The Fourth Estate, is published weekly, and there is an active student government.
Students participate in dramatic and musical productions, reading programs, special seminars and workshops, intramural sports, and debate. Lectures and programs are held throughout the academic year.
Students are vitally concerned with current issues such as environmental action, politics, education for minority groups, and women’s liberation, and student clubs for such issues invite participation and ideas.
Several honorary societies, fraternities, and professional associations have active student chapters at Denver, and Denver Campus students also are eligible for membership in Boulder Campus organizations.
ALUMNI PROGRAMS
All graduates and former students of the University of Colorado are eligible for membership in the CU Alumni Association. The Colorado Alumnus newspaper is mailed eleven times each year.
Also, two Denver area alumni clubs (Denver East and Denver West) have recently been formed, and a wide range of activities is planned by these groups. Membership and further information is available through the alumni office on the Boulder Campus.
FACILITIES
The CU Denver Campus comprises an eight-story tower and classroom building providing over 50 classrooms, 26 teaching laboratories, faculty and administrative offices, an auditorium, cafeteria, and student lounges.
Work began in summer 1972 on a second floor addition to the classroom building, which will provide additional space in spring 1973.
Additional faculty offices are at 831 Fourteenth St.; fine arts studios are located at 1130 Twelfth St.; the Environmental Design laboratory, an elementary education laboratory, and bureau offices are located at 1120 and 1130 Twelfth St.
Bookstore
Textbooks and supplies are available at the Denver Campus bookstore, located on the first floor of the Bromley Library building. The bookstore is open from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Friday, and closed Saturday, Sunday, and holidays. It also remains open on the first day of registration. Students must present their validated ID card when paying for purchases by check.
Library
The Charles D. Bromley Library is located at Fourteenth and Lawrence Streets, adjacent to the classroom building. Hours of service are from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. on Friday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturday, and closed Sunday. Special holiday and vacation hours are posted in the library.
The library collection includes reserve books, reference materials, journals, microforms, records, and tapes. Microform equipment and listening facilities are


General Information / 9
provided in the library. General reference service, inter-library loans, and assistance with individual library problems are available through the reference office on the second floor.
Denver Campus students also may use the Norlin Library on the Boulder Campus, or any library in a Colorado state-supported institution of higher learning, for research materials not available in the Bromley Library by presentation of the student’s validated ID card. A copy of the Norlin Library catalog is available on microfilm in the Bromley Library reference office, and books may be borrowed through interlibrary loan, to minimize the inconvenience to students who wish to use Norlin Library resources.
Child Care Center
A Child Care Center is located at 1213 Curtis Street for use by students who have young children to be cared for while attending classes or using the library. It is operated by the Denver Campus student government and a committee of interested parents. For information call 892-1117, ext. 395.
Classroom Locations
Most classes and laboratory sections meet in the main CU Denver building. A few courses are scheduled at other facilities. Locations are designated in the Schedules of Courses under “Building Codes.”
Parking
Parking is available at nearby commercial off-street lots both day and evening, and student-operated lots provide parking at special rates.
BUREAUS AND AGENCIES Bureau of Community Services
The Bureau of Community Services provides assistance to community groups, agencies, and organizations in planning and developing programs to solve a variety of problems. Bureau staff, with support from Denver Campus faculty and graduate students, conduct training programs in the areas of leadership development, resource mobilization, community planning, and community organization. In addition, consultation is provided to numerous groups engaged in community development efforts.
Center for Urban Affairs
The Center for Urban Affairs is an administrative and coordinating unit which reports to the vice president for the Denver Campus. It was established in 1968 in response to the need for a structure to administer urban interdisciplinary research projects. Not long after its establishment, the center’s responsibilities were enlarged to include urban problem solving, community
service, and training. Recent organizational development of the center has been concentrated on formalizing the functions of research, academic programming, and community services.
Within the University the center functions to:
1. Encourage and aid development of urban and regional related courses and training programs;
2. Develop and coordinate interdisciplinary urban related research and academic studies; and
3. Develop and coordinate experiential learning programs.
Division of Continuing Education
The Division of Continuing Education is responsible for noncredit programs, off-campus credit classes, correspondence study, audiovisual services, continuation education, speech services, and community services in the Denver metropolitan area. These programs and resources of the University of Colorado are an integral part of the statewide coordinated program of off-campus instruction under the guidelines established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education.
The program provides opportunity for advancement in business, government, and the professions; offers liberal education programs contributing to cultural, intellectual, and personal vitality; and presents programs designed to help solve social, community, and individual problems.
Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Except in certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course.
Off-campus credit offerings supplement the regular academic programs offered on the Denver Campus. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment on the Denver Campus. Usually individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado are admitted to off-campus instruction as Special Students.
Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or information may write or call the Division office on the Denver Campus, 1100 14th Street, 892-1117, ext. 286.
Speakers Bureau
Faculty and administrative personnel are available for outside speaking engagements on a wide variety of subjects. This public service activity helps to promote interaction between Denver Campus personnel and the urban community. Requests for speakers are handled through the Denver Campus Office of Information Services, ext. 246.


10 / University of Colorado at Denver
College of
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDIES
HERBERT G. ELDRIDGE, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Undergraduate Studies was established, effective July 1, 1971, in order to respond directly to the needs of urban students in innovative ways. The responsibility of the College is to serve the higher educational needs of qualified university students in the Denver metropolitan area. Reflecting the varied objectives of the urban student, the instructional program provides opportunities for general education in the arts and sciences both as an end in itself and as preparation for professional and graduate work. New programs in interdisciplinary studies particularly appropriate to the urban environment are being planned and implemented.
The College is organized into three divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate majors, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs. In order to broaden the student’s perspectives the College requires 12 hours of course work in each of the areas represented by the three divisions. However, the student is given a wide selection of courses to satisfy each of the three area requirements and the other requirements for his degree.
The College offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.); Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.); and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Medical Technology and Physical Therapy. A student may complete a major in one of the following disciplines: anthropology, biology, chemistry, communication and theatre, distributed studies, economics, English, fine arts, geography, history, mathematics, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, sociology, and Spanish.
Students also enroll in the College of Undergraduate Studies to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University which include the School of Business, School of Dentistry, School of Education, School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, and School of Pharmacy. Each professional school has specific requirements which must be followed if the student intends to pursue a career in one of these fields.
Interdisciplinary majors are currently being developed in each division of the College. These include Urban Studies (Social Sciences), Environmental Science (Natural and Physical Sciences), Advanced Writing (Arts and Humanities), the Environment of the Arts (Arts and Humanities), and American Studies (Arts and Humanities). Some courses applicable to these new majors are already being offered, and others will be initi-
ated in 1973-74. Interested students should contact the office of the appropriate divisional dean for information.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Freshmen
The student must be a high school graduate and must present 15 units of acceptable secondary work. (The College of Undergraduate Studies does not specify particular units.) An applicant who has not graduated from high school must present satisfactory scores on the General Educational Development Test (GED) and a high school equivalency certificate to be considered for admission. Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English As a Second Language.” High school is interpreted as grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for complete admission requirements.
Transfer Students
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin.
Applicants (residents and nonresidents) will be considered for admission provided a minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0 (C) or better has been attained on all work attempted at all institutions attended. If the applicant has been away from the collegiate environment for more than three years the student will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original collegiate admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Undergraduate Studies. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward a degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies.
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)
Prospective students who plan either to graduate from the College of Undergraduate Studies or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for professional schools may earn college-level credit for advanced standing in the following CLEP Subject Examinations scored at the 67th percentile and above: American Literature
Analysis and Interpretation of Literature English Literature American Government American History General Psychology


College of Undergraduate Studies / 11
Introductory Economics
Western Civilization
Biology
General Chemistry
Geology
Introductory Calculus
For complete information about the CLEP program, students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin.
ACADEMIC ADVISING
Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements.
To assist students with this planning the College maintains an advising staff located in room 804 of the Tower Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems.
As soon as the student has determined his major, he must declare his intentions to his discipline adviser. The discipline adviser will be responsible not only for the student’s advising but also for the certification of the completion of his major program for graduation.
Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools (Business, Education, Journalism, Nursing, and Pharmacy) should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements.
The Denver Campus also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Relations to which a student may go for assistance with academic problems as well as problems of a vocational or personal nature.
ACADEMIC POLICIES Courses and Credits
The University operates on the semester system. The term “course” as used in this bulletin means a one-semester course. Except for laboratory courses, the credit-hour value assigned to a course is roughly equivalent to the number of hours per week of class work involved in the course (thus a 3-semester-hour course normally meets 3 hours per week). The value of a course in semester-hour credits is indicated by that part of the course number that follows the dash. Example: Chem. 103-5. “Chem. 103” is the identifying department number, and “5” indicates that the course is for 5 semester hours credit.
Course Numbering System
Course levels are designated as follows: 100 level: freshman; 200 level: sophomore; 300 level: junior; 400 level: senior; 500 level: graduate.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned. Freshman classification: 0 to 29 credits; sophomore: 30 to 59 credits; junior: 60 to 89; and senior: 90 to 120.
Course Load Policy
The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. These totals include all courses taken for credit in the University, but do not include correspondence courses,
noncredit courses, and courses taken at other institutions. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course.
Students who hold or expect to hold full- or part-time employment while enrolled in the College must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses elected will be completed.
Employed 20 hours per week. .10 to 13 semester hours
Employed 30 hours per week. . 8 to 11 semester hours
Employed 40 hours per week.. 6 to 9 semester hours
Independent Study
With the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean, students may register for independent study. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (normally not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor’s degree.
Credit for Courses in the Professional Schools and in Physical Education
Students may count toward the bachelor’s degree as many as 24 credits of course work outside the College in the curricula of professional schools and colleges (Business, Education, Engineering and Applied Science, Environmental Design, Journalism, Music, Nursing, and Pharmacy). The College does not grant credit for courses in office administration such as typewriting, stenography, and office machines. Other courses of a highly practical nature such as navigation or surveying may not be included in the 24 hours. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 hours required for the degree.
Correspondence Study
Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the University’s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree.
Adding and Dropping Courses
All changes of schedule must be made by processing the official Drop and/or Add cards. No change will be made in a student’s schedule until all necessary signatures have been entered on the Drop/Add card and the card has been returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Restrictions on changes of schedule are noted below:
Adding Courses. Courses may not be added after the first full week of classes except under unusual circumstances.
Dropping Courses. Students receive a grade of F in any course they discontinue without officially dropping. During the first two weeks of classes, courses may be dropped without discredit, upon approval of the dean’s office. After the first two weeks, the instructor must certify that the student is passing if the course is to be dropped without discredit.
When a course is dropped under either of the following conditions, it must be dropped with a grade of F:


12 / University of Colorado at Denver
1. When the student is not passing the course at the time of the drop.
2. When the course is dropped after the tenth week of the semester (unless the drop is occasioned by circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control and is approved by the dean’s office).
Withdrawal
A student who leaves the University without officially withdrawing will receive a grade of F in each course for which he is registered. Requests for withdrawal must be made to the Office of the Dean of the College. After the tenth week of the semester, a student will not be permitted to withdraw except for reasons clearly beyond his control.
Attendance Regulations
The matter of classroom attendance is left to the discretion of the instructor. It is the responsibility of the student to determine at the beginning of each semester his instructor’s policies on attendance.
Students who do not attend the first class session in limited enrollment courses of 15 or less will lose their place in the glass unless arrangements have been made with the instructor prior to the first class session.
Grading System
A — Superior, with four credit points for each credit hour
B — Good, with three credit points for each credit hour
C — Fair, with two credit points for each credit hour
D — Minimum passing, with one credit point for each credit hour
F — Failure, with no credit points for each credit hour
NC — No credit. Requires permission of the dean.
The cumulative grade-point average is computed by dividing the total number of credit points earned by the total number of hours attempted.
Honors courses carry grades of:
H — Honors
P — Pass
F — Fail
Credit hours earned in Honors courses count toward the student’s degree, but no credit points are awarded and the hours are excluded when the grade-point average is computed unless the course is failed.
In some cases, a student may not be given a final grade in a course, and the mark will be one of the following:
1C — Incomplete: awarded when, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, sufficient information is unavailable to warrant a final grade, and when the student’s work indicates a potential grade of C or better. No credit hours or points are awarded until the 1C is made up. Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies who register for School of Business courses and receive an Incomplete must make up the Incomplete within the next regular semester, otherwise the Incomplete becomes an F on the student’s record.
CN — Condition: awarded under the same circumstances as above, except that the student’s work is of D or F quality. A Condition counts as F in the average until it is made up.
Incompletes and Conditions are made up by completing the required course work within one calendar year. Thereafter an Incomplete or Condition can be made up only by retaking the course. If not made up, the CN remains permanently in the student’s grade average.
Repeating Courses
Effective fall 1972, a student who fails a course or receives a CN in a course may repeat that course one time in order to demonstrate competence at a passing level. If a course failed is repeated, the original F will remain on the record, but will be excluded from the grade average.
Pass/Fail Option
Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies may enroll for courses on a Pass/Fail basis. A student may count toward graduation as many as 16 hours passed on the Pass/Fail option:
1. No more than 16 semester hours of course work passed may be credited toward the 120 hours required for graduation. These 16 hours are in addition to those taken in honors, physical education, and student teaching.
2. The use of the Pass/Fail option may be restricted in certain major programs.
3. Courses taken on a Pass/Fail basis may not be included in the minimum of 30 hours of C or better required for the major.
4. Transfer Students: no courses may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis by transfer students graduating with only 30 semester hours completed at the University of Colorado.
The P grade is not included in the student’s grade-point average; the F grade is averaged in. Students must declare the Pass/Fail option within, the first three weeks of the semester (two weeks for summer term). No change will be approved thereafter. A form is available in the dean’s office upon which both the student and the faculty member must agree to the Pass/Fail grading option. The faculty member will keep one copy, the other will be returned to the dean’s office no later than the end of the third week. After the third week (second week in summer term) students may not change back to the standard letter grading policy.
Grade-Point Average Requirements and Scholastic Suspension
A minimum cumulative grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 (C) is required of all students in the College of Undergraduate Studies. If a student’s GPA drops below
2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term) the student will be required to achieve better than a
2.0 in succeeding semesters, as described in the following sliding scale, or he will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until his grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students will be reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student will be informed in writing if he is to be suspended.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 13
Hours Deficiency Necessary Semester GPA
1-10 2.2
11-20 2.3
21-30 2.4
over 30 2.5
The “Hours Deficiency” is the number of credit hours of 8 work the student must earn to raise his GPA to 2.0. Hours of deficiency may be computed as follows: multiply total number of hours by 2 to obtain the GPA points that would have been attained with a 2.0 average. Subtract from this figure the total grade points shown on the last grade slip. The difference is the hours of deficiency.
In an effort to raise his grade-point average, a student in the College may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term and for correspondence study through the University, irrespective of his academic status.
Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and his progress toward the degree.
First Suspension. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Undergraduate Studies. The student will then be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on his CU record only) until his cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension.
A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if he has demonstrated marked academic improvement in one of the following ways:
1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term or through correspondence work.)
2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to a 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.
3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to a 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to CU, however, the student retains his old grade-point average. (GPA from another institution does not transfer back to CU.)
Second Suspension. A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances, and only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Undergraduate Studies. Each petition will be examined individually. The committee will expect the student to show that his chances for successfully completing his education in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1. The deadline for petitions for reinstatement for any spring semester is December 1.
Students should note carefully the fact that, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado, if they complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution, they must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, and must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.
COMMITTEE ON ACADEMIC PROGRESS
The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. The committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. CAP alone is empowered to grant waivers of, exemptions from, and exceptions to the academic policies of the College.
One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee.
The Committee on Academic Progress is composed of five faculty members and three student members.
ACADEMIC ETHICS
Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Cheating, plagiarism, illegitimate possession and disposition of examinations, alteration, forgery, or falsification of official records, and similar acts or the intent to engage in such acts are grounds for suspension or expulsion from the University.
In particular, students are advised that plagiarism consists of any act involving the offering of the work of someone else as the student’s own. It is recommended that students consult with their instructors as to the proper preparation of reports, papers, etc., in order to avoid this and similar offenses.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION College Requirements
The following four requirements apply to all Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts students:
1. Arts and Humanities — 12 hours.
2. Natural and Physical Sciences —12 hours.
3. Social Sciences —12 hours.
Lists of courses that will satisfy the above area requirements are available in the Fall and Spring Schedules of Courses, in each divisional office and in the dean’s office.
4. Foreign Language. This requirement is satisfied by:
a. Completion of a Level III high school course in any classical or modern foreign language; or
b. Completion of a third-semester course (normally 211, but in French, German, 201 or 211) in the College; or
c. Demonstration of third-semester proficiency by test.


14 / University of Colorado at Denver
d. This requirement also may be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201 or 211, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test.
Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation and will continue from the level indicated until the third-semester course has been passed. A student who enrolls in a course at a lower level than that in which he has been placed will not receive credit for the course.
Students who may go on to do graduate work are advised to complete the fourth semester of a foreign language in preparation for language requirements of graduate schools.
Foreign Language Placement. Placement of students in college-level foreign language courses is based on units of high school language study and on the verbal SAT score according to the following schedule:
Verbal SAT Score High School Foreign Language Levels or Units Approved Courses, Strongly Advised for the Freshman Year
600-800 4 or more Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below third-year (300-level) courses.
200-599 4 or more Exempt from requirement. Recommend 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
600-800 3 Exempt from requirement. Recommend 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
200-599 3 Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
600-800 2 Third semester courses (201 or 211).
200-599 2 Second semester courses (102).
600-800 1 Second semester courses (102).
200-599 1 Beginning course (101).
A student may, upon consultation with the appropriate faculty member, enroll in a course at a lower level than that in which he is placed. However, he will not receive credit for any course taken at a level lower than his placement. Exceptions to this policy can be made only by the discipline adviser and will normally be considered only when there has been a lapse of five or more years since previous study of the language. There is ample opportunity for language review by enrolling on a noncredit basis in lower-level language courses upon consultation with the adviser.
Students may request a placement test to place them in a higher level course than that assigned, or to demonstrate proficiency sufficient to satisfy the college foreign language requirement.
Students who do not wish to continue a language studied previously may, without penalty, begin a new language. However, students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students also are urged to consult with the appropriate faculty
member concerning any problems that might arise regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement.
NOTE: Effective June 1972, physical education is no longer required for completion of the bachelor’s degree. However, a maximum of 8 hours of physical education credit will count toward the 120 hours required for the degree.
Major Requirements
A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for his major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by his adviser) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one discipline may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College.
For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the fine arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of courses and programs.
Upper Division Requirement
Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor’s degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered.
Courses transferred from a junior college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination.
Total Credit Hour and Grade-Point Requirement
To qualify for a bachelor’s degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado.
Residence Requirement
A candidate for a degree from the College of Undergraduate Studies must earn his last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Undergraduate Studies.
Senior Progress Report
Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student should request a Progress Report in the Office of the Dean to determine his status with respect to the above requirements.
At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date when they intend to graduate. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Undergraduate Studies, Office of Admissions and Records, and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all schedule changes with the Degree Requirements section of the Office of the Dean.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 15
GRADUATION WITH HONORS
The Honors Program of the College is outlined in the Ethnic and Special Programs section of this bulletin. In addition to graduation with honors, a student may be graduated with distinction if, prior to his final semester, he has taken at least 30 hours at the University of Colorado and if his cumulative grade-point average by the end of the semester, prior to his final semester’s work toward the degree, is 3.5 or higher, both at the University of Colorado and in all collegiate work attempted.
SUMMARY CHECK LIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The student alone is ultimately responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. Questions concerning them should be directed to the Office of the Dean of the College of Undergraduate Studies. Upon completion of degree requirements (including the fulfillment of a major) the student will be awarded the appropriate degree.
General Requirements
1. 120 semester hours passed.
2. 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado work.
3. 45 hours of upper division work.
4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College.
Area Requirements
1. Arts and Humanities: 12 hours.
2. Natural and Physical Sciences: 12 hours.
3. Social Sciences: 12 hours.
4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency or completion of a Level III high school foreign language course.
Major Requirements
1. 30 to 48 hours in the major area.
2. 30 hours of C-grade or better in the major area.
3. A 2.0 grade-point average in all major work.
4. 16 hours of upper division courses in the major, C-grade or higher.
5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major program.
NOTE: Not more than 48 hours in any one discipline and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree.
Effective June 1972, students may elect to satisfy their degree requirements according to the above requirements or students may choose to satisfy their requirements according to those in effect when they first enrolled as a degree student in the College of Undergraduate Studies.
Students planning to transfer to the Boulder Campus are responsible for informing themselves of the degree requirements on that campus.
DIVISION OF
ARTS AND HUMANITIES
ROBLEY D. RHINE, Assistant Dean
The Division of Arts and Humanities includes the disciplines of communication and theatre, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, Spanish, and speech pathology and audiology. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in communication and theatre, English, fine arts, philosophy, and Spanish. Requirements for each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines. Information on preprofessional programs is given in that section of this bulletin.
This division offers coursework in several special programs including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers trained in the techniques and vocabularies of several varied fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business, social sciences, and literature. Two co-curricular programs also are open to students: Theatre and Community Speaking and Forensics.
Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office or the discipline representative.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
A major in communication and theatre at both the bachelor’s and master’s level may be completed on the Denver Campus.
Students majoring in communication and theatre must present a minimum of 40 semester hours (although the individual areas within communication and theatre may require additional hours) including C.T. 202 and C.T. 400. The student must elect to pursue one of the several areas of emphasis within the communication and theatre field. Each area has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with academic advisers to insure proper balance of courses within the major. Lists of required and suggested courses in each major area may be secured from the divisional office.
Communication and theatre majors planning to teach communication and theatre at the secondary level should acquaint themselves with the certification requirements of the North Central Accrediting Association.
Each student pursuing a program in the School of Education must meet minimal standards of competence in oral communication. Additional information may be secured through the School of Education office.
C.T. 40-0. Speech Clinic for Foreign Students. Group assistance for foreign students wishing to improve their spoken English.


16 / University of Colorado at Denver
C.T. 41-0. Reading Clinic for Foreign Students. Group assistance for foreign students wishing to improve speech and comprehension in reading English.
C.T. 42-0. Writing Laboratory for Foreign Students. Group assistance for foreign students wishing to improve their writing in English.
C.T. 140-5. Structure and Pronunciation of English for Foreign Students. Practice in speaking and understanding spoken English. Structure, grammar, pronunciation, and vocabulary.
C.T. 141-3. Written Composition for Foreign Students I. Beginning course in written English composition for foreign students. Oral and written work.
C.T. 142-3. Written Composition for Foreign Students II. Second semester course. Continued work on grammar, syntax, and spelling. Organization and development of material for longer connected discourse.
C.T. 200-3. Voice and Diction. Improvement of the normal speaking voice, articulation, and pronunciation.
C.T. 202-3. Principles of Communication I. A lecture-discus-sion-recitation approach to communication theory and its application in everyday communication. This course is intended to give students a point of view and certain basic knowledge that will help them become better communicators regardless of their fields of specialization.
C.T. 203-3. Principles of Communication II. Further development of the principles of communication. Specific topics such as argumentation, source credibility, attitude, organization, language style, and mass communication will be expanded by both theoretical refinement and analysis of specific research studies. Prer., C.T. 202.
C.T. 210-3. Speechmaking. The theory and practice of developing ideas, supporting materials, organization, style, delivery, and audience adaptation.
C.T. 213-2. Community Speaking and Intercollegiate Forensics I. Available for those students who wish to develop their understanding, appreciation, and skill by participation in the off-campus speaking and intercollegiate forensics program.
C.T. 214-2. Community Speaking and Intercollegiate Forensics II. Designed for students participating in the intercollegiate forensics program who have had some background in community speaking or intercollegiate forensics. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 250-3. Introduction to Oral Interpretation. Study and performance of the narrative, lyric, and dramatic modes of literature. Not open to freshmen.
C.T. 270-3. Introduction to Theatre. A study of the theory and practice of theatrical art, historical and contemporary. Readings, lectures, demonstrations, play-going, and participation in live productions.
C.T. 273-2. Stage Movement. (Dance 242.) Analysis and practice of stage movement including the study of basic techniques in gesture, mime, and pantomime as related to period drama, modern drama, and musical comedy. Emphasis is placed on developing an awareness of the use of the body as a means of expression.
C.T. 276-3. Stagecraft. Theory and practice. An introduction to stagecraft, including basic mechanical drawing, mechanics, lighting, and their application to the scenic arts.
C.T. 308-3. Introduction to Phonetics.
C.T. 314-2. Advanced Community Speaking and Intercollegiate Forensics. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 315-3. Discussion. Theory and practice in group discussion processes, decision making, and participant and leader behavior combined with interpersonal laboratory.
C.T. 320-3. Argumentation. Theory of argumentation and debate applied to contemporary issues. Briefing and presenting arguments.
C.T. 330-3. Communication in Instruction. Principles of communication as applied to the teaching situation. Particular attention will be paid to verbal and nonverbal communication and the impact of perception, culture, social systems, and value and belief systems upon the communicative process. Laboratory experiences. Limited to education majors, or consent of the instructor.
C.T. 349-variable credit. Problems in English as a Foreign Language. Study in problem areas in the field of English as a foreign language. Work that is basically investigative in character. Prer., consent of supervising instructor.
C.T. 350-3. Oral Interpretation of Literature: Poetry. Exploration of poetry through analysis and performance. Prer., C.T. 250.
C.T. 360-3. Introduction to Broadcasting. The evolution, organization, and function of broadcasting. Theoretical and practical understanding of program techniques.
C.T. 361-3. Radio Programming and Production. Introduction to basic elements of radio including the audio console, microphones, turntables, tape recorders, tape editing, timing, and combo operation. Emphasis on applying the basic principles and practices through professional production of live and taped radio programs, including news, weather, sports, documentaries, features, remotes, music programs, etc. Prer., C.T. 360.
C.T. 362-3. Television Production. Introduction to basic television production principles, practices, techniques, facilities, and equipment, including cameras, audio equipment, lighting, films, video tape, graphics, sets, etc. The lab applies the principles through production and direction of television programs, including news-weather-sports, interviews, documentaries, demonstrations, and a final program of the student’s choice. Prer., C.T. 360.
C.T. 373-3. Acting. Theory and practice to enable the student to improve his techniques and to utilize these techniques in creative acting. Formal and informal performance of scenes throughout the semester.
C.T. 374-3. Directing. A study of the director’s function in the live theatre with particular emphasis on play analysis and the relationship of creative communication existing between the director and the production team. Readings, improvisations, and informal scenes.
C.T. 399-variable credit. Problems in Communication and Theatre. Study in problem areas in the field of communication and theatre. Work that is basically investigative in character. Prer., consent of supervising instructor.
C.T. 400-3. Rhetorical and Aesthetic Dimensions of Communication. The study of communication as a process which integrates instrumental and consumatory elements. Prer., C.T. 202, senior standing in communication and theatre, or C.T. 202 and consent of instructor.
C.T. 415-3. Discussion and Conference Leadership. An examination of the psychology, philosophy, and methods of leadership in the discussion group. Prer., C.T. 315.
C.T. 420-3. Persuasion. The theory of human motivation as it operates in individuals and groups. Analysis of persuasive materials and preparation of persuasive appeals.
C.T. 421-3. The Psychology of Communication. An examination of psychological factors affecting comprehension and retention of speech and formation of linguistic habits, set, attitude formation and change, perception, values, and meaning. Prer., C.T. 202 for majors.
C.T. 422-3. Information Exchange and Analysis. Consideration of the descriptions, models, proposed dimensions, and mathematical treatments of the information exchange process. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 423-3. Group Communication Theory. Detailed analysis and observation of group processes from the viewpoint of modern information and communication theory. Prer., C.T. 315 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 426-3. American Speeches. A critical analysis of the rhetorical methods of selected American speakers.
C.T. 427-3. Speeches From Other Cultures. A critical analysis of the rhetorical methods of selected speakers representing various cultures.
C.T. 430-2. Teaching of Communication and Theatre. Fundamental problems of the teacher of communication and theatre — textbooks, courses of study, methods, etc. Prer., 7 hours of communication and theatre or consent of instructor.
C.T. 433-3. Teaching With Group Methods. The study of group forces, potentials, and the teacher’s role in creating effective learning groups. Designing, developing, and evaluating participative educational activities as alternatives to traditional teaching methods.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 17
C.T. 435-3. Creative Dramatics. The study of creativity, its role and application in dramatics, and the manner in which creative dramatics assists in the growth and development of children and youth.
C.T. 442-3 to 6. Practice of Teaching English as a Foreign Language. Supervised practice in teaching audio-lingual classes, written composition, and reading. Prer., C.T. 441 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 450-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploration of prose forms; theory and analysis of fiction and nonfiction. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer., C.T. 350.
C.T. 451-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploration of poetic forms; theory and analysis of modern poetry. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer., C.T. 350. C.T. 452-3. Dramatic Interpretation. Analysis of dramatic literature. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer., C.T. 350.
C.T. 460-3. Radio-TV Station Organization and Operation.
Procedures, organization, and problems of management and operation of radio and television broadcast stations. Prer., C.T. 360 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 465-3 to 4. Television in Education. (Educ. 436.) Utilization of television at all levels of education. Theory and practice in defining needs, identifying alternative solutions, producing materials, and evaluating results. Fourth credit hour requires comprehensive project design. Prer., C.T. 360 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 471-3. History of the Theatre I. Study of theatres, methods of presentation, actors, and acting from primitive times to 1700, emphasizing perception of contemporary theatre as a way of understanding and appreciating the place of theatre in historical contexts.
C.T. 473-3. Advanced Acting. Research, analysis, and preparation and performance of roles in period and modern drama, emphasizing theories and techniques of historical and presentational styles. Prer., C.T. 373.
C.T. 475-3. Playwriting: The Short Form. (Engl. 305.) Play, radio, and television scripts. Prer., any course in drama or consent of instructor.
C.T. 478-3. Drama Theory. Examination of critical and theoretical ideas from Aristotle to the present day.
C.T. 479-0 to 4. Theatre Practice. Participation in University Theatre productions. Credit hours to be arranged by director of the theatre. Not more than 2 hours may be earned in any one semester or in the summer session. Prer., consent of the director of the theatre.
C.T. 481-3. History of the Theatre II. Continuation of C.T. 471. From 1700.
C.T. 485-3. Playwriting: The Long Form. (Engl. 306.) Full-length plays, etc. Prer., consent of instructor.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the Graduate School Bulletin.
On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the instructor.
C.L. 410-6. Background Readings in Classical, Medieval, and Renaissance Texts.
C.L. 411-3. Basic Literary Concepts.
C.L. 412-3. Literary Genres: Narrative Prose.
C.L. 413-3. Literary Genres: Lyric Poetry.
C.L. 414-3. Literary Genres: Verse Epic.
C.L. 415-3. Literary Genres: Drama — Baroque.
C.L. 435-3. Studies in the Novel: The Modern Novel.
C.L. 436-3. Studies in the Drama: Contemporary European Drama — Ibsen to Brecht.
C.L. 437-3. Studies in Poetry: The Lyric as Genre and Attitude. C.L. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature. (Phil. 473.)
C.L. 487-3. International Literary Relations: The United States and the Hispanic World.
ENGLISH
A major in English at both the bachelor’s and master’s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus.
Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English of which 18 hours must be in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis. Engl. 100 and 101 do not apply toward the major requirement. Engl. 275-276-277 (Survey of English Literature), 9 hours; Engl. 300 (Critical Writing), 3 hours; 300-400 level American literature course, 3 hours; Engl. 497 (Topics in American and British Literature), or Engl. 498 (Major American and British Authors), 3 hours, are required courses.
English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year.
Students who contemplate teaching should obtain in the School of Education sheets listing curriculum required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education which supervises the teachertraining program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years.
English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed under Communication and Theatre in this bulletin.
For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Education Program.
NOTE: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content.
Engl. 100-3. Exposition I. Reading, writing, and conferences.
Engl. 101-3. Exposition II. Continuation of Engl. 100. Students are urged to take 100 before 101, unless they have already successfully completed a basic composition course.
Engl. 110-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and analysis of short stories and novels.
Engl. 111-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and analysis of plays.
Engl. 112-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and analysis of poetry.
Engl. 120-3. Great Books. Close study of literary classics of Western civilization: the Odyssey or Iliad, Greek drama, and several books of the Bible. Not open to students who have credit in Hum. 101, 102.
Engl. 121-3. Great Books. Close study of literary classics of Western civilization: selected dialogues of Plato, one work of Latin literature, Dante’s Inferno, and a few works of other writers such as Cervantes, Moliere, and Goethe. Not open to students who have credit in Hum. 101, 102.
Engl. 200-2. Advanced Expository Writing. Prer., completion of 24 hours of college credit.
Engl. 210-2. Narration. Prer., completion of 24 hours of college credit.
Engl. 222-3. Great Books. Close study of significant world literature: selections from Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, a Shakespeare play, 19th and 20th century poetry, drama, and fiction, and the ideas of Freud or Jung. Not open to English majors or to students who have taken Engl. 110, 111, or 112. Engl. 223-3. Contemporary Literature. Close study of significant modern poetry, drama, short stories, novels, and critical


18 / University of Colorado at Denver
commentary ranging from the Thirties to our own day and including European and American authors. Not open to English majors.
Engl. 232-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. (Formerly Engi. 132.) Close reading and analysis of American literary classics: novels, poems, plays, and essays of the 19th and 20th centuries.
Engl. 233-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 133.) Continuation of Engl. 232, but may be taken independently of that course.
Engl. 234-3. The American Writer and the Black Man. Close reading and analysis of significant literary works by 19th and 20th century black or white American writers treating black Americans: novels, poems, plays, and essays.
Engl. 235-3. The American Writer and the Black Man. Continuation of Engl. 234, but may be taken independently of that course.
Engl. 238-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature. (Bl. St. 232.) From the beginnings to 1914.
Engl. 239-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature. (Bl. St. 233.) From 1914 to 1960. Continuation of Engl. 238, but may be taken independently of that course.
Engl. 250-3. Masterpieces of British Literature. (Formerly Engl.
170. ) An intensive study of a small number of major works of British literature. Not open to English majors.
Engl. 251-3. Masterpieces of British Literature. (Formerly Engl.
171. ) Continuation of English 250, but may be taken independently of that course. Not open to English majors.
Engl. 275-3. Survey of English Literature. Chronological study of the greater figures and forces in the main stream of English literature from the beginning through the 16th century, including Shakespeare. May not be taken by majors after Engl. 460, 461, or 470.
Engl. 276-3. Survey of English Literature. Continuation of Engl.
275. English literature of the 17th and 18th centuries. May not be taken after Engl. 450, 451, or 462. Prer., Engl. 275.
Engl. 277-3. Survey of English Literature. Continuation of Engl.
276. English literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. May not be taken after Engl. 441, 442, 444, or 445. Prer., Engl. 275 and 276.
NOTE: Before taking any 300-level course in English, a student must have earned 24 semester hours of college credit.
Engl. 300-3. Critical Writing. Practical criticism of novels, poems, and plays with emphasis on written work. Introduction to and practice in using various critical approaches to works of literature. Prer., junior standing. Open to English majors only, except by permission of the discipline representative.
Engl. 305-3. Playwriting: The Short Form. (C.T. 475.) Plays, radio, and television scripts. Prer., C.T. 240, 342, or any course in drama, or consent of the instructor. Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English major.
Engl. 306-3. Playwriting: The Long Form. (C.T. 485.) Full-length plays, etc. Prer., Engl. 305 or consent of the instructor. Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English majors.
Engl. 308-3. Writing Workshop. The writing of short stories. Prer., Engl. 200 or 210, or consent of instructor.
Engl. 309-3. Writing Workshop. Continuation of Engl. 308. Prer., Engl. 308.
Engl. 310-3. Writing Workshop. The writing of poetry. Prer., Engl. 200 or 210, or consent of instructor.
Engl. 311-3. Writing Workshop. Continuation of Engl. 310.
Engl. 315-3. Report Writing. (Formerly Engineering English 401.) Instruction and practice in various forms of reports, papers, and articles. Emphasis in style and editing. Prer., junior standing.
Engl. 316-2. Study of Poetry. Reading of representative English and American poets with emphasis on form and prosody. Engl. 330-3. Twentieth Century American Literature. Reading course in American novelists, poets, and dramatists of the 20th century. Primarily for nonmajors.
Engl. 331-3. Whitman.
Engl. 336-3. Black American Literature.
Engl. 338-3. American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 430.) Chronological survey of the literature from Bradford to Whitman.
Engl. 339-3. American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 431.) Chronological survey of the literature from Whitman to Faulkner. Continuation of Engl. 338.
Engl. 366-3. Shakespeare. Development of Shakespeare as a dramatist to 1600.
Engl. 367-3. Shakespeare. Shakespeare’s art at maturity. Continuation of Engl. 366.
Engl. 369-3. Milton. Milton’s poetry and selected prose.
Engl. 371-3. The Bible as Literature. Survey of literary achievements of the Hebrews, as represented by the King James Bible — The Old Testament.
Engl. 373-3. Chaucer. A study of Chaucer’s major works with emphasis upon the Canterbury Tales. Reading in Middle English after a short introduction to the language.
Engl. 297/397-3. Topics in Literature. Not open to freshmen.
NOTE: Before taking any 400-level course in English, a student must have earned 36 semester hours of college credit.
Engl. 400-3. Development of British Drama. From beginning through the Restoration.
Engl. 401-3. Development of British Drama. From 1700 to the present.
Engl. 402-3. American Drama. Famous American plays from beginning to O’Neill.
Engl. 403-3. American Drama. Famous American plays from O’Neill to the present.
Engl. 404-3. Contemporary Drama. Continental, British, and American drama since Ibsen.
Engl. 410-3. Development of the English Novel. From beginning to 1830.
Engl. 411-3. Development of the English Novel. From 1830 to 1914. Continuation of Engl. 410.
Engl. 418-3. Development of the American Novel. From beginning to 1900.
Engl. 419-3. Development of the American Novel. Continuation of Engl. 418. From 1900 to present.
Engl. 420-3. Twentieth Century Literature. The novel, with emphasis on new tendencies.
Engl. 421-3. Twentieth Century Literature. English and American poetry.
Engl. 422-3. British and Irish Literature of the Early 20th Century. Chronological survey, 1900-1925. Prer., senior standing.
Engl. 423-3. British and Irish Literature of the Later 20th Century. Chronological survey, 1925-present. Prer., senior standing.
Engl. 425-3. British and Irish Drama: 1900 to the Present. A
survey of the English-Irish theatre since 1900.
Engl. 432-3. American Poetry. From beginning through the 20th century.
Engl. 441-3. The Early Romantics. Major emphasis on Blake, Coleridge, and Wordsworth. Prer. for majors, Engl. 277.
Engl. 442-3. The Later Romantics. Major emphasis on Keats, Shelley, and Byron. Prer. for majors, Engl. 277.
Engl. 444-3. The Victorians. Main currents of Victorian thought in prose and poetry. 1830-1860. Prer. for majors, Engl. 277.
Engl. 445-3. The Later Victorians. Continuation of Engl. 444. 1860-1900. Prer. for majors, Engl. 277.
Engl. 450-3. Restoration and 18th Century. From 1660 to 1740. Dryden, Defoe, Swift, Pope, Addison, and Steele and their contemporaries.
Engl. 451-3. Restoration and 18th Century. From 1740-1800. Gray, Johnson, Goldsmith, Boswell, Cowper, Burns, and Blake and their contemporaries.
Engl. 460-3. Elizabethan Poetry. Nondramatic poetry of Sidney, Spenser, Marlowe, Shakespeare, and others. Prer. for majors, Engl. 275.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 19
Engl. 461-3. The Sixteenth Century. Selected prose and non-dramatic poetry from Skelton and More through Shakespeare and his contemporaries. Prer. for majors, Engl. 275.
Engl. 462-3. The Seventeenth Century. Poetry and prose of Bacon, Donne, Jonson, their contemporaries and followers. Prer. for majors, Engl. 276.
Engl. 470-3. Medieval Literature. Selections read in modern English, representative of the life and thought of the Middle Ages (up to 1500). Prer. for majors, Engl. 275.
Engl. 480-2. (Writing) Advanced Composition for Secondary School Teachers of English. (Educ. 482.) Emphasis on improving students’ ability to write expository and argumentative essays by means of careful criticism of students’ writing. Extensive discussion of such matters as the content of secondary school composition courses and methods of criticizing and evaluating the writing of secondary school students. Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English major.
Engl. 481-2. Literature for Adolescents. (Educ. 481.) The reading and evaluation of books suitable for junior and senior high school pupils. Attention is given to sources of information about books and criteria for selection, as well as to the actual writers. Not for graduate credit in English.
Engl. 482-2. Teaching of English. (Educ. 452.) Required of all who wish recommendation as high school English teachers. Prer., senior standing, 20 hours in English (including Engl. 275, 276, 277, 338-339, 481, and 484) are advised for prospective teachers. Not for graduate credit in English.
Engl. 484-3. English Grammar. Study of the English language and of the various grammars of English. Required for candidates for teacher certification only.
Engl. 485-3. History of the English Language. Outline of history of the language, including a brief survey of sound changes affecting moaern cnglish, of nistory of grammatical forms, and of the vocabulary. Elementary knowledge of English grammar assumed.
Engl. 486-3. Writing Topics. Individual papers based on upper division courses from each of the following three areas: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. For Writing Program majors only.
Engl. 489-3. Semantics. Study of the meaning of words, their change of meaning, and the relationship between words and reality.
Engl. 497-3. Topics in American and British Literature. Courses such as the following will be offered at regular intervals: Regional Literature — the Frontier; Regional Literature — the South; American Humor and Folklore; American Literary Criticism; Satire; Comedy; Tragedy. Prer., senior standing. Open to English majors only, except by permission of the discipline representative.
Engl. 498-3. Major American and British Authors. Intensive study of works of one major British or American author. Prer., senior standing. Open to English majors only, except by permission of the discipline representative.
Engl. 499-variable credit. Independent Study.
FINE ARTS
Fine Arts offers both a B.A. degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, printmaking, or design. The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all coursework at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office.
The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recommended program for the B.F.A. includes at least two years in one creative field (paint-
ing, printmaking, design, or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F.A. must take a minimum of 20 hours while in residence.
The core curriculum is set up to facilitate as much as possible a variety of viewpoints and creative approaches for the beginning student. If this seems restrictive to an individual student because of prior experience, etc., discipline advisers are open to alternative possibilities that would accomplish the same end.
Studio I Courses
For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of two- and three-dimensional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I courses under four different instructors. Either Fine Arts 100, 101, or 102 can be repeated up to 6 hours. There are no prerequisites for Studio I courses, but all 12 hours are prerequisites for most 300- and 400-level courses. Most upper division studio courses, unless otherwise stated, can be repeated to the maximum credit of 6 hours. Students enrolled in 400-level courses will be asked to present work in progress to the Denver Campus fine arts faculty before the end of each semester enrolled. This will enable communication with instructors other than the one listed for the specific course.
NOTE: More specific descriptions of these courses will be available each semester at registration.
Fine Arts 100-3. Drawing. Exploration of drawing approaches and media.
Fine Arts 101-3. Three-Dimensional Media. Primarily exploration in three-dimensional form.
Fine Arts 102-3. Two-Dimensional Media. Primarily exploration in two-dimensional form: design and color.
Life Drawing
Fine Arts 300-3. First Year Life Drawing and Composition.
Problems in drawing from life; exploring the possibilities in pictorial design and composition. Prer., Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course. May be repeated to maximum credit of 6 hours.
Fine Arts 400-3. Advanced Drawing. Problems in drawing with emphasis on individual development. Prer., 6 hours Fine Arts 300. May be repeated.
Printmaking
Fine Arts 340-3. First Year Printmaking. Introduction to intaglio and relief printing, including metal engraving and etching, and woodcut. Prer., 12 hours of basic art courses or equivalent. May be repeated to maximum of 6 hours credit.
Fine Arts 440-3. Second Year Printmaking. Continued study and experimentation in intaglio, relief printing media. Prer., Fine Arts 340. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 342-3. Silk Screen. (Serigraphy.) Silk screen techniques as they relate to fine art prints, with possible practical applications to posters, brochures, and other projects requiring multiple editions. Prer., Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course, or consent of instructor. May be repeated.
Painting
Fine Arts 320-3. First Year Painting. Basic investigation of the materials of the painter and their use in expressing the student’s ideas. Prer., 12 hours of basic art courses or equivalent. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 420-3. Second Year Painting. Expressive pictorial problems involving varied subject matter and painting media, with emphasis on individual development. Prer., Fine Arts 320 or equivalent. May be repeated.


20 / University of Colorado at Denver
Sculpture
Fine Arts 350-3. Sculpture. Studies of the human figure in wax and casting them in bronze. Prer., Fine Arts 101.
Fine Arts 351-3. Sculpture. Creative investigation of various sculptural materials and concepts. Prer., Fine Arts 350.
Fine Arts 450-3. Advanced Sculpture. Work in large sculptural forms. Prer., Fine Arts 351.
Fine Arts 451-3. Advanced Sculpture. Individual sculptural themes. Prer., Fine Arts 450.
Design
Fine Arts 212-2. Lettering. A combined lecture and studio course dealing with calligraphic communication. Problems in historical and creative calligraphy. Prer., Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course, or consent of instructor. May not be repeated.
Fine Arts 315-3. First Year Photography. Using lecture as an introduction to history, technique, and concepts of photography as it relates to the fine arts. Emphasis on photography as a means to a formal and expressive end. Students must have access to a camera. Fine Arts majors only. Open upon consultation. Prer., 10 hours of basic art.
Fine Arts 316-2. Graphic Design. Problems in advertising illustration and television graphics design. Various media explored. Stress on individuality, critical judgment, and creativity. Prer., Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course, or consent of instructor. May not be repeated.
Fine Arts 319-3. First Year Photography II. Emphasis on processes and critical evaluation of student’s photographs. Prer., Fine Arts 315.
Fine Arts 415-3. Second Year Photography I. Advanced work with photographs and refined technical processes. Prer., Fine Arts 319.
Fine Arts 419-3. Second Year Photography II. Continuation of Fine Arts 415.
Fine Arts 418-3. Creativity and Problem Solving. Exploration of the process of problem solving through the means fundamental to all artistic endeavors, i.e., making and doing. Prer., Fine Arts 102 plus one more 100-level fine arts course. Open, with consent of instructor, to students in other disciplines. May be repeated.
Art History
NOTE: Not all art history courses are offered every year. Check current Schedule of Courses.
Fine Arts 180-3. History of Art I (Survey). History of art of all
ages, reflecting the various cultures of mankind from the prehistoric to the Renaissance.
Fine Arts 181-3. History of Art II (Survey). History of art of all
ages, reflecting the various cultures of mankind from the Renaissance to the present.
Fine Arts 470-3. Primitive Art. (African and Pacific areas.) Native arts of various African peoples as well as those of the major island groups of the Pacific area.
Fine Arts 471-3. Pre-Columbian Art. Architecture, sculpture, painting of the high cultures of Meso-American and the Andean area before the Spanish conquest.
Fine Arts 472-3. North American Indian Art. Survey of major tribal styles of the North American continent.
Fine Arts 476-3. Pre-Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 427 and Gen. Classics 427.) Greece and Crete from the neolithic period to the end of the Mycenaean world.
Fine Arts 477-3. Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 428 and Gen. Classics 428.) Greek art and archaeology from the end of the Mycenaean world through the Hellenistic era.
Fine Arts 487-3. American Art. Study of American, art and architecture from the Colonial period through the 19th century.
Fine Arts 488-3. American Art. Study of American art and architecture from the 19th century to the present.
Fine Arts 489-3. Origins of Modern Art I. History of European movements of the late 19th century from the French Revolution to Realism.
Fine Arts 490-3. Origins of Modern Art II. History of European movements of the late 19th century from Realism through Post Impressionism.
Fine Arts 492-3. Modern Art I. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Post-Impressionism through Dada (1884-1924).
Fine Arts 493-3. Modern Art II. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Surrealism to the present (1924-).
Independent Study and Seminar
Fine Arts 399, 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Individual projects or studies assigned by the major professor. To be arranged.
Fine Arts 494-3. Seminar in German Literature and the Visual Arts. Interdisciplinary, team-taught course with German discipline.
Fine Arts 496-3. Art Seminar. For Fine Arts majors, undergraduate and graduate. Course based on an exchange of ideas basic to the student’s own creative work, and to contemporary philosophies and tendencies in the field. Prer., 12 hours of basic art courses or equivalent, Fine Arts 180-181, or consent of instructor. May be repeated once with consent of instructor.
FRENCH
Students who have completed a Level III high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the College of Undergraduate Studies General Information section of this bulletin.
Students majoring in French must complete 30 hours beyond the first year. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Required courses are 211-212, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402, plus 6 hours of literature courses at the 400 level.
NOTE: For comparative literature, see that section.
French 101-5. Beginning French I.
French 102-5. Beginning French II. Prer., French 101.
French 201-3. Second Year Oral Grammar Review and Conversation. Prer., French 102 or two years of high school French.
French 202-3. Second Year Oral Grammar Review and Conversation. Prer., French 201 or two years of high school French.
French 211-3. Second Year French Reading and Conversation I. Prer., French 102 or two years of high school French.
French 212-3. Second Year French Reading and Conversation II. Prer., French 211 or three years of high school French.
French 301-2. French Phonetics and Pronunciation. Prer., French 212 or equivalent.
French 302-2. Oral Practice. Prer., French 301 or consent of instructor.
French 305-3. French Composition. Prer., French 202 or 212
or equivalent.
French 306-3. French Composition. Prer., French 305 or consent of instructor.
French 311-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer., French 212 or consent of instructor.
French 312-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer., French 311 or consent of instructor.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 21
French 403-3. Advanced Oral Practice. Prer., French 301 and 302, or consent of instructor.
French 420-2. French Civilization to 1789. Prer., French 312 or 302, or consent of instructor.
French 421-2. French Civilization from 1789 to Present Day.
Prer., French 312, 302, or 420, or consent of instructor.
GERMAN
Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201 or 211, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed.
The German major must take 35 semester hours beyond first year proficiency. Not more than 12 semester hours of 200-level courses and not more than 6 semester hours of courses given in English translation may be taken for credit toward the 35-hour minimum. Required courses for the B.A. are German 301-302: Conversation, Grammar, Composition; German 401-402: Structural Analysis, Composition, Stylistics; German 423: German Civilization; and German 495: Methods of Teaching German (required of students who desire the recommendation of the discipline representative for secondary school teaching positions). Native German speakers or students with advanced training may request permission to substitute more advanced German courses to fulfill the 35-hour minimum.
German 101-4, Sect. I. German 102-4, Sect. I. German 211-4, Sect. I. These three sections together comprise a 12-hour, one semester course. Satisfactory completion of intensive German fulfills the foreign language requirement.
German 101-4. Beginning German I.
German 102-4. Beginning German II. Prer., German 101 or one year high school German.
German 201-4. Advanced German I: Reading. Prer., German 102 or two years high school German.
German 202-4. Advanced German II: Reading. Prer., German 201 or three years high school German.
German 211-4. Advanced German I: Communication Skills.
Prer., German 102 or two years high school German.
German 212-4. Advanced German II: Communication Skills. Prer., German 211 or three years high school German. German 222-4. Scientific German. Prer., German 201 or 211, or upon consultation.
German 301-3. Conversation and Grammar. Prer., German 212 or consent of instructor.
German 302-3. Conversation and Composition. Prer., German 301 or consent of instructor.
German 311-3. Die deutsche Novelle. Prer., German 212 or consent of instructor.
German 312-3. Das deutsche Drama. Prer., German 212 or consent of instructor.
German 333-3. Deutsche Klassik. Prer., German 311 and 312, or consent of instructor.
German 334-3. Deutsche Romantik. Prer., German 311 and 312, or consent of instructor.
German 381-3. German Literature in Translation I.
German 382-3. German Literature in Translation II.
German 401-2. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics. Prer., German 302 or consent of instructor.
German 402-2. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics II. Prer., German 401 or consent of instructor.
German 423-3. German Civilization I. (In translation.)
German 424-3. German Civilization II. (In translation.)
German 436-3. Die deutsche Lyrik. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor.
German 437-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte.
Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor.
German 438-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte
II. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor. German 494-3. Seminar in Literature and the Visual Arts.
Interdisciplinary, team-taught course with Fine Arts discipline. German 495-3. Methods of Teaching German. Required of students who desire the recommendation of the discipline representative for secondary school teaching positions. For student teaching in German, see Educ. 451 in the School of Education Bulletin.
German 499-variable credit. Independent Study.
PHILOSOPHY
A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student.
The following courses are recommended (not required) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336); Philosophical Method (Phil. 350); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History, etc.).
General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level — none; 200-level—3 hours; 300-level — 6 hours; 400-level — 9 hours; and 500-level —12 hours. The prerequisite may be waived with consent of instructor.
Phil. 115-3. Ethics. Introductory study of major philosophies on the nature of the good of man, principles of evaluation, and moral choice.
Phil. 130-3. Philosophy and the Physical World. An introduction to philosophy through the consideration of topics and problems related to the physical and biological sciences such as freedom and determinism; mind and body; artificial intelligence; sciences and ethics; current theories of the universe, space, time, matter, energy, causality, etc.
Phil. 144-3. Introductory Logic. Introductory study of definition, informal fallacies, and the principles and standards of correct reasoning.
Phil. 150-3. Critical Reasoning. An introduction to concept formation, variant forms of reasoning and argument, and criteria for their evaluation.
Phil. 160-3. Philosophy and Religion. An introduction to philosophy through problems of religion, such as the existence of God, faith and reason, religious language, etc.
Phil. 170-3. Philosophy and the Arts. Consideration of philosophic questions involved in the analysis and assessment of artistic experiences and of the objects with which the arts, including the literary arts, are concerned.
Phil. 220-3. Classical Social Theories. Introductory study of major philosophies of the past in relation to political, economic, and social issues.
Phil. 221-3. Modern Social Theories. Present social issues, together with theoretical analyses by communist, fascist, and democratic thinkers.


22 / University of Colorado at Denver
Phil. 224-3. Philosophical Aspects of Society. Systematic discussion and analysis of the philosophic ideas of community, freedom, political power, the nature and role of violence, etc., together with the challenge of war, poverty, and racism to contemporary culture.
Phil. 240-3. Introduction to Philosophy of Science. Examination of some major concepts and problems of scientific thought: explanation, confirmation, causality, measurement, and theory construction.
Phil. 260-3. Oriental Religions.
Phil. 290-3. A Philosophical Classic. Detailed study of one major philosophic text which illustrates a variety of types of philosophical concerns. Emphasis on techniques for analysis, discussion, and assessment of philosophical argumentation. Such works as The Republic, Leviathan, and Treatise of Human Nature.
Phil. 300-3. Greek Philosophy. History of Pre-Socratic, Attic, and Hellenistic philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 301-3. Medieval Philosophy.
Phil. 302-3. Modern Philosophy. History of philosophy from Descartes through Kant. No prer.
Phil. 315-3. Ethical Theory. Selected problems in classical and contemporary ethical theory.
Phil. 320-3. Social and Political Philosophy. A nonhistorical, systematic treatment of basic issues in social and political philosophy, with reference to theories of being, knowledge, and human nature.
Phil. 328-3. Philosophy of Education.
Phil. 335-3. Metaphysics.
Phil. 336-3. Epistemology.
Phil. 344-3. Introduction to Symbolic Logic.
Phil. 350-3. Philosophical Method. An examination of major differing conceptions of the nature and goals of philosophical inquiry and endeavor.
Phil. 360-3. Philosophy of Religion. Nature of religion and methods of studying it.
Phil. 379-3. Aesthetic Theory. Introduction to major theories of aesthetics and contemporary discussions of problems in aesthetics; i.e., the nature of art, the problem of evaluations in art.
Phil. 389-3. Oriental Philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 400-3. Nineteenth Century Continental Philosophy.
Phil. 401-3. Nineteenth Century British Philosophy.
Phil. 402-3. Twentieth Century Analytic Philosophy.
Phil. 403-3. Twentieth Century Speculative and Idealistic Philosophy.
Phil. 404-3. Twentieth Century Phenomenology and Existentialism.
Phil. 405-3. Studies in Contemporary Philosophy.
Phil. 410-3. American Philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 424-3. Philosophical Problems and Contemporary Culture. Issues and controversies in contemporary culture, their relation to modern theories of society, and their manifestations in the arts, science and technology, education, religion, and ethics. No prer.
Phil. 426-3. Philosophy of Law. Consideration of various views of the nature of law, its role in society, and its relation to other disciplines. Investigation of philosophic commitments which underlie and affect legal conceptions and procedures. No prer.
Phil. 427-3. Philosophy of History. Contemporary issues in critical and speculative theory of history, including the problems of methodology, explanation, values, and the relationship between history and social philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 430-3. Philosophy of Mind. Consideration of the problems in the philosophy of mind, including the mind-body problem, the problem of our knowledge of other minds, the compatibility of free will and determinism, etc., and discussion of such concepts as action, intention, motive, desire, enjoyment, memory, imagination, dreaming, self-knowledge, etc.
Phil. 443-3. Logical Theory. Prer., Phil. 144 or Phil 344, or consent of instructor.
Phil. 444-3. Intermediate Symbolic (Mathematical) Logic. Prer., Phil. 344 or consent of instructor.
Phil. 446-3. Theories of Human Nature.
Phil. 449-3. Philosophy of Language.
Phil. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature. No prer.
Phil. 493-3. Existentialist Philosophies.
Phil. 496-3. Senior Major Colloquium.
Phil. 499-3. Independent Study.
SPANISH
Students who have completed a Level III high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the College of Undergraduate Studies General Information section of this bulletin.
A major in Spanish consists of the following requirements:
1. A total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses (beyond Spanish 102), including the following minimum distribution: (a) at least 9 hours in upper division courses primarily devoted to language theory and practice (301-302, 401-402, 495); (b) at least 8 hours in upper division literature courses including at least one course treating Spanish Peninsular literature and one treating Spanish-American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above.
2. A total of 6 hours in courses from one or more of the following areas: (a) courses in Latin American studies (e.g., history, political science, etc.), (b) courses in Mexican American Studies, (c) linguistics, and (d) upper division courses in another foreign language or comparative literature.
Students who entered the University before fall 1969 may choose to complete the current major program or the program in effect at the time of their first registration.
Students planning to acquire certification for teaching at the secondary level should note that the School of Education will require Spanish 495 (Methods of Teaching Spanish) and that the 3 credit hours earned in that course will count toward the major and will be subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Undergraduate Studies for the B.A. degree. This means that students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and who intend to include secondary certification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 495 in their electives in Spanish.
To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satisfactory scores.
Students must see an adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in a delay of their graduation. Students considering entering graduate school for an advanced degree in Spanish, either at the University of Colorado or at any


College of Undergraduate Studies / 23
other institution, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission to a graduate program will depend to a great extent on courses taken in the major.
It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit. It should be noted that courses taken abroad and designated as Spanish will also be subject to the 48-hour maximum rule of the College of Undergraduate Studies.
Students interested in study abroad should consult a member of the Spanish faculty or Professor Rex Burns, Denver Campus representative for the International Education Office.
NOTE: For comparative literature courses, see that section.
Spanish 101-5. Beginning Spanish I.
Spanish 102-5. Beginning Spanish II. Prer., Spanish 101 or placement.
Spanish 211-3. Second Year Spanish I. Prer., Spanish 102 or placement.
Spanish 212-3. Second Year Spanish II. Prer., Spanish 211 or placement.
Spanish 301-3. Pronunciation, Diction, and Conversation.
Prer., Spanish 212, 211 (with grade A or B), or equivalent.
Spanish 302-3. Conversation and Oral Composition. Prer., Spanish 301.
Spanish 314-2. Introduction to Literature. Prer., Spanish 212, 211 (with grade A), or equivalent.
Spanish 331-3. Twentieth Century Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently.
Spanish 332-3. Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently.
Spanish 333-3. Spanish Literature: Middle Ages Through Golden Age. Prer., Spanish 314 and 6 hours literature at 300 level.
Spanish 334-3. Twentieth Century Spanish-American Novel and Essay. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently.
Spanish 335-3. Spanish-American Novel and Essay to 20th Century. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently.
Spanish 336-3. Spanish-American Poetry and Short Story.
Prer., Spanish 314 and 3 hours literature at 300 level.
Spanish 401-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition I. Prer., Spanish 302.
Spanish 402-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition II. Prer., Spanish 401.
Spanish 414-2. Gaucho Literature.
Spanish 417-3. Readings in Spanish Literature.
Spanish 418-3. Readings in Spanish-American Literature. Spanish 430-3. Generation of 1898.
Spanish 431-3. Spanish-American Literature, Independence through Romanticism.
Spanish 440-3. Romanticism in Spain.
Spanish 441-3. Modernism.
Spanish 450-3. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel.
Spanish 451-3. Contemporary Spanish-American Novel. Spanish 452-3. Golden Age Drama.
Spanish 453-3. Golden Age Prose.
Spanish 490-2. Senior Seminar.
Spanish 495-3. Methods of Teaching Spanish.
Spanish 499-1 to 3. Independent Study.
SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
NATALIE HEDBERG, Coordinator
The B.A. degree in speech pathology and audiology is not available on the Denver Campus. The following courses are open to undergraduates: S.P.A. 370, S.P.A. 472, and S.P.A. 499. For graduate level courses see Speech Pathology and Audiology in the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
S.P.A. 370-2. Introduction to Speech Correction. A survey course of the field of speech pathology with emphasis on public school speech correction as well as therapy in clinical settings.
S.P.A. 472-2. Speech Language Development in Children. The
underlying processes in the development of speech language, normal and atypical.
S.P.A. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study.
DIVISION OF
NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES
PHYLLIS W. SCHULTZ, Assistant Dean
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences includes the following disciplines: biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics, physical education, physics, and psychology.
The Division offers a wide variety of programs of study which include undergraduate majors within a discipline, interdisciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs.
It is possible to satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree on the Denver Campus in the following disciplines: biology, chemistry, geography, mathematics, physics, and psychology. The description of the program of each discipline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline.
In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science, the Division is developing an interdisciplinary program with a major in environmental science. The first stages will be initiated in fall 1973 pending approval by the University. The program will offer several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science. Included within the basic approach will be concentrations in ecology, earth science, population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach will be concentrations in conservation of natural resources, systems analysis, and environmental quality control.
Students interested in this program will be advised of core course requirements, program advisers, and other specific details through the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences office as this information becomes available.
Students enrolling in medical and health-related preprofessional programs should consult with the Medical Arts Committee of the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Appointments for advising must be made in the Division office, Room 508. The Medical Arts Committee has two main functions: (1) the counseling of students


24 / University of Colorado at Denver
enrolled in various health-related programs: Child Health Associate program, medical technology, physical therapy, predentistry, predental hygiene, premedicine, prenursing, and prepharmacy, and (2) evaluating each student’s abilities and making recommendations to the appropriate professional schools. Requirements for preprofessionai programs are listed in the Preprofessional Programs section in this bulletin.
Course options are available for the nonscience major. There are three sets of courses from which a student may satisfy the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences’ area requirement of twelve hours. Any combination of these courses will satisfy the requirement.
Set I, Topics in Science—133-1, are modular courses designed for, but not limited to, majors outside of the Natural and Physical Sciences. Each module carries 1-semester hour of credit and is offered in a 1/3 semester time block of five weeks, during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures a week. There are no prerequisites and each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic in science in a unified way. It is recommended that a student take a single module during each five-week period with a maximum of three per semester.
The topics will change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester will give the list of current topics offered. (For general descriptions, see Topics in Science entries under each discipline involved.)
Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. These include both introductory survey courses and special topics courses and are also usually designed with the nonscience major in mind.
Set III includes all other Natural and Physical Science courses offered in the Division. Although these courses are generally designed for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
BIOLOGY
A major in biology at both the bachelor's and master’s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus.
The undergraduate major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow each student, in consultation with a biology adviser, to build a program that meets his needs. Each major is required to take 17 hours of core biology courses: Biol. 201, 202, Living Systems I and II; Biol. 341, Principles of Ecology; Biol. 351, General Genetics; and Biol. 361, Cell Biology. A minimum total of 32 hours in biology is required. The additional 15 hours of courses are to be selected in consultation with a biology adviser. All majors are required to take chemistry, physics, and mathematics in addition to the 32 hours in biology. It is advisable for the student to contact a biology adviser early in his academic career to plan his individual program.
Biol. 133-1. Topics in Biology. Different five-week courses dealing with various topics in biology. See Schedule of Courses
for the particular topics being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirements.
Biol. 201-4. Living Systems I. (Psych. 201.) An interdisciplinary approach to the structure and function of living systems — cells, organisms, and populations. Emphasis on the behavioral aspects and energy flow through each of the levels of organization analyzed. Primarily intended for students majoring in science.
Biol. 202-4. Living Systems II. (Psych. 202.) Continuation of Biol. 201. Prer., Biol. 201.
Biol. 311-4. Morphology of Nonvascular Plants. Lect. and lab. An evolutionary survey of lower plant forms: algae, lichens, and bryophytes. Basic principles of evolution and ecology of lower plants are emphasized. Experimental lab projects are included in course. Prer., Biol. 201 and 202, or college botany.
Biol. 313-5. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. Three semester hours lecture credit and 2 semester hours lab credit. Phylogeny of all chordate groups, the evolutionary progression of their organ systems, and their recapitulation during ontogeny and in the adult forms. Dissection of representative major vertebrate types. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202, or college zoology.
Biol. 322-3. Essentials of Animal Physiology. One semester hour of lab credit and 2 semester hours of lecture credit. An introduction to the essentials of animal physiology. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202; a year of general chemistry.
Biol. 325-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis I. A study of normal structure, function, ecology, and development of man as a biologically integratecf whole, culminating in a discussion of intrinsic and extrinsic bio-psycho-sociological factors which: (1) lead to the development of disease and (2) are used in response to threats of illness. Human beings viewed as multi-leveled open systems subject to changing developmental and environmental influences, and comprising various subsystems, whose interactions are responsible for or influence the meeting of basic biological needs. Prer., Biol. 101-102 or Biol. 201-202; General Chemistry or consent of instructor.
Biol. 326-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis II. Continuation of Biol. 325. Prer., Biol. 325.
Biol. 341-3. Principles of Ecology. Principles pertaining to biological communities; population interactions and relations with the environment. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202.
Biol. 361-3. Cell Biology. A survey of the interrelationships between cell structure and function. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202.
Biol. 383-3. General Genetics. A survey course introducing molecular, classical, developmental, and population genetics to the student who has a basic background in biology. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202.
Biol. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Psych. 395-4; Anthro. 395-4.) An interdisciplinary approach to the nature of man: his evolution, his biological makeup, his development as a social being, and his strategies for dealing with the challenges of environment. Lecture and demonstration-discussion sections. Prer., one course in anthropology, biology, or psychology.
Biol. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Psych. 410-3.) An interdisciplinary course designed for any upper division student interested in the relationships between behavior and heredity. Prer., consent of instructor.
Biol. 425-3. Comparative Psychology. (Psych. 425-3.) Behavior of animals. Similarities and differences between animals. Principles of behavior in a variety of species. Prer., 6 hours of psychology or consent of instructor.
Biol. 427-4. Environmental Physiology. One semester hour of lab credit and 3 semester hours of lecture credit. A consideration of physiological adaptations of both plants and animals to such environmental parameters as temperature, light, and water. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202; a year of chemistry and a course in physiology.
Biol. 439-3. Animal Societies. (Psych. 439.) The behavior of animals in relation to one another. Relations within groups and between groups. Interaction between members of societies as determined by characteristics of the animals and


College of Undergraduate Studies / 25
their environments. Prer., Psych. 201-202 and consent of instructor.
Biol. 441-4. Plant Ecology. Interactions of environmental factors upon plant communities. Emphasis on population dynamics and major ecosystems of North America. Field study centers on methods of vegetation analysis. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202.
Biol. 443-4. Animal Ecology. The environment, the ecosystem, and the animals in them. Intra- and inter-species relations, communities, migrations, food chains, natural balance, effect of man and his population pressures. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202, or college zoology and botany.
Biol. 452-3. Human Genetics. Basic principles of genetic phenomena evident in all life, with emphasis on those principles operative in humans. Heredity of man’s normal and defective traits. Modes of inheritance, pedigree analysis, consanguinity, sex associated traits, chromosomal aberrations, mutations and causes, karyotyping, multiple births, gene linkage studies, histocompatibilities, and metabolic disorders. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202.
Biol. 461-4. Vertebrate Embryology. Development stressing vertebrate animals from fertilized egg through organ systems, with introduction to experimental analysis. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201 and 202, or college zoology.
Biol. 499-variable credit. Independent Study in Biology. Prer., open to seniors with consent of instructor.
CHEMISTRY
A major in chemistry at both the bachelor’s and master’s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus.
For graduation at the bachelor’s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103, 106, 317, 335, 336, 418, 451, 452, 455; Phys. 111, 112, 114; Math. 130, 230, 240. In view of the current renumbering and reorganization of courses throughout the College, it is especially important that a student interested in the chemistry major should consult a member of the chemistry faculty to act as his adviser. This should be done in the freshman or sophomore year if possible; delays in graduation may thereby be avoided.
Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the Independent Study (Chem. 493) program.
A chemistry adviser must be consulted before a Distributed Studies Program with chemistry as the primary field is undertaken. Such a program must include the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103, 106, 335, 336 (or 331, 332), 451. Thirty hours are required in chemistry. For further information, see the Distributed Studies Program section of this bulletin.
Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian, one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem. 401), and two semesters of advanced work from the following courses: Chem. 501, 506, 516, 517,* 518,* 531, 532, and 559. Six hours of Chem. 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement. Further information regarding these recommendations may be obtained from the advisers.
Chem. 100-2. General Chemistry. For students with no high school chemistry or a very poor chemistry background; prepares students for entrance into Chem. 103 or Chem. 202. Prer., one year of high school algebra.
Chem. 101-5. General Chemistry. Lect. and lab. A first course in principles of chemistry intended primarily for prenursing, physical education, physical therapy, and other students wanting to fulfill curriculum or natural science requirements. No previous knowledge of chemistry is required. Prer., one year of high school algebra.
Chem. 102-5. General Chemistry. Lect. and lab. Introduction to organic and biochemistry for prenursing, physical education, physical therapy, and other students wanting such a course to satisfy curriculum or natural science requirements. Prer., Chem. 101 or equivalent.
Chem. 103-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. A first college chemistry course for students with adequate high school chemistry. Prer., one year of high school chemistry or Chem. 100, and one year of high school algebra.
Chem. 106-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. Includes ionic equilibrium, types of bonding, transition metal chemistry, and quantitative analytical techniques. Prer., Chem. 103 or equivalent.
Chem. 133-1. Topics in Chemistry. Different 5-week course modules dealing with various topics in chemistry. See current Schedule of Courses for particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Chem. 202-3. General Chemistry. Lect. Selected topics in chemistry of interest to engineers. Not open to chemical engineering students. Prer., Engr. 301 or consent of instructor.
Chem. 317-4. Quantitative Analysis. Lect. and lab. Volumetric and gravimetric analysis, with introduction to potentiometric and photometric techniques. Prer., Chem. 106 before spring 1973.
Chem. 331-4. Organic Chemistry. Three lect. and one lab. per wk. Elements of both aliphatic and aromatic chemistry for nonchemistry majors. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequisite. Prer., Chem. 106.
Chem. 332-4. Organic Chemistry. Lect. and lab. Continuation of Chem. 331. Study of more complex compounds and of methods for structure determination. Stereochemistry and organic reaction mechanisms. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequisite. Prer., Chem. 331.
Chem. 335-5. Organic Chemistry. Three lect. and two lab. per wk. Required course for chemistry majors. Structure and naming of organic compounds. Elements of stereochemistry. Introduction to organic reactions and reaction mechanisms. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequisite. Prer., Chem. 106 or 108.
Chem. 336-5. Organic Chemistry. Lect. and lab. Required course for chemistry majors. Continuation of Chem. 335. Study of more complex compounds and of methods for structure determination. Systematic survey of organic reactions. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequisite. Prer., Chem. 335.
Chem. 401-3. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. An introduction to the theory and practice of modern inorganic chemistry; designed to give the undergraduate student a foundation for graduate work in chemistry. Includes atomic structure and the theoretical basis of the periodic table, structure of and bonding in molecules and crystals, reaction mechanisms, and chemistry of selected transition and nontransition elements systematized by physical principles. Prer., Chem. 451 and concurrent registration in Chem. 452, or consent of instructor.
Chem. 418-4. Quantitative Analysis. Lect. and lab. Principles of chemical separations; potentiometric and other electrical methods; spectrophotometry in the visible and ultraviolet, including atomic absorption spectroscopy. Prer., Chem. 451.
Chem. 451-3. Physical Chemistry. Lect. Applications of thermodynamics to chemistry. Includes study of the laws of thermodynamics, thermochemistry, solutions, electrochemistry, chemical equilibria, and phase equilibria. Prer., Chem. 335, Phys. 111, 112, 114, Math. 240, or equivalent courses.
Chem. 452-3. Physical Chemistry. Continuation of Chem. 451, with emphasis on quantum mechanics, molecular structure, spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, and additional topics of current interest. Prer., Chem. 451.
Chem. 455-3. Experimental Physical Chemistry. One lect. and two 3-hour labs, per wk. Instruction in the experimental techniques of modern physical chemistry with emphasis on experiments illustrating the fundamental principles of chemical thermodynamics, quantum chemistry, statistical mechanics, and chemical kinetics. For chemistry majors. Prer., Chem.
*Laboratory work is included.


26 / University of Colorado at Denver
451 or equivalent course in thermodynamics, Chem. 452 or equivalent course in quantum mechanics. Chem. 452 may be taken concurrently.
Chem. 481-3. General Biochemistry. Three lect. per wk. Topics include structure, conformation, and properties of proteins; enzymes: mechanisms and kinetics; intermediary metabolism; Krebs cycle, carbohydrates, lipids; energetics and metabolic control; and an introduction to electron transport and photosynthesis. Prer., one year of organic chemistry.
Chem. 482-3. General Biochemistry. Continuation of Chem. 481. Topics include macromolecules; metabolism of nucleic acids and nitrogen-containing compounds; biosynthesis and function of macromolecules including DNA, RNA, and proteins; biochemistry of subcellular systems; and special topics. Prer., Chem. 481.
Chem. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study in Chemistry. Consent of instructor required.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Students in the College may enroll in courses in computer science for College of Undergraduate Studies credit. Mathematics majors may select an option in computer science.
Cp.Sc. 201-3. Introduction to Computer Science. (E.E. 256.) An elementary course in computer science covering computer programming methods. Fortran programming, numerical applications, and non-numerical applications. Prer., high school algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
Cp.Sc. 302-3. Computer Applications in the Mathematical Sciences. An advanced Fortran course for scientists and engineers. Aspects of optimal programming with respect to various goals and examination of goals that are appropriate to given contexts. Prer., Cp.Sc. 201, A.Math. 232 or Math. 313 or equivalent.
Cp.Sc. 453-3. Assembly Language Programming. (E.E. 453.) A laboratory course in programming at the machine code level. Lectures deal with the organization of the machine, its effect on the order code, and techniques for programming in Assembly Language. Primary emphasis is on preparing and running programs. Prer., Cp.Sc. 201, or consent of instructor. Cp.Sc. 457-3. Logic Circuits. (E.E. 457.) A study of Boolean algebra, and its application to the syntheses of logical circuits from logical elements such as and-gates, or-gates, not-gates, nand-gates, nor-gates, delay elements, and memory elements. Prer., upper division standing.
GEOGRAPHY
Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100, 101, 199, 200, and 306. Distributed majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser.
Geography courses, traditionally, have emphasized the man-environment relationship. Students interested in environmental problems will find the nonregional courses of particular value to their program. A number of these courses involve faculty from other disciplines and provide a general background on which more advanced work may be based.
Man and His Physical Environment I, II, III is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and evolution of the earth. They may be taken concurrently or in any order.
Geog. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geol.
100- 4.) A general introduction to elements of weather, physical climatology, and world regional climate classification.
Geog. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. (Geol.
101- 4.) Study of earth materials, features, and processes, and how they relate to man.
Geog. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment III. (Geol.
102- 4.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth, history
of the earth, and development of life forms throughout geologic time.
Geog. 199-3. Introduction to Human Geography. A systematic introduction to the broad field of man-land relationships. Emphasis is placed on the patterns and forms of man’s changing use of the land.
Geog. 200-3. World Regional Geography. The cultural distributions of the world. The relationships of man and the landscape based on broad divisions of cultural, ethnic, and geographic distributions in the world.
Geog. 301-3. Economic Geography: Primary Activities. An
introduction to rural land use patterns and agricultural production.
Geog. 302-3. Economic Geography: Secondary Activities. An
introduction to location analysis of manufacturing activities. Geog. 305-3. Cartography I. Techniques of mapping various distributions with emphasis on research and design.
Geog. 306-3. Map and Air Photo Analysis. Introduction to the skills and reasoning ability needed to analyze and use maps and air photos as research tools. Elementary field techniques are introduced on two all-day Saturday field trips.
Geog. 361-3. Geographic Analysis of Issues in American Society. The geographic viewpoint, especially regional differentiation and systems models, applied to such socio-economic concerns as pollution, poverty, racism, violence, and political reorganization.
Geog. 370-3. Africa. A physical-cultural approach to an understanding of man-land relationships on the continent; changes in physical environment and cultural practices. Population and land-use problems.
Geog. 371-3. Middle East. A physical, cultural, economic approach to the arid lands of the Middle East including Arab lands of the Sahara.
Geog. 375-3. Far East. Fiegional survey of the physical and cultural features characterizing the geography of the Far East. Emphasis on problems underlying future development and economic capabilities of South and East Asia.
Geog. 400-3. Climatology. Analysis of energy exchange, temperature, wind, pressure, and atmospheric humidity as elements and controls leading to an understanding of physical climatology. The Koeppen, Thornthwaite, and other systems are evaluated and applied to a survey of regional climates. Prer., Geog. 100 or equivalent.
Geog. 402-3. Population Geography. Analysis of population dynamics, distributions, densities, and migration flows; spatial relationships between population trends and variables with social, economic, and environmental factors.
Geog. 406-3. Geographic Interpretation of Aerial Photos. Interpretation of aerial photographs for research purposes. Emphasis on analysis of vegetation, land-forms, agriculture, and urban-industrial patterns. Prer., Geog. 306 or consent of instructor.
Geog. 410-3. Urban Geography. An introduction to the horizontal and vertical characteristics of urban settlements. Includes the origin of cities, basic definitions of urban areas, central place theory, economic bases of towns, classification of cities, and urban planning.
Geog. 412-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography.
The application of statistical and other quantitative techniques to geographically organized data, areal distributions, and the solution of geographic research problems.
Geog. 425-3. Political Geography. A systematic study of the geographic influences affecting the development of political units, such as nations, states, and parties, as a background for better understanding of international affairs.
Geog. 430-3. Conservation Practice. Introduction to various aspects of resources, environment, and population. Emphasis on food production, water, soil, and climate.
Geog. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geol. 463.) Systematic study of weathering, mass-wasting, fluvial, wind, and marine processes and the landforms resulting therefrom. Prer., Geog.-Geol. 101 or equivalent and elementary chemistry, or consent of instructor.
Geog. 470-3. Soviet Union. A systematic and regional survey of features that characterize the physical, economic, and cultural geography of the U.S.S.R.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 27
Geog. 494-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geol. 494.) Nontechnical study of distribution, reserves, and uses of mineral resources.
Geog. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Independent research primarily for advanced undergraduate major students. Prer., consent of department.
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Students majoring in the geological sciences must take the following courses within the discipline: Physical Geology (Geol. 207-208), Mineralogy (Geol. 301-302), Introductory Paleontology and Stratigraphy (Geol. 341-342), Structural Geology (Geol. 312), and Field Geology (Geol. 411). In addition, students must take the following courses in allied fields: Chem. 103, 106; Math. 140, 230; Phys. 111, 112, and 114.
Physical Geology (Geol. 207, 208) and Mineralogy (Geol. 301, 302) are presently offered on the Denver Campus, as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Introductory Paleontology and Stratigraphy (Geol. 341, 342), Structural Geology (Geol. 312), and Field Geology (Geol. 411) must be taken on the Boulder Campus in order to complete a major in the geological sciences. Alternatively, a student may complete all the requirements for a distributed studies major and environmental sciences major, with emphasis in geology, on the Denver Campus.
Man and His Physical Environment I, II, III is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and evolution of the earth. They may be taken concurrently or in any order.
Geol. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geog.
100- 4.) A general introduction to elements of weather, physical climatology, and world regional climate classification.
Geol. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. (Geog.
101- 4.) Study of earth materials, features, and processes, and how they relate to man. Includes Sunday field trips.
Geol. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment III. (Geog.
102- 4.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth, history of the earth, and development of life forms throughout geologic time. Includes Sunday field trips.
Geol. 207-3,208-3. Physical Geology and Geophysics. General introduction to geologic processes of the earths’ surface and interior. Physical properties of the earth as a planet. Intended for students desiring major work in the geological sciences. Includes three Sunday field trips per semester. Prer., two years high school science or mathematics and science. (Geol. 208-3 does not prerequire Geol. 207-3. Students may follow Geol. 101 with Geol. 208 if they wish additional work in geophysics and internal processes, or they may begin the 207-208 sequence with Geol. 208 if scheduling so requires.)
Geol. 301-4, 302-4. Mineralogy. Principles of mineralogy, emphasizing crystallography, crystal chemistry, and systematic mineralogy of nonsilicates. Fall. Systematic mineralogy of silicates, origins and occurrences of minerals, and the interrelationships of mineralogy, economic geology, and petrology. Spring. Prer., physical geology, Chem. 106 and 108. Geol. 302-4 prerequires Geol. 301-4 or consent of instructor.
Geol. 323-3. Lithology. Introduction to the occurrence and megascopic classification of common rocks and minerals.
Geol. 425-3. Groundwater. Occurrence, movement, and problems of pollution of subsurface water and the hydrologic properties of water-bearing materials. Prer., Geol. 101 (Geog. 101) or consent of instructor.
Geol. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geog. 463-4.) Systematic study of weathering, mass-wasting, fluvial, wind and marine processes, and the landforms resulting therefrom. Prer., elementary geology or equivalent and elementary chemistry, or consent of instructor.
Geol. 494-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geog. 494-4.) Nontechnical study of distribution, reserves, and uses of mineral resources.
MATHEMATICS
A major in mathematics can be completed by students in the College of Undergraduate Studies by satisfying the following requirements, completing each of the required courses with a grade of C or better:
1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses.
2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher.
3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 272, 313, 314.
4. Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422.
Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline.
Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better:
Math. 140, 241,242 Math. 313 Math. 431,432 Math. 443 Math. 481
Cp.Sc. 201 Cp.Sc. 302 or 303 Cp.Sc. 453 Cp.Sc. 457 (E.E. 457) Cp.Sc. 501 Cp.Sc. 546
Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser.
At the graduate level, master’s degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and Basic Science (Math, option).
Mathematics offers a Teaching Internship Program which consists of three phases as follows:
Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his performance after each lecture.
It is the interested student’s task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing.
Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student’s entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear appropriate under individual circumstances.
Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern would hopefully be prepared to ac-


28 / University of Colorado at Denver
cept a graduate teaching assistantship in the department, or in a related interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her professional career.
No student may obtain more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140.
Math. 101-3. College Algebra. A course intended for precalculus students who are not prepared to take Math. 140 directly. Topics covered include set concepts, functions including exponential and logarithmic, systems of equations and inequalities including elements of matrices, and polynomials. Prer., 11/2 years of high school algebra, one year of plane geometry, and a satisfactory score on the placement test to be given at the first meeting of class.*
Math. 102-3. College Trigonometry. A course intended for precalculus students who are not prepared to take Math. 140 directly. Includes triognometric functions and their values and graphs, right angle trigonometry, identities and equations, inverse trigonometric functions, the law of sines and the law of cosines and applications, complex numbers, complex roots of equations, De Moivre’s theorem and roots of complex numbers, and elements of complex algebra. Prer., 11/2 years of high school algebra, one year of plane geometry, and a satisfactory score on the placement test to be given at the first meeting of class.*
Math. 103-3. The Structure of the Number System. Arithmetic of the natural numbers, integers, rational and real numbers, numerals, and systems of notation. Carries credit only for elementary majors for B.S. in education degree.
Math. 107-3. Algebra for Social Science and Business. Logic, set theory, permutations, combinations, probability, matrix algebra. Does not prepare students for Math. 110 or Math. 140. Prer., one year high school algebra.
Math. 108-3. Polynomial Calculus. A one-semester course in the calculus. No knowledge of trigonometry or analytic geometry is presupposed. Intended especially for social science and business students and for the general liberal arts student. Those planning to take more than one semester of calculus should take Math. 140 instead of Math. 108. Prer., 11/2 years high school algebra.
Math. 121-3. Geometry for the Elementary Teacher. Intuitive and logical development of the fundamental ideas of geometry, such as parallelism, congruence, measurement. Includes study of plane analytic geometry. Carries credit only for elementary majors for B.S. in education degree. Prer., Math. 103 or equivalent.
Math. 133-1. Topics in Mathematics. Different five-week course modules dealing with various topics in mathematics. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular topics being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Math. 140-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Basic concepts from plane analytic geometry; elements of vector algebra; intuitive introduction to limits, continuity, differentiability, and integrability; elementary applications of differentiation and integration. Replaces Math. 130. Students with credit in Math. 108 will receive no credit for Math. 140. Math. 102 may be taken concurrently with Math. 140. Students with weak mathematical background should take Math. 101 first. Prer., See Math. 101 and 102.
Math. 232-4. Sophomore Mathematics II For Engineers. Introduction to linear algebra (including vector spaces, matrices, determinants, and systems of linear equations) and introduction to differential equations. Prer., Math. 231 or 242.
Math. 241-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. The second of a three-semester sequence (Math. 140, 241, 242) in calculus. This course deals with inverse functions, trig and inverse trig functions, log, exponential, and hyperbolic trig functions. Also includes the Fundamental Theorem of the Calculus, Rolle’s Theorem, the mean value theorems, methods of integration and polar coordinates. Prer., Math. 140.
Math. 242-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. The third of a three-semester sequence (Math. 140, 241, 242). This course deals with infinite series, the intermediate value theorems, L'Hospital’s Rule and indeterminate forms; Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series, including series definitions of transcendental functions. Prer., Math. 241 or consent of department.
Math. 272-3. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics. The student learns to prove and to critique proofs of theorems by studying elementary topics in abstract mathematics, including such necessary basics as logic, sets, functions, equivalence relations, etc. Prer., Math. 241 or consent of department.
Math. 281-3. Introduction to Statistics. Study of the elementary statistical measures. Introduction to statistical distributions, statistical inference, and hypothesis testing. Prer., college algebra or equivalent.
Math. 313-3. Introduction to Linear Algebra. Systems of linear equations, vector spaces, matrices, determinants. Prer., Math. 241 with grade of C or better.
Math. 314-3. Introduction to Modern Algebra. Groups, rings, fields, polynomials. Prer., Math. 272 with grade of C or better.
Math. 321-3. Higher Geometry I. Axiomatic systems. The foundations of Euclidean and Lobachevskian geometries. Prer., Math. 241 with grade of C or better.
Math. 352-3. Computable Functions. Turing Computers, computable functions, alternate formulations of computable functions, the halting problem and noncomputable functions, Church’s thesis, universal machines, Godel’s incompleteness theorem, and undecidable theories. Prer., college algebra or consent of instructor.
Math. 403-3. Introduction to Topology. Metric spaces and topological spaces; homotopy and homology in simplicial complexes. Prer., Math. 272 or consent of instructor.
Math. 411-3. Theory of Numbers. Divisibility, greatest common divisor, prime numbers, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, congruences and other topics. Prer., Math. 272 or consent of instructor.
Math. 422-3. Higher Geometry II. An introduction to the study of synthetic projective geometry. The relation of the projective and affine planes. Coordinates in the projective plane. Prer., Math. 313 with grade of C or better.
Math. 426-3. Elementary Differential Geometry. Differential forms in Euclidean 3-space, vector fields, frame fields, Frenet formulas, calculus of differential forms on surfaces, geometry of surfaces, Gaussian curvature, second fundamental form. Prer., Math. 313, Math. 432, or consent of instructor.
Math. 431-3. Advanced Calculus I. Calculus of one variable, the real number system, continuity, differentiation, integration (possibly Riemann-Stieltjes). Prer., Math. 241 and Math. 272, 313, or A.Math. 232.
Math. 432-3. Advanced Calculus II. Sequence and series, convergence, uniform convergence; Taylor’s theorem; calculus of several variables including continuity, differentiation and integration; Picard’s theorem in ordinary differential equations and Fourier series if time permits. Prer., Math. 431.
Math. 433-3. Advanced Calculus III. Vector fields, implicit function theorem, inverse function theorem; Green’s, Stoke’s, and divergence theorems; Taylor’s theorem for functions of several variables; calculus on manifolds if time permits. Prer., Math. 432 or consent of instructor, and Math. 313.
Math. 435-3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers I. Selected topics in matrices, vector analysis, and Laplace transforms. Prer., Math. 232.
Math. 443-3. Ordinary Differential Equations. Elementary systematic introduction to linear nth order differential equations, including equations with regular singular points. Existence, uniqueness, and successive approximations of solutions for linear and nonlinear equations. Prer., Math. 241 and 313, or A.Math. 232.
Math. 444-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations.
Boundary value problems for the wave, heat, and Laplace equations; separation of variables method, eigenvalue problems, Fourier series, orthogonal systems. Prer., Math. 431 or 443.
Math. 445-3. Introduction to Complex Variables. Theory of functions of one complex variable, including integrals, power
*Students without prerequisites are advised (and with an unsatisfactory placement test score will be directed) to consider enrollment in pre-college courses D.C.E. 350, 351, 353, and 354, as needed, through the Division of Continuing Education.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 29
series, residues, conformal mapping, and special functions. Prer., Math. 444.
Math. 451-3. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. Sentential logic and first-order logic. Completeness theorems. Prer., Math. 272 with a grade of C or better.
Math. 453-3. Boolean Algebras. Axioms, subalgebras, ideals, direct and free products, free algebras, representation theorem, completions. Prer., Math. 314.
Math. 455-3. Set Theory. Axioms of set theory, algebra of sets, cardinal numbers, ordinal numbers, axiom of choice and continuum hypothesis.
Math. 465-3. Numerical Analysis I. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Solutions of linear and nonlinear systems of equations. Interpolation, integration. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Least squares. Sources of error and error analysis. Computer implementation of numerical methods. Matrix eigenvalue problems and summation of infinite series. Prer., E.E. 201 and Math. 232, or Math. 313.
Math. 466-3. Numerical Analysis II. Continuation of Math. 465. Prer., Math. 465.
Math. 470-2. Methods of Teaching Secondary School Mathematics. (Educ. 455.) Problems in teaching mathematics including objectives, sequence of topics, methods of presentation, materials, testing, and recent curricular developments. Prer., Math. 241. Carries credit only for students in secondary education.
Math. 472-3. History of Mathematics. A history of the development of mathematical techniques and ideas from early civilization to the present including the interrelationships of math and sciences. Prer., two courses beyond calculus with grade of C or better.
Math. 481-3. Introduction to Probability Theory. Axioms, combinatorial analysis, independence and conditional probability, discrete and absolutely continuous distributions, expectation and distribution of functions of random variables, laws of large numbers, central limit theorems, simple Markov chains. Prer., Math. 241.
Math. 482-3. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Point and confidence interval estimation. Principles of maximum likelihood, sufficiency, and completeness; tests of simple and composite hypothesis, linear models, and multiple regression analysis. Analysis of variance distribution free methods. Prer., Math. 481.
Math. 493-2, 494-2. Honors Seminar. Intended for candidates for departmental honors and other superior students. Topics covered vary from year to year. Student participation is stressed.
Math. 499-variable credit. Independent Study.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
A basic activity program in physical education is available for nonmajors. Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts degree, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. Activity classes 102 through 213 may be taken on an elective basis. One course may be taken each semester and a specific activity may be counted for credit only once. The student will have the option of being graded by letter grade or Pass/Fail.
The basic activity program is designed to offer students a wide variety of recreational activities stressing sports that have lifetime carry-over value.
The discipline of physical education does not offer a major in physical education or recreation. However, a variety of courses are offered which are the equivalent of those given on the Boulder Campus for majors. It is possible over a four-year period to take the majority of the courses required for the major on the Denver Campus.
An Urban Recreation Specialist program, designed to prepare people to work in urban recreation centers, is being developed. The program is interdisciplinary in nature and students from any discipline may enter the program if they have junior status and an interest in urban recreation.
For information on the majors program, the graduate program in Physical Education and Recreation, and the Urban Recreation program, contact the discipline representative on the Denver Campus.
P.E. 133-1. Topics in Physical Education. Different five-week course modules dealing with various topics in physical education and recreation. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
P.E. 295-2. Community Health. Communicable diseases and their relations to public health. The germ theory of disease, infection and immunity, vaccines, toxoids, antitoxins, and hereditary defects. An investigation of community health services.
P.E. 296-2. First Aid. Knowledge and skills of emergency treatment for common accidents and illnesses. Leads to the American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Certification.
P.E. 420-2. Organization and Administration of Physical Education. Policies and practices used in the development of sound physical education practices.
Rec. 435-2. Organization and Evaluation in Recreation. The
study of organizational structures of the several types of recreational services and evaluation techniques used to determine the effectiveness of these structures as related to administration of programs, policies, and the public.
PHYSICS
Required of all physics majors are Phys. 111, 112, 114, 213, 214, 215, and two years of calculus and one year of another science. Majors preparing for graduate school in physics should also take Phys. 317, 321, 322, 331, 332, 341, 491, 492, and 495, and additional mathematics courses. Students not going to graduate school in physics or wishing an interdisciplinary physics major must consult an adviser for the suitable additional program. Students should also be aware of the engineering physics major available through the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Several new interdisciplinary programs involving physics are currently being considered, including environmental science, geophysical systems, and chemical physics. Students interested in these programs should take the introductory calculus physics sequence as soon as possible, and consult an adviser for the latest status of these programs.
Phys. 105-4. General Astronomy. The methods and results of modern astronomy (solar system stars, galaxies, cosmology) at an elementary level.
Phys. 106-4. General Astronomy. Continuation of Phys. 105. Prer., Phys. 105.
Phys. 111-4. General Physics. First semester of 4-semester sequence for science and engineering students. Covers vectors, kinematics, dynamics, momentum of particles and rigid bodies, work and energy, gravitation, simple harmonic motion, and introduction to thermodynamics. Prer., knowledge of algebra, geometry and trigonometry; Coreq., calculus through derivatives and indefinite and definite integrals of polynomials and trigonometric functions, as typically covered in Math. 130 or A.Math. 131.
Phys. 112-4. General Physics. Covers electricity and magnetism, wave motion, and geometric optics. Prer., Phys. 111; Coreq., Math. 230 or A.Math. 132.
Phys. 114-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently
with or following Phys. 112-4. One 2-hour lab. per wk.


30 / University of Colorado at Denver
Phys. 133-1. Topics in Physics. Different 5-week course modules dealing with various topics in physics. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Phys. 199-variable credit. Independent Study for Lower Division.
Phys. 201-5, 202-5. General Physics. Four demonstration lect. and one lab. per wk. Phys. 201: mechanics, heat, and sound; Phys. 202: electricity, light, and modern physics. An elementary but thorough presentation of the fundamental facts and principles of physics. Majors in mathematics, chemistry, and others taking calculus are urged to take Phys. 111, 112, 114, 213, and 215. Prer., 11/2 years high school algebra and satisfactory grade on mathematics placement test.
Phys. 213-3. General Physics. Covers physical optics and introductions to special relativity, quantum theory, and atomic physics. Prer., Phys. 112 and 114.
Phys. 214-3. Introductory Modern Physics. To be taken by physics majors and interested nonmajors. Introduces students to the nature of modern physics and provides majors with perspective on the frontiers of this field. Emphasis on concepts without mathematical developments. Includes relativity, atomic and nuclear physics, solid state and particle physics. Prer., Phys. 213.
Phys. 215-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following Phys. 213. One 2-hour lab. per wk.
Phys. 307-3. Physical Environmental Problems. Current environmental problems from the viewpoint of the physical sciences. Sources, effects, detection, and control of air, water, noise, radiation, and heavy metal pollutions. Factors affecting traffic movement and safety, and transportation alternatives which produce less pollution. Some lectures by outside experts. This course and Phys. 308 are designed as a complementary sequence but may be taken separately. Prer., one year of college science or mathematics.
Phys. 308-3. Energy. This course will examine the central role of energy in our environment. Topics will include the macroscopic flow of energy in the world, the conversion and degradation of energy, thermal pollution, and energy resources and consumption. Energy will be examined as both an environmental problem and for its utility in solving problems. The implications of energy as a limit to population will be discussed. This course is designed to complement Phys. 307, but may be taken separately. Prer., one year of college science or mathematics.
Phys. 317-2, 318-2. Junior Laboratory. Contains experiments on data handling, electrical measurements, electronics, optics, vacuum techniques, heat and thermodynamics, mechanics, and modern physics. Emphasis will be on developing basic skills and on design of experiments. Each student will carry at least one project experiment each semester. Coreq., Phys. 321, 331, or consent of instructor.
Phys. 321-3. Classical Mechanics and Relativity. Topics covered include: Newtonian mechanics, special relativity, oscillations, Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s equations, central forces, and scattering. Analytical procedures employing the methods of vector analysis and calculus will be stressed. Prer., Phys. 214 and A.Math. 232, or equivalent.
Phys. 322-3. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics. Topics covered include: noninertial reference frames, rigid body motion, coupled oscillators, introduction to quantum mechanics, Bohr theory, simple solutions to Schroedinger equation, and perturbation theory. Prer., Phys. 321.
Phys. 331-3, 332-3. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism.
Elements of mathematical theory of electricity and magnetism, including magnetostatics, electrostatics, polarized media, direct and alternating current theory, and introduction to elecro-magnetic fields and waves. Prer. for Phys. 322: Phys. 331; Coreq. for Phys. 331: Phys. 321.
Phys. 341-3. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Statistical mechanics applied to macroscopic physical systems; statistical thermodynamics, classical thermodynamic systems; applications to simple systems. The relationship of the statistical to the thermodynamic points of view is examined. Prer., Phys. 321.
Phys. 361-3 or 4. Sound, Music, and Noise. This course will consider the basic nature of sound waves, the musical scale, why musical instruments sound the way they do, the reproduction of sound, the ear and hearing, vocal communication, room acoustics, noise pollution, and the sonic boom. No prer. Although this course is mainly descriptive, some high school algebra will be used. The optional laboratory for 4 hours credit will consist of an acoustical project of the student’s choice.
Phys. 451-3. Light. Basic electromagnetic theory of light using Maxwell’s equations. Examples in geometrical optics; extensive applications in physical optics including diffraction and polarization. Spectra, including Zeeman effect and fluorescence. Recent advances in experimental techniques; micro-waves, optical masers, image converters, etc. Prer., Phys. 332. Phys. 491-3,492-3. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Topics include a quantum mechanical treatment of the one-electron atom, atomic shell structure, atomic and molecular spectroscopy, band theory of solids, x-rays, nuclear properties, radioactivity, and the properties of the fundamental particles. Prer., Phys. 322 and 332.
Phys. 495-2, 496-2. Senior Laboratory. Individual project laboratory with emphasis on modern physical experimentation. Phys. 499-variable credit. Independent Study for Upper Division. Students must check with a faculty member before taking this course.
PSYCHOLOGY
Majors should include college algebra in their lower division schedules. At least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology must be completed, with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in required psychology courses is acceptable toward the major.
Specific course and hour requirements are as follows: Psych. 201-202—8 hrs.; Psych. 211-212—6 hrs.; at least one biotropic course, including Psych. 395, 405, 410, 412, 416, 420, 425, 439—3-4 hrs.; at least one sociotropic course, including Psych. 364, 430, 431, 440, 445, 449, 466, 471, 485, 493—3-4 hrs.; at least one advanced laboratory course, including Psych. 416, 420, 425, 440 and 485 (also listed above) — 4 hrs.; and at least one integrative course, Psych. 451 —3 hrs.
Psych. 133-1. Topics in Psychology. Different five-week course modules dealing with various topics in psychology. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Psych. 201-4. Living Systems I. (Biol. 201.) An interdisciplinary approach to the structure and function of living systems — cells, organisms, and populations. Emphasis on the behavioral aspects of and energy flow through each of the levels of organization analyzed. Lect., lab. and rec. sections.
Psych. 202-4. Living Systems II. (Biol. 202.) A continuation of Psych. 201.
Psych. 211-3. Experimental Research in Psychology. Research methods and statistical treatment of data. Class projects in different content areas of experimental psychology. No formal lab work required. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203.
Psych. 212-3. Social-Personality Research in Psychology. Research methods and statistical treatment of data. Class projects in different content areas of social psychology and the psychology of personality. No formal lab work required. Prer., Psych. 211.
Psych. 245-3. Psychology of Social Problems. An examination of social psychological aspects of a variety of social issues and problems in contemporary society. Includes such topics as poverty or minority status, prejudice, drug use, student protest, and patterns of sexual behavior. Consideration of theory and research relative to the topics as well as the definition of social behavior as a “problem.”
Psych. 300-2. Honors Seminar. Current theoretical issues and problems in psychology. Prer., major in psychology and consent of instructor.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 31
Psych. 320-3 and 321-3. Human Behavior and Maturation Through the Life Span. Three hours lecture per week. Analysis of the normal range of behaviors found in each development stage from birth through senescence.
Psych. 364-3. Child and Adolescent Psychology. Principles of development and patterns of child-rearing. Prer., 6 hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Biol. 395-4. Anthro. 395-4.) An interdisciplinary approach to the nature of man: his evolution, his biological makeup, his development as a social being, and his strategies for dealing with the challenges of environment. Lect. and discussion sections. Prer., at least one course in anthropology, biology, or psychology.
Psych. 400-2. Honors Seminar. Topic to be determined. Prer., major in psychology, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
Psych. 405-3. Physiological Psychology. The morphological, neurochemical, and physiological bases of behavior. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203, 3 sem. hrs. of biology, or consent of instructor.
Psych. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Biol. 410-3.) The inheritance of behavioral characteristics. Prer., consent of instructor.
Psych. 416-4. Psychology of Perception. The study of sensory processes and of variables related to perception. Lect. and lab. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203, and Psych. 211.
Psych. 420-4. Psychology of Learning. Conditions and applications of learning as found in experimental literature. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203, and Psych. 211.
Psych. 421-2. Theories of Learning and Motivation. An advanced survey of past and present major theoretical formulations in learning and motivation. Prer., Psych. 420 and consent of instructor.
Psych. 425-3. Comparative Psychology. (Biol. 425-3.) Similarities and differences between animals. Principles of behavior in a variety of species. Prer., 6 hrs. of psychology or consent of instructor.
Psych. 430-3. Abnormal Psychology. Borderline disorders as extreme variations of the normal personality. Major functional and organic disorders. Theories of mental disorders and methods of psychotherapy. Not open for credit to those who have credit for Psych. 431. Prer., Psych. 202 or 204, and upper division standing.
Psych. 431-4. Psychopathology. Intensive analysis of the major theories of personality and behavior disorders. Open to majors only, and not open for credit to those who have credit for Psych. 430. Prer., Psych. 202 or 204, 6 additional hrs. of psychology, and upper division standing.
Psych. 433-3. Mental Hygiene. Psychological principles underlying the nature of mental and emotional health and a positive program for preventive and remedial treatment. Prer., Psych. 430 or 431, and consent of instructor.
Psych. 439-3. Animal Societies. (Biol. 439-3.) The behavior of animals in relation to one another. Relations within groups and between groups. Interaction between members of societies as determined by characteristics of the animals and their environments. Prer., Psych. 201-202, and consent of instructor.
Psych. 440-3. Social Psychology. Psychological principles underlying social behavior. Analysis of special topics such as attitude surveys, public opinion research, propaganda, intergroup relations. Prer., Psych. 201-202 or 203-204, and Psych. 211-212.
Psych. 445-3. Psychology of Personality. The physiological and psychological nature of personality. Individual differences. The development of personality. Prer., 16 sem. hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 449-3. Cross-Cultural Psychology. The influence of culture and subculture on personality, including sex roles, patterns of child rearing, attitudes and values, and mental illness. Prer., 12 sem. hrs. of courses in psychology, sociology, and anthropology.
Psych. 451-3. History of Psychology. Development of psychological theories from 500 B.C. to 1950 A.D. Schools of psychology and their adherents. Readings of primary and secondary sources. Prer., 16 sem. hrs. of psychology and senior standing.
Psych. 466-3. Psychology of the Exceptional Child. Psychology of retarded, handicapped, and superior children. The relation of special traits to educational and social needs. Prer., Psych. 201-202 or 203-204, a course in child psychology, and upper division standing.
Psych. 471-3. Survey of Clinical Psychology. Theories and practices relating to problems of ability and maladjustment. Diagnostic procedures and treatment methods with children and adults. Prer., Psych. 202 or 204, Psych. 431, or consent of instructor.
Psych. 472-3. Community Psychology. New approaches to preventing psychological distress detailed in terms of theory and practice. Special topics include “psychology in the streets,” the creation of alternative institutions, and methods of consultation in poverty areas.
Psych. 485-4. Principles of Psychological Testing. Principles underlying construction, validation, and use of tests of ability and personality. Prer., Psych. 211-212.
Psych. 493-3. Industrial Psychology. Application of psychological principles and research findings to industrial problems, including problems of management, employees, and consumers, and such special topics as advertising, methods of appraisal, and human engineering. Prer., 9 sem. hrs. of psychology, including a statistics course.
Psych. 494-3. Psychology of Sports. A survey of psychological conditions affecting performance in athletics. Includes assessment of psychological demands of sports, assessment of the athlete, preparation of the athlete for coping with the psychological demands of sports. Prer., 9 sem. hrs. in psychology.
Psych. 499-1, 2, 3. Independent Study. Prer., consent of instructor.
DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
FREDERICK S. ALLEN, Assistant Dean
The Division of Social Sciences includes the following disciplines: anthropology, economics, history, political science, and sociology. The Division offers programs in the various disciplines and in preprofessional and interdisciplinary studies.
Students can complete an undergraduate major in all the disciplines included in the Division. The requirements for each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines.
The Division is currently developing a major in urban studies. The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students intending to enter the fields of business, law, medicine, or public school teaching, to work in or with federal, state, or local agencies or volunteer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning. Interested students should contact the Division of Social Sciences office for information concerning advisers, requirements, courses currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program.
For preprofessional programs, see listings and requirements in that section of this bulletin.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.


32 / University of Colorado at Denver
ANTHROPOLOGY
Majors in anthropology must take Anthro. 103 and 104, Principles of Anthropology I and II, or demonstrate knowledge of materials covered by these courses. Majors also must take Anthro. 201 and 202, Introduction to Physical Anthropology I and II; Anthro. 407, History of Anthropology; and either Anthro. 280, Nature of Language, or Anthro. 480, Anthropological Linguistics.
Anthro. 103-3. Principles of Anthropology I. Physical anthropology and archaeology. Evolution of man; his physical and cultural development from his beginnings through the rise of early civilization. Includes consideration of man as a biological organism, his origin and relationship with nonhuman and prehuman primates, and development of culture as an adaptive device.
Anthro. 104-3. Principles of Anthropology II. Cultural-social anthropology and linguistics. Study of man from the standpoint of the many and varied cultures he has manifested through time to the present. Survey of relationships between environment, technology, social organization, language, and ideology. Nature of anthropology and its analysis of the similarities and differences in human cultural adaptations.
Anthro. 201-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology I. Theory of biological evolution; examination of man’s organic structure, function, and behavior from an evolutionary-comparative perspective; analysis of fossil evidence of human evolution. Laboratory work emphasizing osteometry and osteology.
Anthro. 202-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology II. Ongoing human evolution with emphasis on quantitative assessment of genetic variation in man.
Anthro. 220-3. Principles of Archaeology. Basic introduction to concepts, techniques, and theory of archaeological excavation and interpretation. Two lect., 1 two-hour lab. per week. Lectures, demonstrations and practical work.
Anthro. 227-3. The Evolution of Culture: The New World. Cultural evolution in the New World from the earliest hunting cultures through the rise of civilization as seen from the perspective of archaeological evidence and theory.
Anthro. 240-3. Principles of Ethnology. Intensive survey of concepts, methods, and objectives in the comparative study of world cultures. Comparative analysis of selected ethnographic materials within a framework of sociocultural evolution and cultural ecology. Introductory techniques of fieldwork, library research, and report writing.
Anthro. 280-3. The Nature of Language. Survey of languages of the world and their historical relationships. Introduction to language analysis. Study of theories of the origin of language, its relationship to other forms of communication, to cognition, and to systems of writing.
Anthro. 310-3. Contemporary Ethnic Relations — Mexican-Americans. Anthropology of North Americans of Spanish, Spanish-lndian, and Mexican national descent. Ethnohistorical backgrounds, current interrelations, and social movements among rural and urban groups. Cultural patterns, identity maintenance, social forms, and problems of national incorporation.
Anthro. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Biol. 395-4; Psych. 395-4.) Interdisciplinary approach to the nature of man: his evolution, his biological makeup, his development as a social being, and his strategies for dealing with the challenges of environment. Lecture and demonstration-discussion sessions. Prer., one course in anthropology, biology, or psychology.
Anthro. 407-3. History of Anthropology. Foundations and development of major concepts and approaches (theory and method) in the study of man and culture. Discussion of principal contributors and their works to mid-20th century.
Anthro. 408-3. Recent Trends in Anthropology. Current directions in socio-cultural theory, method and technique as exemplified in the reported research and theoretical works of major anthropologists from mid-20th century to the present.
Anthro. 410-3. Race and Man. Concepts of human race: history, theory, and applications thereof. Biological factors in the establishment and maintenance of human diversity.
Anthro. 411-3. Human Paleontology. Detailed consideration of the fossil evidence for human evolution. History, description, interpretation of key fossils, and review of current and controversial issues.
Anthro. 412-3. Advanced Physical Anthropology. Introduction to population genetics and its application to understanding problems of process in human evolution and the formation of races in man.
Anthro. 414-3. Primatology. Survey of the Primate Order in evolution. Morphology and behavior from a comparative point of view, with emphasis on issues related to the origin and evolution of the most social member of this order.
Anthro. 420-3. North American Archaeology. Prehistoric and protohistoric cultures of North America, excluding the American Southwest, emphasizing materials which form a basis for regional cultural reconstructions. Prer., Anthro. 227.
Anthro. 421-3. Archaeology of the American Southwest. Prehistoric cultures of the southwestern U. S. and adjacent Mexico, their origins, characteristics, and interrelationships. Prer., Anthro. 227.
Anthro. 422-3. Archaeology of Mesoamerica. Prehistoric and protohistoric cultures of Mexico and northern Central America, including the Aztecs and the Maya. Prer., Anthro. 227.
Anthro. 431-3. Introduction to Applied Anthropology. Concepts, methods and problems in the application of anthropology to community and institution organization, development and administration; exemplified through analysis and discussion of U.S. and cross-cultural case materials. Urban and medical problems as well as ethical issues to be included.
Anthro. 434-3. Psychological Anthropology. Study of the relationship between culture and social character and between culture and individual personality; interdevelopment of culture and human brain, symbolizing, pan-human biopsychologi-cal nature and universals of culture, cross-cultural child training practices and personality formation, the psychology of culture change, cross-cultural definitions of deviancy, and mental illness. History of the field and survey of the literature.
Anthro. 435-3. Culture Process—Maintenance, Change, and Evolution. Theories and perspectives in the study of culture process. Analysis and discussion of case materials dealing with persistence, innovation, situations of culture contact and acculturation, directed change and resistance, and long-term sociocultural development.
Anthro. 436-3. The American Indian in Contemporary Society.
Beginning with the historical background on American Indian acculturation and persistence, but emphasizing the present-day relations between Indian communities and the dominant society, stressing conditions and events in Denver and the Southwest generally.
Anthro. 440-3. Comparative Social Organization. Principles in the comparative study of human social systems, types of social structure, social control, sociocultural integration, and processes of social change and societal development. Focus on the analysis of ethnographies. Prer., Anthro. 240 or 407, or consent of instructor.
World Ethnography. (Anthro. 452 through Anthro. 476.)
Each course listed below will cover the major problems of cultural and social anthropological interest relating to the peoples and cultural systems within the areas indicated. Following a survey of the geographical affiliations of the inhabitants, the culture-history of the area will be reviewed. The ways of life of the indigenous populations, their relations with each other and to other peoples, and the effects of culture change will be discussed.
Anthro. 452-3. Ethnography of the American Southwest. Anthro. 453-3. Ethnography of Mexico and Central America. Anthro. 454-3. Ethnography of Andean South America.
Anthro. 470-3. Ethnography of China, Japan, and Korea. Anthro. 476-3. Ethnography of Southeast Asia.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 33
ECONOMICS
Students majoring in economics must take a minimum of 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in economics, of which 22 must be in upper division courses. The following courses are required of all economics majors: Econ. 407-408; either Math. 107-108 and Econ. 380, or Math. 130, 230, 240 (students planning to go to graduate school in economics should take the latter option); Econ. 381 and Electrical Engineering 256 (Introduction to Computing). Majors are urged to take Econ. 380 and 381 as soon as possible, and prior to or in conjunction with Econ. 407 and 408.
Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by taking 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ. 407-408 and some course in statistics.
For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300.
Introductory Courses
Econ. 201-3. Principles of Economics I. Purpose is to teach fundamental principles, to open the field of economics in the way most helpful to further and more detailed study of special problems, and to give those not intending to specialize in the subject an outline of the general principles of economics (macroeconomics). Open to qualified freshmen.
Econ. 202-3. Principles of Economics II. Continuation of Econ. 201 (microeconomics). Prer., Econ. 201.
Econ. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. History of the development of slavery as an American institution from 1619 to 1970. Includes growth of the slave trade, development of the plantation system, stimulation of the American economy by slavery, economic implications of the Civil War, theoretical freeing of the slaves in 1863, and the development of modern slavery in America from Reconstruction to the present.
Econ. 251-3. Capitalism and Slavery II. Continuation of Econ. 250.
Econ. 300-3. Advanced Principles of Economics. Condensation of Econ. 201 and 202. Intended for students who have taken Soc. Sci. 210 and 211. Open to seniors without prerequisite. Not open to students who have taken Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 379-3. Consumer Economics. Application of microeconomics to the problems of the ordinary consumer: budget management, purchases, interest, etc. Intended for nonmajors.
Econ. 380-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics I. Introduction to the use of mathematics in economics research. Prer., Math. 107 and 108; Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 381-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics II. Introduction to statistical methods and their application to quantitative economic research. Prer., Econ. 381 and Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 481-3. Introduction to Econometrics. The application of mathematical and statistical techniques to problems of economic theory. Emphasis is on principles rather than computational methods or mathematical rigor. Major topics include demand, production, and cost analysis. Prer., two semesters of calculus and one semester of statistics, or consent of instructor.
Econ. 482-3. Introduction to Econometrics II. Continuation of Econ. 481. Prer., Econ'. 481.
Economic Theory and Thought General Courses
Econ. 201 and 202. See Introductory Courses section.
Econ. 300-3. See Introductory Courses section.
Econ. 403-3. The Price System. Course in microeconomics designed for teachers and other nonmajors. Production, price,
and distribution theory in a free-market system. Assumptions and conditions of a free-market and other market structures. Econ. 404-3. Income, Employment, and Economic Activity.
Course in macroeconomics designed for teachers and other nonmajors. Theory and applications of national income determination, the role of money in the economy, and economic growth. Policy problems in dealing with unemployment, inflation, growth, and our international balance of payments. Econ. 407-3. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Production, price, and distribution theory. Study of value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures, with special reference to the contribution of modern economic theorists.
Econ. 408-3. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. National income and employment theory. Emphasis on national income analysis, contemporary theories of consumption, investment, and employment.
Econ. 409-3. History of Economic Thought. Survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modern times.
Econ. 410-3. Radical Political Economy. An introduction to modern radical economics, emphasizing Marxian critiques of capitalism: Marx's theory of capitalist development; contemporary analyses and empirical studies of monopoly capitalism and imperialism; Marxian views of the future of capitalism; mainstream critiques of radical political economics.
Econ. 492-variable credit. Special Economic Problems. (For majors in economics; others by consultation.) Designed to give seniors a chance to evaluate critically some practical or theoretical problems under supervision, and to present results of their thinking to fellow students and instructors for critical evaluation.
Econ. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of instructor required.
Fiscal and Monetary Theory and Policy;
Public Finance
Econ. 411-3. Monetary and Banking Systems. Survey of major monetary and financial institutions, such as commercial banks, Federal Reserve System, and savings institutions, and the structure of debt from the standpoint of how their operation affects the money supply and its circulation.
Econ. 412-3. Monetary Theory and Policy. Theories of inflation and deflation and their effects upon economic growth and prosperity. Goals of monetary policy; problems involved in trying to achieve these goals; survey of some recent monetary policies in action.
Econ. 421-3. Public Finance I. Taxation, public expenditures, debts, and fiscal policy. Role of public finance in times of peace and war. National, state, and local taxation, with some special attention to the state of Colorado.
Econ. 422-3. Public Finance II. Continuation of Public Finance I. Either course may be taken separately.
International Economics and Economic Development
Econ. 441-3. International Trade and Finance. Theories of interregional and international trade, private and public trade, world population and resources, tariffs, and commercial policy. International economic organization.
Econ. 477-3. Economic Development — Theory and Problems
I. Theoretical and empirical analysis of problems of economic development in both underdeveloped and advanced countries.
Econ. 478-3. Economic Development — Theory and Problems
II. Current conditions of economic development, with emphasis on accelerating and maintaining growth.
Econ. 487-3. Economic Development of Latin America. Current problems of economic development in Latin America.
Econ. 489-3. The Economics of Africa and the Middle East.
Current problems of development faced by African and Middle Eastern economies. Emphasis on case studies, regionalism, planning, and ramification of economic change.
Economic History, Systems, and Institutions
Econ. 250 and 251. See Introductory Courses section.


34 / University of Colorado at Denver
Econ. 451-3. Economic History of Europe. Evolution of industrial society with emphasis upon the growth and development of English industry and commerce.
Econ. 452-3. Economic History of the United States. American economic organization and institutions and their development from colonial times to the present.
Econ. 471-3. Comparative Economic Systems. Critical study of socialism, capitalism, fascism, communism, utopianism, syndicalism, cooperatives, and other proposed economic systems.
Human Resource Economics and Labor Economics
Econ. 460-3. Introduction to Human Resources. Economics of investments in man, including the economics of poverty and the application of cost benefit analysis to social welfare programs.
Econ. 461-3. Labor Economics. Study of problems associated with determination of wages, hours, and working conditions in the American economy. History and analysis of economic effects of trade unionism and other social institutions, including agencies of formal government which have been developed to promote equality of bargaining power between labor, management, and the public.
Econ. 462-3. Economics of Collective Bargaining. Scientific analysis of processes by which labor and management democratically reach agreements; how differences between labor and management are settled by means of grievance procedure and arbitration; and overall economic effect of collective bargaining on goods produced by the national economy. Demonstrations, workshops, and lectures.
Econ. 463-3. Income Security. Development of social insurance in various countries, with emphasis on the United States. Security in old age, unemployment, accident, sickness, and other income-loss situations. Economic analysis of costs and risks of social security; types of carriers, problems of administration. Critical examination of recent American social security legislation.
Econ. 464-3. Collective Bargaining, Labor Law, and Administration. Study of social pressures that are shaped into labor policy acceptable to labor, management, and the general public by various means of social control. Evolution of a “common law” of labor relations out of free collective bargaining and arbitration. Prer., senior status.
Government and Business; Industrial Organization
Econ. 456-3. Economics of Agriculture. Economic analysis of the agricultural sector and of problems and policies related to agriculture and other primary industries.
Econ. 469-3. Government in the Economy. Analysis of the role of government in the economy, neo-classical microeconomic theory as a point of departure to understanding what a free market system can and cannot accomplish. Prer., Econ. 403 or equivalent.
Econ. 474-3. Economic Organization of American Industry.
Structure and performance of some important American manufacturing industries.
Econ. 476-3. Government Regulation of Business. Economic characteristics of public utilities and analysis of problems of regulation and control.
Urban, Regional, and Environmental Economics
Econ. 425-3. Urban Economics. Analysis of the level, distribution, stability, and growth of income and employment in urban regions. Urban poverty, housing, land use, transportation, and local public services, with special reference to economic efficiency and social progress. Prer., Econ. 407 or consent of instructor.
Econ. 453-3. Resource Economics. Application of economic theory to resource-oriented industries.
HISTORY
Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 hours, 16 of which must be upper division with a grade of C or better.
The following courses or options are required of history majors: Hist. 101 and 102 or any two 200-level
courses in Ancient, European, or Asian history. Either semester of Western Civilization may also be combined with a 200-level course in Ancient, European, or Asian history; Hist. 150 and either Soc. Sci. 210 or Soc. Sci. 211, or any two 200-level courses in American or Latin American history.
Hist. 101-3. History of Western Civilization I. Contributions of Greek thought; Roman and Christian elements in early European civilization; rise of Islam; feudalism; conflict of papacy and empire; medieval learning, literature, and art; rise of dynastic states; the Reformation; the age of discovery; thought and culture in the early modem period.
Hist. 102-3. History of Western Civilization II. Scientific revolution; French absolutism and English constitutionalism, theory, and practices; rise of Russia and Prussia; the Enlightenment; French Revolution and spread of Liberalism and Nationalism; evolution of an industrial society; Romanticism and Realism; the unification of Italy and Germany; Imperialism; the age of World Wars; Totalitarianism; contemporary European philosophy, art and science.
Hist. 150-3. Introduction to United States History. Survey of American history from colonial times to the 1960s. Emphasis on the major forces and events that have shaped American society.
Hist. 201-3. Survey of Ancient History: The Ancient Near East and Greece. Examination of the main political and cultural developments in the following areas and periods: the Bronze Age in the Eastern Mediterranean and the Near East; origins, rise, and maturation of the Greek city-states; the wars with Persia; the Athenian Empire; Civil Wars — Sparta vs. Athens; and the fourth century to Alexander.
Hist. 202-3. Survey of Ancient History: Hellenistic Greece and Rome. An examination of the main political and cultural developments in the following areas and periods: Alexander and his accomplishments; successors of Alexander—Ptolemies, Seleucids, and Antigonids; Pre-Roman Italy; expansion of Rome from a city to world state; Roman revolution; the Empire — principate to autocracy; rise of Christian Rome; collapse of West Rome and the survival of East Rome.
Hist. 215-3. Afro-American History I. Major emphasis on the events that have occurred in the life of the Afro-American from the time of his first landing in the U.S. to the present.
Hist. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Hist. 215. Hist. 258-3. History of Colorado.
Hist. 271-3. History of the Modern Far East I. An introduction to Asian civilization. Focus on Japan, China, and Southeast Asia in the 19th century.
Hist. 272-3. History of the Modern Far East II. Asia in world affairs. Focus on Japan, China, and Southeast Asia in the 20th century.
Hist. 281-3. History of Latin America I. An introduction to Latin civilization in America. Focus on period before independence.
Hist. 282-3. History of Latin America II. Latin America since independence. Focus on Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.
Hist. 383-3. Mexican-American Southwest. The history of Mexican-Americans from the origins of the Aztec Empire to modern times. Emphasis on the fusion of Spanish and Indian cultures in Mexico and the Southwest, the development of Mexican-American society, and its relation to American society.
Hist. 384-3. History of the Mexican-Americans in Colorado.
A history of the Mexican-American experience in Colorado with emphasis on 20th century urbanization, especially within the Denver metropolitan area.
Hist. 399-3. The Mexican American in the Southwest. An historical cultural survey with a consideration of the present.
Hist. 406-3. History of the British Empire/Commonwealth.
Analysis of development, administration, and dissolution of the empire.
Hist. 423-3. Europe During the Renaissance. Social and intellectual history of Europe from the 14th to the 16th centuries.
Hist. 424-3. Europe During the Reformation. Social and intellectual history of Europe from the 16th to the 18th centuries.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 35
Hist. 430-3. France Since 1815. A topical approach to the evolution of modern France. The topics are essentially political, economic, and cultural.
Hist. 431-3. Nineteenth Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual framework between 1789 and 1914. Suggested background, Hist. 102.
Hist. 432-3. Twentieth Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual framework between 1914 and 1960. Suggested background, Hist. 102.
Hist. 437-3. Diplomatic History of Europe in the 19th Century.
The diplomatic process, major crises, leading personalities, interaction between domestic and foreign policies, reflections on causes and consequences of war. Suggested background, Hist. 102 or Hist. 431.
Hist. 438-3. Diplomatic History of Europe in the 20th Century.
International organization and traditional diplomacy. The Versailles settlement, the rise of revisionist powers, causes of World War II, wartime diplomacy, the Cold War, and decline of Europe’s position in the world. Suggested background, Hist. 102 or Hist. 432.
Hist. 441-3. History of Africa to 1870. Part I of a two-semester sequence introducing the student to political, economic, and cultural change in Africa.
Hist. 442-3. History of Africa From 1870. Part II of a two-semester sequence introducing the student to political, economic, and cultural change in Africa.
Hist. 445-3. Social and Economic Change in African History.
An examination of change in African life. Emphasis on new directions in commerce, agriculture, labor, religion, family structure, and urbanization.
Hist. 448-3. England in the 20th Century. Emphasis on domestic politics, economics, and cultures. Suggested background, Hist. 102.
Hist. 450-3. A Political History of Africa. An analysis of the variety of political units in Africa and the ways in which they have changed.
Hist. 453-3. Civil War and Reconstruction. Focuses on events leading to the outbreak of war, the war itself and its impact on North and South, and the efforts to reconstruct Southern society during the post-war period.
Hist. 454-3. The Progressive Movement, 1900-1929. Domestic affairs and foreign policy. In domestic affairs, emphasis on the Progressive Movement and the reaction against it in the twenties. In foreign affairs, emphasis on slowly increasing but reluctant participation in world power politics.
Hist. 455-3. Recent America, 1929 to Present. Major trends in U.S. history since the Great Crash, emphasizing the changing role of the federal government in total national life, and the development of the spirit of internationalism in foreign policy. Suggested background, Hist. 454.
Hist. 456-3. The Jacksonian Era. Study of a period of change and conflict. Emphasis on conditions that produced striking alterations in the social, psychological, and economic organization of the United States, as well as violence and war.
Hist. 463-3. American Society and Thought to 1860. Analysis of social ideas to 1860, and the impact of these ideas on American society.
Hist. 464-3. American Society and Thought Since 1860. Analysis of social ideas since 1860, and the impact of these ideas on American society.
Hist. 465-3. History of American Economic Growth I. Study of English mercantilism in the American Colonies and the development of the early national economy in the 1850s.
Hist. 466-3. History of American Economic Growth II. Study of industrialization during and since the Civil War, America’s role as a world economic power, the great depression of the 1930s, and internal developments since 1945.
Hist. 467-3. Diplomatic History of the United States to 1889.
The development of American foreign policy, emphasizing the evolution of the basic policy of isolation from European affairs and increasing involvement in the Pacific and East Asia.
Hist. 468-3. Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1889. The conflict between isolationism and internationalism in American foreign policy, ending in the triumph of the latter. Suggested background, Hist. 467.
Hist. 469-3. The Old South and National Disunion. Early development of the southern United States, the institution of slavery, and the sectional conflict leading to national disunion.
Hist. 470-3. History of Urban America. Development of urban America from colonial times to the present.
Hist. 473-3. History of China. Deals with traditional China covering a period from* the “beginning” to the mid-19th century. Both descriptive and interpretative approaches are employed, concentrating on those “factors” (intellectual, social, political, technological, economic, et at.) involved in the development of the Chinese civilization. In the attempt to understand the problems and challenges confronting the Chinese, it is hoped that the course will provide an appreciation for the Chinese and “Chinese History" and its relationship to our own world.
Hist. 474-3. History of China. A combination of descriptive material with a broad analytical base is applied to an investigation of the emergence and development of modern China. The aim of the course is to both sketch and analyze the dimensions of the “Chinese crisis” compounded of dynastic and Imperial collapse, imperialist incursions, social, political, and intellectual re-orientation, the plight of a people ravaged by poverty, oppression, and war, and the dramatic re-shaping of 20th-century China caught in the throes of national and social revolution.
Hist. 479-3. United States Military History to 1900. Development of the military and naval art of war in American history, in both its peacetime and wartime aspects, from colonial times to the end of the Spanish-American war. Emphasizing the increasing influence of technology on warfare after 1850.
Hist. 480-3. United States Military History since 1900. American military and naval history since the Spanish-American War, presented as a continuing evolution in both war and peace and emphasizing the dominating influence of technology upon operations, organization, and policies.
Hist. 481-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence
I. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 19th century. Hist. 482-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence
II. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 20th century.
Hist. 487-3. A History of Colonialism and Alien Settlement.
Analysis of European and Asian communities in Africa: their origins and development and their relations with the indigenous African population.
Hist. 489-3. The Modern Near East, 1789 to the Present. Emphasis on the modernization of the region from Egypt through Persia, Anatolia, and Arabia, not only in political terms, but also in terms of the economic, social, and intellectual changes which have transformed the Near East in the last century and a half.
Hist. 494-3. Imperial Russia. The Old Regime, industrialization, and culture in the 19th century.
Hist. 495-3. The Russian Revolution. Origins of the revolutionary movement, and Revolution of 1905, reform efforts, the impact of World War I, the Bolshevik victory in 1917, the Civil Wars.
Hist. 496-3. The Soviet Regime. Rise of Stalin, economic development 1928-1938, impact of World War II, the Khrushchev era.
Hist. 498-3. Senior Colloquium. Readings and discussion of eminent modern historians and their writings. Recommended but not required for senior history majors.
Hist. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of instructor required.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in political science, of which at least 21 semester hours must be in upper division courses. Courses must be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American government and politics, comparative politics, international relations, public administration, and political theory and public law. The major must include the following: Pol. Sci. 100; Pol. Sci. 110; Pol. Sci. 440 and


36 / University of Colorado at Denver
441; Econ. 201 and 202; and one upper division course in each of the primary fields of political science. In addition, it is strongly recommended that all majors enroll for Pol. Sci. 201, 202 (or the Pol. Sci. 211-212 sequence) and 445.
For all courses numbered 300 and above, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is either the Pol. Sci. 100-110 sequence or consent of the instructor.
American Government and Politics
Pol. Sci. 100-3. Introduction to Political Science. Introduction to the study of politics and the political system and its environment. Designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts of political science, features of the political process, types of political institutions, and political behavior. Required of all majors.
Pol. Sci. 110-3. The American Political System. General introduction to the American political system with emphasis upon the interrelations among the various levels and branches of government, formal and informal institutions, processes, and behavior. Required of all majors. Prer., Pol. Sci. 100. Not open to those who have had Pol. Sci. 101 and/or 102.
Pol. Sci. 400-3. Government Regulation of Business. Consideration of theory and practice of government relationship to business and professional activity on both state and national levels. Analysis of selected regulatory programs and policies (Sherman Act, Clayton Act, Federal Trade Commission Act) and their impact on the constitutional system.
Pol. Sci. 402-3. Legislatures and Legislation. Structure and organization of legislatures and process of statute lawmaking. Pol. Sci. 403-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups. History and practice of party politics in the United States. Nature, structure, organization, and functions of political parties and pressure groups. Analysis of pressure politics and political behavior.
Pol. Sci. 404-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups. Continuation of Pol. Sci. 403.
Pol. Sci. 405-3. Public Opinion and Political Behavior. Theories of public opinion and propaganda; the formation, management, and measurement of political attitudes; behavior of men and groups in politics, especially Americans.
Pol. Sci. 406-3. State Government and Administration. Present-day national, state and interstate relations; constitutional development; legislative, executive, and judicial processes and problems; administrative organization and reorganization; state finances; major state services; future of the states. Special attention to the government of Colorado.
Pol. Sci. 407-3. Urban Politics. Examination of the structure of political and social influence in urban areas; selection of urban leadership; relationship of the political system to governmental and social institutions.
Pol. Sci. 408-3. Municipal Government and Administration.
Municipalities and their relations to the states and the national government; local politics; forms of municipal government; application of ideas and techniques of public administration to management of municipal affairs; activities of cities, e.g., planning, public utilities, law enforcement, and fire protection.
Pol. Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. Comparative analysis of the major metropolitan systems of North America and Europe; the structural environment, decisionmaking in the bureaucracies and political groupings, governmental interaction and communication.
Pol. Sci. 451-3. Black Politics. Examination of black politics in the United States: the role of black interest groups, structure and functions of black political organizations, goals and political styles of black politicians, trends and the future of black politics in the United States.
See also Pol. Sci. 435 and 439 listed under Public Administration.
Comparative Politics
Pol. Sci. 201-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics I: Developed Political Systems. Comparison of legal-institutional features; social, economic, and ideological forces; and pat-
terns of recruitment and decision making in parliamentary, presidential, and other developed politics. Emphasis on persistent elements and postwar innovations in Britain, France, Germany, and Russia. Not open to those who have had Pol. Sci. 211 and/or 212.
Pol. Sci. 202-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics II: Developing Political Systems. Comparison of the basic political features of the developing polities within the non-Western world. The traditional political culture, nationalism, political integration, political structures, political groups in developing societies, modes of political recruitment, the style of development politics and political implications of planned socioeconomic change.
Pol. Sci. 211-3. Governments of Great Britain and France.
Governments and politics in present-day Great Britain and France, especially in comparison with the government of the United States. Emphasis on postwar reform legislation in Great Britain and recent party politics in France.
Pol. Sci. 212-3. Governments of Germany and Russia. Government and politics in present-day Russia and Germany. Development and present status of Bolshevist theory and practices. Democratic and totalitarian trends in German governments, past and present.
Pol. Sci. 410-3. Advanced Comparative Politics — Western Europe. An intensive and comparative analysis of the political systems and processes of the Western European democracies. Emphasis on political culture and constitutionalism; executive-legislative relationships; electoral systems; political parties and interest groups; administrative and judicial processes; and the impact of social changes on political institutions. Prer., Pol. Sci. 201 or consent of instructor.
Pol. Sci. 411-3. Advanced Comparative Politics — Developing Political Systems. An intensive comparative examination of the political process in the non-Western world. Survey of different methodological approaches to the study of the non-Western political systems. The components of political development. Effective political units in a transitional society. Prevailing “styles” of political action, including the use of violence.
Pol. Sci. 413-3. Governments of Latin America. Governments and politics of selected countries of Latin America. Constitutions and governments in theory and practice. Political parties, movements, and conflicts. The relationships between political problems and physical and social environments.
Pol. Sci. 415-3. Political Systems of the Middle East and North Africa. Comparative analysis of the major parameters of the political process in the Middle East and North Africa. Islamic political theory and its contemporary manifestation. The role of nationalism and the "quest for modernity” in the political development of this region. Parties and programmed modernization in transitional polities.
Pol. Sci. 416-3. Governments of East Asia. Political and governmental changes within China, Japan, and Korea from the 19th century to the present. Primary emphasis on contemporary political systems and sociopolitical problems.
Pol. Sci. 417-3. Eastern European Communism: Soviet Satellites and Yugoslavia. Developments in the Soviet satellites and Yugoslavia, their governmental organizations, and the relation to the Soviet Union and the West.
Pol. Sci. 418-3. Governments of Southeast Asia. Impact of the West on political theory and institutions in Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Constitutions, political parties, movements, and conflicts. Influence of geographical, economic, and social factors on the political systems in each country.
Pol. Sci. 419-3. Political Systems of Sub-Saharan Africa. Analysis of major types of political systems in sub-Saharan Africa and intensive case studies of selected countries exemplifying each type. Anticolonial movement and adoption of Western political institutions and values. Special political problems of multiracial and multicultural societies.
Pol. Sci. 460-3. Governments of South Asia. Study of the political and administrative systems of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, and Nepal. Impact of British rule on development of political institutions on the subcontinent as well as problems of political development at all levels.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 37
International Relations
Pol. Sci. 421-3. International Politics. The system of national states, concepts of national interest, goals of foreign policies, conduct of diplomacy, and the bearing of these elements on the problem of peace. Presentation and evaluation of the solutions that have been offered for the maintenance of peace. Great powers and regions of the earth in international politics today, and their roles in international tensions.
Pol. Sci. 423-3. American Foreign Policy. Examination of the foundations, assumptions, objectives, and methods of U.S. foreign policy. Special attention to the revolutionary international environment and to adaptations thereto.
Pol. Sci. 425-3. International Law and Organization I. Legal and political foundations of the international community including procedures and machinery for settlement of disputes between states, prevention of war, and maintenance of security. Attention to the experience of the League of Nations and the United Nations and of regional arrangements for collective self-defense and political union.
Pol. Sci. 426-3. International Law and Organization II. Continuation of Pol. Sci. 425, with emphasis on processes and machinery of peacetime cooperation between nations for development of international economic and social cooperation and regulatory authority. Emphasis on the League of Nations, the United Nations, specialized agencies, and regional arrangements.
Pol. Sci. 428-3. International Behavior. Presentation of alternate theoretical frameworks for the explanation of international processes. Theories of conflict behavior and social organization applied to problems of war and peace. Major emphasis on the role of systematic empirical research in the development of theories of international behavior.
Pol. Sci. 470-3. The European Community. Europe in the international system; European and Atlantic regionalism; the Council of Europe, WEU, and other political institutions. Political, military, and economic integration: EEC and NATO, OEEC, EFTA, and EURATOM. Problems of partnership, rival nationalisms, and interdependence.
Pol. Sci. 472-3. Soviet Foreign Policy. Foreign policy of the Soviet Union, including the international Communist movement, its ideological bases, its impact on international politics, and its relations to domestic developments in the U.S.S.R.
Pol. Sci. 473-3. The Middle East and World Affairs. Evolution and revolution in the Middle East. The character of nationalism in the area. Analysis of intraregional and international problems affecting the Middle East with special emphasis on the Arab-lsraeli imbroglio.
Pol. Sci. 474-3. Sub-Saharan Africa in World Affairs. An examination of the international behavior of the new Africa. Includes pre-independence antecedents and post-independence determinants, motives, techniques, and results of African state relations in the inter-African and world-wide settings.
Pol. Sci. 475-3. Africa in U. S. Foreign Policy. Examination of historical background, assumptions, objectives, methods, and results of U.S. policy toward black Africa. Special attention to areas under foreign or minority rule, ethnic factors, potency of economic and political variables, and stresses between alliance policy and sympathy for self-determination.
Pol. Sci. 476-3. International Relations in the Far East. Developments and problems in the modern-day relations of China, Japan, Korea, Vietnam, and the Western powers. The Far East in world politics today.
Pol. Sci. 477-3. Latin America in World Politics. Basic elements in Latin American international relations. United States-Latin American relations and policies. Foreign policy formulation in major Latin American republics.
Public Administration
Pol. Sci. 406 and 408 may be used by majors in political science to satisfy the requirement in the field of public administration.
Pol. Sci. 430-3. Public Personnel Administration. Personnel policies of the national, state, and local governments. Structure, functions, and problems of public personnel agencies.
Pol. Sci. 432-3. Public Administration. Role of administration in government; trends in American public administration; problems in organization; techniques of management.
Pol. Sci. 434-3. National Security Organization and Policymaking. Analysis of the governmental structure and the policymaking processes for American national security planning and action.
Pol. Sci. 435-3. Natural Resources: Policy and Administration.
Resources in the American economy; consideration of constitutional, political, and geographic factors in the development of resources policy; organization, procedures, and programs for administration and development of natural resources.
Pol. Sci. 437-3. Public Financial Administration. Governmental fiscal policy, administrative organization for fiscal administration in governmental units, revenue administration, budgeting, preaudit and postaudit, treasury management and debt administration, purchasing, financial reporting.
Pol. Sci. 438-3. State Policies and Administration. Examination in depth of selected functional activities of state government leading to identification and analysis of crucial issues and problems involved in the development and administration of policy in those areas. Specific focus on public welfare, unemployment and workmen’s compensation, labor policy, business and professional licensing and regulation, public education, law enforcement and crime control, highway construction and maintenance.
Pol. Sci. 439-3. National Policies and Administration. Major policies and programs of the national government and their administration; the role of the President and other administrators in formulating public policy and in maintaining a responsible bureaucracy.
Political Theory and Public Law
Pol. Sci. 440-3. Early Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical setting from Plato to the 17th century, with a critical evaluation of those elements of continuing worth.
Pol. Sci. 441-3. Modern Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical setting from the 17th century to the present. Pol. Sci. 440 is not a prerequisite for Pol. Sci. 441.
Pol. Sci. 443-3. Jurisprudence. Origins of modern legal institutions and role of law in society throughout the ages. Contrast between Anglo-American and legal systems stemming from the Roman Law. Law cases are studied only insofar as they mirror historical and sociological developments.
Pol. Sci. 445-3. American Political Thought. History and development of American political theories and ideas from colonial period to present.
Pol. Sci. 446-3. Administrative Law. General nature of administrative law, types of administrative action and enforcement, analysis of rulemaking and adjudication, administrative due process, judicial review.
Pol. Sci. 447-3. Constitutional Law I. Nature and scope of the following American constitutional principles as developed by the U.S. Supreme Court: federalism, jurisdiction of the federal courts, separation of powers, the taxing power, and the commerce power. Case method.
Pol. Sci. 448-3. Constitutional Law II. Continuation of Pol. Sci. 447, with emphasis on the war power, powers of the President, citizenship, the Bill of Rights, and the Civil War amendments. Case method.
Pol. Sci. 449-3. American Judicial System. Examination of the principal actors in the legal system: police, lawyers, judges, citizens. About half of the course will be devoted to the study of judicial behavior, especially at the Supreme Court level. Pol. Sci. 490-3. Revolution and Political Violence. Study, discussion, and evaluation of alternative frameworks for the analysis of revolution and political violence. The theoretical material will be firmly couched in case situations such as Western, class, colonial, urban, international, historical, racial, religious, and intergenerational violence. Development by the class of its own theoretical model.
General Courses in Political Science
Pol. Sci. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Intended to give an opportunity to advanced students with good scholastic rec-


38 / University of Colorado at Denver
ords, and with appropriate courses completed, to pursue independently the study of some subject of special interest to them. Subjects chosen and arrangements made to suit the needs of each student. Primarily for seniors. Prer., 15 semester hours in political science and consent of instructor.
SOCIAL SCIENCES
These courses can, in part, satisfy the area requirement in the Social Sciences.
Soc. Sci. 210-3. The Study of Man in Society I. An integrated introduction to concepts and methods of the social sciences as they apply to analysis of societal contexts and the forces affecting man in society. Emphasis on concepts and analyses of societies at given points in time.
Soc. Sci. 211-3. The Study of Man in Society II. Continuation of Soc. Sci. 210. Emphasis on processes in society — social and cultural change and evolution, industrialization, urbanization, and other dynamic institutions.
Soc. Sci. 320-3. The Legal Process. Nature of legal reasoning and methods of legal development. Reciprocal relations of law with political philosophy and ethics. Materials drawn from both public and private law.
Soc. Sci. 321-3. The American Indian and Federal Law. In
comparison with other citizens, what has been and is the legal status of American Indians? The objectives of this course are to survey a special status as set forth in Federal law, to identify its problems, costs and benefits to Native Americans, and to acquaint course participants with applications and politics of the law through the study of actual case materials.
Soc. Sci. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto I. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the Black, disadvantaged community.
Soc. Sci. 326-3. Pathology of the Ghetto II. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the Black, disadvantaged community.
Soc. Sci. 327-3. Comparative Urban Cultures. Emphasis on historical background and social concerns of cultural and ethnic groups which constitute a city.
Soc. Sci. 410-3. Business and Government. (B.Ad. 410-3.) Study of public law and action of government related to the working of the market system. Topical areas include: philosophy and evolution of the involvement of government in economic activities with particular emphasis on (a) concentration of economic power, (b) competitive practices, (c) specific sectors of the economy, and (d) the general climate of business.
Soc. Sci. 411-3. Business and Society. (B.Ad. 411-3.) Examination of tne interrelationships between business, society, and the environment. Topics will include perspectives on the socio-economic-business system, current public policy, issues and social responsibility, and ethics. Prer., Econ. 201-202, Pol. Sci. 110, Soc. 111.
SOCIOLOGY
Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these courses, 16 must be upper division. As no fixed sequence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their program. This is particularly important for those intending to do graduate work in sociology.
Soc. 128-3. Race and Minority Problems. Race and racism; facts and myths about great populations, including psychological, social, and cultural sources of bias and discrimination. Soc. 129-3. The Negro in American Life and History. Examination of the myth and the reality of the Negro in America since the Colonial Period.
Soc. 191-3. Contemporary Social Issues. Introductory consideration of some 30 current social controversies, such as democracy, capitalism, race and ethnic groups, marriage, the family, crime, international tensions, and world order. Designed to improve the student’s ability to understand current debate and to formulate opinions for himself.
Soc. 192-3. Contemporary Social Issues. Continuation of Soc. 191.
Soc. 199-variable credit. Independent Study in Sociology.
Consent of instructor required.
Soc. 221-3. Elementary Population Studies. Elements of demography, natality, mortality, international and internal migration, population growth, population policy.
Soc. 222-3. Human Ecology. Ecological organization and processes in urban, rural, and regional areas.
Soc. 239-3. Mass Society. Study of the emergence of modern society. Emphasis on the role of masses and of separated and isolated individuals who lack unifying values and purposes.
Soc. 250-3. Social Problems and Social Change. Sociological analysis of problems resulting from recent social changes including occupational shifts and the redefinition of work, adolescent roles and responses, the massification of education, public responses to crime, delinquency, and mental illness, race and minority relations, community disorganization, and the effects of population growth and redistribution on underdeveloped areas. Emphasis on the development of concepts and theoretical propositions for problem analysis.
Soc. 255-3. Analysis of Modern Society. Examination of various sociological views of modern society including those of Lundberg, Richardson, Mills, Riesman, Goffman, Sorokin, Cohen, and others.
Soc. 315-3. History of Sociological Thought I. Major social theorists from early times to date, including Aristqtle, Plato, Machiavelli, Comte, Spencer.
Soc. 316-3. History of Sociological Thought II. Continuation of Soc. 315. Prer., Soc. 315.
Soc. 317-3. Statistics. Quantitative techniques used in analyzing social phenomena. Prer., Math. 107 or its equivalent, or consent of instructor.
Soc. 346-3. Introduction to Social Psychology. Survey of the following varieties of social psychology: psychoanalysis, symbolic interactionism, culture and personality, structural-functionalism, and psychological social psychology. Topics treated on the introductory level.
Soc. 348-3. Social Movements. Social bases and development features of such modern, social, and political movements as communism, socialism, liberalism, and conservatism.
Soc. 409-3. Undergraduate Research Practicum. Practical experience for undergraduates in application of principles of research design and data processing to a social research problem selected by the instructor.
Soc. 417-3. Research Methods. Design of social research. Application of statistical techniques and procedures to social phenomena. Prer., Soc. 317 or consent of instructor.
Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies. The sociological importance of population study. Advanced demographic analysis and population theory. Natality, mortality, problems of population growth and international and internal migrations, population policy, and aspects of population planning and conirol.
Soc. 424-3. Migration. World migration patterns. Migration examined as an effect and as an influence. Planned and unplanned migration.
Soc. 426-3. Urban Sociology. The city in terms of its social structure, residential and institutional patternings, processes of interaction, demographic processes, and patterns of growth and change.
Soc. 433-3. Communities. Review and appraisal of community studies.
Soc. 444-3. Social Stratification. Status, social mobility, and class in selected societies; elites and leadership problems.
Soc. 446-3. Persons in Society. The self in society — socialization, presentation of self and identity, social types, roles, and careers in historical situations. Persons in theories of social organization and action.
Soc. 449-3. Social Control. Informal and formal regulative processes in social behavior, with reference to techniques and processes of social control, such as propaganda, the political order, and other institutions.


College of Undergraduate Studies / 39
Soc. 451-3. Social Institutions. Organized system of practices and social roles developed about values. Machinery evolved to regulate the practices and behavior — family, church, government, economy, recreation, education.
Soc. 453-3. Social Change. Process of change in Western society and its effects on the individual, the family, and economic and political institutions. Attention to extremist response to tensions produced by rapid social change in America. Historical analysis of the causes of Western development as a context in which to study the factors aiding and impeding the modernization of the emerging nations.
Soc. 454-3. Social Mobility. Status, occupational, and income change examined from viewpoints of individual, organization, and society as a whole. Mobility theories proposed by Sorokin, Rogoff, Lenski, Svalastoga, Lipset, and Duncan. Special attention to methods of analyzing change, comparative social mobility, causation of mobility, and status equilibration.
Soc. 455-3. Sociology of the Family. The family as a social institution. Historized development and contemporary cross-cultural analysis with emphasis on the contemporary American family.
Soc. 458-3. Contemporary American Social Movements. Examination of contemporary social movements and bases of cleavage and conflict in contemporary America. Radical Right and New Left, civil rights, and student activism studied in the light of contemporary social facts and their historical roots.
Soc. 467-3. Sociology of Education. Sociological study of the techniques of education. Classroom procedures, school administration, educators’ roles, and reciprocal relations of school and community.
Soc. 470-3. Sociology of Law. Consideration of the formulation, interpretation, and legitimacy of legal rules within a context of social organization.
Soc. 477-3. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. Analysis of work emphasizing selected occupational and professional roles, structures, characteristics, and trends.
Soc. 478-3. Industrial Sociology. The way in which the factory and the community influence sociological aspects of industrial relations.
Soc. 479-3. Large-Scale Organization. Analysis of sociological theories of bureaucracy and inquiry into bureaucratic developments in governmental, industrial, military, and welfare institutions.
Soc. 490-3. Senior Seminar. Seminar for senior sociology majors considering important concepts, issues, and problems in sociology.
Soc. 495-3. Criminology. Nature and causes of crime as a social phenomenon. Processes of making laws, breaking laws, and reaction toward the breaking of laws. Cultural significance of the processes of determining the reactions of the community to offenders of the law; theory of practice of punishment; purposes, uniformity, and similarities of the kinds of disposition. Sociological concepts are used in this area — culture, mores, institutions, competition, conflict, social change, and social control.
Soc. 496-3. Juvenile Delinquency. Factors involved in delinquent behavior. Problems of adjustment of delinquents and factors in treatment and in post-treatment adjustment.
Soc. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of instructor required.
URBAN STUDIES MAJOR
All students majoring in urban studies will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
1. Soc. Sci. 210 and 211, The Study of Man in Society I and II.
2. Four of the following five upper division courses. (Where these courses are currently being offered by a discipline a course number is listed.) Urban Economics (Econ. 425); Urban History (Hist. 470); Urban Politics (Pol. Sci. 407); Urban Evolution; and Population Dynamics in the Process of Urbanization.
3. Senior Seminar in Urban Problems (6 hours). This will be a two-semester course focused on the investigation of a single urban problem and its ramifications, e.g., transportation in the metropolitan area.
This core program specifies 27 of the 30 hours currently required as the minimum in a given major for graduation. In addition to the required core courses, a student selecting this major will be required to take an additional 12 hours according to one of the following options:
Option I — concentration in a given discipline. (The student is required to take an additional 12 hours in a given discipline, the exact courses in this concentration to be specified by the discipline concerned.)
Opton II — distributive option. (The student is required to take an additional 12 hours from a list of recommended options, the actual course to be worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser.)
Ethnic Programs
Programs for minority groups were established on the Denver Campus in 1969. Since then the quality and scope of these programs have expanded greatly. Courses are presently offered in Black Studies and Mexican American Studies; proposed courses in Asian American and Native American Studies are expected to be added to the curriculum.
Student organizations provide assistance with recruiting, counseling, personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work-Study Program.
The Study Skills Center, located in the library building, offers tutoring and help for students who are academically deficient.
BLACK STUDIES
CECIL E. GLENN, Director
Bl. St. 101-5. Swahili I. Beginning Swahili with emphasis on oral communication. Essentials of grammar, basic vocabulary, practice in reading and speaking. Language lab. and conversation session.
Bl. St. 102-5. Swahili II. Intermediate Swahili with review of essentials of grammar: detailed analysis of texts. Language lab. and conversation session.
Bl. St. 112-3. Introduction to Black Studies. A course designed to acquaint new students with the history, purpose, organization, and goal of the Black Education Program.
Bl. St. 115-3. Law and Minorities. Designed to acquaint students with the legal system of American society, including contracts, buying and selling, wills and inheritance, family relations, civil wrongs, and criminal law in order to develop a cooperative relationship between the law and minorities.
Bl. St. 110-3. Black Contemporary Social Issues. Designed to expose the student to those areas of intellectual, social, cultural, economic, political, and educational concerns relevant to the Afro-American experience. Principally an introductory survey of primary issues currently affecting the black man.
Bl. St. 160-3. Economic History of Africa. A study of the black man in Africa before and after the coming of Europeans with emphasis on the economic aspect of Africa’s historical development.
Bl. St. 201-3. Swahili III. Advanced Swahili with emphasis on the development of spoken fluency and on reading of contemporary Swahili materials. Prer., Swahili II.
Bl. St. 203-3. Behavioral Analysis I. A psychology course
which deals with the interrelationships between the black


40 / University of Colorado at Denver
individual and his social environment. Social influences upon motivation, perception, and behavior. The development and change of attitudes and opinions in the ghetto.
Bl. St. 204-3. Behavioral Analysis II. Psychological analysis of small groups, social stratification, and mass phenomena such as riots. Continuation of Bl. St. 203.
Bl. St. 210-3. Politics of Contemporary Africa I. Systematic survey of modern Africa with special emphasis on selected countries, both independent and nonindependent. Southern Africa: political impacts of racial and religious problems, stressing recent development in Rhodesia, South Africa, and the Portuguese colonies of Angola and Mozambique.
Bl. St. 215-3. Afro-America History I. Survey of the history of Afro-Americans. Study, interpretations, and analysis of major problems, issues, and trends affecting the black man from pre-slavery to the present.
Bl. St. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Bl. St.
215.
Bl. St. 220-3. Black Social Movements. (Soc. 228.) Developmental paradigms for black social movements. Differential linear movements, theories of nationalism, integration, separatism, rhetorical nationalism, and tyranny.
Bl. St. 221-3. Black Social Theory. (Soc. 229.) Historical paradigms for black social movements. Strategies and tactics of racial oppression, recurring ideology, Pan-Africanism, nationalism, civil rights, black power, and riot movements. Continuation of Bl. St. 220.
Bl. St. 223-3. Religion of the Black Man. Critical examination of the black family’s utilization of religious beliefs and practices.
Bl. St. 227-2. Interrelated Studies. An integrated study of the development of the black man in the arts, history, literature, politics, economics, etc.
Bl.St. 232-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature I. (Engl. 238.) Chronological study of Afro-American literature beginning with the 18th century. The Harlem Renaissance, the depression writers, and writers from the 1940s to the present.
Bl. St. 233-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature II. (Engl. 239.) Continuation of Bl. St. 232.
Bl. St. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. (Econ. 250.) The development of slavery as an American institution from 1619 to 1970, the plantation system, the growth of the slave trade, the stimulation of the American economy by slavery, the Civil War as an economic conflict between the industrialists of the North and the agriculturalists of the South.
Bl. St. 251-3. Capitalism and Slavery II. (Econ. 251.) Post-Civil War to the present, trade unions, legislation, the urban crisis, and "Black Capitalism.” Continuation of Bl. St. 250.
Bl. St. 270-3. African-American Art History I. (Fine Arts 270.) A study of black art in both Africa and the Americas; problems in depicting real life experiences of black people.
Bl.St. 271-3. African-American Art History II. (Fine Arts 271.) Continuation of Bl. St. 270.
Bl. St. 280-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation
I. A study of the history of black music. The African background and the influences of Europe and the Caribbean. Emphasis on Afro-American folk music.
Bl. St. 281-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation
II. Music since 1900 — religious and secular. The development of jazz, modern rhythm, and blues today. Black musicians and their technical development. Continuation of Bl. St. 280.
Bl. St. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto. (Soc. Sci. 325.) Designed to analyze black ghetto frustration and despair as elements in urban crisis, with emphasis on possible solutions through various community agencies.
Bl. St. 326-3. (Soc. Sci. 326.) Continuation of Bl. St. 325.
Bl. St. 370-3. Culture, Racism, and Alienation. Effects of racism on the individual personality of the recipient and the donor of practices evolving from participation in a racist culture.
Bl. St. 390-3. Modern African Literature I. (Engl. 390.) A survey of contemporary African literature. The main forces which have shaped modern African literature, and the crisis and conflicts of the African man and his culture in contact with these forces as they are portrayed by the African writer.
Bl. St. 391-3. Modern African Literature II. (Engl. 391.) Continuation of Bl. St. 390.
Bl. St. 412-3. Civil Rights and Fair Employment Practices. Designed to give the student the necessary background to enter the field of civil rights and equal employment opportunities. Emphasis on Fair Employment Practices procedures. Field visits.
Bl. St. 434-3. Black Art and Society I. (Fine Arts 434.) A two-semester seminar dealing with black art in relationship to society. The influences of the black revolution, black culture, political thought, and integration.
Bl. St. 435-3. Black Art and Society II. (Fine Arts 435.) Continuation of Bl. St. 434.
MEXICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
JOHN D. BRUCE-NOVOA, Director
M. AM. 100-3. Introduction to Mexican American Studies. Required of all incoming M.A.E.P. students. Course will review techniques for studying languages, science, mathematics, and other areas. Systems of notetaking, research methods (including proper use of library facilities), preparing for and taking examinations, as well as building self-confidence will be discussed.
M. AM. 111-3. Introduction to Drama: Chicano Workshop. Designed to encourage and guide the development of student acting, directing and playwriting, with a concentration on the specialized techniques and content of Teatro Campesino.
M. AM. 112-3. Bilingual Skills. A basic language course in which students with a background of both Spanish and English can learn the similarities as well as the differences in the two languages. Oral as well as written exercises in Spanish. Readings in Southwest folklore.
M. AM. 127-3. Contemporary Mexican American I. (Soc. 127.) An introductory sociology course in which the basic terminology of the Chicano milieu is defined and a survey made of the Chicano movement from its early manifestation to the present.
M. AM. 135-1. Beginning International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P.E. 135.) Basic dances of Mexico and Spain: El Jarabe Tapatio, La Bamba, jotas and paso dobles.
M. AM. 136-1. Advanced International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P.E. 136.) An advanced course in the dances of Spain and Mexico including: jotas, paso dobles, zapatea-dos, and huastecas, and jaranas.
M. AM. 137-3. Contemporary Mexican American II. (Soc. 137.) Continuation of M. AM. 127. A more detailed breakdown of the many facets of the Chicano movement today.
M. AM. 205-3. History of Spanish Language in the Southwest.
(Spanish 205.) The Spanish spoken in the Southwest is compared to that spoken in other areas of the world. The course is the first and most basic in the linguistic series in the Spanish department. Basic linguistic terminology is introduced and applied in the analysis of Southwest Spanish. Field research will be expected of student.
M. AM. 211-3. Contemporary Mexican Literature in Translation. Mexican literature since World War II has been in the forefront of literary innovations directly reflecting the rapid progress and changes in the society. The purpose of the course is literary but serves also to dispel many false views of Mexico as a rural, traditionally conservative country.
M. AM. 211-A-3. Bilingual Skills II. A second-year Spanish skills course designed primarily to meet the linguistic and cultural needs of Chicanos. Grammar, linguistic problems of Chicanos, corrections, vocabulary, Spanish readings in Southwest folklore. (Optional choice for second-year Spanish credit.)
M. AM. 212-3. Contemporary Latin American Literature in Translation. The approach is the same as in M. AM. 211. The best of the contemporary Latin American authors are studied: Borges, Fuentes, Rutfo, Carpentier, Cortazar, and others.
M. AM. 212-A-3. Bilingual Skill III. A continuation of M. AM. 211-A with the focus changing to conversation based on reading in Spanish of Southwest folklore. (Optional choice for second-year Spanish credit.)
M. AM. 213-3. History of Chicano Art. A survey of art, indigenous as well as that with Spanish and Mexican influence. The


College of Undergraduate Studies / 41
focus on the Mexican American includes the fields of painting, sculpture, and architecture.
M. AM. 300-3. The Chicano Movement. A study of the ideas of the contemporary thinkers and leaders of today’s Mexican American and the events which have shaped them.
M. AM. 302-2. Methodology of Tutoring the Educationally Disadvantaged. A course designed to improve the tutorial skills of upperclassmen, especially Chicanos, or those who expect to help minority students. Concentration on tutoring of basic skills required for M.A.E.P. and Special Services tutors.
M. AM. 310-3. Mexican American Ethnic Relations. (Same as Anthro. 310.) The anthropology of North Americans of Spanish, Spanish-lndian, and Mexican National descent, ethno-historical backgrounds, current interrelations and social movements among rural and urban groups. Cultural patterns, identity maintenance, and the social forms and problems of national incorporation.
M. AM. 311-3. Mexican Literature in Translation — Poetry. A
survey of the masterpieces of Mexican poetry in English translations from Aztec poetry to modern day.
M. AM. 312-3. Mexican Literature in Translation — Narrative.
A survey of the masterpieces of Mexican narrative works in English translations, from the Popol Vuh a Chilam Balam to the contemporary period.
M. AM. 313-3. Arts of the Mexican Revolution. A study of the art forms that developed during the years of the Mexican Revolution. Both plastic and letters included.
M. AM. 340-3. Social Psychology and the Mexican American.
(Psych. 340.) Exposes students to the research on Mexican Americans in the fields of intelligence and achievement, language and learning ability, attitudes, perception, personality, and motivation.
M. AM. 369-3. Historical Geography of the Southwest. Regional study of man and culture in relationship to the environment.
M. AM. 383-3. History of Mexican American in Colorado I.
(Hist. 383.) Research-orientated seminar course in which the student is expected to gather material on the subject from original sources.
M. AM. 384-3. History of Mexican American in Colorado II.
(Hist. 384.) Continuation of M. AM. 383.
M. AM. 399-3. History of the Mexican in the Southwest. A
survey of the history of the Southwestern region of the U.S. from the indigenous origins, through Spanish conquest and colonization and later Anglo invasion.
M. AM. 405-3. Intergroup Relations. (Soc. 405.) A study of intergroup (race) relations at the small group level. Includes analysis of a group that has been stratified into a majority number of white students and a fixed number of minority students.
M. AM. 412-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature — Poetry.
(Engl. 412.) A study of the present poetry produced by Chicanos.
M. AM. 413-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature—Short Story.
(Engl. 413.) A study of the present narrative literature produced by Chicanos. No political slant is imposed. The literary value is emphasized.
M. AM. 430-3. Chicano and the U.S. Social System. A study of the Mexican American in his contact with the systems of justice, education, politics and social sets, primarily in the Southwest.
M. AM. 432-3. Education in Multilingual Communities. (Soc. 432.) A combined social problem and sociolinguistic approach to education in multilingual communities in the United States Southwest. Topics considered will include historical and contemporary trends in schools’ language policies and practices; intra-school social and academic stratification; and consequences for student achievement, aspirations, and vocational choice and channeling.
M. AM. 459-3. Mexican American in the Southwest. A study of the development of the social structures of the Mexican American in the Southwest and the forces that have affected them.
M. AM. 460-3. The Chicano Community and Community Organizations. (Soc. 460.) Examination of the origin of the terms “community" and “barrio.” A comparative analysis of the
internal barrio structure and the larger society. Community organization and community development. Positive and negative role models/leaders. Methods and techniques of community organization as related to La Raza.
M. AM. 462-3. The New Chicano Movement. (Soc. 462.) A seminar in which extensive field research is required of the students aimed at discovering the current role of the Chicano in American society.
NOTE: Spanish 101 and 102. Special M.A.E.P. sections are taught by a Chicano with an understanding of the particular problems of the bilingual student.
Special Programs
DISTRIBUTED STUDIES PROGRAM
Students working toward the B.A. degree may elect a major in a Distributed Studies Program in any one of the three divisions of the College. Requirements are a minimum of 60 semester hours in two or three subjects in which a discipline major program for the B.A. is offered. One of these shall be designated the primary subject. Discipline advisers shall have the prerogative of designating acceptable secondary subjects. A student’s Distributed Studies Program shall be approved by a committee composed of an adviser in the student’s primary subject and one in each of his secondary subjects.
Primary Subject. Minimum of 30 hours. (Not more than 30 hours will be required.) The grade-point average in the primary subject must be at least 2.0; 30 hours of work must carry grades of C or better; 12 hours must be in upper division courses in which grades of C or better have been earned.
Secondary Subjects. Minimum of 30 hours distributed in one or two disciplines. A secondary subject shall consist of at least 12 hours in one discipline.
Language Courses. No first-year course in English (100-101) or foreign language (101-102) may be used in satisfaction of the requirements of either a primary or a secondary subject.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program of the College of Undergraduate Studies is designed for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend his education beyond the usual course requirements.
The Honors Program also is responsible for determining which students merit the award of the bachelor’s degree with honors: cum laude, magna cum laude, and summa cum laude. These awards are made on the basis of special honors work and not simply on the basis of grades.
A student may participate in either discipline honors or general honors, or both. To become a candidate for discipline honors, the student must (1) have a 3.0 grade-point average; (2) complete special work such as seminars, or research projects required by his particular discipline; (3) take both the Undergraduate Program Area Test (in Humanities, Natural Science, and Social Science) and the Advanced Graduate Record Examination; and (4) take an oral examination given by a committee of faculty members in his discipline and a member of the Honors Council. To become a candidate for general honors, the student must (1) have a 3.0 grade-point average; (2) complete at least


42 / University of Colorado at Denver
four general honors courses; (3) take the Undergraduate Program Area Test; and (4) take oral and written honors examinations.
Any qualified student may enroll in honors courses without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. There are no examinations in the honors courses themselves; and no letter grades are awarded, only the marks H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail).
Detailed information concerning the Honors Program may be obtained from Dr. Fahrion, director, or in the Office of the Dean.
Preprofessional Programs
PREBUSINESS
Students are referred to the School of Business Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree.
Prebusiness students should so designate themselves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the student adviser or members of the faculty of the School of Business.
Students desjring a degree from the School of Business normally transfer from the College of Undergraduate Studies to the School of Business at the beginning of the junior year upon completion of the admission requirements specified below.
Application for intra-university transfer must be made no later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration.
Requirements for Admission
1. Sixty hours of completed work (exclusive of physical education and remedial courses), with at least 48 of that total in nonbusiness courses.
2. Cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 in all courses acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree.
3. Nonbusiness courses:
a. Must be completed prior to transfer:
Semester Hours
Mathematics (Math. 107 and 108) .............. 6
Principles of Economics (Econ. 201 and 202)... 6
b. Required for degree, recommended prior to transfer:
'Communications................................... 6
Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 100). 3
American National Government (Pol. Sci. 110).... 3
tPrinciples of Sociology.......................... 3
Principles of Psychology........................ 6
tNonbusiness Electives ...........................15
4. Recommended business courses to be taken prior to transfer:
introduction to Business (B.Ad. 100)............ 3 *
*Courses selected from the following: Engl. 100 or 101; Engl. 110, 111, or 112; Engl. 315; C.T. 102; C.T. 210; C.T. 315; C.T. 320; C.T. 420.
tRequirement may be met with any Principles of Sociology course for 3 semester hours.
fFor completion of the B.S. (Business) degree requirements, the student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division nonbusiness courses.
§This course may be applied toward the business elective requirement. It is recommended though not required.
Introductory Accounting — Financial Aspects
(Acct. 200).......................................... 3
Business Information and the Computer
(B.Ad. 200).......................................... 3
Business Statistics (Stat. 200) ...................... 3
CHILD HEALTH ASSOCIATE PROGRAM
The Child Health Associate Program at the University of Colorado Medical Center is a three-year program designed to train men and women in ambulatory pediatric care of infants, children, and adolescents. The program emphasizes the medical and psychosocial aspects of health care. Graduates of the program receive a Bachelor of Science (Child Health Associate) degree from the Medical School and are licensed to work in association with a physician in such settings as private physicians’ offices, neighborhood health clinics, and public health facilities. The Child Health Associate Program also has been approved to award a Master of Science degree in Child Health Associate for those students who meet the criteria for admittance into the Graduate School.
Prerequisites. Two years of college (60 semester or 90 quarter hours, including one year of biology, one year of chemistry, and one year of psychology).
Recommended Credit. From the following areas one year or 6 semester hours is recommended: humanities, English, or sociology.
For further information write:
Child Health Associate Program Box 2662
University of Colorado Medical Center 4200 East Ninth Avenue Denver, Colorado 80220
or telephone 394-8272. On the Denver Campus contact the Health Sciences Committee or Vivian Johnson, adviser for the College of Undergraduate Studies.
PREDENTAL HYGIENE
In conjunction with the School of Dentistry it is anticipated that a degree program in dental hygiene will be available at the University of Colorado. At the present time there are 31 baccalaureate programs available throughout the United States. Students are urged to consult the school of their choice for requirements and the application date.
Dental hygiene enjoys an important role in the field of health science. The dental hygienist is concerned with the prevention of dental disease and is the only member of the auxiliary group in the dental profession who performs a service directly for a patient.
The dental hygienist must satisfactorily complete a college program and pass the state board examination. After being licensed by the state in which he wishes to practice, the dental hygienist has many opportunities for employment in private dental offices, state and city health agencies, federal government agencies, public and private schools, boards of education, industrial dental clinics and hospitals, and in schools of dental hygiene as directors and teachers.
The student should consult the dental hygiene program of his choice for the specific requirements for


College of Undergraduate Studies / 43
admission. The general education requirements are as follows:
Semester Hours
Biological science ................................. 8
Physical science ................................... 8
Social science .....................................10
English composition .............................. 3
Mathematics ....................................3 to 5
Speech ............................................. 3
Humanities and electives............................25
PREDENTISTRY
The University of Colorado School of Dentistry is in the formative stages: curriculum is being developed and the buildings with space for laboratories, classrooms, clinics, and offices are being designed.
The student planning to seek admission to the School of Dentistry should consult the Health Sciences Committee concerning his program. Because schools of dentistry vary in admission requirements, the predental student also is urged to consult the bulletins of dental schools to which he might apply to determine specific requirements. While there is no prescribed curriculum, the dental school advises that a student’s work should include as a minimum: English, 6 semester hours; analytical geometry and calculus, 5 semester hours; physics, including laboratory, 8 semester hours; biology or zoology, 8 semester hours; chemistry, including organic, 12 semester hours. In addition it is urged that English literature, humanities, and social sciences be taken. A minimum of 90 semester hours of accredited college or university work must be completed.
TEACHER EDUCATION
Students are referred to the School of Education Bulletin for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at all levels: elementary, secondary, and community college.
Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching.
1. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Undergraduate Studies to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue on to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education.
2. Students with a major program in the College of Undergraduate Studies who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Undergraduate Studies for the bachelor’s degree, but take approximately 20 hours of professional education courses in the School of Education.
Pre-Education Program
Elementary education majors should follow the program outlined in the School of Education Bulletin.
Students pursuing elementary education or distributed studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by faculty members of the School of Education. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the teacher education program should be made prior to February 1 in the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado; 2.5 in the major teaching field; 2.5 in the prerequisite sequence of education courses. No student will be recommended for a certificate to teach in any field or subject in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5.
2. Students planning to student teach at the secondary school level will be held for general education requirements as follows:
Semester Hours
English .................................................4-6
Physical education ...................................... 2
Two 2-semester course combinations of at least 12 semester hours credit each (i.e., four semesters) in each of the following three fields: humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences.
A total of at least 40 semester hours is required in general education.
3. Elementary education majors also must take, during their first two years, Math. 103, Biol. 201, and Biol. 202.
Bachelor of Arts (in the College of Undergraduate Studies) With Teacher Certification
Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies who intend to pursue a regular major curriculum in one of the departments or programs in the College, and who also desire secondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the teacher education program. The requirements for such admission are identical with those in 1 above. These students also must meet all requirements for a bachelor’s degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies. In addition, certain education courses are required in the junior and senior years as specified below.
JUNIOR YEAR Semester Hours
First Semester
Educ. 306. Foundation of American Education....... 3
(Students must take a course in Communication and Theatre designated by their education adviser prior to student teaching.) (Educ. 306 is prerequisite to other education courses.)
Educ. 307. Educational Psychology and Adolescent
Development........................................ 3
Educ. 308. Principles and Methods of Secondary
Education ........................................ 3
SENIOR YEAR
Students are expected to be able to complete the following courses during either the fall or the spring semester as it is increasingly impossible to schedule student teaching just when students prefer it.
Special Methods in Teaching Field.......................2-3
(This course is sometimes given only in fall semester according to field of specialization. It must be taken with or
prior to student teaching.)
Educ. 451. Student Teaching.............................. 8
Educ. 498. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching.... .. . 1
Total 20-21
Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the teacher education program. Such students are urged to familiarize themselves with the details of their program as specified in the School of Education Bulletin, and to consult early and regularly with advisers in the School of Education and the College of Undergraduate Studies.


44 / University of Colorado at Denver
Professional Preparation for College Teachers
The School of Education offers counsel to prospective college-level teachers and has a number of courses suitable to their needs. A program for the preparation of community college teachers is now available in some subject fields.
PREJOURNALISM
Students are referred to the School of Journalism Bulletin for detailed information concerning requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in journalism, which is granted only on the Boulder Campus.
Prejournalism students should so designate themselves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by members of the faculty of the School of Journalism (Boulder).
Students normally transfer to the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. Application for Intra-University transfer must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration. A cumulative grade-point average of 2.25 in prior work at the University of Colorado is required.
PRELAW
Students are referred to the School of Law Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the professional degree, Juris Doctor (J.D.), which is granted only on the Boulder Campus.
The School of Law of the University of Colorado requires a bachelor’s degree for admission, but does not stipulate courses that shall constitute a prelaw curriculum.
The Law School Admission Test is required of all applicants for admission to the School of Law and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year in the College of Undergraduate Studies.
Students are urged to consult the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado 80302.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
This curriculum leading to a B.S. degree awarded by the School of Medicine consists of six semesters of course work in the College of Undergraduate Studies followed by 12 months of clinical training at the University of Colorado School of Medicine in Denver.
Normally, 94 semester hours of credit are earned in the College of Undergraduate Studies and 40 semester hours of credit are allowed at the School of Medicine.
To be eligible for admission to the clinical year at the School of Medicine a student must have met all course requirements prerequisite to clinical training as established by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. These are a minimum of three years, 90 semester hours, of collegiate work with a minimum of 16 semester hours in chemistry and 16 semester hours in biological sciences. A minimum of one semester of college mathematics is required and a strong recommendation is made that physics be included in the course work taken. In addition, the student must meet
the course requirements of the University of Colorado in medical technology.
The clinical training period begins about June 15 of each year and continues for one calendar year. No students are admitted to the clinical program at any time other than in June.
Students must meet the grade-point requirements for graduation as outlined in the School of Medicine Bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. Degree in Medical Technology
Courses fulfilling requirements as well as general electives are to be chosen in consultation with the student’s adviser.
1. Six semesters of requirements to be taken in the College of Undergraduate Studies:
BIOLOGY Semester Hours
One full year of general biology (Biol. 201-4, 202-4). It is strongly recommended that the student take the following: Animal Physiology (Biol. 322-3), Biology of Microorganisms (Biol. 301-4), Pathogenic Microbiology (Biol. 436-4) ............................................18
CHEMISTRY
This should include one academic year of general chemistry (ordinarily Chem. 103-5 and 106-5) and two semesters of organic chemistry (Chem. 331-4 and 332-4).18
MATHEMATICS
Math. 107-3, Algebra for Social Science and Business; Math. 108-3, Polynomial Calculus................... 6
PHYSICS
Principles of physics (Phys. 201-5, 202-5 are strongly recommended) ......................................10
ELECTIVES
It is recommended that at least 8 credit hours be selected from psychology or the social sciences. The remainder can be in biology, molecular biology, chemistry,
or mathematics...................................28-30
GENERAL CURRICULUM
Humanities ......................................... 6
Social sciences .................................... 6
Physical education .............................. 2
Total semester hours 94-96
The courses in biology, chemistry, and physics named above should include laboratory work.
2. One calendar year on the Medical Center campus in Denver. Requirements are listed in the School of Medicine Bulletin. Forty semester hours of credit are allowed.
PREMEDICINE
Students are referred to the School of Medicine Bulletin for information concerning admissions policies of the School of Medicine and details of the curriculum leading to the Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) degree.
There is no prescribed curriculum for the premedical student, although certain courses are required (see below). Students intending to seek admission to the School of Medicine should fulfill all requirements for the bachelor’s degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies, even though in certain cases students may be admitted to a medical school without an undergraduate degree.
However, on all application and registration materials, premedical students should so designate themselves so that they may be advised by the Health Sciences Committee. Such students are urged to consult regularly with their advisers concerning choice,


College of Undergraduate Studies / 45
requirements, applications, and evaluation for medical schools.
In addition to an excellent overall academic record, premedical students must present superior work in the following courses:
Semester Hours
General chemistry (2 semesters)..........................8-10
Organic chemistry (2 semesters)..........................8-10
General biology or zoology (2 semesters)................8-10
Physics, including laboratory (2 semesters)................ 8
Literature (2 semesters)................................... 6
Analytic geometry and calculus (1 semester)................ 5
Genetics (1 semester)...................................... 3
However, beyond these specific courses, the School of Medicine strongly discourages premedicine students from taking courses covering material to be studied in medical school. Rather, the undergraduate years should provide a liberal education as the foundation for technical and professional post-graduate study. A student should choose a major from those fields that interest him most; it is not necessary that the major be in a technical or scientific area.
PRENURSING
Students are referred to the School of Nursing Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in nursing.
Prenursing students should so designate themselves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by faculty members of the School of Nursing at the Denver Medical Center.
The nursing program is a five-year curriculum involving two years of prenursing studies in the College of Undergraduate Studies followed by a three-year program in the School of Nursing. Transfer from the College of Undergraduate Studies to the School of Nursing is normally made at the beginning of the junior year, but applications for admission to the upper division nursing program must be submitted at least six months prior to the proposed date of admission.
Preprofessional requirements for admission to the School of Nursing include the completion of 60 semester hours with a grade average of at least 2.0. The following courses are required:
Semester Hours
Natural sciences
Biology (201 and 202)
Chemistry (101 and 102 or 103 and 106)
Social sciences
2 semesters in Psychology
Social Science 210 (Study of Man in Society I), and one other sociology course — Social Science 211 is acceptable
Anthropology 104 (Cultural Anthropology)
General education and electives
At least two 2-semester course combinations in two of the following areas:
Classics
(Boulder Campus)
Communication and theatre Economics English literature Fine arts Foreign language
Other electives may be selected from any academic discipline with the exception of commercial or vocational courses or doctrinal courses in religion.
PREPHARMACY
Students are referred to the School ot Pharmacy Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Pharmacy degree.
All academic advising for prepharmacy students is conducted by faculty members of the School of Pharmacy. Students should contact the school office, Ekeley 274 (Boulder Campus), and arrange to meet with advisers.
Application for transfer to the School of Pharmacy must be filed no later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration.
Prior to enrolling for professional courses in the School of Pharmacy, students must have completed the following courses and must have compiled a grade-point average of 2.0 or higher:
Semester Hours
Inorganic chemistry — including quantitative and
qualitative analysis .................................10
General biology or zoology............................... 8
College mathematics (algebra and trigonometry)..........5-6
English composition, literature, or foreign language..... 6
Physical education....................................... 2
Organic chemistry........................................ 8
General physics..........................................10
Principles of economics.................................. 6
Electives (nonprofessional).............................. 8
PHYSICAL THERAPY
The curriculum in physical therapy at the University of Colorado is an accredited program approved by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association in collaboration with the American Physical Therapy Association. Upon successful completion of the program, students are granted a Bachelor of Science degree in physical therapy from the School of Medicine. The curriculum is composed of two phases of study:
Phase One. Prephysical therapy constitutes the first three years. In these years the student fulfills his requirements for Phase Two and acquires a liberal university education.
Phase Two. Physical therapy education is accomplished during the final year. It is directed toward principles and practice of physical therapy as a professional career. Phase Two is offered only at the University of Colorado Medical Center in Denver.
University Requirements for Graduation
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical therapy must satisfy the following requirements:
1. Completion of Phase One to include 90 semester hours (135 quarter hours). A minimum of 2 semester hours (3 quarter hours) must be in upper division courses (courses numbered 300 or above).
2. Completion of Phase Two to include 57 quarter hours. Of the 57 hours, a grade of C or better is required in at least 40 hours and a C average must be maintained.
3. Residence requirement requires 30 semester hours (45 quarter hours) at the University of Colorado. This requirement is automatically fulfilled during Phase Two.
History
Honors
Integrated studies (Boulder Campus) Mathematics Philosophy Political science


46 / University of Colorado at Denver
Selection of Students for Phase Two —
Physical Therapy (Senior Year)
1. A maximum of 48 students is accepted.
2. Selection is made by a Controls Committee.
3. Selection is based on:
a. Scholastic achievement of 3.0 (both in specific prerequisites and in cumulative grade-point average).
b. Personal interview.
c. Health status.
d. State of residency.
4. Categories of students eligible to apply for selection:
a. Physical therapy majors in attendance at any of the University of Colorado campuses must apply by July 15 following their sophomore year. Selection will be made during the summer. (An eligible sophomore must have completed 60 semester hours.)
b. Other eligible candidates must apply by March 1 of their junior year and will be selected at the end of their junior year. (An eligible junior must have completed or be registered for his 90th semester hour or 135th quarter hour.) Persons qualified for this selection are limited to those:
(1) enrolled in other accredited institutions in Colorado
(2) residents of states participating in the WICHE program which do not have physical therapy programs
(3) Colorado residents attending schools in other states
c. Applications will not be accepted from persons who do not fall into the above categories.
Specific Requirements — Phase One
These requirements may be met only in an accredited college or university and must be completed before final acceptance into Phase Two.
Required courses Minimum credit hours
Biological Sciences..........14 semester hrs. (21 quarter hrs.)
General Biology Anatomy (human, preferred)
Physiology (human, preferred)
(Prer., 1 year of chemistry)
Humanities ................12 semester hrs. (18 quarter hrs.)
Psychology ...................6 semester hrs. (9 quarter hrs.)
Social Science ...............6 semester hrs. (9 quarter hrs.)
Physical Education ...........3 semester hrs. (5 quarter hrs.)
Kinesiology
Physical Education activity courses (1 year need not be for credit)
Physical Sciences
‘General Physics........3 semester hrs. (5 quarter hrs.)
(Recommended content to include mechanics, heat, electricity)
•General Chemistry......6 semester hrs. (9 quarter hrs.)
Recommended Courses — Phase One
The curriculum is designed to offer students the opportunity to elect several courses in their areas of special interest. Listed below are courses related to physical therapy which would benefit a physical therapy major.
Biology
Embryology
Genetics
Psychology
Child and Adolescent Psychology Physiological Psychology Psychology of the Exceptional Child Psychology of Mental Retardation Psychology of Learning Child Development Physical Therapy
Introduction to Physical Therapy (strongly recommended) Physical Education
Human Development and Movement Behavior Exercise Physiology Community Health Developmental Physiology Other courses
Introduction to Statistics Anthropology Communication Skills First Aid
‘Any student anticipating further study in Graduate School should enroll in general physics (one full year to include laboratory work), general chemistry (to include organic chemistry), and mathematics.


School of Business / 47
School of
BUSINESS and GRADUATE SCHOOL of BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
DODDS I. BUCHANAN, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration of the University of Colorado at Denver exists to serve today’s need for competent and responsible administrative and related professional personnel, for the continued education of men and women already in such positions, and to further research and new thinking about administrative problems.
The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the School of Business attempts to confront these problems as they pertain to the management of business enterprises.
The major purpose of the School of Business is to provide young men and women with opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. They are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship.
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise.
Organization
Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the School of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the Dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole.
The School’s activities are administered by the Associate Dean on the Denver Campus, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, by the Director of the Division of Business Research, and by other faculty directors of particular programs.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other School of Business students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations:
AIESEC — international association of students in economics and commerce
Beta Alpha Psi — professional and honorary accounting fraternity
Beta Gamma Sigma — honorary scholastic fraternity in business
Beta Sigma — professional business fraternity for women
CUAMA — Colorado University student chapter of the American Marketing Association
Delta Sigma Pi — professional business fraternity MBA Association — University of Colorado association of master’s students in business Phi Chi Theta — professional business and economics fraternity for women
Rho Epsilon — professional real estate fraternity Sigma lota Epsilon — professional and honorary management fraternity
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objectives:
1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities.
2. Ability to think logically and analytically through the kinds of complex problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions.
6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus.
Requirements for Admission
For admission to the School of Business, the following requirements must be met: (1) a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit, exclusive of P.E.;
(2) at least 6 semester hours in both mathematics and in principles of economics, both requirements either completed or to be completed during the student’s first semester after entering the School of Business;
(3) a grade-point average of at least 2.0 (C) for all college-level work attempted and a 2.0 for all CU work attempted.
It is recommended, though not required for admission, that the student complete 3 semester hours of introductory accounting and 6 semester hours of quantitative methods (B.Ad. 200 and Stat. 200, or Stat. 280 and 300.)
During the semester in which the above requirements will be met, students must file an Intra-University Transfer Form in the Office of Admissions and Records (Regent Hall) at least 90 days prior to the beginning of the next semester.
Requirements for B.S. (Business) Degree
The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is conferred after completion of these requirements:


48 / University of Colorado at Denver
Total Credits. Not fewer than 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both.
Residence. Completion of at least one full academic year's work (normally 30 semester hours, usually in the senior year, after admission to the School of Business, to include the 12 hours in the area of emphasis). Courses completed on the Denver Campus after the candidate has been admitted to the School are acceptable toward this requirement.
Grade Average. A scholastic grade average of at least 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree; an average of at least 2.0 for all business courses; an average of at least 2.0 in the student’s area of emphasis.
Graduation with Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the School of Business, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation.
Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3.5 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours as a business school student will be graduated cum laude.
Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours as a business school student will be graduated magna cum laude.
Courses. Completion of required courses in six groups: (A) Societal Studies, (B) Behavioral Studies, (C) Communications, (D) Information Systems, Quantitative Methods, and Data Processing, (E) Business Processes, and (F) Electives. These requirements are summarized below.
GROUP A: SOCIETAL STUDIES
The activities of a business enterprise are carried on within a complex economic-political-social-cultural environment. Understanding of that environment is indispensable for socially responsible and successful endeavor.
Required Areas Semester Hours
Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 100)..... 3
American National Government (Pol. Sci. 110)........ 3
Principles of Sociology............................. 3
Principles of Economics (Econ. 201 and 202)......... 6
Business Law (B.Law 300)............................ 3
Business and Government (B.Ad. 410) or
Business and Society (B.Ad. 411).................... 3
21
GROUP B: BEHAVIORAL STUDIES
Management is concerned with the activities of people and with their behavior individually, in work groups, and as members of an organization. In this regard the perceptions and methods of the behavioral sciences contribute increasingly to the understanding and effectiveness on the part of managers. In addition to courses in Group A which are both societal and behavioral, these behavioral studies are required:
Required Areas Semester Hours
Principles of Psychology................................... 6
Introduction to Management
and Organization (Org.B. 300)..........................._3
9
GROUP C: COMMUNICATIONS
Probably no skills are more essential for effectiveness in management than those of communication, both oral and written. The business curriculum provides for further development of these skills in alternative ways, depending upon the student’s inclinations and present communication competency. Two courses selected from the following list are required (6 hours): Required Areas Semester Hours
Exposition (Engl. 100 or 101).............
Introduction to Literature (Engl. 110 or 111 or 112)
Report Writing (Engl. 315)................
Principles of Communication (C.T. 202)....
Communication and Social Change (C.T. 210)....
Discussion (C.T. 315).....................
Argumentation (C.T. 320)..................
Persuasion (C.T. 420).....................
6
GROUP D: INFORMATION SYSTEMS,
QUANTITATIVE METHODS, AND DATA PROCESSING Management relies heavily upon information systems, mathematical and statistical tools of analysis, and increasingly sophisticated decision-making techniques. In respect to each of these, computers may play an important role. These courses are required:
Required Areas Semester Hours
Mathematics (Math. 107 and 108)........................... 6
Business Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200)......... 3
Business Statistics (Stat. 200)........................... 3
Introductory Accounting — Financial Aspects (Acct. 200). . 3
15
GROUP E: BUSINESS PROCESSES
This group of courses is devoted to study of the basic processes involved in any enterprise. Using this background, the student pursues more advanced study in a field (area of emphasis) in which he has developed particular interest. In the area of emphasis he develops facility in more complicated forms of analysis and further develops his qualifications for employment.
Required Areas Semester Hours
Basic Finance (Fin. 305)................................. 3
Operations Analysis (Op.Mg. 300)......................... 3
Principles of Marketing (Mk. 300)........................ 3
Cases and Concepts in Business Policy (B.Ad. 450) or Management Game and Cases in Business Policy (B.Ad. 451) or
Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship
(B.Ad. 452) ....................................... 3
Area of emphasis (see description of the areas available). .12
24
GROUP F: ELECTIVES
Over one-third of the total hours required for the B.S. degree in business are in elective courses. (These elective studies will almost certainly enhance the student’s professional qualifications.) Excess hours in required areas may be used as electives. A maximum of 12 hours credit in advanced ROTC on the Boulder


School of Business / 49
Campus may be applied toward nonbusiness elective requirements. A maximum of 6 hours credit for physical education theory courses also may be applied to nonbusiness electives. Physical education activity courses may not be counted toward a B.S. degree in business. In the allocation of elective hours, these requirements must be met:
Semester Hours
Business electives.................................... 9
Nonbusiness electives, at least 9 hours of which
must be in courses numbered 300 and above..........18
Free electives — either business or nonbusiness
or any combination.................................18
Total Electives.......................................45
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS.............................120
New School of Business Undergraduate Curriculum: NBC/120
Effective with the start of the 1972-73 academic year, the B.S. (Business) degree may be earned by completing either (a) the requirements as set forth in the present bulletin (1972-73) in total, or (b) the new requirements in total. This option is open to all students entering college, either at CU or elsewhere, before the start of the 1973-74 academic year, but not thereafter.
During the transitional period, the following substitutions will be approved in the old program: (a) either B.Ad. 410 or B.Ad. 411; (b) either B.Ad. 200 and Stat. 200 or Stat. 280 and Stat. 300 (B.Ad. 200 and Stat. 280 will not be acceptable); (c) Fin. 300 and Fin. 301 or Fin. 305 and a 3-hour Finance elective, not to include Fin. 301 or Fin. 321.
NBC/120 Model Program FRESHMAN YEAR
College of Undergraduate Studies — Pre-Business
‘Communications ........................................ 6
College Algebra (Math. 107)............................. 3
College Calculus (Math. 108)............................ 3
Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 100)......... 3
American National Government (Pol. Sci. 110)............ 3
fPrinciples of Sociology................................ 3
^Introduction to Business (B.Ad. 100)................... 3
Nonbusiness electives................................... 6
Total semester hours....................................30
SOPHOMORE YEAR
College of Undergraduate Studies — Pre-Business
Principles of Economics (Econ. 201, 202)................ 6
Principles of Psychology................................ 6
Business Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200)....... 3
Business Statistics (Stat. 200)......................... 3
Introductory Accounting — Financial Aspects (Acct. 200).. 3
§Nonbusiness electives.................................. 9
Total semester hours....................................30
JUNIOR YEAR School of Business
Principles of Marketing (Mk. 300)....................... 3
Basic Finance (Fin. 305)................................ 3
Introduction to Management and Organization
(Org.B. 300) ........................................ 3
Operations Analysis (Op.Mg. 300)........................ 3
Business Law (B.Law 300)................................ 3
§Nonbusiness electives ................................ 3
Business electives..................................... 3
Either business or nonbusiness electives............... 9
Total semester hours...................................30
SENIOR YEAR School of Business
Business Policy (B.Ad. 450, 451, or 452)............... 3
Business and Government (B.Ad. 410) or
Business and Society (B.Ad. 411).................... 3
Area of emphasis requirements..........................12
Business electives..................................... 3
Either business or nonbusiness electives............... 9
Total semester hours...................................30
Areas of Emphasis — Required Courses (Effective Fall 1973)
Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student’s official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses. If you are following OBC/128, please refer to the School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration Bulletin for 1972-73.
Accounting
Required: Acct. 214, 322, 323, 432. Accounting elective: 3 additional hours.
Business Education
Required: Educ. 306, 307, 308, 451, 498; B.Ed. 230, 410, 411; O.Ad. 421, 440, 441, or 420.
Computer-Based Information Systems
Required: C.S. 312; Mg.Sc. 445, 455; Stat. 490. Finance
Required: Fin. 401,402, 433, 455.
International Business
Required: Econ. 441; three of these four: B.Ad. 440, Fin. 440, Tr.Mg. 458, or Mk. 490.
Marketing
Required: Mk. 330, 480. Marketing electives: 6 additional hours.
Office Administration
Required: O.Ad. 301, 420, 421,440, 441.
Operations Management
Required: Op.Mg. 440, 444, 447. Recommended elective: Org.B. 335, 434; Tr.Mg. 450; Op.Mg. 460; Acct. 432.
Organizational Behavior
Required: any four of the following five: Org.B. 333, 335, 337, 434, 438.
Real Estate
Required: R.Es. 430, 473, 401 or Fin. 454. Recommended elective: Acct. 441; Ins. 484; Fin. 401, 402, 433, 455; Arch. 360, 450, 451.
Small Business Management
Required: O.Ad. 440; Fin. 401; B.Ad. 470. Recommended elective: Org.B. 333; Op.Mg. 447, 460; Tr.Mg. 450; Mk. 470; Acct. 432. *
*Courses selected from the following: Engl. 100 or Engl. 101; Engl. 110 or Engl. 111, or Engl. 112; Engl. 120 or 121; Engl. 315; C.T. 202; C.T. 210; C.T. 315; C.T. 320; C.T. 420.
tRequirement may be met with any Principles of Sociology course for 3 semester hours.
tApplies as a business elective. It is recommended, but not required. §For completion of the B.S. (Bus.) degree requirements, the student's program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper-division nonbusiness courses.


50 / University of Colorado at Denver
Statistics
Required: any four of the following six: Stat. 300, 470, 480, 482, 484, 490.
Transportation Management
Required: Tr.Mg. 450, 452, 458. Recommended electives: Mk. 485; Tr.Mg. 456; Org.B. 434; Op.Mg. 440, 460.
Combined Programs
Please refer to the School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration Bulletin for the following combined programs: Engineering and Business, Pharmacy and Business, Environmental Design and Business.
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
The graduate programs leading to the Master of Business Administration degree are offered through the faculty of the Graduate School of Business Administration. {NOTE: An application for admission to the Graduate School of Business Administration must be accompanied by a nonrefundable fee of $20 when the application is submitted.)
Graduate programs leading to the Doctor of Business Administration, Master of Science, and Master of Business Education are offered through the University of Colorado Graduate School. Master’s degree programs in business are accredited by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Requirements for Admission — Master’s Programs
Admission to the graduate programs will be determined by the following criteria:
1. Applicant’s undergraduate academic record.
2. Letters of recommendation submitted from former teachers or employers.
3. The applicant’s scores on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, which is required of all applicants. (This test is given five times each year at numerous centers throughout the country. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.)
In general, students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on provisional status. Under exceptional circumstances, a student may be admitted on a provisional status for a specified probationary term. At the end of the probationary period, the School of Business Graduate Committee will review the student’s performance and recommend to the dean whether the student should be admitted to regular degree status or dropped from the graduate program.
Only graduate students admitted as regular degree or provisional students and senior undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the 400-level “fundamentals” courses (which are specifically for degree candidates) or for any of the required 600-level courses in the M.B.A. program. These courses are not open to nondegree special students.
Advisory Committee
An advisory committee is appointed for each Master of Science and Master of Business Education degree candidate. The student initially meets with representatives of the Graduate Committee for the purpose of ascertaining his principal field of interest and the par-
ticular degree program he should follow. A chairman selected for the student’s advisory committee then acts as the student’s faculty adviser. Other committee members are appointed during the student's first semester in residence.
Requirements for Degrees— Master’s Programs
Students in master’s degree programs in business are expected to have or to acquire an adequate background preparation in:
Accounting Business Finance Business Law Financial Institutions Management Science
Marketing
Operations Management Organizational Behavior Principles of Economics Statistics
Statistics, Financial Institutions, Management Science, and Introduction to Management and Organization are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree.
An undergraduate degree program in business administration usually provides appropriate background in each of these fields. At the University of Colorado, the appropriate undergraduate courses are: Acct. 200 and 214; B.Law 300; Econ. 201 and 202; Fin. 305; Op.Mg. 300; Org.B. 300; Mk. 300; Stat. 200 and 490.
For students lacking such preparation, 3-credit graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: Econ. 400, B.Ad. 401 (Acct.), B.Ad. 402 (Stat.), B.Ad. 403 (Mk.), B.Ad. 404 (Org.B.), B.Ad. 405 (Fin.), B.Ad. 406 (Law), and B.Ad. 407 (Mg.Sc.).
All students entering the Master of Business Administration or Master of Science program are required to take either B.Ad. 402 or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination covering this subject matter.
For students with no undergraduate work in business administration, 24 semester hours of fundamentals courses will be required for background preparation.
Qualifying Examinations. Satisfactory performance on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business and admission into a master’s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study.
Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12 semester hours. Additional hours may be taken upon approval of the student’s adviser, subject to the general rules of the Graduate School.
Minimum Hours Required as Regular Degree or Provisional Student. A candidate for a master’s degree in business must complete a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work after being admitted to the program. This requirement in no way changes the minimum of 30 semester hours needed for a degree.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student’s admission to the graduate program. If a student’s cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal.
The grade-point average is computed on the basis outlined below in which plus and minus grades are included.


School of Business / 51
A 4.0 c+ 2.3
A- 3.7 C 2.0
B+ 3.3 C- 1.7
B 3.0 D 1.0
B- 2.7 F 0
Work receiving the lowest passing grade (D) may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies.
To earn a grade of lN (Withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course.
An IP (In Progress) grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) following that in which the grade of IP is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, F, or W. Except under unusual circumstances, if no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time, the IP shall be converted to an F.
Time Limit. All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity. (Under unusual circumstances, students whose residency is interrupted for legitimate reasons, such as military service, may apply for an extension of time.)
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment.
In addition to the general requirements for a master’s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows:
Core Requirements Semester Hours
a. Business and Its Environment
B.Ad. 610. Business and Its Environment I.......... 3
B.Ad. 611. Business and Its Environment II......... 3
b. Analysis and Control
B.Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analysis.......... 3
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls................. 3*
B.Ad. 630. Business Research....................... 3*
c. Human Factors
B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior ................. 3
d. Planning and Policy
B.Ad. 650. Business Policy.......................... 3
21
Area Of Emphasis
a. Area of Emphasis.................................... 9f
Total ..............................................30
Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science (see below), marketing^, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, and transportation management.
Courses comprising the area of emphasis must be approved by the head of the division or his designated representative.
M.B.A. Management Science Program
For the student who selects management science as his area of emphasis, the M.B.A. program is as
follows:
Policy Formulation and Administration
(15 semester hours) Semester Hours
B.Ad. 610-611. Business and Its Environment I and II.. 6
B.Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analysis........... 3
B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior.................. 3
B.Ad. 650. Business Policy.......................... 3
Analysis and Control — Area of Emphasis (15 semester hours)
At least three courses from the following:
Mg.Sc. 615. Decision Analysis....................... 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling_____ 3
Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Programming ................ 3
Mg.Sc. 675. Seminar in Management Science........... 3
Mg.Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science. 3
At least two additional courses from those listed above or from the following:
Stat. 470. Elements of Mathematical Statistics...... 3
Stat. 480. Multiple Correlation and Regression
Analysis........................................... 3
Stat. 482. Sampling and Inference.................... 3
Stat. 484. Business Forecasting...................... 3
Op.Mg. 640. Operations Management.................... 3
E.D.E.E. 548. Applied Probability Models............ 3§
E.D.E.E. 545. Production Automation Systems......... 3§
E.D.E.E. 595. Selected Topics .....................1-6§
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls .................. 3
No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study courses (499 or 699) are normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program.
M.B.A. candidates may begin work for their final 30 semester hours at the start of the fall, spring, or summer terms.
Comprehensive Examination
Each candidate for the M.B.A. degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses. (A student must be registered when he takes this examination.)
*B.Ad. 620 and/or B.Ad. 630 may be waived if a student has had similar work in his graduate or undergraduate program. Waiver will be upon recommendation of tacuity teaching the course(s) and approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. In such cases, the additional hours will be taken as electives or, upon approval of his area adviser and the Graduate Committee, in his area of emphasis. Waiver will be upon petition to the Director of Graduate Studies.
fA minimum of 3 hours of courses at the 600 level must be taken in the area of emphasis. (The student also must have a minimum of 24 hours of 600-level courses.)
fRequirements for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M.B.A. will consist of 9 hours as follows: Mk. 600, Mk. 605, and one additional 3-hour marketing course at the 400 level or higher.
§With the approval of the head of the Management Science Division.


52 / University of Colorado at Denver
Master of Science
The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field.
Major Fields. For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following professors:
Accounting ......................Professor Tracy
Finance .........................Professor Kester
Management Science ..............Professor Jedamus
Marketing ...................... Professor Cateora
Organizational Behavior..........Professor Steinmetz
Minor Fields. Fields available in the School of Business for selection as a minor are:
Accounting Business Education Finance
Management Science Marketing
Office Administration Operations Management Organizational Behavior Transportation Management
With the approval of the student’s adviser, minor fields may be chosen among other business subjects, from the social sciences, or from law. In exceptional cases, minors are permitted in other subject matter areas on recommendation of the Graduate Committee of the School of Business and with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School.
Minimum Requirements
The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, are normally met by Plan I, shown below. Candidates may be permitted to fulfill the degree requirements under Plan II, upon approval in advance by their advisory committee.
Plan I. In this plan, the requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. At least 16 of the 30 semester hours must be in courses numbered at the 600 level or above. A minimum of 20 semester hours credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. Not fewer than three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field.
Plan II. In this plan, a minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed, of which at least 16 must be in courses numbered at the 600 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required.
Candidates for the M.S. degree, whether following Plan I or Plan II, may not receive credit for 600 level courses with B.Ad. prefix, except B.Ad. 630 and, in some cases, B.Ad. 620.
For both Plan I and Plan II, there will be written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields. The candidate’s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination.
Doctor of Business Administration
Please refer to the School of Business and Graduate School of Business Administration Bulletin for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Each student in the School of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the School and for the student’s classes. Upon admission to the School of Business, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the Associate Dean or the student adviser in the School of Business concerning his academic program.
Standards of Performance
Each student is held to basic standards of performance established for his classes in respect to attendance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations, and general quality of scholastic workmanship. Fulfillment of these fundamental responsibilities must be recognized by the student as a requirement for continuance and as an essential condition for achievement of satisfactory academic standing. Only those who meet these standards should expect to be recommended for a degree.
To be in good standing, the student must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C) for all course work attempted. This includes both business and nonbusiness courses and applies to work taken at all of the University campuses.
When spring semester grades become available, the School of Business Committee on Academic Deficiency will review the records of all students not meeting academic standards. Students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status of one academic year or (2) suspension.
To return from probationary status to good standing, the student must not only achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the academic year but also bring his cumulative grade average on all courses attempted, and on all School of Business courses attempted, to a 2.0 level or above.
To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student’s registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Courses completed on the University of Colorado Denver Campus are credited toward School of Business degree requirements exactly as the same courses taken on the Boulder Campus. Credits earned on the Denver Campus are applicable toward residence requirements only when earned after admission to the School of Business.
Transfer Credit
Credits in business subjects transferred from other institutions to the University of Colorado will be limited to the number of credit hours given for similar work in the regular offerings of the School of Business. In general, the School of Business will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level, which it applies toward degree requirements, to such courses as the School offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head. Transfer students must take 30 hours of degree requirements in residency. For a detailed explanation of transfer credit, see the General Information section of this bulletin.


School of Business / 53
Correspondence Study
Not more than 9 semester hours of credit in business courses taken through correspondence study at the University of Colorado or any other institution of higher learning will be counted toward the B.S. degree in business. All correspondence courses will be evaluated by the Office of the Dean to determine their acceptance.
Advanced Standing by Examination
Students who are able to offer substantial evidence of prior study of the subject matter of a given course may make application for an advanced standing examination. If performance on the examination is satisfactory, the student will be given credit, but no grade, for the course. A student who has received a failing grade in a course may not take an advanced standing examination in the same course. Arrangements are made through the Office of Admissions and Records. College Level Examinations (CLEP) are acceptable toward degree requirements under procedures established by the School of Business. Specific information is available in the School of Business office.
ROTC Credit
Students may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours credit in courses completed in the advanced ROTC program on the Boulder Campus toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120 semester-hour total degree requirements for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward degree requirements is granted for basic (freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses.
Independent Study
For undergraduate business students desiring to do work beyond regular course coverage, variable credit courses (1-3 semester hours) may be taken under the direction of an instructor who approves the project. Complete information and request forms are available in the School of Business office.
Adding and Dropping Courses
All requests to change schedules after registration must be made on a Change of Schedule Form available in the Office of the Associate Dean of the School of Business. Complete instructions for processing changes are on the form. Signatures approving changes of schedule must be obtained as stated. Except in circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control, all changes of schedule should be completed within the first week of the semester.
Adding Courses. Courses may be added for credit only during the first week of the semester. In adding courses, business students may not exceed a 19-hour course load limit except with permission from the Office of the Associate Dean.
Dropping Courses. Business courses may be dropped with no discredit during the first five weeks of the semester with the approval of the Office of the Associate Dean. After the fifth week, all students must petition to drop business courses. In reviewing a petition, the Committee on Academic Deficiencies will recommend one of the following:
1. Drop with no discredit in circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control.
2. Drop with the instructor’s determination of (a) no discredit, (b) failing.
3. Drop not approved.
Courses discontinued without a processed Change of Schedule Form are subject to a grade of F, even though the student may never have attended class.
Administrative Drop. Instructors may recommend to the Office of the Associate Dean that students who fail to meet expected course attendance be dropped without discredit during the first ten weeks of the semester.
Withdrawal
A student leaving the University before the end of the semester should secure a Withdrawal Form from the Office of the Associate Dean and follow the instructions on the form. The completed form should be returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Students who attend classes will be charged an appropriate amount or receive a refund according to a definite schedule published in the General Information section of this bulletin.
Registration for Business Courses
A student may register for only those courses for which he has the stated prerequisite training. If junior standing is required, the student should have earned at least 60 semester hours of credit; for senior standing, 90 semester hours.
Scholastic Load
The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the School of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours the maximum except as indicated below. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student’s load.
A student having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which he completed at least 15 semester hours, with the approval of the Associate Dean, may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours.
Grading System and Point System
A — Superior, with four credit points for each credit hour.
B — Good, with three credit points for each credit hour.
C — Fair, with two credit points for each credit hour.
D — Minimum passing, with one credit point for each credit hour.
F— Failure, with no credit points for each credit hour.
1C — Incomplete.
P/F— Pass or Fail.
A grade of Incomplete is reported only for illness at the time of the examination or for an equally valid reason. It is given only upon agreement between the associate dean and the instructor concerned. Incomplete grades given for School of Business courses must be completed within the next regular semester; otherwise the Incomplete becomes an F on the student's record.
A maximum of 16 hours of a combination of business and/or nonbusiness course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor’s


54 / University of Colorado at Denver
degree in business. Transfer Students are limited to 1 semester hour pass/fail for every 8 attempted at the University. For business majors, pass/fail courses may not be included in “core” courses or in the area of emphasis. Advanced standing examinations and CLEP will count toward the 16 hours of option. A maximum of 6 hours of pass/fail may be taken in any one semester. Complete information may be obtained from the School of Business office.
Description of Courses
The School of Business offers courses in the subject areas shown below:
Accounting
Business Administration Business Education Business Law Computer Information Systems Finance Insurance
Courses numbered from 100 to 299 are intended for lower division students.
Courses numbered from 300 to 399 are intended for upper division students. Sophomores in the College of Undergraduate Studies also will be admitted if they are considered eligible by that college to register for upper division courses.
Courses numbered 400 to 499 are intended for upper division students. With a few exceptions, they also carry graduate credit. The 400 numbered “fundamentals” courses — B.Ad. 401 (Acct.), B.Ad. 402 (Stat.), B.Ad. 403 (Mk.), B.Ad. 404 (Org.B.), B.Ad. 405 (Fin.), B.Ad. 406 (Law), B.Ad. 407 (Mg.Sc.) — are open only to regular degree or provisional graduate students, not to those admitted with nondegree status, and to nonbusiness seniors who expect to pursue graduate studies in business and who appear to have the qualifications for admission to such a program.
Courses numbered in the 600s are intended primarily for graduate students; qualified seniors may be admitted with consent of the instructor.
ACCOUNTING
Acct. 200-3. Introductory Accounting — Financial Aspects. The
preparation and interpretation of the principal financial statements of the business enterprise, with emphasis on asset and liability valuation problems and the determination of net income. (Formerly Acct. 212.) Prer., sophomore standing.
Acct. 214-3. Introductory Accounting — Managerial Aspects.
The analysis of cost behavior and the role of accounting in the planning and control of business enterprises, with emphasis on management decision-making uses of accounting information. Prer., Acct. 200. NOTE: Accounting majors must take this course.
Acct. 322-3. Intermediate Financial Accounting. Intensive analysis of problems and theory of financial statements of condition and net income and other published financial statements of business organizations. Consideration of the role of professional accounting organizations in establishing generally acceptable accounting principles, especially the AICPA and AAA. Prer., Acct. 214.
Acct. 323-3. Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice I. Continuation of Acct. 322. Prer., Acct. 322.
Acct. 424-3. Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice II.
Continuation of Acct. 323, with additional emphasis on theory and current problems. Prer., Acct. 323.
Acct. 425-3. Accounting Problems and Cases. In-depth analysis of contemporary accounting issues and problems, the development of accounting thought and principles, and critical review of generally accepted accounting principles. Prer., Acct. 322 and 323.
Acct. 432-3. Cost Accounting. Cost analysis of the manufacturing, marketing, and administrative functions of business organizations, primarily for purposes of control and decision making. Prer., Acct. 214, Org.B. 300, Stat. 200.
Acct. 441-3. Income Tax Accounting. Provisions and procedures of federal income tax laws and requirements affecting individuals and business organizations, including the management problems of tax planning and compliance. Prer., Acct. 214.
Acct. 442-3. Advanced Income Tax Accounting. Continuation of Acct. 441, with special emphasis on the income tax problems of partnerships, corporations, and estates and trusts. Consideration also is given to federal estate and gift taxes. Prer., Acct. 441.
Acct. 454-3. Accounting Systems and Data Processing. The
design and analysis of management information systems, automated data processing methods with special emphasis on computers, computer programming, and the role of accounting in the overall management and administration process. Prer., 9 semester hours of accounting.
Acct. 462-3. Auditing Theory. Generally accepted auditing standards and the philosophy supporting them; auditing techniques available to the independent public accountant. Pertinent publications of the American Institute of CPA’s reviewed. Reference made to internal auditing. Prer., Acct. 323 or consent of instructor.
Acct. 480-3. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control. Development and operation of various budgets for planning and control of business and governmental activities. Includes consideration of the integration of program budgets, responsibility center budgets, and fund accounting in governmental accounting systems. Prer., Acct. 214 or consent of instructor.
Acct. 612-3. Financial Accounting Practice and Procedures.
Designed to be a graduate-level treatment of substantially the same material covered in Acct. 322 and 323. Should not be taken by students who have taken Acct. 322 and 323 or their equivalent. Restricted to graduate students. Prer., B.Ad. 401 or equivalent. NOTE: This course is not a 600 level seminar for purposes of the M.B.A. area of emphasis in accounting.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B.Ad. 100-3. Introduction to Business. Nature of business enterprise; role of business in our society; problems confronting business management. Career opportunities in business. Pre-business students are advised to take this course during their freshman year. Not open to upper division students in the School of Business. Open only to freshmen and sophomores.
B.Ad. 200-3. Business Information and the Computer. A study of the sources and uses of business information. Includes computer programming, data presentation, descriptive statistics, and interpretation of business, economic, and demographic data. Prer., Math. 108 or equivalent. Students should enroll in B.Ad. 200 and Stat. 200 in consecutive semesters.
B.Ad. 410-3. Business and Government. The study of government regulation of the business system. Topics include regulation of business concentration, markets for labor, money, other resources, and final products. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202. Completion of Pol. Sci. 110 is recommended before taking this course. Does not carry graduate credit for majors in business. If both B.Ad. 410 and 411 are taken, elective credit will be given for the latter to the business student.
B.Ad. 411-3. Business and Society. An examination of interrelationships between business, society, and the environment. Topics will include perspectives on the socio-economic-business system, current public policy issues, and social responsibilities and ethics. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202. Completion of Pol. Sci. 110 and Soc. 111 is recommended before taking this course. If both B.Ad. 410 and 411 are taken, elective credit will be given for the latter to the business student.
Management Science Office Administration Operations Management Organizational Behavior Real Estate Statistics
Transportation Management


School of Business / 55
B.Ad. 450-3. Cases and Concepts in Business Policy. Emphasis is on integrating the economic, market, social-political, technological, and competition components of the external environment with the internal characteristics of the firm; and deriving through analysis the appropriate interaction between the firm and its environment to facilitate accomplishment of the firm’s objectives. Extensive use of actual case studies from business supplemented by readings in business policy and strategy. Required for graduation. Students should register for this course only after completion of all other core course requirements for the B.S. degree. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer., Fin. 305, Mk. 300, Op.Mg. 300, Org.B. 300, and Stat. 200.
The following graduate fundamentals courses (B.Ad. 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, and 407) do not carry graduate credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to graduate students admitted on a regular or provisional status, to qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business, and to Special Students who will be applying for graduate admission during the term in which they are enrolled for the course.
B.Ad. 401-3. Fundamentals of Accounting. Provides basic understanding of accounting essential for graduate study of business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate business study. Does not carry graduate credit.
B.Ad. 402-3. Fundamentals of Business Statistics. Provides basic understanding of business statistics essential for graduate study of business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate business study. Does not carry graduate credit.
B.Ad. 403-3. Fundamentals of Marketing. Provides basic understanding of marketing essential for graduate study of business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for business graduate study. Does not carry graduate credit. This course may be waived if the student has completed Mk. 300 and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by his adviser. B.Ad. 404-3. Fundamentals of Management and Organization. Provides basic understanding of organization theory, personnel management, labor relations, and organizational behavior essential for graduate study in business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for business graduate study. Does not carry graduate credit.
B.Ad. 405-3. Fundamentals of Finance. Provides basic understanding of financial institutions and business finance essential for graduate study of business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate business study. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer., B.Ad. 401 or equivalent.
B.Ad. 406-3. Legal Environment of Business. Provides basic understanding of the private and public law essential for graduate study in business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate study. Does not carry graduate credit.
B.Ad. 407-3. Introduction to Management Science. A survey of the analytical methods of management science operations research as applied to decision problems in business. A major objective of the course is to develop an understanding of the power and the limitations of mathematical-statistical models and to develop skills in problem formulation. Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate business study. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer., B.Ad. 402 or equivalent.
All candidates for the Master of Business Administration are required to complete B.Ad. 610, 611, 615, 620, 630, 640, and 650. With the exception of B.Ad. 620 and B.Ad. 630, they may not be counted toward the requirements of the Master of Science.
B.Ad. 610-3. Business and Its Environment I. Deals with the philosophy and role of business and business executives in social, governmental, and economic environment. Consideration is given to (1) executive’s social and ethical responsi-
bilities to employees, customers, and general public; (2) relations between business and government, public regulation and social control of business (in general, political, and legal processes as they affect democratic industrialized societies); (3) relations between business and organized labor.
B.Ad. 611-3. Business and Its Environment II. Continuation of B.Ad. 610.
B.Ad. 615-3. Business and Economic Analysis. A presentation of the concepts, tools, and methods of economic analysis relevant to a broad cross section of decisions within the business firm. Particular attention will be given to market demands and the interrelationships between price policy, costs, promotional outlays, operating rates and production schedules, capital budgets, and financing in the short and long run. Prer., Econ. 400 or equivalent.
B.Ad. 620-3. Administrative Controls. Nature and techniques of control in modern managerial context. Intensive case analysis to study theory and application of control methods. Prer., B.Ad. 401, 402, 405, or equivalents.
B.Ad. 630-3. Business Research. Nature, scope, and importance of business research and research methodology. Emphasizes sources of information, methods of presentation, methods of analysis, and interpretation of statistical data. Involves individual investigation and report writing on problems of current business interest.
B.Ad. 640-3. Organizational Behavior. Application of behavioral science concepts and research to management of organizations. Prer., B.Ad. 404 or equivalent.
B.Ad. 650-3. Business Policy. Emphasizes problem analysis and decision making at integrative-management level. Devoted to internal policy making. Considerable use of case method of instruction. Emphasis on integrated use of managerial accounting, statistics, and other tools of research, analysis, and control in making company-wide policy decisions.
BUSINESS LAW
B.Law 300-3. Business Law. To understand the legal significance of business transactions as part of the decision-making process in business. Coverage of text and statutes includes: law and its enforcement; integration of the Uniform Commercial Code with the law of Contracts, Bailments, Warehousemen and Carriers, Documents of Title, Sales of Goods, and Commercial Paper. Prer., junior standing.
FINANCE
Fin. 305-3. Basic Finance. An introduction to finance and the financial management of business. The course includes a study of the monetary system and other institutions comprising the money and capital markets. It also includes a study of the financial manager’s role in business, with emphasis on the investment of capital in assets and on financing the asset requirements of business firms. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202, and Acct. 200.
Fin. 401-3. Business Finance I. The financial management of business, incorporating theoretical concepts, analytical methodology, and their practical application for financial decisions and policy formulation. Emphasizes planning and control of current assets, short-term financing, intermediate and longterm financing, and design of capital structure. Selected readings and case problems are used. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 402-3. Business Finance II. The financial management of business with emphasis on the following areas: long-term financing, hybrid securities and leasing, marketing security issues, cost of capital, evaluation of investments in capital assets, dividend policy, valuation, acquisitions, and capital structure adjustments. Selected readings and cases are used. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 403-3. Problems and Policies in Business Finance. Develops analytical and decision-making skills of students in relation to a wide range of problems that commonly confront financial management. General problem areas include planning, control, and financing of current operations and longer-term capital commitments; management of income; evaluation of income-producing property; and expansion of business through merger and consolidation. Case method of instruction. Prer., Fin. 301 and Acct. 322.
Fin. 433-3. Investment and Portfolio Management. Discusses investment problems and policies and the methodology for


56 / University of Colorado at Denver
implementing them. Includes portfolio analysis, selection of investment media, and measurement of performance. Prer., Fin. 401; coreq., Fin. 402.
Fin. 440-3. International Financial Management. Considers international capital movements and balance of payments problems. Emphasizes special problems of international operations as they affect the financial functions. Reviews both public and private foreign and international institutions as well as the foreign exchange process. Considers financial requirements, problems, sources, and policies of firms doing business internationally. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 454-3. Mortgage Financing. Functions and practices of various real estate mortgage financing institutions. Embraces mortgage lending, servicing, and mortgage banking relative to all types and uses of real estate. Prer., Fin. 301.
Fin. 455-3. Monetary and Fiscal Policy. Analyzes the theoretical and practical problems concerning the use of monetary and fiscal devices for controlling national and international economic relationships. Emphasizes the major theories and analytical models for current monetary and fiscal policies. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 601-3. Problems and Policies in Financial Management I.
Emphasizes the planning and control responsibilities of financial management in relation to internal investment decisions and financing asset requirements. Analytical skills are developed in analyzing case studies covering a broad range of policies and problems. Specific topics include: management of working capital, capital position, short-term financing and intermediate and long-term financing, and designing the capital structure. Prer., B.Ad. 405 or equivalent.
Fin. 633-3. Investment Management and Analysis. Develops the theory of investment management and security values; portfolio management including the analysis of investment risks and constraints for both short- and long-run investment policies and objectives; the analysis and use of investment information; and the development and application of the tools for determining security values. Prer., Fin. 601 and 602, or equivalent.
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
Mg.Sc. 625-3. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling. Application of the methods of computer science to problems in industrial management. Emphasis is placed on simulation as a method for studying the behavior of dynamic systems and the use of optimization models for their control. Prer., B.Ad. 407 or equivalent.
Mg.Sc. 635-3. Mathematical Programming. A study of linear and nonlinear programming algorithms, both deterministic and chance-constrained, including linear programming, dynamic programming, integer programming, quadratic programming, and related techniques. Prer., B.Ad. 407 or equivalent.
Mg.Sc. 675-3. Seminar in Management Science. Application of operations research methods to problems of business and industry, with emphasis on the functional fields of marketing, financial management, and production. Prer., B.Ad. 407 or equivalent, plus 6 additional semester hours of Management Science or Statistics at the 400 level or higher.
MARKETING
Mk. 300-3. Principles of Marketing. Analytical survey of problems encountered by businessmen in distributing goods and services to markets. Takes a marketing-management approach in attacking problems related to product planning, channels of distribution, pricing, advertising, and personal selling. Emphasizes the role of the consumer in the marketing process and the social responsibility of the marketer.
Mk. 330-3. Marketing Research. Fundamental techniques. Practical experience in research methodology: planning an investigation, questionnaires, sampling, interpretation of results, report preparation. Research techniques for product analysis, motivation research, sales and distribution-costs analyses, and advertising research. Student will incur project expenses in this course. Prer., Mk. 300 and Stat. 300, or Stat. 200.
Mk. 340-3. Marketing Institutions and Retailing. A study of the macroeconomic foundations of marketing intermediaries, middlemen, and institutional alignments. Emphasis placed on the development and change of institutional structures and functions and the roles played by various participants in
moving goods from origin to ultimate consumer, with particular focus on retailing functions and strategies. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 350-3. Principles of Advertising. Analysis of principles and practices in national and retail advertising from executive’s point of view. Considers whether a firm should advertise; product and market analysis as a planning phase of advertising program; media; survey of creation and production of advertisements; advertising budgets, copy testing, and organization. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 360-3. Industrial Marketing. Major activities involved in marketing of industrial goods. Analysis of industrial market structures; habits and motives of industrial purchasers; types of industrial products; pricing problems; distribution channels. Problems in selling to agencies of government. Oriented to engineers and others who may enter the fields of industrial selling or industrial marketing. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 420-3. Consumer Behavior. Survey of noteworthy contributions of the behavioral sciences to the understanding and prediction of consumer behavior. Contributions of various research techniques in the social sciences to the understanding of consumer purchasing and decision-making processes, with particular attention to formal and informal influence patterns. Survey of models of consumer purchasing behavior, brand loyalty, and product cycles. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 470-3. Sales Management. Problems involved in managing a sales force. Includes sales organization, operating a sales force (recruiting, selection, training, compensation, supervision, stimulation), sales planning (forecasting, budgeting, territories), sales analysis and control. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 480-3. Marketing Policies and Strategies. Detailed consideration of process of formulating and implementing marketing policies. Major emphasis on markets, distribution channels, and product analysis. Problem approach utilized to develop student’s analytical ability and to integrate all major areas of marketing. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 490-3. International Marketing. Studies managerial marketing policies and practices of firms marketing their products and services in foreign countries. An analytical survey of institutions, functions, policies, and practices in international marketing. Relates marketing activities to the market structure and marketing environment. Prer., Mk. 300 or consent of instructor.
Mk. 600-3. Marketing Management. Analysis of marketing problems and policies requiring decisions by marketing executives. Integrates all areas of marketing management and relates the marketing activities of a firm to finance, production, and other major policy areas. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 403.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
O.Ad. 440-3. Principles of Office Management. Analysis of principles and their application in the planning, organizing, and controlling of office activities. Methods of developing office systems; importance as a preliminary step in office automation.
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Op.Mg. 300-3. Operations Analysis. An introduction to the application of analytical techniques in the design, implementation, and control of operational systems in manufacturing, service, public and other organizations. Some topics which will be included are: inventory models, linear programming, forecasting, waiting line analysis, and quality control. Prer., Acct. 200 and Stat. 200.
Op.Mg. 440-3. Control Systems in Operations Management.
Study of management problems and procedures in controlling operations of organizations. Application of quantitative methods and evaluation techniques to such areas as cost control, inventory control, quality control, and production control. Prer., Stat. 200 and Op.Mg. 300.
Op.Mg. 444-3. Socio-Technical Work Systems: Synthesis and Design. A study of the relationships between people and the technical and physical environments in which they work. Includes consideration of the theory of and methods for analysis, measurement, and synthesis of work systems, and of organizational methods for stimulating innovation through work design. Prer., Stat. 200 and Op. Mg. 300.


School of Business / 57
Op.Mg. 447-3. Operations Management: Policy and Practice.
Study of operations management policy formulation and administration. Emphasis is on developing decision-making skills through the use of such learning techniques as case study, field research, and simulation. Prer., Stat. 200 and Op.Mg. 300.
Op.Mg. 640-3. Operations Management. Study of the strategies and techniques of formal analysis for the management of operations systems. Student develops skills in problem definition and means of implementing solutions in specific situations where technological, economic, and human factors must be considered. Prer., B.Ad. 404 and 407, or equivalents.
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Org.B. 300-3. Introduction to Management and Organization.
An introductory study of management fundamentals, organization theory, motivation, the behavioral aspects of individual cognitive processes, the behavior of small work groups, and leadership. (Formerly Org.B. 330.) It is recommended that students complete their psychology and sociology requirements before taking this course.
Org.B. 335-3. Managing Task-Oriented Groups. Analysis of task-group behavior in work organizations. Includes study of the influences upon group performance, of group formation, communication, consensus, leadership, norms, change, conflict, and collaboration, and analysis of group member roles, group structure, and intergroup relationships. Prer., Org.B. 300.
Org.B. 337-3. Managing Complex Organizations. Analysis of historical and contemporary models for differentiating, integrating, and adapting efforts of organizations, using the entire organization as the unit for analysis. The course examines the influence of environment and technology on the organization’s internal structure and method of operation, considering goals, authority, decision making, communications, and control structures and processes. Prer., Org.B. 300.
Org.B. 339-3. Human Organization. Study of organization theory and management practice, with emphasis on individual, group, and managerial effectiveness in organizational contexts. Prer., Org.B. 300.
Org.B. 434-3. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice. Analysis of legal, political, social, and managerial aspects of collective bargaining and union-management relations. Includes study of conflict theory and strategies for conflict resolution. Prer., Org.B. 300.
Org.B. 438-3. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice.
Study of problems in developing and applying specific personnel systems (organization, placement, growth, reward, maintenance) in modern organizations, and analysis of their impact on organizational effectiveness. Prer., Stat. 200 and Org.B. 300.
Org.B. 632-3. Management of Personnel Systems. Theory and research bases of such applied personnel systems as organization, placement, growth, reward, and maintenance. Prer., B.Ad. 404 or equivalent, and introductory statistics.
Org.B. 636-3. Seminar in Management and Organization. Analysis of current issues and research affecting management and organization, reflecting new developments in organization theory, organizational behavior, and personnel management. Prer., advanced graduate standing in organizational behavior.
REAL ESTATE
R.Es. 300-3. Principles of Real Estate Practice. Activities in the current field of real estate practice. Prer., upper division standing.
R.Es. 430-3. Real Estate Appraising. Methods of real estate appraising are studied and applied by a field problem in appraising. Prer., R.Es. 300.
R.Es. 473-3. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions. Business and legal aspects. Estates in land, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgage and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and inheritance. Prer., B.Law 300 and R.Es. 300.
STATISTICS
Stat. 200-3. Business Statistics. Application of statistical theory to the solution of business problems. Includes the study of probability, sampling distributions, statistical inference, and decision analysis. Prer., B.Ad. 200. NOTE: Students are encouraged to take Stat. 200 in the semester following completion of B.Ad. 200.
Stat. 280-3. Quantitative Methods I. Designed to develop the student’s ability to visualize business problems and make business decisions under uncertainty by supplementing his common sense with simple quantitative concepts. Deals with decision theory, including probability, inference, hypothesis testing, construction of payoff tables, and selection of decision rules. Computer programming and use of the computer in solving business problems are included. Prer., Math. 107 and 108, or equivalent.
Stat. 300-3. Intermediate Statistics. Intermediate level consideration of problems associated with managerial decision making under uncertainty. Prer., Stat. 200.
Stat. 470-3. Elements of Mathematical Statistics. An examination of the mathematical properties of various statistical methods that are used in business research and in business decision making. Prer., Stat. 200.
Stat. 480-3. Multiple Correlation and Regression Analysis.
Application of correlation and regression to business problems, including linear, curvilinear, and multiple. Computer programming for correlation and regression analysis. Prer., Stat. 470 or consent of instructor.


58 / University of Colorado at Denver
School of EDUCATION
THOMAS A. BARLOW, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Denver Campus offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does teacher education. None is more fundamental, more significant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society.
The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Bulletin. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School Bulletin.
All students wishing to take work in professional education are urged to seek advice from a faculty member of the School of Education to ensure that requirements for both certification and the degree program sought are fully understood.
All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the School of Education office, room 706, tele. 892-1117, ext. 276.
Undergraduate Programs
Students desiring to pursue degree and/or certification programs should obtain the School of Education Bulletin and become familiar with the requirements and other information contained therein. The first two years of college work are taken in the College of Undergraduate Studies. However, all students are urged to consult appropriate School of Education advisers in their freshman and sophomore years if they plan to become teachers.
The Denver Campus is developing programs in undergraduate teacher preparation unique to its urban situation. Since transfer of credits for partial completion of the programs is difficult, students entering the undergraduate program at both the elementary and secondary school levels are urged to plan completion of their professional education work on the Denver Campus.
Undergraduate teacher certification programs are available on the Denver Campus in the following areas: elementary education; and secondary education in the fields of Spanish, social studies, and speech. A professional year program, unique to the Denver Campus, will be operational in 1973-74.
A personal interview with one or more faculty members in the specific area of the student’s interest is desirable. It is mandatory in the field of elementary education prior to admission to the teacher education program.
Graduate Programs
Complete masters programs are available in elementary education, counseling and guidance, counseling in the noneducational setting, library-media, and social foundations. Students should refer to the Graduate School Bulletin for complete information.
Professional education course work in other educational fields is available on the Denver Campus: curriculum and instruction, educational psychology, educational research, statistics and measurement, community college teaching and administration, reading, student personnel guidance and services (college), school administration (elementary, secondary, general), teaching the emotionally disturbed, and supervision. All credits earned on the Denver Campus in graduate degree programs are transferable to the same programs offered on the Boulder Campus.
Insofar as possible, student advisement is provided by Denver Campus faculty. However, it is sometimes necessary to assign students to faculty members on the Boulder Campus for advising in programs not offered completely at Denver.
Description of Courses
The value of each course in semester hours is given as part of the identifying department number: for example, Educ. 300-2 identifies Educational Psychology for the Elementary School as a two-semester-hour course.
Undergraduates preparing to teach are expected to follow the sequence and placement of courses outlined in the School of Education Bulletin.
With some exceptions, chiefly in the curriculum for elementary majors, courses numbered 400 to 499 are usually taken during the senior year. Certain of these courses (excluding student teaching) may be carried by graduate students for graduate credit, provided they are approved by the student’s adviser and the necessary extra requirements for graduate credit are met.
Courses numbered 500 to 599 are graduate courses and are open to qualified seniors only with the consent of the instructor and the dean. Courses numbered 600 and above are open only to graduate students.
Course prerequisites for undergraduate programs are indicated in the listing of courses that follows. Note also the statements in the Schedules of Courses available several weeks before the beginning of each semester. These provide a complete list of offerings and a statement of time and place. Not all courses are offered every year.
Courses for Undergraduates
Open only to students who have been admitted to the teacher education program.
Educ. 300-2. Educational Psychology for Elementary School.
Psychological bases of teaching and learning with application at the elementary school level.


School of Education / 59
Educ. 301-2. Child Growth and Development. Basic course for elementary school teachers. Integrated with the professional year.
Educ. 306-3. Foundations of American Education. A study of American education in its cultural setting and its nature, role, and function in society, including political, historical, philosophical, sociological, economic, religious, and other foundation aspects.
Educ. 307-3. Educational Psychology and Adolescent Development. A basic course for secondary school teachers dealing with physiological, emotional, social, and intellective factors affecting the learning process of that student age group. Prer., Educ. 306.
Educ. 308-3. Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.
Emphasis on objectives, functions, modern philosophy, curriculum, discipline, planning, etc. For junior and senior high school levels. Prer., Educ. 306.
Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates
Students pursuing an undergraduate sequence in teacher education may take the required 400 level courses as prescribed. Other 400 level courses are open only to seniors who obtain advance permission from the Dean of the School of Education, and to graduate students in education as indicated in the Graduate School Bulletin.
Educ. 406-2. Workshop in Curricular and Instructional Developments. Consideration is given to current trends in curriculum development and in organization for instruction. In-depth study of one or more specific plans for classroom procedure.
Educ. 408-1 to 4. Seminar in Urban Education. An examination of specific problems and characteristics of urban secondary schools, and their relationship to the inner-city, poverty, attitudes, and socio-economic and ethnic backgrounds. Outside consultants from city and educational agencies will act as informants and resource people.
Educ. 412-2. Educational Measurement. Introduction to principles and practices of measurement and evaluation in public schools. Consideration of standardized tests and “informal” evaluation techniques; emphasis on construction and use of teacher-made tests.
Educ. 414-2. Mental Hygiene in Education. Planned to help teachers gain an understanding of and method for dealing with normal as well as maladjusted children; also attention to maintaining mental health.
Educ. 415-2. Problems and Trends in Education. A broad overview of current problems in schools and school systems. Consideration of practices and policies in U.S. schools for solution of such problems. Evaluation procedures for solving educational problems.
Educ. 419-2. Teaching the Bright Learner. To assist the teacher in identifying, understanding, and challenging children with unusual abilities.
Educ. 422-2. Education of Mentally Retarded. Study of characteristics and needs of educable and trainable mentally retarded children.
Educ. 423-2. Education of Exceptional Children. Types of physically, mentally, and socially handicapped children; methods of diagnosis; suggested educational adjustments; and teaching techniques.
Educ. 427-2. Teachers, Materials, and Learning. Provides elementary and pre-school teachers and aides with an opportunity to become involved with a range of concrete materials in science, environmental studies, language arts, and music, and to consider the implications of their own learning for their work in school.
Educ. 436-3 or 4. Television in Education. (C.T. 465-3 or 4.) Utilization of television in elementary, secondary, and higher education.
Educ. 437-2. Language Arts for Urban Schools. Adaptation of intact senses for listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Diagnosis for weaknesses in listening, speaking, and coordination and application of dramatic play, oracy procedures, sensory imagery, and creative expression. Preparation of
cases, records, and application of differential instruction. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
Educ. 438-2. Kindergarten Education. History of the kindergarten. Characteristics of young children. Daily and weekly program and planning. Testing and evaluation, and parent-teacher cooperation.
Educ. 439-6. Instructional Aids Laboratory. A variety of experiences and assignments in the public schools.
Educ. 440-9. Basic Elementary Block. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction for elementary pupils.
Educ. 442-3. Developing Reading Skills in the Junior and Senior High School. Teaching techniques to improve reading skills in content fields. Current secondary school reading program.
Educ. 443-2. Teaching Reading in Content Areas at the Secondary Level. Format variations from content area to content area, materials, equipment, readability of content materials, vocabulary, variations in comprehension, and variations in study procedures.
* Educ. 450-12. Student Teaching — Elementary School. Kindergarten and grades one through six.
*Educ. 451-8. Student Teaching — Secondary School. Student teacher attends a senior or junior high school in Boulder-Denver metropolitan area.
Educ. 452-3. Methods and Materials in English. (Engl. 482.) Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related as-spects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology.
Educ. 453-3. Methods and Materials in Social Studies. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology.
Educ. 454-3. Methods and Materials in Science. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology.
Educ. 455-3. Methods and Materials in Mathematics. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related subjects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology.
Educ. 460-3. Educational Media: Theory and Practice. The
scope of audiovisual materials, operation of equipment, selection, effective utilization, and some production. Not open to those who have credit in Educ. 360 or other basic audiovisual courses.
Educ. 465-2. Reading as a Social Force. An overall survey of mass communication fields (print, radio, film), with special emphasis on social relationships and implications of reading. Library science course.
Educ. 467-2. Children’s Literature. Reading and evaluation of books for children, information about children’s books, children’s interests in reading, important authors and illustrators, and problems in the guidance of reading.
Educ. 470-3. Theories of Counseling. Examines the major theories of counseling including analytical, humanistic, and behavioral points of view. Emphasis upon translating theories to applied settings. Prer. or coreq., Educ. 479.
Educ. 476-2. Intercultural Education for Teachers. Intercultural factors and problems and their influence on the student, the teacher, and the educative process.
Educ. 477-3. Bilingual and Bicultural Education. This course describes the essential features of bilingualism and their relationship in the learning process. Various components of bilingual education, curricula, methodology, as well as diagnostic and assessment processes are presented with emphasis to the needs of bicultural children. Various bilingual educational models for non-English speaking children, bilingual children, as well as for the development of fluency in bilingualism among all children are presented. The incorporation and presentation of bilingual content and the role of monolingual and bilingual school personnel in the instructional program are topics for discussion.
Educ. 479-2. Foundations of Guidance and Personnel. Synthesis of basic psychological and socioeconomic principles as a foundation for professional training: meaning, philosophy, principles, history, trends, scope, etc.
'Does not give graduate credit.


60 / University of Colorado at Denver
Educ. 480-3. Elementary Statistical Methods. Required of most master’s degree candidates. Measures of central tendency and variability; standard scores and the normal distribution; correlation, regression, and prediction; statistical inference and means, proportions, correlation, and coefficients. The f-test and hypothesis testing.
Educ. 481-3. Literature for Adolescents. (Engl. 481.) Reading and evaluation of books for junior and senior high school pupils. Emphasis on modern literature.
Educ. 482-3. Advanced Composition for Secondary School English Teachers. (Engl. 480.) Emphasis on evaluation, criticism, and improvement of writing.
Educ. 484-1 to 4. Workshop in the Application of Psychological Developments to Education. Principally for in-service education dealing with school-oriented application of psychological principles and practices useful in the education process, including such aspects as human relations, group dynamics, interpersonal communication, and role differentiation.
Educ. 488-2. Extra-class Activities. Principles, problems, and procedures for improvement of extra-class activities, student councils, and home rooms in the secondary school, etc. Educ. 489-3. Introduction to School Administration. Responsibilities of boards of education and administrators; nature
of administrative leadership, and introductory consideration of finance and public relations. State, local, and federal relationships in education.
Educ. 493-2. Administration and Supervision of Compensatory Education. Implementation, organization, supervision, and evaluation of programs for the educationally deprived. Includes both theory and practice.
Educ. 495-3. Conservation Education. Theory and practice of conservation education, including use of resource personnel and the study of curricular and instructional development. Field experiences are incorporated. Primarily oriented to elementary and junior high school.
Educ. 497-4. Senior Seminar in Elementary Education. Accompanies the student teaching assignment and yields undergraduate credit only.
Educ. 498-1. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching. Accompanies student teaching and yields undergraduate credit only.
Educ. 499-1 to 4. Independent Study.
For courses in the education series numbered 500 and above see the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
College of
ENGINEERING and APPLIED SCIENCE
PAUL F. HULTQUIST, Acting Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The following information is for those students interested in enrolling in the College of Engineering and Applied Science at the University of Colorado at Denver. It is indicated under each major department heading how much course work for the bachelor’s degree can be completed on the Denver Campus. In some majors the entire program is available; in other majors only the freshman and sophomore course work is available.
Students who plan to complete a portion of their program on the Denver Campus, and then transfer to the Boulder Campus for the remaining requirements, are encouraged to obtain and familiarize themselves with the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin. It gives a comprehensive listing of all curricula, course descriptions, and programs offered by the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
The student also should become familiar with the rules of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. An engineering student handbook, referred to as the “E-Book,” is available in the dean’s office, room 405.
Engineering is the art and science by which the resources of nature are used for the benefit of man and the resources of society are used to preserve a wholesome global environment. The engineer has the primary duty to undertake research and study of the effects of present and prospective technology on man and his environment, to communicate his findings effectively to decision-making groups, and to implement decisions and designs which will shape tomorrow’s world.
Engineering study and practice requires qualities such as initiative, energy, willingness to take responsibility, reliability, rigorous honesty, good judgment, and the ability to work and cooperate with others and to work through to the conclusion of an assignment. Obviously, the fundamentals of sound citizenship are a necessity in any profession.
The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematics and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas in both written and spoken form is of primary importance.
Career of Service
Engineering offers wide opportunities for a professional career. Upon graduation, the young engineer normally enters employment that provides basic practical training in the field he has studied. Professional progress depends on hard work, initiative, and demonstrated capacity for increased responsibility.
Few college graduates have employment opportunities equalling those of the engineer. The best estimates available indicate that the nation is not producing as many engineers as it will need. Many serious social problems require engineering answers. Most engineers are versatile men and women who can transfer as needed from one discipline to another and who progress readily into administration and management. The need is becoming especially acute for engineers capable of dealing with problems of pollution, ecological and urban planning, and of computer modeling.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 61
Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations, covering the engineering sciences and the applicant’s practical experience, are required in most states. Engineers who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered engineers who are legally entitled to assume responsibility for the public welfare in the safeguarding of life, health, and property.
Educational Opportunities
In all of the engineering fields leading to degrees, the student will have an unparalleled opportunity to study with teachers, many of whom have national and international reputations.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science on the Denver Campus offers four-year courses leading to the B.S. degree in Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, Mechanical Engineering, Architectural Engineering, and Applied Mathematics. Many of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in Aerospace Engineering Sciences, Chemical Engineering, Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation, and Engineering Physics are offered on the Denver Campus. Many graduate courses in other fields also are offered.
The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; however, real specialization begins in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master’s degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession. At the University of Colorado, it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor’s degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms.
Most departments offer varied programs in each of these degree fields — some of these amounting to joint degrees in computing and engineering. In addition, any of these degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program.
Undergraduate Research
Research is an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers. Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of research programs formerly restricted to graduate students. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including systems analysis and many areas of computerization.
At the same time, instructional laboratories are moving from routine apparatus manipulation to placing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded
to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifically valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods.
If subjects in the liberal arts courses, such as science and mathematics, and engineering subjects, such as graphics and certain specialized courses, have been elected, a graduate of the College of Undergraduate Studies may obtain his engineering degree in four semesters.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science on the Denver Campus offers M.S. degree programs in civil engineering and electrical engineering.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degree Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the Graduate School Bulletin.
Summer Courses
Summer term courses are planned for regular students, those who must clear deficiencies, and transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses, students should write to the Dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, Denver Campus, for the Schedule of Summer Courses.
For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. All required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered on the Denver Campus during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual attention. Beginning during the summer term gives the student a head start and enables him to take a lighter load during the fall semester, or to take additional courses to enrich his program.
Completing a few courses in the summer before their first regular semester also helps many students to make a more efficient transition from high school to college-level work.
Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds
Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the dean’s office.
Student Organizations
The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science:
Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical fraternity.
Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity.
Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering society.
Phi Tau Sigma, society for mechanical engineers. Sigma Tau, engineering society.
Tau Beta Pi, engineering society.
Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established on the Boulder Campus


62 / University of Colorado at Denver
and students on the Denver Campus are eligible for membership:
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics (SIAM) Society of Women Engineers and Architects
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may, upon approval of the dean, be admitted.
Women are also encouraged to include the field of engineering in their educational plans, and are urged to contact an engineering adviser to find out what opportunities in engineering are available to them.
Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies). Any student who questions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions.
In order to be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school.
Transfer Students
Students transferring from other accredited collegiate institutions are admitted if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshman requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
In general, a resident of Colorado will be granted admission provided an overall grade-point average of 2.0 (C) or better has been attained.
Transfer from within the University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be approved if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled:
1. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado (without regard to grades earned here) provided the
prior academic record fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
2. A transfer will be approved if the student has attained an overall grade average of 2.0 (C) in all work attempted at the University of Colorado.
3. Other transfers may be approved by the dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submitted.
Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the student, whether he is transferring from within the University or from another institution, does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. This includes students changing from Special Student to degree status. The grade-point average is computed from the time the student is enrolled as a degree student in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student’s engineering degree requirements.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board’s advanced placement tests or by special examinations administered by the department involved. For students who have taken an advanced placement course in high school and who make scores of 4 or 5 in the CEEB’s Advanced Placement Examination, advanced placement as well as college credit will be granted. Students who make scores of 3 may be considered for advanced placement and college credit by the department concerned. All placement and credit must be validated by satisfactory performance in subsequent course work, in accordance with the practices being followed in the transfer of credits from other colleges and universities. These stipulations concerning advanced placement may differ from those stated for other colleges and schools of the University.
ACADEMIC POLICIES Freshman Year
Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.)
All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments.
Course Load Policy
Full-time Students. Full-time undergraduate students should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental curricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours or fewer than 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 63
Employed Students. Course load requirements for undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows:
Employed 40 or more hours per week — two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours).
Employed 30 to 39 hours per week — three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours).
Employed 20 to 29 hours per week — four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours).
Employed 10 to 19 hours per week — five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours).
Permission to deviate from the above limitations may be granted only by written petition to the associate dean. Petitions may be obtained in the College of Engineering and Applied Science office, Denver Campus, and must be submitted at least one week prior to the first day of registration.
Course Scheduling and Abbreviations
For information on scheduling of courses, write to the Dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, Denver Campus, or consult the Schedule of Courses issued at the beginning of each semester.
The one credit lecture-recitation period is 50 minutes long. A laboratory period includes two to four hours per week in the laboratory, drafting room, or field.
Unless the course descriptions specify laboratory or other work, it is understood that classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Abbreviations used in the course descriptions are as follows:
Calc. — Calculation Lect. — Lecture
Coreq. — Corequisite Prer. — Prerequisite
Hrs. — Hours Rec. — Recitation
Lab. — Laboratory Wk. — Week
The value of a course in semester-hour credits is indicated by that part of the course number that follows the dash.
Example: Chem. 103-5. “Chem. 103” is the identifying department number, and “5” indicates that the course is for 5 semester hours credit.
Refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin for complete course descriptions.
Credits
be dropped without penalty before the end of the second week of the semester. After the second week, but before the end of the tenth academic week, a student may drop a course without penalty if he is passing the course; otherwise a grade of F will be entered on his record. After the tenth academic week, a student may not drop a course except under circumstances clearly beyond his control. A student may not drop or add a course if in so doing he violates any other rule.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining his grade-point average. An F grade in the repetition of a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course.
Sequence of Courses
Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which he is registered according to the order shown in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that his departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay.
If a student does not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another, he may not register for the succeeding course unless he has the permission of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course.
A student may enroll for as much as 50 percent of his courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided he has at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made with the consent of the academic deans involved and may be made for students taking the combined engineering business program.
Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examinations, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have had extensive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examination over the course, may apply for such an examination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See General Information section for complete details.
Schedule Changes
All official changes of registration are made by processing the Change of Schedule Form. A fee will be charged for each change unless the change is required for reasons clearly outside the control of the student. Courses may be added on or before the fifth day of each semester. After the first week, courses may be added only by special approval of the instructor and department offering the course. Courses may
Withdrawal
A student may withdraw from the University without academic penalty before the end of the second week of the semester. After the end of the tenth week of the semester, a student will not be allowed to withdraw officially from the University except for circumstances clearly beyond his control. If the student interrupts his course of study, he may be required to take any preparatory courses that have been changed or added in his absence, or repeat any courses in which his preparation is thought to be weak.
Changing Departments
If a student wishes to change to another department, he must apply for transfer by petition, and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the dean.
Class Standing
To be classified as a sophomore in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student must


64 / University of Colorado at Denver
have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted at the University of Colorado.
Class Attendance
Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the Office of the Dean no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Failure to do so will result in an F in the course.
Counseling
Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean’s office, and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns.
Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the departmental chairman or designated representative for assignment.
Scholastic Deficiency
To remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.0. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject immediately to the authority of the Committee on Scholastic Deficiency. When spring semester grades become available, the Committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision. At this time, the Committee action may result in suspension, warning, or mandatory reduction of academic load and extracurricular activities. Any student suspended by the Committee may, by petition, be granted a personal hearing before the Committee during the fall registration period.
Pass/Fail Option
The primary purpose for offering courses in which the undergraduate may be graded Pass or Fail (P/F) rather than A, B, C, D, or F, is to encourage the undergraduate student to broaden his educational experience by electing challenging courses without serious risk that his academic record might be jeopardized.
A grade of P in a course means that the course hours may be counted toward the 136 credit hours required for graduation, but the course hours will not be used in the computation of the student’s grade-point average. A grade of F for a student enrolled P/F in a course will be recorded, and the credit hours of the course will be used in the calculation of the student’s grade-point average just as is done with a grade of F in a normal registration.
The maximum number of credit hours which a student may elect to take P/F is 16 semester hours. Not more than one course per semester or summer term may be taken P/F. Courses which a student may select to be taken P/F shall be designated by his major department. A student who has not designated a major field will not be allowed the P/F option.
A transfer student may count toward graduation one credit hour of P/F courses for each 9 credit hours completed in the College; however, the maximum number of P/F hours counting toward graduation shall not exceed 16 credit hours, including courses taken in the Honors Program under the program’s P/F grading system.
The student will indicate Pass/Fail enrollment at the beginning of the term. The instructor will report Pass or Fail for students so registered in his course.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
It is the student’s responsibility to be sure he has fulfilled all the requirements, to file his intended date of graduation in his departmental office at the close of his third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of his last year, and to keep his departmental adviser and the dean’s office informed of any changes in his plans throughout his last year.
In order to be eligible for one of the bachelor’s degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements:
Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department.
Hours. A minimum of 136 semester hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students will need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses that do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the combined business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 172 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most of the students follow a program that brings the total above this figure.
Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted.
Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Correspondence Courses. Correspondence courses must be completed before the beginning of the student’s final semester in school.
Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement.
Commencement Exercises. Commencement exercises are held in May and August on the Boulder Campus. Students finishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail.
Graduation With Honors
Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indicated on the commencement program.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 65
Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above are usually graduated with special honors, and those with an average of 3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned during the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors.
Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum
The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science recommends that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Each degree-granting department in the College requires 12 semester hours of English literature.
The student is required to take an additional 12 semester hours of social-humanistic studies, usually in the junior and senior year. These subjects should be taken from the categories listed below, with not fewer than 6 hours from category two:
1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original language or in translation) and philosophy.
2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology.
3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical).
In general, students should be expected to take some 300 and 400 level courses in these categories.
Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign languages, technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and should be substituted for technical electives where applicable.
Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social-humanistic courses.
COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the School of Business may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled.
It is also possible for qualified graduates (2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master’s degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. businessengineering curricula, the M.S. degree program of the School of Business, and the M.S. degree program in the student’s own discipline.
Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering.
The student taking a combined undergraduate program is not required to submit formal application for
admission to the School of Business. He is permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by his adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the School of Business.
Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the School of Business. Not fewer than 32 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the School of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs include two semesters of Principles of Economics, which should be completed during the student’s sophomore or junior year, and the following business courses:
Semester Hours
Acct. 212, 214. Introductory Accounting I and II............. 6
Stat. 280, 300. Quantitative Methods I and II................ 6
Either Math. 481 or 482 is an acceptable substitution for Stat. 300. Although these alternatives are preferred, 3 hours of an engineering student’s sophomore mathematics may be accepted in meeting the Stat. 300 requirement. All combined-program students must take Stat. 280 and there is no possibility
of any substitution for this course.
Pr. Mg. 300. Introduction to Production Management......... 3
Mp. Mg. 330. Introduction to Manpower Management........... 3
Fin. 300. Financial Institutions........................... 3
Fin. 301. Business Finance.................................. 3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing........................... 3
B.Law 300. Business Law I.................................. 3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government......................... 3
B.Ad. 450. Administrative Policy .......................... 3
Students should register for this course only after the completion of all other core courses listed above. Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, finance, management, marketing, office administration, international business, real
estate, or statistics.........................J2
48
Graduate Work in Business
Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background preparation in business on an accelerated basis (Acct. 400, B.Law 400, Fin. 400, Pr. Mg. 400, Mk. 400, Stat. 400).
PREMEDICINE OPTION
A professional school such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although in a few cases a student may enter medical school after three years of university training.
The following departments in the College of Engineering and Applied Science on the Denver Campus have established Premedical Option programs: Elec-


66 / University of Colorado at Denver
trical Engineering and Civil and Environmental Engineering.
The requirements for these programs are listed under the departmental headings. Students desiring to enter a premedical program in other engineering disciplines should consult the chairman of the department involved.
CONCURRENT B.S. AND M.S. DEGREE PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING
Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completion of the requirements for the B.S. degree may make application for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree. Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0 grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two departmental faculty members are required.
The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years.
The student will choose or be assigned a faculty adviser to help him develop the program best suited to his particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected shall be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student’s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S. degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School Bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program.
Major Departments
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES
JAMES K. IVERSON, Coordinator
The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics, physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bioengineering.
Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443.
Technical Electives
The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences curricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than a combined B.S. degree. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete Aerospace Engineering Sciences program is not available on the Denver Campus. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the Boulder Campus at the start of their junior year.
Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences)
FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1........... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics........................... 4
*Engl. 120. Great Books................................ 3
fSocial-humanistic elective .......................... 6
16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.......... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics .......................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics...................... 1
*Engl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1................. 2
tSocial-humanistic elective ..........................._3
16
‘For other options in English, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. fStudents may take electives Pass/Fail subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 67
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III........ 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics 1..................... 3
*Engl. 222. Great Books............................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics.......................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics..................... 1
tSocial-humanistic elective ......................... 3
16
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytical Geometry and Calculus IV....... 3
A.Math. 162. Digital Computer Programming.............. 1
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II..................... 3
'Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature................... 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics............................. 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ........................ 4
17
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
CHARLES I. SHERRILL, Coordinator
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to the degree B.S. (A.Math.) in the College are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option II, the student takes a distributed engineering minor including a solid grounding in mechanics or particles and con-tinua, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Opton III is a joint mathematics-computer science program.
Math. 272 is not a required course for the major. However, students who have done A work in calculus have reported that Math, 272 has proved to be very helpful in subsequent mathematics courses. Therefore, such students are strongly advised to take Math. 272.
Modern industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns that are engaged in such research.
The undergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included.
Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Linder all circumstances, a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year.
Curriculum for B.S. (A.Math.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1.... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics................... 4
'Engl. 120. Great Books_:...................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing............._3
13
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II........... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1................. 2
'Engl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics........................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics........................ 1
13
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III....... 3
'Engl. 222. Great Books............................. 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics........................ 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics................... 1
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................... 3
Approved elective ................................. 3
16
Spring Semester
'Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature................. 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry ....................... 5
Approved electives ................................._9
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 313. Introduction to Linear Algebra................ 3
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus 1............................ 3
Approved electives .......................................J2
18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations................ 3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory............. 3
Approved electives ......................................_12
18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Approved electives .....................................18
Spring Semester
Approved electives .....................................18
Requirements under each option are as follows:
OPTION I
Minor in a specific engineering department............18-30
Technical electives...................................15-22
Other electives ......................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives.................... 12
(Electives must include Math. 432.)
OPTION II
Distributed engineering minor.........................18-30
(A minimal program would consist of the following courses: Aero. 304, Aero. 311, C.E. 212, C.E. 213, E.E. 303, M.E. 208, or their equivalents. Each of these courses is for 3 hours credit.
Technical electives......................................15-22
Other electives..........................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives.................... 12
(Electives must include Math. 432.)
'For other options in English, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin.
/Students may take electives Pass/Fail subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.


68 / University of Colorado at Denver
OPTION III
Specific courses required under Option III:
Cp.Sc. 302 .............................................. 3
Aero. 546 (Cp.Sc. 546) .................................. 3
E.E. 453 (Cp.Sc. 453) ................................... 3
E.E. 457 (Cp.Sc. 457) ................................... 3
E.E. 459 (Cp.Sc. 459) ................................... 3
E.E. 555 (Cp.Sc. 555) ................................... 3
E.E. 450 (Math. 461) .................................... 3
Math. 465 ............................................... 3
Math. 466 ............................................... 3
Technical electives..................................... 6-22
"Other electives..........................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives...................... 12
Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Mathematics
The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of C or better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social studies-humanities area must be approved by the student’s adviser. Work in certain other areas may be acceptable toward the social studies-humanities requirement, but must first be approved by the student’s adviser. Of the 12 hours required in the social-humanistic area in addition to the literature courses, at least 6 hours must be in courses at the 300 level or higher.
NOTE: A.Math. 120 does not count toward the B.S. (A.Math.) degree.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
JOHN R. MAYS, Coordinator
The architectural engineering curriculum is devised and administered by the joint efforts of the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and the College of Environmental Design. The purpose of the program is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for research at the graduate level on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering.
The architectural engineering student may select any one of three areas of specialization offered: namely, construction, environmental, or structural.
Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program offers courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, and in building materials and construction methods.
Those students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and building electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation
and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses is available covering these subjects.
The third area of specialization is for those who are interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available are structural analysis, indeterminate structures, and steel, concrete, and timber design among others.
The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers opportunity for complementing the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance.
The freshman year in architectural engineering is the same as that for all engineering students. In the sophomore year, the student is introduced to the functions of the specialty divisions within the building industry and is provided a basis for understanding architecture and the relationship and contribution of architectural engineering to architecture. In addition, there is more advanced work in mathematics and physics. The junior year is devoted largely to the engineering sciences with a continuation of those courses fundamental to understanding architecture and building. The last year is devoted to engineering analysis, design, or construction of buildings, the field of specialization being determined by the student's choice of his technical electives. In the senior year, 6 hours of social-humanistic courses are required as non-tech-nical electives.
The junior, senior, and fifth years of the combined curriculum in architectural engineering and business are devoted to pursuit of the full requirements for the architectural engineering degree, as well as the course work necessary to a specific major study area within the School of Business.
tCurriculum for B.S. (Arch.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1......... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1.............. 2
tEngl. 120. Great Books.............................. 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics........................ 4
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering...................................... 2
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II........ 3
tEngl. 121. Great Books.............................. 3
E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II............. 2
E.Phys. 112. General Physics......................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics.................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.................^_3
16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III....... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics......................... 3
*The other electives should include at least 9 hours of engineering courses other than computing science courses. fThe minimum total number ol hours lor the degree is 136. ROTC courses may be submitted for a maximum ol 6 hours ol technical electives, as prescribed by the department. fFor other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 69
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics....................... 1
fEngl. 222. Great Books.................................. 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics 1......................... 3
Technical Elective...................................... 3
16
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV............ 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry ........................... 5
fEngl. 223. Contemporary Literature ..................... 3
Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction........ 3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II......................... 3
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Arch.E. 254. Illumination I ............................ 3
Arch.E. 362. Mechanical Systems for Buildings.......... 3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials........................ 3
E.D. 372. History/Philosophy ........................... 3
Engineering Science Electives.......................... 5
17
Spring Semester
Arch.E. 363. Environmental Acoustics ................... 3
E.D. 373. History/Philosophy ........................... 3
Engineering Science Electives........................... 5
Technical Electives .................................... 6
17
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Arch.E. 441. Construction Costs, Estimating, and Prices.. 3
E.D. 300. Environmental Design III..................... 4
Technical Electives ................................... 7
Nontechnical Elective.................................,_3
17
Spring Semester
E.D. 301. Environmental Design IV..................... 4
Technical Electives ................................... 9
Nontechnical Elective................................... 3
16
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
WILLIAM C. HUGHES, Coordinator
Chemical engineering is characterized by the application of scientific and engineering principles to processes involving chemical and physical changes of matter. Thus, the field of application is very broad.
Chemical engineers usually practice in the domestic sector of private industry. The scope of applications includes the manufacture and processing of industrial chemicals, petroleum products, metals, plastics, natural and synthetic rubber, dyes, paper, vegetable oils, drugs, insecticides, paints and varnishes, soaps and detergents, glass, cement, fertilizers, ceramics, food and beverage products, and synthetic and natural fibers. Chemical engineers contribute to the development and use of nuclear energy and to space activities through production of rocket fuels and materials for rocket construction.
The curriculum is designed to provide a solid technical background yet allow the individual student to develop a program stressing his interests. Mathematics, physics, and chemistry provide understanding of the
behavior of matter, thus forming the framework for chemical engineering courses which emphasize the processes in which matter is chemically and physically changed. Many chemical engineering courses stress the use of computers for solving engineering problems. The curriculum includes English and social-humanistic electives so that the student will develop a better understanding of the society in which his technology functions.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete chemical engineering program is not available on the Denver Campus. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the Boulder Campus at the start of their junior year.
Curriculum for B.S. (Ch.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1......... 3
*Chem. 103. General Chemistry ........................ 5
fEngl. 120. Great Books............................... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I..............j_2
13
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II........ 3
"Chem. 106. General Chemistry ......................... 5
fEngl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing..................^3
14
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III....... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics......................... 4
fEngl. 222. Great Books................................ 3
Chem. 331. Organic Chemistry ........................ 4
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I....................
17
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV........ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics......................... 4
fEngl. 223. Contemporary Literature ................... 3
Chem. 332. Organic Chemistry ........................ 4
Electives ........................................... 4
'll
CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
JOHN R. MAYS, Acting Associate Chairman
Civil and environmental engineering covers the broadest field of engineering generally studied in American universities today. To the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and the control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction and contracting
‘Qualified students may take Chem. 107 and Chem. 108. fFor other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin.


70 / University of Colorado at Denver
industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities, civil and environmental engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career. Furthermore, civil-and-environmental-engineering-edu-cated students frequently find very rewarding employment in other fields: for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management, and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and environmental engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor.
The curriculum is designed to give the student, besides a good background in the humanities, a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical engineering, and thermodynamics. English composition and literature — a total of two years — are required courses; the humanities are available through an additional 12 hours (minimum) of social-humanistic elective courses.
Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses followed by advanced technical courses which may be elected in the senior year. Random selection of these technical electives is not advisable and in general is not allowed, the objective being to equip a graduate to take his place in the ranks of his profession with sufficiently good groundwork of fundamental engineering science and a knowledge in specialized fields to equip him to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day expanded civil and environmental engineering.
A five-year program has been arranged for those students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees.
A student interested in a premedical option should consult with his adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See the description of the Premedical Option on pages 65-66.
"Curriculum for B.S. (C.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1.......... 3
fEngl. 120. Great Books................................ 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics......................... 4
Social-humanistic elective .......................... 3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering...................................... 2
15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II......... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.................. 3
fEngl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics ........................ 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics.................... 1
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I..............._2
16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III.......... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics........................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics...................... 1
fEngl. 222. Great Books................................ 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I....................... 3
C.E. 221. Plane Surveying ............................... 3
16
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV........... 3
fEngl. 223. Contemporary Literature ................... 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry .......................... 4
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II...................... 3
C.E. 222. Engineering Measurements....................__3
16
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials....................... 3
C.E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics.................. 3
C.E. 360. Transportation Systems....................... 3
E.E. 303. Electrical Circuits 1........................ 3
fEngineering science elective.......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective ........................... 3
18
Spring Semester
C.E. 316. Materials Testing Laboratory................. 1
C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics...................... 3
C.E. 341. Sanitary Engineering 1....................... 4
C.E. 350. Structural Analysis.......................... 3
C.E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering............ 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics............................. 3
17
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Geol. 497. Geology for Engineers....................... 4
C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures................... 3
§Civil and environmental engineering electives......... 6
Social-humanistic elective ............................_3
16
Spring Semester
C.E. 499. Senior Humanities Seminar.................... 1
C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design................... 3
§Civil and environmental engineering electives......... 8
fEngineering science elective.......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective ...........................,_3
18
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
W. THOMAS CATHEY, Associate Chairman
What do electrical engineers do? The professional possibilities are many: (a) teaching and research in a university; (b) research or development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; (c) production and quality-control of electrical products *
*The minimum total number of hours tor the degree is 136. fFor other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. tEngineering science electives shall be taken from the list ol courses approved by the Department ol Civil and Environmental Engineering. §Civil and environmental engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program subject to the approval ol the department.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 71
for private industry or government; or (d) sales or management for a private firm or branch of government.
More specific ways in which modern electrical engineering graduates may use their talents might include circuit logic and computer software training occupied with the design, construction, and operation of giant electronic computers and with their application to data handling and to the solution of advanced mathematical problems. Alternatively, continuing training in electromagnetic fields may be preferred; this work would then lead to the study of how radio waves propagate from one point to another on the earth, or perhaps between man-made satellites. Work in communication theory might involve signal processing of data from biological, seismic, or space probe experiments, or the design of classical systems such as a radio-telephone link. The knowledge of communication theory would provide a solid base to study such diverse fields as propagation of information in biological systems or the design of high data links between computers.
Many graduating engineers are interested in electrical devices — in the conversion of the latest scientific discoveries into useful tools or instruments. Engineers now working with lasers exemplify this aspect of the profession. Finally, the young electrical engineer might choose to go into biomedical electronics. In this field he would be working closely with the medical profession, for example, in the design of better measuring instruments, or in the design of more sophisticated prosthetic devices. Doubtless, each year will extend the opportunities available to the graduating electrical engineer, and the breadth of his training will allow him to meet them with a minimum of difficulty.
New opportunities seem to be developing in the area of system modeling for urban and environmental problems, along with instrumentation for pollution measurement.
What should the student expect in an electrical engineering course of study at the University of Colorado? A sound background based on the time-tested principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics forms the core of his first two years. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is covered in his sophomore year. In his third year the student learns more fundamentals in electronic circuits, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. In the summer between the junior and senior years, many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. His senior year is devoted to courses in communications, computers, and control systems, and to certain more specialized courses which he is permitted to elect from an approved list. Throughout his entire four years, he reinforces his understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories.
The student is also encouraged to develop interests outside of his electrical engineering specialty. He enrolls in at least one nontechnical subject each semester, frequently in the College of Undergraduate Studies, thus providing himself with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility in his later role in society. He is urged to attend meetings of his student professional society where he
will hear practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences.
Although the program is integrated, it is possible for a transfer student with the proper background to obtain a degree in four semesters. Such a student would need to have completed the mathematics and physics of the freshman and sophomore years, and to have a total of about 68 credit hours acceptable by the department.
The areas of specialization a student electrical engineer may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for his four years of training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training he may receive when he assumes a position with an industrial firm, or he might elect specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond his bachelor’s degree. The student who has earned a 6 average or better during his four years and who has elected courses in his senior year that strengthen particularly his mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master’s degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation’s major universities.
Computer Engineering. The B.S. degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer system design. This program is administered in cooperation with the Department of Computer Science. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of applications. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and may be extended for one year to obtain either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering.
A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of his sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the normal curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in logic circuits, scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, assembly language programming, and automata theory. Also he will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. The student who leaves the program in favor of taking the normal curriculum will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the computer option curriculum. For other computer-related programs, see the Graduate School Bulletin and the computer science course descriptions in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin.
Premedical Option. A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, and at the same time earn a B.S. in electrical engineering.
There are several possible ways of satisfying the medical school requirements of genetics, plus 6-8 hours each of biology and organic chemistry. For example, biology may be taken during the freshman year in the biology department.


72 / University of Colorado at Denver
Students interested in this program should inquire at the departmental office as early as possible, preferably before taking Chemistry 202.
See the description of the Premedical Option on pages 65-66.
Combined Business Option. Students wishing to take the combined engineering-business program should not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception that they should elect Economics 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master’s degree in business administration. For both of these programs please refer to page 65.
Curriculum for B.S. (E.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1........... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.......................... 4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I................ 2
*Engl. 120. Great Books................................. 3
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering........................... 2
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.......... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.......................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics..................... 1
*Engl. 121. Great Books................................. 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing....................^
14
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III......... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics.......................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics..................... 1
*Engl. 222. Great Books................................. 3
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I.......................... 4
E.E. 253. Circuits Lab. I............................... 1
15
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV.......... 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ......................... 4
*Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature .................... 3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II......................... 4
E.E. 254. Circuits Lab. II............................ 1
Social-humanistic elective ........................... 3
18
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I..................... 3
E.E. 321. Electronics I ............................... 3
E.E. 361. Electronics Lab. 1........................... 2
tC.E. 313. Applied Mechanics 1........................... 3
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory........... 3
Social-humanistic elective ............................._3
17
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II.................... 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II .............................. 3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion 1.......................... 3
E.E. 354. Power Laboratory 1............................ 2
E.E. 362. Electronics Lab. II........................... 2
E.E. 302. Statistical Thermodynamics................. 3
Social-humanistic elective .......................... 3
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
tEIectives ........................................16 or 14
Social-humanistic elective......................... Oto 3
16 or 17
Spring Semester
^Electives ...........................................16
Curriculum For B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1........... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.......................... 4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1................ 2
*Engl. 120. Great Books............................... 3
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering............................._2.
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.......... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.......................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics..................... 1
*Engl. 121. Great Books............................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing..................._3
14
'For other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. Also, with the approval of his adviser, the student may substitute other social-humanistic courses tor some of the English courses.
fThe mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hr. course C.E. 313, or the 6-hr. sequences of either C.E. 212 and C.E. 213, or E.Phys. 221 and E.Phys. 322.
f The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate alter graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: Communications (C), Digital (D), Electronics (E), Fields (F), Materials (M), Power (P), and Systems (S). Seniors are tree to elect courses from any ol these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student's program must include at least 12 semester hours of E.E. theory courses in at least 3 areas, and must include a minimum ol 3 laboratory courses in 3 areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), E.E. 490-2, and E.E. 500 (1 to 3), shown in each area, only it the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3), E.E. 490-2, and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) courses may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate adviser is desirable.
Some students, alter satisfying their minimum E.E. requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining elective hours in areas other than E.E., Math., or Physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 73
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III.......... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics........................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ..................... 1
*Engl. 222. Great Books.................................. 3
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I........................... 4
E.E. 253. Circuits Lab. I................................. 1
15
Spring Semester
Math. 313. Introduction to Linear Algebra.............. 3
E.E. 357. Computer Applications in Math. Sciences...... 3
'Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature ..................... 3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II.......................... 4
E.E. 254. Circuits Lab. II.............................. 1
Social-humanistic elective ............................._3
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields 1..................... 3
E.E. 321. Electronics I................................ 3
E.E. 361. Electronics Lab. 1........................... 2
E.E. 457. Logic Circuits .............................. 3
E.E. 458. Logic Circuits Laboratory..................... 1
E.E. 302. Statistical Thermodynamics ................... 3
Social-humanistic elective ............................. 3
18
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II..................... 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II ............................... 3
E.E. 362. Electronics Lab. II........................... 2
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory..........)
or V 3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability................)
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ........................... 4
E.E. 459. Computer Organization......................... 3
E.E. 460. Computer Laboratory........................... 1
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming................. 3
E.E. 422. Electronics III .............................. 3
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus 1.......................... 3
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations.............. 3
Social-humanistic elective ............................. 3
fElectives ............................................... 3
18
Spring Semester
tCp.Sc. 546. Theory of Automata........................... 3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion 1........................... 3
JMath. 465. Numerical Analysis 1.......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective ............................. 3
fElectives................................................ 4
16
'For other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. fThese electives must be chosen to satisfy the minimum breadth of studies requirement given in the normal curriculum. tSee departmental adviser for substitute courses.
ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION
FRANK J. CASEY, Coordinator
Engineers in today’s world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical devices and systems, but significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerful machines, more useful devices, and more effective controlling systems if the total effect is to deplete man’s resources, damage his environment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modern role, the engineer must, of course, have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathematics, the engineering sciences, modern economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities. He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contem-orary problems.
The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which furnish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools. It also encourages the expansion of the individual’s concepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsible contributor to the solution of these problems.
Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer) and physical models are used, first to teach known principles, and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be applied in reaching an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are nonnumerical in character, and the engineer must learn to manage problems having elements of great uncertainty.
Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men, materials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering or manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business are typical. Many other types of opportunities are offered to graduates of this program.
If a student’s interests and abilities lead him into graduate studies and research, the department offers opportunities to pursue feasibility evaluation, quantitative economic analysis and planning, product design and development, systems design, industrial engineering, and operations research. A logical and recent development in the graduate activities of this department is biomechanics. Research in biomechanics is leading to a better understanding of the mechanical functions of living organisms, including man, from an engineer’s point of view. This understanding, when joined with physiology and medicine, promises to contribute heavily to man’s knowledge of himself and his environment.


74 / University of Colorado at Denver
Entry into the E.D.E.E. program at all levels is intentionally made as flexible as possible. Lengthy chains of prerequisites have been avoided as well as the traditional insistence on certain rigid patterns of courses. Wherever possible, students are admitted to advanced courses on the basis of their intellectual maturity rather than on set prerequisites. Individuals are encouraged to discuss their objectives with the department’s advising staff and to develop a course plan which best meets their aspirations.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete program in Engineering Design'and Economic Evaluation is not available on the Denver Campus. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the Boulder Campus at the start of their junior year.
*Curriculum for B.S. (E.D.E.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1......... 3
Phys. 111. General Physics ......................... 4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1.............. 2
E.E. 256. Introduction to Computing................. 3
Engl. 120. Great Books................................ 3
15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II........ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics........................ 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics................... 1
E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II............... 2
10
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III.......... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics...................... 1
fC.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics 1...................... 3
^Approved natural science elective...................... 3
Engl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
Approved elective ..................................... 3
16
Spring Semester
§Mathematics option.................................4 or 3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II...................... 3
(JEngl. 222. Great Books................................ 3
Approved elective ...................................... 9
19 or 18
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
CLYDE ZAIDINS, Coordinator
The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the Department of Physics and Astrophysics is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applications of physics. The courses are
broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a student may supplement his general training in physics by work in other fields.
During the freshman and sophomore years the work is general, yet a thorough training in mathematics and fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an appreciation of related fields and their application to engineering practice.
During the junior and senior years the work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist’s profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics, electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research.
‘Curriculum for B.S. (E.Phys.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.......... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1............... 2
UEngl. 120. Great Books................................ 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics..........................._4
12
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II......... 3
fEngl. 121. Great Books................................ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics........................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics...................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing...................._3
14
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III....... 3
HEngl.222. Great Books................................. 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics ....................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics................... 1
**Econ. 201. Principles of Economics................... 3
ttElective ........................................... 3
16 *
*The minimum total number of hours tor the degree is 136. ROTC courses may be substituted lor a maximum of 6 hours of electives.
tOrM.E. 281,282.
fA minimum of 3 hours of chemistry is required; if a student has had no high school chemistry, he will be required to take Chem. 100.
§The mathematics option may be fulfilled by A.Math. 232-4 or Math. 313.
IIFor other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin.
“Or a foreign language. It a language is elected, economics must be taken in the senior year in place of 3 hours of technical electives.
tfOf the 37 hours of electives listed, at least 6 hours must be in social-humanistic courses, and 14 hours in engineering courses other than physics, at least 8 of which are not in mathematics.


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 75
Spring Semester
Math. 343. Analytic Geometry and Calculus IV............ 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ........................... 4
*Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature ...................... 3
E.Phys. 214. Introductory Modern Physics................ 3
tEcon. 202. Principles of Economics....................... 3
^Elective ............................................... 2
18
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
tUpper division mathematics elective...................... 3
E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory ......................... 2
E.Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity......... 3
E.Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism.... 3
^Electives ..............................................._6
17
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 318. Junior Laboratory.......................... 2
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and
Quantum Mechanics .................................... 3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism.... 3
E.Phys. 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics.. 3
§Chem. 447. Physical Chemistry............................ 3
§Chem. 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory................. 2
16
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Electronics................................... 2
E.E. 443. Electronics Laboratory........................ 1
E.Phys. 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics................. 3
E.Phys. 495. Senior Laboratory ......................... 2
JElectives ...............................................10
18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physics................. 3
UE.Phys. 496. Senior Laboratory .......................... 2
JElectives ...............................................13
18
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
FREDERIC O. WOODSOME, Coordinator
Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with nor restricted to a particular technology, a particular vehicle, a particular device, or a particular system, but is concerned with many areas of modern technology.
A field of this width and diversification cannot be mastered in all its details in four college years. The objective of the undergraduate program is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and to inculcate such habits and skills of study that he will learn new science as it appears and take the initiative in applying it. In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide him with a sound base for working in fields which perhaps do not even exist at the time he gets his degree.
There can be only one firm foundation for a career as challenging as that faced by the mechanical engineer. Starting with mathematics, physics, and chemistry, he must also acquire some mastery of the engi-
neering sciences: dynamics, materials, fluid dynamics, heat and mass transport, thermodynamics, systems analysis, and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals he must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes — this is the art of engineering.
The department recognizes the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modern technology have imposed upon the mechanical engineer. In an effort to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student, it therefore provides two plans — A and B — for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of the engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering.
Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects.
The mechanical engineering department has a Plan B option which is designed for the student who knows what he intends to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan his last four semesters that meets the requirements of his professional objective and has been approved by his advisory committee. Premedical students have had no difficulty in arranging their undergraduate program in regard to requirements for entrance into the University of Colorado School of Medicine.
Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the junior and seniors years of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) designed to meet these objectives is determined. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved:
Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Management Electro-mechanical
Design
Power
Applied mechanics Control theory Materials science
‘For other English options, see the English listings in the College of Undergraduate Studies section ol this bulletin. tOr a foreign language. If a language is elected, economics must be taken in the senior year in place of 3 hours of technical electives. tOt the 37 hours ol electives listed, at least 6 hours must be in social-humanistic courses, and 14 hours in engineering courses other than physics, at least 8 of which are not in mathematics.
§One semester ol any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry.
HOr Phys. 455, or a 3-hour physics elective.


76 / University of Colorado at Denver
Curriculum for B.S. (M.E.)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
*Engl. 120. Great Books.............................. 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1.............. 2
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1......... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.................. 3
Social-humanistic elective .......................... 3
14
Spring Semester
M.E. 130. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering
and Mechanics.................................... 2
‘Engl. 121. Great Books.............................. 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics......................... 4
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II........ 3
12
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 281. Mechanics I................................ 3
‘Engl. 222. Great Books.............................. 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics......................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics.................... 1
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III........ 3
Social-humanistic elective .........................._3
17
Spring Semester
M.E. 282. Mechanics II............................... 3
‘Engl. 223. Contemporary Literature ................. 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics......................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics.................... 1
Math. 232. Sophomore Mathematics..................... 4
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................... 3
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 312. Thermodynamics II.......................... 3
M.E. 314. Measurements I ........................... 2
M.E. 362. Heat Transfer.............................. 3
M.E. 371. Systems Analysis 1........................ 3
M.E. 383. Mechanics III .............................. 5
16
Spring Semester
M.E. 208. Science of Materials...................... 4
M.E. 316. Measurements II............................ 2
M.E. 342. Component Design........................... 3
M.E. 372. Systems Analysis II........................ 3
M.E. 384. Mechanics IV .............................. 4
Social-humanistic elective .......................... 3
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory............. 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ........................... 4
Technical electives.................................... 9
Free elective..........................................._3
19
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective ............................. 3
Technical electives ................................. .14
17
‘For other English options, see the English listings in the College ol Undergraduate Studies section ot this bulletin.
College of ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN
DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Designers and planners of the physical environment have in recent years moved into expanded roles and responsibilities; changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and often the interior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among these professions are being minimized and interdependence among them is increasing.
These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience including not only a background for design technique, but also an increased association with and understanding of the physical and social sciences. The social and economic determinants to contemporary life, the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation and population, the effect of business and governmental activity, rapid technological advances—all require of the environmental designer a
broad base if he is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the future.
Preparation for professional service through careers in these fields is partially fulfilled through the academic process. Accordingly, in August 1969 through action of the Board of Regents, the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmental Design. The change included phasing out the five-year undergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmental design. Also, a series of graduate programs in Architecture, Urban Design, and Planning have been initiated.
Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination.
Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. A candidate for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and


College of Environmental Design / 77
scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. He should have a background of secondary education that includes, as part of a college preparatory program, courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid him in predetermining his personal satisfaction from the creative process.
Denver Campus Program
The College of Environmental Design on the Denver Campus offers two graduate programs: the Master of Architecture in Urban Design and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning — Community Development. Other undergraduate and graduate programs are available only on the Boulder Campus of the University, and students should see the College of Environmental Design Bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program on the Denver Campus a bachelor’s degree is required and application forms must be submitted by April 15 preceding the fall semester that the student wishes to enter. For those students with a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree, and applying for the urban design program, a portfolio of academic and professional work must be submitted. The College of Environmental Design has a quota for graduate students and early application forms receive priority.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN
A one-year program for those students with a five-year degree in architecture, the Master of Architecture in Urban Design is a comprehensive program in which the many diverse urban-social and technological sciences are used as the base to develop a professional competence and a deep understanding of forces that shape the urban physical form. Today, people trained in this field are in great demand by both public and private agencies including architectural and planning firms, public urban renewal authorities and planning agencies, large-scale private development organizations, and academic institutions.
The one-year program requires 32 hours of course work with the following required courses: Urban Design Studio, Urban Design Seminar, Urban Site Analysis, Regional Planning, Social Factors in Urban Design, and some professional electives and independent study.
For holders of a B.A. or B.S. degree who desire a professional degree in architecture, a three-year 96-semester-credit-hour-program is offered that leads to a Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree. The curriculum is developed around the candidate’s undergraduate courses so that each candidate will be well qualified in architectural design and technical courses and can pursue graduate level studies.
MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING — COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
During the next decade a new type of professional worker will be required in increasing numbers. The purpose of the MURP-CD program is:
1. To cultivate professional competence relative to the urban change and development process, which
includes such challenging areas as new towns and cities; suburban development; renewal; rehabilitation and restoration; and problems and processes of organization, planning, design, housing, education, health, employment security, and economic development.
2. To provide not only academic competence in the program concentration areas but also experience and technical skills.
3. To provide the opportunity for students from disciplines fundamental to urban community development to be part of a total participant-directed program; and to continue developing and applying their knowledge and abilities of theory and problem solving in an urban environment.
The student will have an opportunity to specialize in the area of his or her chosen interest. In addition, the student is provided with a broad range of skills and knowledge including: a comprehensive understanding of the needs and processes of the urban community; the mobilization of public and private resources; the dynamics of individual and group behavior; the theory and methodology of planned urban change and change systems; and theory, methodology, and technical competence in urban and regional planning and community development.
Forty-eight hours of program study are required for graduation (this is typically two years of study for a full-time student). The 48 hours of study are spent in three different types of activity, with approximately the same emphasis on each: core courses, experiential learning, and electives.
Core Courses
Core courses are provided to expose the student to the large array of basic theories and methods in planning and community development. They are intended on the one hand to broaden the student’s notions of what planning and community development are about and on the other, to suggest specific areas for further study as the student’s program progresses. Experiential Learning
Experiential learning is based on the notion that one of the appropriate places to learn about planning and community development is out in the field where these activities will actually be practiced. Students in experiential learning become involved in a vast array of activities which include work in agencies, regional planning studies, urban planning studies, community development projects, etc.
Electives
Students develop their program of study in areas they feel will be most relevant to them. This study typically consists of courses provided by the College of Environmental Design, courses offered in other departments of the Denver Campus, and courses at Boulder.
In those cases where the courses listed in the various bulletins do not meet a student’s needs, the student is encouraged to undertake independent study in various ways established by the program.
Graduate Course Descriptions
URBAN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
U.C.D. 560-variable credit. Experiential Learning Laboratory.
A series of designed and programmed experiences dealing with the particular aspects of urban community development


78 / University of Colorado at Denver
with emphasis on the interpersonal, group process, and organizational dimensions of such enterprises.
U.C.D. 650-3. Introduction to Community Development. An inquiry into the history, theories, principles, and techniques of community development. Also will include exposure to the application of the community development process.
U.C.D. 654-3. Housing Development in the Planning Process.
An introduction to the relationship of housing to the planning and development process of a community, with special emphasis on organizing and managing the development process of low and moderate income housing programs.
U.C.D. 656-3. Housing Management. A systematic review of the physical, social, and managerial factors involved in operating low and moderate income housing projects.
U.C.D. 665-3. Community Development Methodology. A continuation of U.C.D. 650 with emphasis upon techniques of organization, program development, administration, and evaluation.
U.C.D. 666-variable credit. Special Topics in Community Development. Individual or group study of some specific aspect of community development history, theory, or practice.
U.C.D. 667-3. Action Research. A consideration of the kinds of demographic and social data relevant to urban planning, design, and action programming and the appropriate procedures to be used in obtaining such information.
U.C.D. 668-2. Social Factors and Urban Design. A review and critique of social theories and empirical studies dealing with the physical aspects of any human environment which may affect individual, group, and collective behavior.
URBAN DESIGN
U.D.C. 410, 411-3. Urban Design Communications I, II. A visual communication course to develop fundamental graphic media such as freehand and rigid drawing methods, color theories, simple pattern and model techniques. Problems progress from two-dimensional levels, designs, and maps into multidimensional levels of complex skills, techniques, and systems using some artificial visual presentation means such as photography, typography, electrography, etc.
U.D.S. 450, 451-3. Urban Design Systems I, II. First of a series planned to acquaint students of architecture and planning with the man-made systems which alter or supplement the natural environment. The year sequence includes beginning structures, water supply, waste water, power, transportation, and land use planning. Scale is regional.
U.D.S. 452, 453-3. Urban Design Systems III, IV. The continuation of technological systems. Investigation and analysis, both theory and applied studies. Emphasis is given to construction management structures, mechanical systems, acoustics, illumination, electrical systems, and building construction. Scale is community.
U.D.S. 454, 455-3. Urban Design Systems V, VI. Specific systems analysis, application and synthesis of structures, mechanical site, contracts, costs. Final work involves the design and systems determination for a single building with cost estimation.
U.D.S. 456-3. Urban Design Systems VII. An elective systems course for detailed research into unique structures. Case study work on unusual structural techniques, materials, and methods is a major part of the content.
U.D. 400, 500, 600-5. Urban Design Studio. A series of studies of particular aspects of urban design with emphasis on economic, social, and political determinants. Topics include the design, implementation, and evaluation of urban residential sectors, urban cores, institutional areas, and circulation systems. (The problems will be appropriate to course level.)
U.D. 470,471-3. Urban Design History/Philosophy I, II. Research and discussion of historical and contemporary archi-
tecture, urban design and planning. Particular attention is directed toward individual and communal sociological and economic philosophies and their roles in the design of manmade urban and regional environment.
U.D. 482-4. Professional Administration and Practice. A study of ethics, management, documents, organization, and production procedures in private and public design office practice. Includes preparation of construction drawings for a limited structure design by the individual student.
U.D. 620-2. Urban Design Seminar. An outline of the history and theories of urban design including case studies in urban design, urban planning, new towns, and urban renewal projects. Specific emphasis will be in the understanding of functional determinants and design theories which generate form. U.D. 681-2. Urban Site Analysis. A seminar in individual case studies that determines site environmental resources. An inventory and analysis of spatial, physical, biological, and sociocultural assets and liabilities for particular urban and regional locations and activities.
U.D. 684, 685-3. Internship. Eight hours per week. Work in a practicing professional office (architecture, urban design, and planning) during the regular semester. The student is placed in an office by the College and receives academic credit instead of pay. For three-year graduate students, two semesters are required.
URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING
U.R.P. 612-3. Probability and Statistics in Planning. Introduces the student with a minimum background in mathematics to basic concepts in probability and statistics and their relationship to the planning process.
U.R.P. 620-3. Theory and Principles of Planning. Reviews and evaluates various arguments about what "planning” is, and ought to be. Identifies emerging trends toward less physical emphasis, greater citizen involvement, and closer ties to decision-making. Identifies the traditional “planning process” method.
U.R.P. 621-3. Planning Methodology. Introduces the student to emerging methods for performing the planning process. Considers topics such as systemic planning, appropriate use of quantitative models, various operations research techniques available to the planner, improved methods of goal setting, etc.
U.R.P. 623-3. Quantitative Methods in Planning I. Provides the student with mathematical concepts which are used in quantitative approaches to solving planning problems. Also introduces the student to FORTRAN programming.
U.R.P. 624-3. Regional Analysis and Planning. A review of data and methodologies for regional analysis with application to defining and organizing integral areas, clusters of towns, combined resource, and public facilities development.
U.R.P. 626-3. Land Use Planning. Introduces the nondesign student to general planning graphics, and then allows him to use this knowledge while undertaking an abbreviated planning process for a small community. The problem acquaints the student with basic approaches to physical planning, problems of development of small communities, standards used in planning, and elements of physical design.
U.R.P. 628-3. Legal Aspects of Planning. A review of the legal framework within which planning operates and the mechanisms for planning implementation.
U.R.P. 629-3. Economic Aspects of Planning.
U.R.P. 631-3. Quantitative Methods in Planning II. An extension of U.R.P. 623 in which students develop and operationalize simple mathematical, computer-based modes.
U.R.P. 666-variable credit. Special Topics in Planning. Individual or group study of some specific aspect of urban and/or regional planning.


College of Music / 79
College of MUSIC
DAVID BASKERVILLE, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The music program on the Denver Campus emphasizes contemporary music and its relationship to the mass communications media — television, recording, film, and the entertainment industry. Music majors can complete a major portion of the University’s requirements for the baccalaureate degree in Denver. Graduate students, professional musicians, and music educators should also find many courses of special interest to them.
The College of Music also offers a number of courses which are open to nonmusic majors, including participation in performance ensembles.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In addition to the entrance requirements of the University outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin, the entering student must meet the following requirements of the College of Music: REQUIRED HIGH SCHOOL UNITS
English ................................................... 3
Mathematics \
Foreign language I
Social science >....................................... 8
Physical science 1 Theoretical music /
Additional high school units............................. 4
Total ..................................................15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience as performers. Two years of piano study are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about five minutes in length at 71/2 ips) or a statement of excellence from a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, Denver Campus, for audition or interview applications.
Description of Courses
Music 010-1. Piano Class 1. For the student with no previous piano experience. Improvising, harmonizing, transposing, playing by ear. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 010-1. Piano Class 2. For the student with some previous piano experience. Improvising, harmonizing, transposing, playing by ear. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 016-1. Voice Class. A group approach to vocal theory, technique, pedagogy, and song repertoire. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 030-1. UCD Sound Lab. A performance ensemble involving experiments for performers, composers, and arrangers in creating music in combination with live sounds, tape, synthesizers, film and other media. Prer., consent of instructor. Music 031-1. UCD Chorale. Performance of choral music in a variety of styles including the classics, avant-garde, pop, and involvement with electronic media, staging, and choreography. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 031-1. UCD Evening Chorus. Performance of choral music in a variety of styles including oratorio, opera, musical comedy, and popular. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 042-1. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of contemporary jazz compositions and arrangements. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 100-2, 101-2. Theory 1. A study of harmonic styles from early periods to the present day, with emphasis on contemporary practices. Coreq., Music 102 and 103.
Music 102-1,103-1. Musicianship 1. The development of understanding and skills in sight singing and ear training. Coreq., Music 100 and 101.
Music 106-2, Music Fundamentals. An introduction to the rudiments of music notation, basic ear training, reading of music. Intended for the student with little or no musical background. No credit for music majors.
Music 180-2, 181-2. Introduction to Music. An overview of the world of music making today, with an investigation of how earlier styles contributed to current practices. Analytical techniques. For freshman music majors and qualified nonmusic majors. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 182-2. Music for Listeners. A course for nonmusic majors who want to learn how to listen to music with greater understanding and pleasure. For nonmusic majors only.
Music 200-3. Theory 2. Continuation of Theory 1. Prer., Music 100 and 101, Music 102 and 103; coreq., Music 202.
Music 202-1. Musicianship 2. Continuation of Musicianship 1. Prer., Music 102 and 103; coreq., Music 200.
Music 203-1. Musicianship 3. Continuation of Theory 2 and Musicianship 2. Prer., Music 200 and 202.
Music 207-2. Instrumentation 1. Introduction to scoring music for instruments — ranges, transpositions, capabilities in solo and small ensembles. Prer., Music 200.
Music 350-3,351-3. Sound Reinforcement and Recording.
Operating principles and performance characteristics of microphones, amplifiers, speaker systems, equalizers, mixers and multi-track recorders. No prior technical background required. Three class hours plus two lab hours per week. Lab fee, $18.00.
Music 360-3, 361-3. Electronic Music. An introduction to sound synthesis for composers, performers, educators, and media personnel. A study of the aesthetics and technology of electronic music; use of the Arp, Moog and Buchla synthesizers. Lab fee, $18.00.
Music 378-3,379-3. Afro-American Music. Spirituals, blues, jazz, soul, gospel, and popular music of black Americans and their influences on the European-American tradition. Also open to nonmusic majors.
Music 403-2. Scoring and Arranging. Writing for instruments and voices in various combinations, with emphasis on contemporary styles.
Music 405-2. Instrumentation 2. Continuation of Instrumentation 1. Prer., Music 207.
Music 420-3. Composition. Creative work in small to large forms. May be repeated for credit. Prer., Music 207. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 464-3. Development of Jazz. A study of the origins, historical development, and contemporary trends of the blues, jazz, and soul. Also open to nonmusic majors.
Music 490-3, 491-3. Music and Media. The production, distribution, and “consumption” of contemporary music on film, television, recordings, and in advertising; the aesthetics and meaning of mass culture. Also open to nonmusic majors.


80 / University of Colorado at Denver
Music 494-2,495-2. Music and the Counter Culture. Music since 1960 and its relationships to youth culture and life styles. Also open to nonmusic majors.
Graduate Courses
Music 504-2. Advanced Instrumentation. Contemporary scoring techniques of music intended for traditional performance or the mass media. Prer., Music 405 or equivalent, and consent of instructor.
Music 520-3. Composition. Music composition for small or large ensembles intended for traditional performance or mass media. May be repeated for credit. Prer., Music 207 and consent of instructor.
Music 550-3,551-3. Sound Reinforcement and Recording.
(Same as Music 350-3, 351-3.)
Music 560-3, 561-3. Electronic Music. (Same as Music 360-3, 361-3.)
Music 564-3. Development of Jazz. (Same as Music 464-3.)
Music 578-3,579-3. Afro-American Music. (Same as Music 378-3, 379-3.)
Music 590-3, 591-3. Music and Media. (Same as Music 490-3, 491-3.)
Music 594-2, 595-2. Music and the Counter Culture. (Same as Music 494-2, 495-2.)
Graduate School
DENIS R. WILLIAMS, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Graduate School of the University of Colorado offers programs on three campuses. Work leading to advanced degrees can be completed on the Denver Campus. In addition, graduate level course work can be taken on the Denver Campus and used for credit toward an advanced degree.
Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact:
Associate Dean of the Graduate School University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
The Graduate School office on the Denver Campus is open 8:30-5:30 Monday through Friday, and until 7 p.m. on Wednesdays.
Degrees Offered
The Graduate School of the University of Colorado at Denver offers instruction leading to the following advanced degrees:
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Master of Education (M.Ed.)
Master of Science (M.S.)
Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The M.A. can be earned in the following fields:
Anthropology Biology
Communication and Theatre (Communication)
Education English History
The M.S. can be earned in the following fields:
Applied Mathematics Chemistry
Significant course work in the following graduate programs can be taken on the Denver Campus: Computer Science Music
Economics Philosophy
Fine Arts Physics
Geography School Administration
Library Media Spanish
Mathematics Political Science Psychology Speech Pathology and Audiology Urban Sociology
Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering
Facilities for Graduate Study and Research on the Denver Campus
Facilities for research in many fields are available on the Denver Campus as well as specialized institutions, seminars, and meetings of national standing.
The Graduate Student on the Denver Campus
There is a total of approximately 1,000 students enrolled in graduate programs on the Denver Campus and a further 1,100 graduate Special Students. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed on the Denver Campus, although resources of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used. A full list of graduate faculty at the University is given in the Graduate School Bulletin.
FINANCIAL AID FOR GRADUATE STUDY Scholarships and Fellowships
The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies.
The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 60 tuition scholarships, and approximately 60 fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.
Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments.
Applications for fellowships and scholarships are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Awards are announced about March 15.
The University participates in a number of government-sponsored fellowship programs, including those of the National Science Foundation, National Institutes of Health, and National Defense Education Act.
Teaching Associateships and Assistantships
Many departments employ graduate students as part-time teaching associates or assistants. Tuition for up to 9 credit hours per semester may be paid by the University depending upon the number of appointment


Graduate School / 81
hours per week. Data for 1973-74 are not yet available. Information for 1972-73 is given below:
Appointment Hours per Week 20
13.3-19
10-13
Tuition Hours per Semester Granted 9 6 3
Less than 10: No tuition hours granted. No waiver of nonresident tuition.
(Students taking hours in excess of these amounts will pay resident tuition for such excess hours. In-state tuition rates apply during a summer term which intervenes between two academic year appointments, even though no appointment is in effect during that summer.) Assistants and associates must be enrolled students for the full term of their appointment.
Research Assistantships
Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to secure part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students.
Loan Funds
Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Defense Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the College Work-Study Program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid.
Employment Opportunities
The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the College Work-Study program.
Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, political affiliation, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad programs designed primarily for juniors. There are currently ten such programs in England, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Egypt, Costa Rica, and Peru. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements
Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below.
Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought.
A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Regular Degree Students
Qualified students are admitted by the appropriate department to regular degree status. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this university.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average.
5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments.
Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. If the student fails to maintain this standard of performance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Pass/Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant’s scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to his intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contains a larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he can be admitted only as a provisional student.
Provisional Degree Students
Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recommendation of the major department. With the concurrence


82 / University of Colorado at Denver
of the dean of the Graduate School a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular de-aree status or be dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this university.
Provisional degree students are required to maintain a 3.0 grade-point average or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If the student fails to maintain such a standard of performance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Graduate students who expect to study on the Denver Campus should contact the Office of the Graduate School on the Denver Campus concerning procedures for forwarding completed applications.
An applicant for admission from another institution must present (1) a completed Application Form (Parts I and II), which may be obtained from the Denver Campus Graduate School office, and (2) two official transcripts of all academic work completed to date. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefund-able application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid.
When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department, or a committee named for the purpose, shall decide whether an applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree see Special Students.
A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department.
Completed applications for foreign students must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records prior to May 1 for the fall semester and by October 1 for the spring semester.
Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1973-74, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid).
All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.
Seniors in the University of Colorado
A senior in this university who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor’s degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean.
Graduate Record Examinations
The Graduate Record Examination (verbal, quantitative, and advanced) is requested of applicants for fellowships and scholarships. At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships, or of any student before his status is determined.
Students who are applying for the fall of 1973 should take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee.
Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School office or the Student Relations office on the Denver Campus, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Special Students
A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Special Students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted. They may register for any number of hours with the concurrence of the major department.
Special Students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this university are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. No work taken as a Special Student may be applied to a graduate degree program at the University of Colorado by Special Students initially enrolling for the fall semester of 1970 or subsequent semesters. The only exception to this rule is that students who are registered as Special Students during the term in which they are admitted to Graduate School may request that the work in progress be applied toward a degree. That work may be accepted toward a degree upon recommendation of the student’s major department and with the approval of the dean of the Graduate School.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration procedures for properly approved courses of study if they (1) wish to receive credit for courses; (2) wish to take courses NC, that is, to attend classes regularly but not to take the examinations or receive grades or credit; (3) wish to consult with members of the faculty while working on thesis, report, or doctoral study; (4) wish to take the master’s comprehensive-final, doctoral comprehensive, or doctoral final examination; (5) wish to earn residence credit; or (6) are certified as Candidate for the Ph.D., D.Mus.A., Ed.D., or D.B.A. degree.
Master’s Thesis or Report
Every graduate student working toward a master’s degree, if he expects to present a thesis or M.Ed. re-


Graduate School / 83
port in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. He may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits he expects to receive for his thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
Full Load
A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if he is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work or thesis.
A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
Maximum Load
No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester.
The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term is 6 hours per 5-week term and 10 hours per 10-week summer term.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. A student should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. He should work on his own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching his own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspectve, and proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status.
For all advanced degrees except the Ph.D. degree, the quality of the student’s work must attain an average of 6 in all work offered for the degree.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.
A student is expected to maintain at least a B average in all work attempted in Graduate School.
A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.
Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School whose decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student’s major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee.
Grading System
The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A, B, and C.
A — Excellent, 4 credit points for each credit hour.
B — Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour.
C — Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below 6 are not accepted for the doctoral degree.
The marks condition and incomplete are not used in the Graduate School. An in progress grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the semester following that in which the grade is given. By the end of this interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, F, or l/V (withdrawal). If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time, the dean shall be authorized to report a final grade of lV (withdrawal). Should a student later wish to receive credit for the course for which a \N has been recorded, he will have to reregister for it.
The only exceptions to the foregoing rules are these:
1. Should a student enter the armed forces before he has completed a course and an in progress is reported, this in progress may be carried on the records for the duration of his service provided arrangements have been made with the dean of the Graduate School.
2. An in progress given for thesis or M.Ed. report will be valid until the thesis or report has been completed.
A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he obtained a grade of C or D, upon written recommendation to the dean by the chairman of his advisory committee and the chairman of his department, provided the course has not previously applied toward a degree. Courses in which the grade F is received may not be repeated.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction


84 / University of Colorado at Denver
should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate’s proficiency.
MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are minimum requirements; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master’s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a master’s degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.
Quality of Work
The student must attain at least a B average in all work offered for the degree.
Status
After a student has made a satisfactory record in this university for at least one session and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations, or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Work already applied toward a master’s degree received at another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master’s degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special examination.
Credit will not be transferred until the student has established, in the Graduate School of this University, a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this university, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses.
Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this university may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this university.
2. Comes within the five-year time limit.
3. Has not been applied toward another degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this university, dependent upon the master’s degree sought, is noted below:
Degree
M.A. or M.S.....
M.Bus.Ed........
M.Ed............
M.Mus...........
M.Mus.Ed........
M.F.A. (Painting) M.F.A. (Education)
Semester Hours
............ 8
............ 8
............ 8
............ 8
............ 8
............16
............ 8
Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will graduate. This form is to be completed by the student, endorsed by his adviser, the departmental chairman or his designated representative, and the dean of his college if applicable, and sent to the Graduate School. An official transcript of credit must accompany the request. (Information required: course title, number, credit hours, when and where taken, grade received, and certification that student was enrolled in graduate school at the time.) It is the student’s responsibility to see that


Graduate School / 85
the appropriate bulletin of the institution from which the courses are requested transferred is available in the Graduate School office. If such a bulletin is not available, it is the student’s responsibility to obtain the bulletin and transmit it to the Graduate School office. To be eligible for courses to be considered for transfer, a student must have an overall B average in all courses taken at the University of Colorado in Graduate School.
Residence
In general the residence requirements can be met only by residence at this university for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified.
Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master’s degree must file application in the dean’s office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status.
This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean’s office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student’s work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical, or creative type, is required of every master’s degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study and investigation.
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master’s degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis.
Comprehensive-Final Examinations
Each candidate for a master’s degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the comprehensive-final examination must be observed:
1. A student must be registered when he takes this examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean’s office at least three days in advance of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be essentially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work taken at this university is optional with the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this university.
7. If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final examination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental exami-


86 / University of Colorado at Denver
nation, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor.
Time Limit
All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity.
Schedule of Deadlines for Master’s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1973-74
For Dec. 1973 For May 1974 Degree Commence-Candidates ment
Beginning of the semester prior to semester deg ree is awarded. Last day for requesting transfer of credit; completed materials must be received in Graduate School office by 5 p.m.
Applications for admission to candidacy must be submitted at least 10 weeks before student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive degree. (This form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.)
Check with department. Check with department. Last day for thesis to be approved by department.
Nov. 30 April 19 Last day for scheduling of comprehensive-final examination with Graduate School.
Dec. 5 April 24 Last day for taking comprehensive-final examination.
Dec. 12 May 1 Last day for filing thesis in Graduate School. At time of filing, thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on indicated date will graduate at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.
Description of Courses and Programs
Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed in this bulletin or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless he has the approval of the department.
Courses of study offered toward an advanced degree in this university are divided into the three groups listed below:
1. Courses primarily for graduates, numbered 500 and above. In general, courses of this group only are described in this section.
2. Courses for graduates and advanced undergraduates, numbered from 400 to 499, which may be taken for graduate credit, are described in the individual college and school sections of this bulletin.
3. A few special or professional undergraduate courses which may be credited toward an advanced degree as a minor. Courses retain their undergraduate numbers.
Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Admission to the master’s program in anthropology is open to any holder of the baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided that he meets the following requirements: (1) the undergraduate record, especially that of the last two years of training, must be of good quality — a 6 or better grade-point average in anthropology is recommended; (2) a substantial acquaintance with anthropology must have been acquired through formal study. Applicants will be expected to have had at least an introductory (general) course and first-level specialized courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. An applicant deficient in background may be admitted as a provisional candidate but will be required to make up his deficiencies without graduate credit during his first year of graduate study.
Applicants also must submit Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude and the advanced test in anthropology and at least two letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous anthropology-oriented work or experience will be carefully considered, as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research.
Residence
A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master’s degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within two years following their enrollment in the program.
Degree Requirements
The minimum requirement for the M.A. degree may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan I. By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II. By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
The 24 hours of work under Plan I are to be distributed as follows:
Hours
Archaeology .............................................. 3
Ethnology ................................................ 3
Linguistics* ............................................. 3
Physical Anthropology .................................... 3
Thesis ................................................... 6
Electives ................................................ 6
’Courses in specific research techniques or data analysis may be substituted upon recommendation by the student’s major adviser.


Graduate School / 87
The 30 hours of work under Plan II are to be distributed as follows:
Hours
Archaeology ............................................... 3
Ethnology ................................................. 3
Linguistics* .............................................. 3
Physical Anthropology ..................................... 3
Minor or collateral field.................................. 8
Electives .................................................10
Examination
Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating his mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester after enrollment in the program.
Thesis or Research Project
Each student will submit the results of research on a project agreed upon by the student and his advisers. The report of that research must be acceptable for publication, as judged by the advisory committee, either as a formal M.A. thesis (in the case of students following Plan I) or in some other form.
Statistics, Field Work, Language
Formal training in statistics is strongly recommended for all candidates, regardless of the candidate’s sub-disciplinary interests. Experience with field work is likewise strongly recommended. The nature of the field work will vary according to interest and opportunity, and need not necessarily be directed toward the research project or thesis. There is no language requirement for the M.A. program. However, students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D. are urged to begin work on at least one language early in their graduate careers.
Minor or Collateral Field
A minor collateral field of study is required only for students following Plan II. However, all students are urged to take courses relevant to their interests in related divisional fields and in other divisions.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
Anthro. 503-3. Contemporary Ethnological Theory and Method.
The nature, role, and applications of theory in contemporary ethnology (cultural and social anthropology). An inquiry into important theories and their operational methodologies. Practice in inductive and deductive generation of theory, methodological-research designing and model building. Prer., consent of instructor, upper division or graduate standing. Alternate years.
Anthro. 504-3. Research Techniques in Cultural Anthropology.
An introduction to the method of controlled comparison as a research design and to the construction of experiments based on its use. A review of the history of the comparative method and a survey of research techniques are included. Alternate years.
Anthro. 505-3. Research Methods in Physical Anthropology.
A survey of methods and procedures for obtaining and inter-
* Courses in specific research techniques or data analysis may be substituted upon recommendation by the student's major adviser.
preting data in physical anthropology, with practice in selected techniques. Prer., consent of instructor, upper division or graduate standing. Alternate years.
Anthro. 511-3. Anthropological Genetics. A consideration of the data and theory of human genetics. Emphasis will be placed on analytical techniques relating to a genetic analysis of the individual, family, and populations. Alternate years.
Anthro. 520-3. Research Methods in Archaeology. Methods and theory of archaeology, emphasizing the interpretation of materials and data and the relationship of archaeology to other disciplines. Alternate years.
Anthro. 540-3. Ethnohistory. The use of documents and other external sources in the reconstruction of culture history. Alternate years.
Anthro. 599-variable credit. Guided Study in Anthropology. Anthro. 612-3. Seminar in Intercultural Relations. Analysis of the phenomena of culture contact and outcomes of such consequences. Alternate years.
Anthro. 614-3. Seminar in Archaeology of Selected Areas.
Consideration of the archaeology of a specified area, either geographical or topical. Areas to be selected in terms of current research interests. Alternate years.
Anthro. 615-3. Seminar in Physical Anthropology of Selected Areas. A detailed consideration of the morphological and genetic range of variability of major continental divisions of mankind. Alternate years.
Anthro. 699-variable credit. Guided Research.
Anthro. 700. Master’s Thesis.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
See Mathematics Program.
MASTER OF BASIC SCIENCE
This program is an interdisciplinary one leading to the Master of Basic Science degree. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective high school and junior high school teachers to continue subject matter training in mathematics and the sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. The student may elect either the mathematics or science option as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow a course of study most pertinent to his interests. The degree plan must be approved by the director.
All courses credited toward the degree must be taken at the University of Colorado, on the Boulder, Colorado Springs, or Denver campuses, over a period of five years or six successive summers.
The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School.
Requirements for Admission
1. General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admission, pages 81-82.
2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon admission. The calculus must have been taken within five years prior to the date of admission with a grade of C or better. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math. 140-241 with a grade of C or better.


88 / University of Colorado at Denver
Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree
1. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master’s degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below.
2. Graduate Record Examination. Each student is required to take the GRE aptitude test within a semester after admission to the program as an aid in the planning of his degree program.
3. Thirty semester hours of courses of 300-level and above in two or more of the following departments: biology; chemistry; geology; mathematics; molecular, cellular, and developmental biology; and physics. See mathematics and science options.
4. Paper/Project. Completion of a paper or project on a scientific or pedagogical topic selected in consultation with the director. (This is in lieu of the comprehensive examination.)
5. Minimum Grade-Point Average. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A or B; 500- and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, B, or C. The student must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree.
Mathematics Option
1. A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry. In the field of Analysis, Math. 401 (Elementary Real Analysis for High School Teachers) is required and is offered alternate summers. An additional 12 semester hours of upper-division courses (300-level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 6 hours of algebra (courses whose second digit is 1) and at least 3 hours of geometry (courses whose second digit is 2).
2. One upper-division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the sciences enumerated above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequences.
3. Upper-division electives in science and/or mathematics, including computer science, to complete an approved 30-hour degree plan. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science.
Science Option
1. An upper-division sequence (300-level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one-year sequences.
2. Upper-division electives in science and/or mathematics, including computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester hour degree plan. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper-division courses or seminars in secondary school science teaching, history of science, or philosophy of science.
MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no special discipline requirements although the prospective student must consult with a faculty adviser prior to making application. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator on the Denver Campus.
There are four areas of concentration within the Master of Arts degree program: environmental biology, organismic biology, population biology, and biology with education. Upon admission to the program, the student in consultation with his adviser will design a study program suited to the student’s specific needs. There is no core of required courses structured into the master’s degree program. M.A. graduate students in biology may include up to 12 credits of 400-level undergraduate courses for their graduation requirements. Courses acceptable toward the master’s degree in biology include, in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-level course offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University.
The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in environmental, organismic, and population biology and Plan II M.A. degree in biology with education. Some research facilities are available on the Denver Campus. Resources external to the Denver Campus which can provide different kinds of educational experiences for the student include the Department of Environmental, Population, and Organismic Biology; the Department of Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology; the Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research; the University of Colorado Mountain Research Station; the University Museum; the Institute of Behavioral Genetics; and Fitzsimons Army Hospital. It should be noted that in most degree programs the student will have to complete some portion of his degree course requirement at the Boulder or Medical Center campuses.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
Biol. 522-3. Biological Speciation. An analysis of the dynamics of speciation in living organisms. The genetic, taxonomic, morphological, and ecological implications of species and speciation will be considered. Prer., 15 semester hours in biology, including Biol. 351-3, and one morphology or anatomy course.
Biol. 541-3. General Physiology. One semester hour lab credit and two semester hours lecture credit. Physico-chemical bases of cell function. Focus on energy, water, and transport mechanisms. Prer., Biol. 101 and 102 or Biol. 201-202; general and organic chemistry; calculus recommended.
Biol. 569-variable credit, independent Study in Biology. Prer., written consent of instructor.
Biol. 621-3. Ecological Plant Physiology. Lectures, field trips, and independent study. Study of the physiological basis of plant responses to environment. Prer., plant physiology.
Biol. 695-2. Advanced Population Studies. A discussion of advanced methods in genetics.
Biol. 700-4 to 6. Master’s Thesis.


Graduate School / 89
CHEMISTRY
The M.S. or M.A. degree is offered on the Denver Campus in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry.
The master’s degree is the highest that can be earned in chemistry on the Denver Campus. The emphasis in the program is toward the specialized needs of both full- and part-time students. The department on the Denver Campus is small and strives to give our students excellent supervision of work and advising toward the graduate degree. Many students enrolled in the program are employed as part-time teaching assistants. In addition, research activities in the department provide opportunities for graduate students to secure part-time work as research assistants.
Degree Requirements
Two types of degrees are offered:
Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses, the completion of a research investigation, and the presentation of a thesis.
Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis.
Prerequisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students are required to pass examinations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required.
Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
Chem. 501-3. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I. Lect. Inorganic chemistry based on physical chemistry principles. Inorganic stereochemistry, acids and bases, nonaqueous solvent systems, and physical methods. Chemistry and properties of nonmetal and coordination compounds. Prer., Chem. 452 and graduate standing, or Chem. 401.
Chem. 506-3. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II. A study of modern coordination chemistry. Includes a description of the bonding and properties of coordination compounds in terms of the ligand field and molecular orbital theories with emphasis on the use of symmetry theory. Includes a description of the chemistry, structure, and bonding of organometallic compounds.
Chem. 516-2. Newer Methods of Chemical Analysis. Lect. Separations in chemical analysis, emphasizing the theory and practice of chromatography and solvent extraction. Special topics, including selected titrations. Prer., Chem. 418 and 452. Chem. 517-3. Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis. Lect. and lab. Principles and practice of chemical absorptiometry, spectroscopy, and resonance in qualitative and quantitative analyses. Prer., Chem. 452.
Chem. 518-3. Electrochemical Methods of Analysis. Lect. and lab. Principles and practice of potentiometry, conductimetry, polarography, and newer methods of electrochemical analysis. Prer., Chem. 452.
Chem. 531-3. Advanced Organic Chemistry I. Lect. Survey of types of chemical bonds, resonance, hydrogen bonding, free radicals, and reactions and preparations of some of the more
important types of organic compounds. Prer., Chem. 451 and one year of organic chemistry.
Chem. 532-3. Advanced Organic Chemistry II. Lect. Modern concepts of physical-organic chemistry, and their use in interpreting data in terms of mechanisms of organic reactions and reactivities of organic compounds. Prer., one year each of organic chemistry and physical chemistry.
Chem. 550-3. Chemical Dynamics. Lect. Discussion of mechanism and rate of chemical change from a fundamental point of view. The nature of collision and the concepts of cross-section and rate constant. Critical examination of theories of elementary bimolecular and decay processes. Reactions of simple and then more complex species in both gaseous and condensed phases.
Chem. 552-3. Molecular Structure and Spectra. Introduction to quantum mechanics, spectroscopy, atomic and molecular electronic structure. Includes discussion of infrared, ultraviolet, and magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Not open to students who have had Chem. 452. Prer., Chem. 451.
Chem. 558-3. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. Lect. Basic principles and techniques of quantum mechanics; includes the Schroedinger formulation of quantum mechanics, the variation method, and basic theories of chemical valence. Molecular orbital theory of conjugated systems, examples of calculation of energies, charge densities, bond orders, and indices of chemical reactivity. Prer., Chem. 452.
Chem. 559-3. Advanced Molecular Spectroscopy. Rotational, vibrational, and electronic spectra of molecules, and their interpretation in terms of the quantum theory of molecular structure. Prer., Chem. 452 or 558.
CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil and environmental engineering leading to candidacy for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees. A large part of the Ph.D. requirements may be completed on the Denver Campus.
A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil and environmental engineering is available from the departmental office on the Denver Campus.
No qualifying examination is required by the department for the Master of Science degree; however, in competition for all University fellowships, the Graduate Record Examination, consisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used in the evaluation of candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examination prior to their arrival on campus.
Course work is available in the fields of transportation, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design.
See also Master of Engineering degree on pages 99-100.
Center for Urban Transportation Studies
The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering offers graduate interdisciplinary training programs and research in urban transportation designed to develop professionally trained individuals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation and development in a meaningful and comprehensive manner. The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS) for the Rocky Mountain region has been created within the Civil and Environmental Engineering Department on the Denver Campus for the express purpose of assuming a leading role in developing graduate interdisciplinary urban transportation training programs, research, and research facilities. In addition, CUTS provides central resources for information concerning urban transportation problems


90 / University of Colorado at Denver
in the Rocky Mountain region and makes available to outside organizations the expertise within the University. Comprehensive training programs emphasizing the relevance of and training in architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business management, economics, geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing science, and systems analysis are offered.
Programs are tailored to the individual needs of students; however, in addition to graduate training in urban transportation courses, students are expected to reach a significant level of competence in a minimum of two relevant minor areas. The thesis is equivalent to one year of original research.
Typical interdisciplinary graduate degree programs include the following areas of emphasis: urban planning; urban demography; quantitative techniques; business-economics; and political science.
In each program courses are selected by the student (under the supervision of his faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet his interests and the requirements of the Graduate School.
Availability of Courses
All courses are not necessarily offered every year. They are available only if there is sufficient demand. According to University rules, a graduate course, even though offered, will be canceled if the enrollment is less than five students. Some courses are offered in alternate years on the Boulder Campus and the Denver Campus; others usually at Boulder only, and some only at Denver. If a course is not available at either Boulder or Denver, a student showing urgent need for the material may apply for equivalent studies under the course titles of Independent Study or Selected Topics. Graduate courses related to transportation usually are offered at Denver only.
The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering has no Ph.D. tool foreign language requirement, other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the College of Engineering and Applied Science section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
C.E. 500-1 to 6. Independent Study. Available only through approval of graduate adviser. Subjects arranged to fit needs of the particular student.
C.E. 511-3. Introduction to Structural Dynamics. Introduction to the dynamic response of structural systems, both linear and nonlinear. Prer., C.E. 350, A.Math. 232, or consent of instructor.
C.E. 512-3. Intermediate Mechanics of Materials. Three lect. per wk. Intermediate-level course in the mechanics of deformable bodies. Plane stress and strain; stress-strain relations with emphasis on elastic and inelastic behavior of members, and theories of failure. Discussion of basic methods of structural mechanics, with applications to unsymmetric and curved beams, thick-walled pressure vessels, torsion of members of noncircular sections, and other selected problems in stress analysis. Prer., C.E. 312 and differential equations.
C.E. 533-3. Applied Hydrology. Engineering applications of principles of hydrology. Hydrologic cycle, rainfall and runoff, groundwater, storm frequency and duration studies, stream hydrograph, flood frequency, and flood routing. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.E. 534-2. Hydraulics of Open Channels. Flow in natural and artificial channels, water surface profiles, critical depth, hydraulic jump, applications of energy and momentum principles, unsteady flow, flow in alluvial channels. Prer., C.E. 331. C.E. 539-3. Seminar in Water Resources Development and Management. (Econ. 591.) A multidisciplinary exploration of the principles governing water resources planning and development. Emphasis is on the sciences of water—physical, engineering, chemical, biological, and social — and their interrelationships.
C.E. 545-3. Administration of Public Works. A descriptive course concerned with the administration of engineering and planning aspects of urban public works and with listing and comparing modern methodologies. Prer., graduate standing in civil engineering, public administration, or consent of instructor.
C.E. 551-3. Analysis of Skeletal Structures. Generalization of the analysis of skeletal structures. Basic concepts of equilibrium and compatibility. Flexibility and stiffness methods including transformation techniques. Prer., C.E. 350 or equivalent.
C.E. 553-3. Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering. Introduction to the use of numerical methods in the solution of civil engineering problems with emphasis on obtaining solutions with high-speed electronic computers. Applies methods to all types of civil engineering problems. Prer., senior or graduate standing.
C.E. 558-3. Advanced Topics in Reinforced Concrete. Discussion at an advanced level of the behavior of reinforced concrete elements and structures. Prer., C.E. 458 or equivalent. C.E. 560-3. Advanced Highway Design. Design and location of various classes of rural and urban highways. Development of theory as a rational basis of design for highway alignment, cross-section, intersections, and interchanges is stressed. Prer., C.E. 360.
C.E. 562-3. Urban Transportation Planning. Definition of the urban transportation problem, sociology of urban regions, history of urban growth, models of urban growth, population forecasts, land use surveys and planning, trip generation, characteristics, distribution and assignment, modal split, system evaluation, CBD transportation planning. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.E. 564-3. Urban Traffic — Characteristics. Human and vehicular characteristics, speed and volume studies, origin and destination studies, traffic flow theory, stream characteristics, intersection characteristics, signalized intersections, accident characteristics, parking characteristics, highway lighting, and miscellaneous topics. Prer., C.E. 360 or consent of instructor. C.E. 565-3. Urban Traffic — Operations. Traffic control devices, traffic signal timing and equipment, ■ signal systems, computer applications to traffic control, urban operations, freeway operations, traffic applications of linear programming, markov chains, transportation problem, dynamic programming, surveillance, and control. Prer., C.E. 564.
C.E. 568-3. Pavement Design. Design of flexible and rigid pavements for highways and airports; stress analysis in flexible and rigid pavements; design of joints and reinforcing steel for rigid pavements; principles of subgrade stabilization. Prer., C.E. 360 and 481.
C.E. 569-3. Urban Traffic — Workshop. Selected laboratory problems related to urban traffic. Prer., C.E. 564 or equivalent. C.E. 591-2. Seminar in Urban Problems. Topics of current interest in the field of urban development with particular emphasis on engineering aspects. Prer., C.E. 340 and 442.
C.E. 595-599-0 to 3. Selected Topics. Credit and subject matter to be arranged.
Primarily for Graduates
C.E. 600-1 to 6. Independent Study. Available only through the approval of the graduate adviser. Subjects arranged to fit needs of particular student.
C.E. 611-3. Dynamics of Structures. General vibrations of civil engineering structures and their response to various types of time-independent loads. Prer., C.E. 511.
C.E. 613-3. Theory of Elasticity. Mathematical theory of elasticity and its applications to engineering problems. Discussion of the basic analytical and numerical methods of solution. Prer., C.E. 512 and basic course in differential equations.


Graduate School / 91
C.E. 615-3. Elastic Plate Theory. Mathematical theories of plate solutions and their applications, including differential equations and numerical finite element solutions for laterally loaded plates of various shapes, large deflections of plates, plate vibration, and plate buckling. Prer., C.E. 512 and Math. 443.
C.E. 616-3. Buckling in Structures. Buckling of columns, beams, frames, plates, and shells in the elastic and plastic range. Post-buckling strength of plates. Beam-columns. Analysis by exact and approximate methods with special emphasis on practical implications and application of solutions. Prer., C.E. 312.
C.E. 617-3. Elastic Shell Theory. Mathematical theories and applications of thin and thick shell structures, with emphasis on analytical and numerical analysis by finite element methods. Prer., C.E. 615.
C.E. 635-3. Hydraulic Design I. Design of dams, spillways, stilling pools, transitions, and penstocks; flood prediction and control, detention reservoirs, and river control structures. Prer., C.E. 534.
C.E. 636-3. Hydraulic Design II. Continuation of C.E. 635. Prer., C.E. 534.
C.E. 651-3. Advanced Theory of Structures. Generalized approaches to the analysis of civil engineering and continuous elastic structures (such as plates and plane stress bodies) by force and displacement methods. Emphasis is on formulation by finite elements and solution by matrix methods. Prer., C.E. 551 and basic knowledge of computer programming.
C.E. 656-3. Inelastic Theory of Structures. Inelastic behavior of materials. Calculation of ultimate capacity of perfectly plastic structures by use of upper and lower bound theorems. Theories of inelastic action as applied to structural design in steel and concrete. Elements of theory of plasticity with applications in ultimate analysis of plates, shells, and continuous bodies.
C.E. 682-3. Groundwater and Seepage. Principles governing flow of water in soils; potential theory: Dupuit theory of unconfined flow; conformal mapping; confined flow. Application of these principles to design of earth dams. Seepage into wells and from canals and ditches. Prer., C.E. 580 and 581. C.E. 684-3. Design of Earth Structures. Theory, design, and construction of earth embankments. Use of published data, field exploration, and laboratory tests on soils and rock in investigating foundations and construction materials. Principles of compaction and settlement. Slope stability, analysis, landslide recognition and control, use of benches and berms. Prer., C.E. 580 and 581.
C.E. 695-699-0 to 3. Selected Topics. Credit and subject matter to be arranged. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.E. 700-variable credit. Master's Thesis.
C.E. 800-variable credit. Doctor’s Thesis.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in communication and theatre for advanced degrees should read carefully both Requirements for Advanced Degrees on page 83 and the following discipline requirements. Please note that discipline requirements are sometimes more comprehensive than those minimums established by the Graduate School.
Prerequisites. Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those required by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies.
Qualifying Examination. Every student must take a diagnostic examination before he has completed 9 semester hours. (Those who can make themselves available may take this examination prior to enrollment.) This examination and all other information available are employed to design the best possible course of study for the student. The results of this examination may, at times, prompt the faculty to recommend that the student withdraw from the program.
Adviser and Graduate Committee. For every student who declares his intention to qualify for an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student’s second semester (or second summer term) in residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (1) approving the student’s graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student’s qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination.
Each candidate for a degree has the responsibility of making certain that the appropriate persons or committees have been appointed to supervise the various steps in his graduate program. To assist him, detailed instruction sheets are available from the department.
A student may change his major adviser at any time and for any reason, providing another member of the faculty is willing to accept him. The degree plan may be altered whenever, in the judgment of the student and his committee, it is sensible to do so.
Master’s Degree
Course Requirements. All master’s degree candidates are required to complete C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least 12 semester hours must be earned in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration.
Plan I, with Thesis. After any undergraduate defi-ciences have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to six thesis credit hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement.
The Plan II option without thesis is not available on the Denver Campus.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the College of Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
C.T. 509-1 to 4. Field Problems in Communication. Analysis, observation, and field experience involving communication problems in organizations such as service, labor, industry, military, and the like. Selected research project and reports. Prer., 15 hours in communication, public address, rhetoric, or consent of instructor.
C.T. 513-3. Seminar: Discussion and Group Methods. Critical examination of contemporary theory and research in small group behavior. Selected topics may include structure, leadership, power, conflict, decision making, and various applications. Prer., C.T. 315 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.


92 / University of Colorado at Denver
C.T. 520-3. Seminar: Persuasion. Critical analysis of the principles and methods of influencing belief and action. Examination of both descriptive and experimental studies in several disciplines. Consideration of audiences, adaptation, attention, motivation, direction, and evaluation. Prer., C.T. 420 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 524-3. Seminar: Organizational Communication. Relationships between such communication factors as flow, media, density, channel-saturation, information delivery and organization functioning, morale, and productivity. Lecture, theory, case observation, and analysis. Prer., consent of instructor. C.T. 525-3. Seminar: Classical Rhetoric. An examination of the nature and development of rhetorical theory in the classical period with special emphasis on Aristotle, Plato, Isocrates, Cicero, and Quintilian.
C.T. 527-3. Seminar: Modern Rhetoric. An examination of the nature and development of rhetorical theories from the Renaissance to the present day.
C.T. 530-2. Perspectives in Communication and Theatre Education. A study of the history and philosophy of communication and theatre education with an emphasis on contemporary trends.
C.T. 560-2. International Patterns of Broadcasting. Comparison of the philosophies, practices, and organizational structures of broadcasting throughout the world. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 574-2. Directing: Theory and Practice. Advanced study of theory and practice of play direction; observation of plays; direction of one-act play and presentation before an invited audience under supervision of instructor. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 578-3. Seminar: Drama. Discussion and research in drama. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 599-1 or 2. Problems in General Communication and Theatre. Opportunity for students to explore, upon consultation with the instructor, areas in speech which the normal sequence of offerings will not allow. Prer., consent of instructor. (Primarily for graduate students; open to qualified seniors with instructor’s consent.)
C.T. 601-2. Introduction to Graduate Work in Communication and Theatre. Required of all departmental graduate students.
C.T. 602-3. Historical-Critical Research Methods. To define and explore a variety of approaches to criticism, to examine their suitability for particular research projects, and to study the problems encountered in doing critical research. Required of all departmental graduate students working toward the doctorate.
C.T. 603-3. Empirical Research Methods. Fundamentals of scientific philosophy, research design, and statistical analysis. Required of all departmental graduate students working toward the doctorate.
C.T. 604-3. Departmental Research Seminar. Devoted to the study, analysis, and actual instrumentation and experimentation in contemporary, on-going research projects undertaken by various faculty members. Students will actually participate in hypothesis formation, testing, and interpretation. The content and research problems will vary depending upon the instructor and on-going research.
C.T. 621-3. Empirical Studies in Communication. A critical analysis of empirical research studies in communication and their contributions to a theory of communication. Prer., C.T. 603.
C.T. 627-3. Seminar in Rhetoric. Intensive analysis and research papers on selected topics in rhetorical theory and criticism.
C.T. 630-3. Seminar in Communication and Theatre Education.
Advanced study and critical analysis of selected topics in communication and theatre education. Prer., C.T. 530 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 650-2. Background Studies for Oral Interpretation. Study of the history and development of different forms and methods of oral presentation of materials from the time of the Greek rhapsode to the present. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 651-1. Recital. Open only to students completing graduate degrees in the Department of Communication and Theatre at the University of Colorado. Preparation for the final recital.
C.T. 670-2. Graduate Survey of Dramatic Literature. A reading survey of plays from the Greeks to the present day.
C.T. 671-3. Seminar in Theatre History. Advanced study and research in depth in specialized areas of world theatre history. C.T. 674-3. Directing the Long Play. Experience (theory and practice) in directing a long play. Play selection, study, casting, rehearsals, and performance in consultation with an instructor. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 678-3. Studies in Contemporary Theatre. Research and study of the contemporary theatre, its impulses, achievements, and trends. Such areas as scholarship, theory and criticism, playwriting, production arrangements, staging methods, and social effect or importance may be considered.
C.T. 699-variable credit. Independent Study.
C.T. 700-1 to 4. Master’s Thesis.
C.T. 800-16 to 24. Doctor’s Thesis.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Significant course work at the graduate level can be taken on the Denver Campus in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed on the Boulder Campus. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
Cp.Sc. 453-3. Assembly Language Programming. (E.E. 453.) A laboratory course in programming at the machine code level. Lectures deal with the organization of the machine, its effect on the order code, and techniques for programming in Assembly Language. Primary emphasis is on preparing and running programs. Prer., Cp.Sc. 201 or consent of instructor. Cp.Sc. 457-3. Logic Circuits. (E.E. 457.) A study of Boolean algebra, and its application to the syntheses of logical circuits from logical elements such as and-gates, or-gates, not-gates, nand-gates, nor-gates, delay elements, and memory elements. Prer., upper division standing.
Cp.Sc. 501-3. Introduction to Digital Computers. (E.E. 559.) An introductory survey course in computing science. Description of several types of existing computers and computer languages. Programming in Fortran and one other compiler language. Prer., E.E. 256 and one year of college mathematics. Cp.Sc. 554-3. Numerical Applications of Digital Computers. (E.E. 554.) A survey of algorithms and the types of digital computers useful in the execution of algorithms for the solution of typical numerical problems encountered in science and engineering. Prer., Math. 162 and 232.
Cp.Sc. 564-3. Random Processes and Noises. (E.E.561.) Brief review of probability theory, sequences of random variables, specification of stochastic processes, stationary, correlation functions and power spectra, linear mean-square estimation, nonstationary random processes. Prer., E.E. 381 or Math. 481.
Additional courses which are not listed here can be obtained on the Boulder Campus. See the Graduate School Bulletin.
ECONOMICS
Significant course work at the graduate level can be taken on the Denver Campus in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed on the Boulder Campus. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
Econ. 407. Microtheory. Production, price, and distribution theory. Value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures with special reference to the contributions of modern economic theorists.
Econ. 408. Macrotheory. National income and employment theory. Primary emphasis placed upon national income analysis and contemporary theories of consumption, investment, and employment.
Econ. 425. Introduction to Urban Economics. Analysis of the level, distribution, stability, and growth of income and employment in urban regions. The topics of urban poverty, housing, land use, transportation, and local public services are examined, with special reference to economic efficiency and social progress.


Graduate School / 93
Econ. 453. Resource Economics. Application of economic theory to resource-oriented industries.
Econ. 460. Introduction to Human Resources. The economics of investments in man, including the economics of poverty and the application of cost benefit analysis to social welfare programs.
Econ. 461. Labor Economics. Problems associated with determination of wages, hours, and working conditions in the American economy. Includes history and analysis of economic effects of trade unionism and other social institutions, including agencies of formal government that have been developed to promote equality of bargaining power between labor, management, and the public.
Econ. 527-3. Seminar in Urban Transportation. Problems and methodology in dealing with urban transportation. Required paper on some aspect of transportation in Denver.
EDUCATION
Professor Karl Openshaw is the dean of the School of Education, and the associate dean for the Denver Campus is Professor Thomas Barlow. The programs for the Denver Campus are as follows:
Community College Teaching and Administration
Counseling and Guidance (school and nonschool setting)
Educational Psychology
Elementary Education
Library-Media
Reading
Research, Measurement, Statistics, Evaluation School Administration Secondary Education Social Foundations
Students having questions or seeking counsel will find academic program representatives helpful.
For the names of representatives of these programs, contact the School of Education office.
Activity extends across divisional lines and degree programs are interdivisional as well as interdisciplinary with other departments of the University. Questions about graduate programs may be directed to Associate Dean for Curriculum and Instruction Miles Olson on the Boulder Campus, Associate Dean Barlow on the Denver Campus, or the program representatives indicated above.
Prospective graduate students should view teacher education as including study in subject fields as well as in professional education.
Persons preparing for positions in secondary education and higher education, for teaching in elementary education, and faculty positions in teacher education should consider a major in education. All students majoring in education are advised, and some are required, to include graduate study in cognate fields. Degree plans should be worked out in advance with the departments involved and the student’s major adviser.
Fields of Specialization for Master’s Degrees
The following programs are available in toto on the Denver Campus.
Administration (elementary and secondary)
Elementary and secondary school teaching Guidance and counseling (elementary, secondary, and noneducational settings)
Library and instructional media (including administration of media programs)
Reading
Social foundations
Varying amounts of work in the following fields must be taken on the Boulder Campus:
Community college teaching and administration Curriculum development Educational psychology
Research, measurement, statistics, and evaluation
Student personnel services
Supervision and direction of instruction
Teaching of educationally handicapped (emotionally disturbed)
Advising and Degree Plans
Students majoring in education on the graduate level will have an adviser appointed. Each student must work out with his adviser an acceptable plan of studies appropriate to the degree or certificate sought and have this approved by the associate dean for curriculum and instruction in the School of Education. This plan should be made as soon as regular degree status has been granted.
Departmental Requirements
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in education leading to candidacy for advanced degrees should read carefully earlier sections of this bulletin dealing with graduate admissions and degrees. Following are special departmental requirements.
Admission. In addition to the general requirements for entry into the Graduate School, the graduate student admitted to the School of Education and pursuing either a major or minor therein must meet the following requirements:
1. Completion of a sound program of undergraduate work including an adequate foundation in liberal arts as well as ample work in the major teaching field.
2. Completion of an acceptable pattern of at least 18 semester hours in education.
Students who, upon completion of their graduate work, seek teacher certification should be certain in advance that their undergraduate pattern includes an acceptable sequence of education courses including 8 semester hours of student teaching. Any deficiencies should be included in the graduate degree program, but such courses do not usually count toward the degree.
3. Attainment of a satisfactory undergraduate grade-point average as stated earlier in this bulletin. Students having less than a 2.75 grade-point average may not be admitted even provisionally.
4. Degree requirements normally shall include one year of successful teaching experience or an internship with exceptions as noted below.
Where applicable, successful teaching experience should precede graduate study at the master’s degree level. Teaching experience may be obtained during the period in which a student is studying for the master’s degree. Graduate programs in guidance require two years of teaching experience.
Teaching experience is not required for admission to programs in college student personnel work, educational research and statistics, educational media-library administration, and social foundations. However, experience appropriate to these fields of specialization may be (and usually is) required.


94 / University of Colorado at Denver
5. All students must complete the qualifying examinations and procedures established for the degree they are seeking. Admission to status as a regular degree student is not approved prior to successful completion of the qualifying examination. For master’s degree applicants the qualifying examination is the aptitude test (verbal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Examination. The GRE should be taken in advance of application so that the scores can be included in the student’s application files.
Students wishing to pursue a graduate degree with a major in education must make application at least three months before the proposed date of entry on application forms furnished by the University. Two official copies of transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate study must be furnished. A personal interview may also be required.
Applicants who wish to be considered for a fellowship or scholarship must have completed applications (including transcripts and recommendations) in the Office of the Coordinator of Graduate Studies in the School of Education not later than January 15 for the ensuing academic year or summer term. The Graduate School deadline is February 15, but the School of Education graduate committee has the earlier deadline so that initial screening of applicants may be done.
Time Limitations and Outdated Credit. Time limitations are given below for the master’s degree in education. Some extension of time is possible, but all students are strongly urged to complete programs within the prescribed periods.
Credits earned at the University of Colorado may not be validated or count toward a master’s degree if they are more than five years old. Credit earned elsewhere will not be transferred unless they are within the normal time limit (not the extended time limit) for the degree or diploma sought, and cannot be validated if normal time limits are exceeded.
Thesis and Professional Report Deadlines. Students pursuing an advanced degree that requires a thesis or professional report at the master’s level must have this project approved and ready for final typing by March 1 for spring commencement, and by June 1 for August commencement.
M.A. Degree with Education as the Major Field
All candidates for the Master of Arts degree with a major in education may be required to include one or more of the following courses in the degree plan as decided by adviser and student in consultation:
Educ. 480. Elementary Statistical Methods Educ. 503. Advanced Psychological Foundations of Education Educ. 516. Advanced Social Foundations of Education Educ. 600. Methods of Educational Research
Students following the Master of Arts Plan II do not write a research thesis or professional report, but they are required to take a seminar or practicum in their field of specialization.
For additional information on M.A. degree programs, see the general information section at the beginning of the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Master of Education Degree (M.Ed.)
The M.Ed. degree is intended for students preparing for three types of positions:
1. Administrative and supervisory positions in the schools;
2. Teaching positions;
3. Specialized educational workers, e.g., counselors, principals, etc.
The general requirements for the degree are the same as those for the Master of Arts degree except in the following particulars:
1. A minimum of 26 semester hours of work including a professional report must be completed satisfactorily. At least 12 hours of this work must be in courses numbered 500 or above. With the approval of the student’s adviser, as many as 12 hours may be in fields other than education if they contribute to a unified program of professional preparation. The following courses may be required in the degree program: Educ. 480 (Elementary Statistical Methods); Educ. 503 (Advanced Psychological Foundations of Education); Educ. 516 (Advanced Social Foundations of Education); and Educ. 600 (Methods of Educational Research), as decided by adviser and student in consultation.
2. There is no thesis requirement, but the preparation of a professional report is required, for which 2 semester hours of credit are granted. This report should be an investigation of practices, status, or research literature, or a creative project in the writer’s major graduate field. It must comply in form with the specifications of the Graduate School. The report must be completed and approved at least in rough draft before the student may take the comprehensive examinations.
3. A comprehensive-final written examination must be passed at least two weeks before the date of the commencement at which the student expects to receive a degree. This examination covers the field of specialization and includes questions focusing on this field and drawing upon broad areas of education as follows: social foundations of education, psychological foundations of education, and educative experience. Students should counsel with their adviser well in advance of taking this comprehensive-final examination. An oral examination may also be required.
Education as a Minor or Related Field
Requirements for students wishing to minor in education are detailed under Requirements for Advanced Degrees. Permission to undertake a minor in education or to pursue education as a related field must be secured in advance from the Associate Dean for Curriculum and Instruction of the School of Education. Application for this should include transcripts of all previous college work, a statement of educational and related experience, and a statement regarding vocational objectives in relation to the proposed major field.
Students minoring in education at the master’s level are required to complete at least 6 semester hours of related work, not including methods of educational research or statistics. Not more than 2 of these 6 semester hours may be transferred from another institution. A plan for the minor must be approved in advance by the Associate Dean of the School of Education.
Courses are generally offered during the academic year and the summer; however, students should check the appropriate Schedule of Courses in planning programs. Not all courses are offered every semester.


Graduate School / 95
Graduate Courses
The following graduate level courses are offered on the Denver Campus. 400-level courses also may be used for graduate credit. A listing of these courses is given in the School of Education section of this bulletin. 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors with prior approval of the instructor and the associate dean.
Educ. 500-2. Advanced Child Growth and Educational Development. Review of knowledge of human growth and development and application of this knowledge.
Educ. 503-2. Advanced Psychological Foundations of Education. Its effect on the learner, the learning process, and learning theory as it applies to the educative process.
Educ. 505-3. Intermediate Statistical Methods. Required course for all doctoral candidates; sampling theory and inferential statistics; advanced applications for the testing of hypotheses regarding central tendency, variability, proportion, correlation, and normality; Chi-square, and other nonparametric methods for independent and related observations; special methods of correlation; multiple regression and prediction; and introduction to the analysis of variance. Related computer programs for statistical analysis.
Educ. 506-2. Human Learning. Theory and research in human learning with implications for educational research and classroom learning. Prer., Educ. 480 and 503.
Educ. 508-2. Personnel Administration. Personnel problems in the administration of public and private school systems. Policies affecting personnel, rights and responsibilities of teachers, salary schedules, retirement, sick leave, collective negotiations, etc.
Educ. 510-2. The Community College. Origins, functions, organization, and current trends in the junior or community college. For present and prospective teachers and administrators in two-year colleges.
Educ. 511-3. Intermediate Educational Measurement. Reliability and validity theory, empirical estimation of reliability and validity, interpretation of standardized tests and norms, special problems in assessing intelligence, achievement, interest, and personality. Prer., Educ. 480 and 600, or consent of instructor.
Educ. 516-2. Advanced Social Foundations of Education. An
evaluation of the social values and forces in American society that shape or influence the aims, philosophies, methods, content, issues, and problems of the American educational enterprise.
Educ. 519-2. Education in Other Countries. A comparative evaluation of the political, historical, philosophical, sociological, economic, religious, and other foundational aspects of education in selected countries.
Educ. 520-2. Educational Sociology. A sociological appraisal of the school in American society with reference to the status, role, activities, and relationships within the school, and of the school to other social institutions.
Educ. 521-3. Production of Educational Materials. Nontechnical course for teachers, with emphasis on production of locally made materials for classroom use, including flannel boards, 35 mm filmstrips and 2x2 slides, bulletin boards, large transparencies, overlays, lettering, and mounting. Prer., Educ. 460 or equivalent.
Educ. 523-3. Contemporary Philosophies of Education. A critical examination of selected contemporary philosophies and their impact upon educational thought and practice.
Educ. 524-3. Programmed Learning. Designed to develop an understanding of the theoretical background of programmed instruction. Course covers the development of self-instructional programs. Laboratory time for programming, computer assisted instruction, and programmed instruction with the computer will be included.
Educ. 525-2. History of Educational Thought. A critical historical analysis of important educational doctrines that have shaped Western education, with special emphasis on Platonism and neo-Platonism; Aristotelianism; Augustinianism; Scholasticism (including Thomism); the educational concepts of Comenius, Locke, Rousseau, Kant, Pestalozzi, Froebel,
Herbert, Spencer, Dewey, and others; and the impact of science on educational theory and practice. Prer., consent of instructor.
Educ. 526-2. Economics of Education. An examination of sources of economic support for education and the impact of education on national economy.
Educ. 528-3. Cataloging Library Media. Organization and preparation for use of various types of teaching materials, such as books, magazines, pictures, filmstrips, and phonograph records.
Educ. 530-3. Administration and Supervision of the Elementary School. For administrators and teachers. Purposes, practices, and trends in administration and educational leadership.
Educ. 536-3. The Elementary School Curriculum. An integrating course dealing with the history, development, problems, and practices of the curriculum of the elementary school. Educ. 537-3. Curriculum in Junior and Senior High Schools.
Principles, trends, problems, and practices in the curriculum of the junior and senior high schools.
Educ. 540-2. Curriculum Construction. Methods of formulating curricular programs. Procedures for focusing, organizing, and summarizing data concerning social, economic, and personal problems related to the future needs and interests of youth and adults. Prer., a basic curriculum course.
Educ. 543-3. Administration and Supervision of the Junior and Senior High School. Current administrative principles and practices essential to effective organization and management, with emphasis on the educational leadership of the principal.
Educ. 544-2. Elementary Social Studies Curriculum Evaluation.
Educ. 546-3. Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques of Reading.
Causes of low reading ability and techniques employed in teaching the poor reader; diagnosis, motivation, and skills.
Educ. 550-2. Contemporary Mathematics in Elementary School.
Deals with contemporary mathematical content and teaching techniques. More emphasis is placed on mathematical background for the teacher and experimental projects. Prer., Educ. 431 or equivalent, and elementary teaching experience.
Educ. 551-2. Advanced Science in Elementary School. Emphasis on experimental programs and implementation of these newer programs. Supervision and curriculum development considered.
Educ. 552-2. Advanced Language Arts in Elementary School.
Current thought, as determined by research findings, in the various areas of the language arts; oral and written communication, spelling, handwriting, usage, grammar, and foreign languages.
Educ. 553-2. Advanced Social Studies in Elementary School.
Review and analysis of current innovations and concept formation in the social studies. Involves student development and implementation of materials for trial in classroom instruction.
Educ. 554-3. Supervision of Science Curriculum. Workshop for supervisors of science in city school systems; basic content in science fields.
Educ. 556-3. Elementary Mathematics Curriculum. An in-depth study of curriculum building in mathematics at the elementary school level (K-8). Particular attention will be given to selection of instructional materials, establishment of content and evaluation of programs.
Educ. 557-2 to 3. Current Literature for Children. Current books and media material in children’s literature. This course is for people who have not had a course in this area within the past five years. Prer., course in children's literature.
Educ. 558-2 to 4. Curriculum Workshop for Elementary School Teachers. Opportunity to work on projects and problems in the school in which the student is employed; conferences, study groups, discussion, and work in curriculum construction. Prer., 18 semester hours in education and teaching experience.
Educ. 560-2. Simulation Games for Social Studies. This course is an introduction to the use of simulation games as they pertain to social studies instruction in the public schools. In addition to being introduced to available simulations, atten-ion will be given to various types of game design. Students will be required to attempt to game design for particular social studies courses.


96 / University of Colorado at Denver
Educ. 561-2. School Law. Recent developments including administrative implications of significant court decisions pertaining to school operations generally. For superintendents, principals, school board members, and prospective administrators. Educ. 562-3. Book and Other Media Selection for School Libraries. Methods of selecting and ordering materials for elementary and secondary school libraries.
Educ. 563-3. School Reference Service. Types of reference materials and service. Their selection and use in school library media centers.
Educ. 564-3. Administration of Library Media Programs. Organization and administration of well balanced and workable educational media programs at the school and systems level. For librarians, administrators, supervisors, library media directors. Prer., 12 hours of education including Educ. 460, or equivalent course.
Educ. 565-3. Problems in Processing, Retrieval, and Handling Materials in Today’s Library. Procedures for getting materials into the library and out again, including computer processing and retrieval. Prer., Educ. 562 and 563.
Educ. 567-2. Junior High School — Middle School Education.
Stimulation and direction of constructive activities of adolescent boys and girls. Problems of management, curriculum, school life, guidance, and community relations.
Educ. 568-3. Education of the Emotionally Disturbed. Survey of current theory and practice in area of emotional disturbance. Emphasis is on developing systems model for observation, intervention, management, teaching styles, and educational practices. Observation, field trips, and tutoring required. One 2-hour lab weekly.
Educ. 569-3. Theory and Practice of the Social Studies. Designed to meet the needs of experienced teachers and of those who will teach in public schools. Recent developments in theory and materials in the social studies are examined and present practices are analyzed for their contribution to general goals of social studies education. The course is appropriate for teachers in grades 7-12, but elementary teachers with a specialization in social studies also may find the course profitable.
Educ. 570-3. Education of Children with Learning Disabilities.
Survey of current theory and practice in the area of learning disabilities. Emphasis is on developing systems model for diagnosis, programming, and remediation. Observation and tutoring required. One 2-hour lab weekly.
Educ. 577-3. Measurement and Appraisal in Guidance. Basic concepts of measurement applied to guidance. A general consideration of the nature and measurement of scholastic aptitude, special aptitude, interest, and personality. A sample test in each of these areas will be examined in detail. The use of nontesting appraisal devices and pupil record systems will be considered in relation to the guidance program. Prer., Educ. 479 and 480.
Educ. 578-2. Socioeconomic Information in Guidance. The
essential nature of environmental information in educational, vocational, and personal-social guidance services, and the methods by which such information can be evaluated, collected, organized, filed, and used. Prer., Educ. 479 or equivalent.
Educ. 579-3. Techniques of Counseling I. Introduction to the theory and practice of counseling. Several theories and systems of counseling will be examined. The goals of counseling, the counseling relationship, promoting client self-understanding, problem clarification and problem solving, counseling ethics, and the evaluation of counseling effectiveness will be considered. Prer., Educ. 479.
Educ. 580-2. Organization and Administration of Guidance.
Guidance and personnel services in schools and school systems. Prer., Educ. 577, 578, and 579.
Educ. 581-3. Techniques of Guidance and Counseling in Elementary School. Counseling and guidance techniques with children including behavior modification. Consultation with school staff including coordination of extra services for students. Prer., Educ. 579.
Educ. 582-3. Techniques of Counseling II. Implementation of specific counseling approaches in group and individual strategies (i.e., behavioral strategies, Adlerian, analytical, client-centered, etc.). Prer., Educ. 479 and 579.
Educ. 583-2. School and Community Relations. Principles, practices, materials, and techniques used in public relations in sections of the country. Students may develop materials for own use.
Educ. 584-3. Techniques of Counseling III. Advanced intervention strategies will be explored. Consulting techniques, staff development procedures, and human relations in educational systems are emphasized. Prer., Educ. 579, and 582. Educ. 586-2. Supervision of Student Teaching. Designed to develop competency in the supervision of student teachers, including attention to various modern approaches. For cooperating teachers as well as supervisors.
Educ. 587-1 to 4. Advanced Practicum in Teaching. This course is not to be used as independent study but is to be used for groups approved in advance by the dean of the School of Education. Prer., consent of instructor.
Educ. 588-3. Intervention Strategies in Elementary Guidance.
Implementation of theory of elementary guidance in practice. Emphasis will be on implementing the counseling/consulting coordination role of the counselor at the elementary level. Prer., Educ. 479, 579, and 581.
Educ. 589-3. Theories of Counseling. Examine the major theories of counseling to include analytical, humanistic, and behavioral points of view. Emphasis upon translating theories to applied settings. Prer. or coreq., Educ. 497.
Educ. 591-3. Evaluation of School Systems and Programs. Study of models and methods for the evaluation of educational programs. Evaluation models proposed by curriculum and instructional researchers are critically examined. Application of methods of measurement and experimentation to evaluation problems is studied. Attention is also given to the empirical evaluation of curricula and instruction. Exemplary evaluation projects are performed and studied in detail. Prer., consent of instructor.
Educ. 592-3. History and Philosophy of Early Education. Traces the development of educational theory and practice from ancient times to the 16th century.
Educ. 593-3. History and Philosophy of Modern Education.
Traces the development of educational theory and practice from the 16th century to the present day, including education in the United States.
Educ. 596-2. Supervision and Education of Teachers. Stimulating and guiding the in-service professional growth of teachers. Evaluation of teacher activities in relation to pupil growth. Supervisory procedures and techniques.
Educ. 598-2 to 4. Seminar in Community College Education. Analysis of specific problems and practices in the field. Open only to students with previous course work or experience in community college education. (May be taken twice for 2 semester hours credit each enrollment.) Prer., consent of instructor. Educ. 599-2. Independent Study. Intended only for those who wish to study along lines not followed by courses. Prer., consent of instructor.
For Graduate Students Only
Educ. 600-2. Methods of Educational Research. Concepts needed for critically evaluating published research studies in education. Principles of internal and external validity in experimental and quasi-experimental research. Prer., Educ. 480.
Educ. 608-1-4. Internship in Educational Research I. Supervised practicum in educational research activities in the school setting; developing and evaluating research proposals; coordinating university, state department, and school cooperation in research projects.
Educ. 609-1-4. Internship in Educational Research II. Continuation of Educ. 608.
Educ. 610-1-4. Internship in Educational Research III. Continuation of Educ. 609.
Educ. 611-1-4. Internship in Educational Research IV. Continuation of Educ. 610.
Educ. 612-3. Seminar in Educational Psychology. For advanced students.
Educ. 613-2. Seminar in Science Education. For advanced students in this subject area. Individual topics and research. Pier., Educ. 434, 454, and teaching experience.


Full Text

PAGE 1

1973-74 University of Colorado Bulletin

PAGE 2

U18701 9580774 CONTENTS ............................................................................... GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ACADEMIC CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 COLLEGE OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES ... 10 DIVISION OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES ..... 15 DIVISION OF NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES ................. 23 DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES . . . . . . . . . 31 ETHNIC AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS ..... 39, 41 PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS ......... 42 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. 47 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION .................. 58 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE ..................... 60 COLLEGE OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN .... 76 COLLEGE OF MUSIC ...................... 79 GRADUATE SCHOOL ..................... 80 GRADUATE SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS ... 109 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS .............. 111 FACULTY ............................... 112 INDEX .................................. 116 This bulletin contains general information and course descriptions. Students should consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes as well as particular registration information. University of Colorado Bulletin. 1200 University Avenue , Boulder , Colorado 80302. Vol. LXXII, No. 54, November 20, 1972, General Series No. 1638. Published five times monthly by the University of Colorado. Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado .

PAGE 3

Engineer i ng , Master of , 99-100 Engl ish: undergraduate , 17-19 ; graduate , 100-101 Environmental Design , College of , 76-78 Ethnic programs , 39 -41 Expenses , 6-7 F Fac i lities, 8-9 Faculty , 2 , 111-116 Fees , 6-7 Finance , 55-56 Financial Aid , 8 , 80 Fine arts : undergraduate , 19-20; graduate , 101 Foreign students , 8 Former students, 5-6 French , 20-21 G General information , 1-9 Geography : undergraduate , 26-27 ; graduate , 101-102 Geological sciences , 27 German , 21 Graduate record exam i nations , 82 Graduate School, 80-108 H Health insurance , 8 History : undergraduate , 34-35 ; graduate , 102 High school concurren t enrollment , 2 Hono r s Program , Under graduate Studies , 41 In-state status , 7 International Education , 81 Intra-university transfer , 6 L Library , 8-9 M Management science: undergraduate , 56; Master of , 51 Marketing , 56 Mathematics : undergraduate , 27-29 ; graduate , 102-104 Mechan i cal eng i neering , 75-76 Medical technology , 44 Mexican American stud i es , 40-41 Music , College of , 79-80 Music, graduate , 104 N Natural and Physical Sciences , D i vision of , 23-31 0 Off i ce administration , 56 Operations management , 56-57 Organ i zat i onal behavior, 5 7 Out-of-state status , 7 p Parking, 9 Philosophy : undergraduate , 21-22 ; graduate , 104-105 Phys i ca l education : undergraduate , 29 ; graduate, 105 Physical therapy , 45-46 Phys i cs : undergraduate , 29-30; graduate, 105 Physics , engineering , 74-75 Pol i t i cal science : under graduate , 35-38 ; graduate , 105-106 Prebusiness , 42 Predental hygiene , 42-43 Predentistry , 43 Pre-education , 43-44 Prejournalism , 44 Prelaw, 44 Premedicine, 44-45 Prenursing , 45 Prepharmacy , 45 Preprofessional programs , 42-45 Psychology : undergraduate , 30-31 ; graduate , 106 Public Administration, Master of, 110 Public Affairs , Graduate School of , 109-111 R Real estate , 57 Registrat i on , 6 Requ i rements for adm i ssion, 2-6 s Schedule of Courses: see Other Regulations , 7 Social sciences , courses , 38 Social Sciences , Division of, 31-39 Sociology: undergraduate, 38 -39; graduate, 106 Spanish : undergraduate , 22-23 ; graduate , 107 Speakers Bureau, 9 Spec ial students , 6 Speech pathology and audiology: undergraduate , 23; graduate , 107-108 Statist i cs , 57 Student activities, 8 Student Relations , Office for, 7-8 Student services, 7-8 T Transcripts, 7 Transfe r students , 4 Tuition , 6-7 u Undergraduate Studies, College of , 10-46 Urban Affairs, Center for, 9 Urban and Regional Planning Commun i ty Development , Master of , 77 Urban Des i gn, Master of Architecture in, 77 Urban stud i es major, 39 Urban Transportation Studies, Center for, 89-90 v Veterans , certification and counseling, 8 w Withdrawals, 7

PAGE 4

University of Colorado Denver Campus 11 DO Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80302 Telephone: 892-1117 Second-Class Postage Paid at the Post Office Boulder, Colorado 80302

PAGE 5

GENERAL INFORMATION Denver Campus Academic Calendar* (NOTE: Prospective students are advised that slight variations in the calendar may exist on different cam puses of the University. Specific information should be obtained from the campus to which the individual ex pects to apply.) SPRING SEMESTER 1973 Jan . 19 (Fri.)-Registration . Jan. 22 (Mon.)Classes begin. Mar. 26-31 (Mon .-Sat.)-Spring vacation . Apr. 2 (Mon.)Classes resume. May 23 (Wed.)Classes end. May 26 (Sat.)-Commencement in Boulder . SUMMER TERM 1973 (8-week term) May 1 (Tues.)Application deadline. June 15 (Fri .)-Registration . June 18 (Mon .) Classes begin. July 4 (Wed.)Independence Day holiday {no classes) . Aug. 10 (Fri.)Classes end. Aug . 18 (Sat.)-Commencement in Boulder . FALL SEMESTER 1973 July 2 (Mon.)Application deadline. Early August-Registration . Sept. 3 (Mon.)-Labor Day holiday . Sept. 4 {Tues.)Classes begin. Nov . 22-24 {Thurs.-Sat.)-Thanksgiving holiday. Nov. 26 (Mon .)Classes resume. Nov . 30 (Fri.)Application deadline. Dec. 5-6 (Wed . -Thurs.)-Spring semester early regis tration for students enrolled during the fall semester only. Dec. 21 (Fri.)Classes end . SPRING SEMESTER 1974 Jan. 18 (Fri.)Registration. Jan . 21 (Mon.)Classes begin . Mar. 25-30 (Mon.-Sat.)-Spring vacation. Apr. 1 (Mon .)Classes resume. May 1-2 3 (Wed., Thurs. , Fri.)Early registration for summer. May 22 (Wed .)Classes end . May 25 (Sat.)-Commencement in Boulder. • The Uni versity reserves the right to alter the academ i c calendar at any time. The University of Colorado at Denver ... an urban university campus History Beg innin g in 1912 , courses were made available to residents of the Denver metropolitan area through the Extension Div i s ion of the Univer s ity of Colorado in Boulder. were held in scattered locations throughout the city until 1938 , when they were gath ered in one Center . Increasing enrollment necessitated two moves to larger quarters , and the Denver C ente r came to its present locati on at 14th and Arap ahoe Streets in 1957 . In 1965 , the Denver Center became a degree-granting institution enabl i ng students to com plete full academic programs in Denver. In January 1973 , the Board of Regents adopted a resolution changing the names of the Uni vers ity' s Centers because of an amendment to the Const itution of the State of Colorado which gave the Centers legal status as separate branches of the Univer sity. The Denver Campus was renamed the Universi ty of Colo rado at Denver. Location The Denver Campus is situated at the " hub " of a tremendous growth area . The campus is accessible to both city dwellers and suburban commuters from a five-county area with a population of 1 ,295, 000 . Situ ated across Cherry Creek from the Auraria Urban Re newal Area , CU Denver will share facilities with the other colleges in the Auraria Higher Education Center complex while rema inin g a unique urban institution in itself . The campus is close to major business estab lishments and government offices in downtown Denver , as well as to civic and cultural centers . Enrollment CU Denver is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado , based on enrollment. The average number of stud ents enrol led for credit is more than 7 , 000 during the fall and sp ring semesters and 4 , 000 during the summer term. Academic Programs Academic and publ ic service programs are espe cially geared to the needs of the urban population and environment , as well as to traditional fields of study . Studen t s may earn degrees in more than 50 under graduate fields and some 20 graduate areas . These educat ion al endeavors emphasize quality instruc tion, research, and professional training. Academic programs within the University are offered by colleges that admit freshmen , by professional schoo ls that admit st udents who have completed at least two years of preprofes sional s t udy , and by the Graduate School. Colleges a nd schools on the Denver Campus include : College of Undergraduate Studies School of Business and Gra duate School of Business Admin istration

PAGE 6

2 I University of Colorado at Denver School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Sc ie nc e College of Environmen tal Design College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affairs Accreditation and Memberships The Uni versity of Colorado at Denver is fully ac cred i ted by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools , and is a member of the Asso ciation of Urban Universities . The School of Business and Graduate School of Bus i ness Administration i s a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business . The School of Education is accredited by the National Counc i l of Accred i tat ion of Teacher Educat i on and membership is held in the Amer ican Associa tion of Colleges of Teacher Education . The College of Eng i neering and Applied Science has earned high accreditation ratings from the Engi neers Council on Professional Development. The Col lege of Environmental Design is accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board and is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture . The College of Music is a member of the National Association of Schools of Music . The Graduate School of Publ ic Affairs is a recog nized member of the Nat i onal Association of Schools of Public Affa irs and Administration. Year-Around Operation Classes on the Denver Campus are scheduled six days a week , both day and evening . Students may begin studies at the start of any one of the academic terms of the year, which include a fall semester of 16 weeks , a spring semester of 16 weeks , and an eight week (half-semester) summer term . More tha n half of the courses on the Denver Campus are offered during evening hours , permitt i ng students maximum flexibility in planning for both employment and educational goals . Faculty More than 160 highly qualified faculty members teach full time on the Denver Campus ; 84 percen t have earned a doctoral degree. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban scene and responsive to the needs of the urban student. Students Strongly motivated people from all walks of life make up the profile of the student body . The diversity of interests, knowledge , occupations , backgrounds , and age stimulates a unique learning experience for these men and women . Ages range from 16 to 70. About 30 percent of the students enrolled are at the senior , fifth year , or graduate level. Prospectus As an urban univers ity, the Denver Campus has a fundamental commitment to meet the needs of the urban community ; it seeks to keep pace with the needs of the present-day urban-oriented student and at the same time plan for the demands of the future . Pro grams are continually being enlarged and expanded to offer students a broad scope of educational oppor tunities , whether the student is seeking a general edu cation or has a desire to study in a highly specialized area. CU Denver' s primary role is to provide graduate , professional , and upper division education , with under graduate programs oriented to those students who plan to undertake graduate work or postbaccalaureate pro fessional study. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION The University of Colorado at Denver seeks to identify applicants who have a high probab i l i ty of suc cessful completion of an academ i c program. Admission decisions are based on evaluation of many criteria . Among the most i mportant are: 1. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth . 2 . Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban , nonresidential campus. 3. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplish ment shown on nat i onal aptitude and achievement tests (ACT/SAT). 4. General level of previous academic performance. An applicant who is granted admission to CU Denver must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to appli cants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions , processes , and functions as an educational institution. High School Concurrent Enrollment High school juniors and seniors of proved academic ability may be admitted to the Denver Campus for courses which supplement their high school program. Univers ity courses taken in this manner may subse quently be applied t o a university degree program . Interested high school students may contact the Office of Admissions and Records for complete information and appl i cation instructions (telephone (303) 892 -1117, ext. 245) . Admission of Freshmen (Those who have not had prior collegiate experience) New freshmen may apply for admission to the Col leges of Engineering and Applied Science , Music , and Undergraduate Studies. 1 . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO EACH COLLEGE. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equiva lency Certificate as a result of completion of the Gen eral Educational Development Test (GED) . Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, " English As a Second Language." All applicants must present 15 units of acceptable secondary school credit. While the College of Under graduate Studies does not spec ify particular units, the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Music have the following requirements:

PAGE 7

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE English ..... . . .............................. ....... 3 Algebra .. .......................................... 2 Geometry . ........................ ..... ............ 1 (Trigonometry and solid geometry recommended * ) Natural sciences ................ .................... 2 (physics and chemistry recommended) Social studies and humanities ......... . .... . . ......... 2 (foreign languages and add itional units of English , h ist ory, and literature are inclu ded in the humanities) Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 COLLEGE OF MUSIC 15 English . . . . ................. ......... .......•...... 3 Mathematics ..... ........... ...... ................ } Foreign language ................................. . Social science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical science ...................•.............. Theoretical music ................................. . Additional high school units ................ .......... . 4 15 It is expected that all students will have had previous ex perience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended . The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal aud ition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about ten minutes in length on 7 V z ips monaural) or a state ment of excellence by a qual ified teacher . Interested students should write to the College of Music, Denver Campus , for audition or interview applications. Applicants who present the High School Equiva lency Certificate of the GED must score at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the test to be eligible for consideration for admission . Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test ( GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, " English As a Second Language." 2. COLORADO RESIDENT APPLICANTS . t Colo rado resident applicants who meet the above general qualifications are divided into three categories: a. Applicants who ranked in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the Ameri can College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board are assured admission. b . Applicants who ranked in the upper two-thirds of their high school graduating class and who have an ACT composite score from 18 to 22 or a comb ined score of 800 or higher on the SAT will be considered for admission on an indi vidual basis. These applicants cannot be assured admission. c . Applicants who ranked in the lower one-third of their high school graduating class , or who have a composite ACT score below 18 or a combined SAT score below 800 will be considered for admission on an individual basis by the Admis sions Committee. 3. NONRESIDENT APPLICANTS.t Nonresident ap plicants must meet the general requirements stated above , and , in addition , must rank in the upper one half of their high school graduating class and present an ACT composite score of 24 or higher or a combined General Information I 3 SAT score of 1050 or higher to be considered for admission . Nonresident applicants are adv i sed of the fact that the Denver Campus of the University of Colorado does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area , but must be secured by the individual without dependence on University services . How to Apply for Admission 1. Applicants may apply for the fall semester , the spring semester, or the summer term . A schedule of deadlines for the various semesters and terms will be supplied with the application form . An application that is received after the stated deadline for one semester or term will be considered for the next semester or term if the applicant notifies the Office of Admissions and Records of his intention. 2 . An Application for Admission may be obtained by contacting : The Office of Admissions and Records Unive rsity of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver , Colorado 80202 Telephone {303) 892 1117 , ext. 245 A Colorado resident may also obtain this form from the office of his high school princ i pal or counselor . 3. The application for admission must be com pleted in total and submitted to the above address prior to the stated application deadline for the term of enrollment desired. All applications for admission must be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $10. This application fee is nonrefundable. In the event the applicant is granted admission but is prevented from enroll in g during the term indicated on the application, the application fee will be valid for one full year (12 months) from the date of the term for which the applicant was applying . 4. The applicant must request a high school tran script, including his rank-in class , be mailed to the above address by his high school. 5. The applicant must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examinat i on Board on one of the national testing dates . The student must request test scores be sent to the University of Colo rado at Denver (ACT code # 0533 , or SAT code # R-4875) . If the applicant took one of these tests prior to his application for admission to the University of Colorado and did not list the Denver Campus to receive a score report, he must request the testing agency to send the score to the Denver Campus. This is accomplished on a Request for Additional Score Report form ava il able at test centers or from the appropriate office listed below . Informat ion regarding these tests may be obtained either from the applicant's high school counselor , the Denver Campus Office of Adm is sions and Records or from one of the following offices of the national testing agencies : • Beginn i ng engineering students must be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. A student who does not have trigonometry should expect to atte n d at least one extra summe r term . tSee page 7 for defin i t io n of "in-state " and "out -of-state" classi fication .

PAGE 8

4 I University of Colorado at Denver Registration Department (ACT} American College Testing Program P .O. Box 414 Iowa City , Iowa 52240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P.O. Box 1025 Berkeley , Californ i a 94704 College Entrance Examinat ion Board (SAT) P.O. Box 592 Princeton , New Jersey 08540 ALL CREDENTIALS PRESENTED FOR ADMISSION BE COME THE PROPERTY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AND MUST REMAIN ON FILE. When a complete application (application form , transcript of high school work completed, statement of rank-in-class , required entrance test scores , coun selor recommendation , and the nonrefundable $10 application fee) is rece i ved by the Office of Admis sions and Records, a decision of admission eligibility will be made and the applicant will be notified . Admission of Transfer Students 1. Appl i cants who hold a collegia t e record of more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits), from an institution of univers i ty rank , have a 2 . 0 cumu l ative grade point average or h i gher (calculated on all work attempted) , and are elig i ble to return to all institutions prev i ously attended are assured admission to the Den ver Campus . (Applicants who have completed less than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of collegiate work acceptable to the University of Colorado must meet requirements for admission as a freshman . ) 2. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from a college , ha ve a 2.0 cumulative g r ade-point average (calculated on all work attempted) , and are elig i ble to return to all i nstitutions previously attended a/so are assured admiss i on to the Denver Campus . 3. Appl i cants who hold a colleg i ate record of less than 45 semes ter cred its (68 quarte r credits) from a college , have a 2 . 0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calculated on all work attempted), and are eli gible to return to all institutions previously attended will be considered for admission on an individual basis . Primary factors affec tin g the admiss ion dec i sion in such cases are : (a) the C . U . college or school to which adm i ssion i s desired ; (b) previous quality of work at tempted ; (c) age, matur it y , and noncollegiate achieve men t s ; and (d) t ime si n ce the last coll e giate attendance . Appl i cants should consult the appropriate college or school section of th i s bul letin to determine specific entrance requirements. In the event a transfer applicant to one of the pro fessional schools of the University has not completed all required coursework for that college or school , he may be adm i tted to the College of Undergraduate S t udies i n o n e of the preprofessional programs pend ing complet i on of such work for adm i ssion to the de s i red profess i onal school. Transfer applications may be secured from : The Office of Adm i ssions and Records Univer sity of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver , Colorado 80202 Telephone : (303) 892-1117 , ext. 245 When to Apply Interested applicants who are currently enrolled in a collegiate institut i on should submit their application for transfer admission after they have registered for the final term at the current institution. Evaluation of transfer credits will be based on an official transcript of record indicating work completed up to the last term of enrollment and courses for which the student is cur rently enrolled. A final , official transcript of record will be required upon completion of the final term. Credentials Required for Transfer Admission 1. A Univers i ty of Colorado transfer appl i cation . 2. The applicat i on fee of $10 in check or money order. (This fee is nonrefundable.) 3. An official transcript of record from each col legiate institution attended previously. If the applicant is currently enrolled at a collegiate institution and is submitting a transcr ipt listing all courses except for the final term of enrollment , another official transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term. 4. An official high school transcript. If the appli cant i s a GED graduate, a GED Certificate of High School Equivalency , GED test scores , and a transcr i pt of any h i gh school work completed must be submitted . Ind i viduals applying for adm i ssion to the University of Colorado at Denver who have completed the Span ish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, " English As a Second Language." ALL CREDENTIALS PRESENTED FOR ADMISSION BE COME THE PROPERTY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AND MUST REMAIN ON FILE . Transfer of College-Level Credit The Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans ' off i ces cannot make an evaluation of credits from another collegiate i nstitution or give specific degree adv i sement until complete and official credentials are on file and the applicant has been admitted . In general , transfer credits from other ac credited collegiate institutions will be accepted insofar as they meet the degree, grade , and residence require ments of the student's chosen program of studies at the Uni versity. Co l lege-level c r edit may be transferred to the Uni vers i ty of Colorado i n the following instances : 1 . Provided it has been earned at a college or university of recognized standing , from Advanced Placement Examinations , or in military service or school i ng as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Exper i ences of the American Council on Education. 2 . If a grade of C or higher has been attained. 3. When the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this inst i tution. The University of Colorado will accept up to 72 semester credits of junior college work to apply to ward the baccalaureate degree at the University of Colorado . No cred i t i s allowed for vocational-techn i cal courses . A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be al lowed if the above conditions are met.

PAGE 9

Credi t for Military Service and Schooling If copies of discharge, separation papers , and a DD Form 295 (Application for the Evaluation of Educa tional Experience During Military Service) are submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records at the time of application for admission or subsequently , an evalua tion will be made and credit awarded as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Exper i ences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at this university. Credit will be allowed for college courses satisfac torily completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Insti tute, subject to the usual rules involving credit of this nature. Cr e d i t f o r Adva nc ed P lac e ment Tests of the C olleg e Entra nc e Exa m ination Board Co l lege credit and advanced placement will be awarded to students who present scores of 3 , 4 , or 5 on Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board . For detailed information contact the Office of Admissions and Records . See page 5 of this sect i on for more information . Colleg e -Level Examination Program (CLEP) An exciting challenge with rewarding opportunities is available to incoming University of Colorado Denver Campus students to earn univers'ity cred i t by examina tion in sub ject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are en couraged to take appropriate Subject Examinations provided in the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) testing service. Students who score at the 67th percentile or above in subjects approved by the University college or school from which they plan to graduate will be granted advanced standing and un i versity cred it. The cost per examination is $15. Students who wish to challenge subject areas for credit are urged to examine carefully the list of ap proved examinations for the college or school to which they are applying , or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of the lower division requirements, in order to determine the appli cability of such credit to specific graduation require ments. CLEP Subject Exam i nations are administered on the Denver Campus during the third week of each month {the subject exam i nation on Monday and the general exam i nation on T uesday). CLEP Subject Exam inations are administered nationally during the third week of each month (students should check with the institution for testing days). Arrangements to take these examinations must be made well in advance of the testing date . Colorado residents may secure CLEP materials from the state regional office by contact i ng: College Level Examination Program c/o College Entrance Examinat i on Board 2142 South High Street Denver , Colorado 80210 Colorado residents may also obtain CLEP informa tion from the several test centers throughout the state , preferably from the center located nearest to their high school. In Colorado, testing centers are located at: General Information I 5 Metropolitan State College , Denver Colorado State University , Fort Collins El Paso Community College , Colorado Spri ngs Southern Colorado State College , Pueblo University of Denver, Denver Fort Lewis College , Durango University of Colorado, Boulder Students outside of Colorado may secure CLEP information and applicat ion forms by writing: Institutional Testing Department College Level Examination Program Box 1822 Princeton , New Jersey 08540 Students interested in obtaining advanced standing and university credit through CLEP tests should con sult the Office for Student Relations , the college or school to which they are applying for admission , or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of lower division undergraduate re quirements for specif i c subject examinations accep table by that college or school for the desired degree program . Advanced Standing by Examination Exam i nations for advanced standing credit may be granted to a student i n degree sta tus and in good stand ing for work completed by private study or by occu pational experience if such cred i t is equivalent to courses offered by the University of Colorado. A non refundable fee is charged for each examination taken . Advanced P lacement Program The University is a cooperat i ng member of the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board which prov i des able high school students , while still in high school, an opportunity to take work and then to be examined for credit on the college level. Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis o f the College Entrance Examina tion Board ' s Advanced Placement Test. For students who achieve scores of 3 , 4 , or 5 in the CEEB ' s Ad vanced Placement Examination , college cred i t and advanced placement will be granted. Students with scores below 3 may be considered by the department concerned . College credit granted will be treated as transfer credit without a grade but will count toward graduation and other specific requ i rements for which it may be appropriate. Readmission of Former Students 1 . Former students of the Uni versity of Colorado who have not attended another colleg i ate institution since their last enrollment at the University of Colo rado must submit a Former Student Application prior to the deadline for the term they wish to attend. 2 . Former students of the Uni versity of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last University of Colorado enrollment must sub mit a Transfer Application to apply for readmission . In addit i on , a $10 , nonrefundable application fee must accompany the app li cat i on . The student must request an official transcript of record from the institution(s) attended be sent to the University of Colorado Denver Campus . Considerat i on for readmission will be made after rece i pt of all of the above listed credentials. The University reserves the r ight to deny readmis sion to former students whose total credentials reflect

PAGE 10

6 I University of Colorado at Denver an inability to assume those obligations or performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution. Intra-University Transfer Denver Campus students wishing to change col leges or schools within the University of Colorado, or to change campuses within the University of Colorado complex, must make application through the Office of Admissions and Records , Denver Campus, Room 203. This application must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which they wish to register. Admission of Special Students Persons who wish to take University courses but do not plan to work for a degree at the University of Colorado (graduate or undergraduate) are referred to as Special Students. Special Students enrolled during the academic year (fall and spring semesters), must be 21 years of age or older and must have a high school diploma or the equivalent. To accommodate students who live in the Denver metropolitan area, but who are attending other collegiate institutions and wish to take courses during the summer, the University does not require that Special Students be 21 years of age during the summer term. Certified school teachers with a baccalaureate degree who seek only a renewal of the certificate currently held and who do not require institutional endorsement or recommendation may qualify for the University-wide Special Student classification outlined above. Persons holding a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification may qualify for the Special Stu dent classification but must apply for and be admitted to the Teacher Education Program separately and meet all requirements for the School of Education. Applica tions for teacher education are considered once each year (deadline is February 1 for the following summer term and/or academic year) . Information regarding such application may be obtained from the School of Education office, Denver Campus, 892-1117 , ext. 276. Special Students may take courses on a Pass/Fail basis; however, such credit will be counted as part of the total Pass/Fail credit allowed by the various col leges and schools should the student apply for and be accepted to degree status . Continuation as a Special Student is contingent upon the student maintaining an overall grade-point average of 2 . 0 or higher. Application for Admission All former nondegree students and all new students seeking admission as Special Students must complete a Special Student Application, available from the Denver Campus Office of Admissions and Records. Deadlines for the various terms and semesters will accompany the application. Transcripts from previous schools attended are not required for admission as a Special Student. Applying Special Student Credits Toward Degree Special Students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by submitting the Spe cial to Degree Application, complete academic cre dentials, and the application fee. Accepted degree applicants may transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits taken as a Special Student to an undergraduate degree program with the approval of the appropriate academic dean. Acceptance of credit toward degrees at the University changed in fall 1970. Special Stu dents enrolled prior to that date may transfer credit in accordance with provisions in effect between Jan uary 1969 and August 1970. Special Students desiring to pursue a graduate degree at this university are encouraged to submit the complete Graduate Application and supporting creden tials as soon as possible. Effective with the fall term 1970, courses taken as a Special Student may not be applied to a graduate degree program at the University of Colorado. The only exception to this rule is that students who are registered as Special Students during the term in which they are admitted to the Graduate School may request that the work in progress be ap plied toward a degree. That work may be accepted toward a degree upon recommendation of the student ' s major department with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. Special Students enrolled prior to fall 1970 may transfer credit in accordance with pro visions in effect between January 1969 and August 1970. REGISTRATION See Academic Calendar in this bulletin for dates. See the appropriate Schedule of Courses for complete registration information. NOTE: There is a penalty fee for late registration. EXPENSES Educational expenses at the University of Colorado Denver Campus normally involve tuition , fees , books, and required materials. The Denver Campus does not maintain any residence facilities so all costs related to housing must be arranged by the student at his own convenience . Students are advised that transportation and parking costs should be considered in the deter mination of expenses. Tuition and Fees* All tuition and fee charges are established by the Regents of the University of Colorado in accordance with appropriate legislation enacted annually by the Colorado General Assembly. THE PUBLICATION OF THIS BULLETIN PRECEDED ESTABLISHMENT OF TUITION RATES FOR 1973-74. THEREFORE , THE TUI TION RATES AND POLICIES LISTED BELOW SHOULD BE USED ONLY AS A REASONABLE GUIDELINE. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term during the year. The student is advised to check with the Office of Admissions and Records for specific tuition and fee information for the term for which he intends to apply. Tuition for the spring semester 1973: Credit Hours of Enrollment Residents 0 . 0 3 . 0 ........ .... . .... .... $ 34.50 3.1 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.00 4.1 5.0 . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . 57.50 5.1 6.0 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.00 6.1 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80.50 7.1 8.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 92.00 8.19.0 ..................... 103.50 9 . 1 -10.0 .......... ........... 115 .00 10. 1 or more .... ... ......... . . . 127.50 Nonresidents $ 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00 511.00 511.00 511.00 511.00 511.00 • The Board of Regents of the University of Colorado reserves the right to change tuition and fees at any time .

PAGE 11

1. A Student Activity Fee will be charged in addition to the above tuition as follows: Summer term 1973 . . .............. ....... $3 Fall semester 1973 ................ .... ... 7 Spring semester 1974 .................... 7 2 . Members of the full-time faculty and staff may take 6 credit hours or less for $34.50. 3. Students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation pay $60. 4. Graduate students who enroll for a comprehen sive examination only will pay $60. Such students will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they regis ter for coursework in addition to the comprehensive examination. 5 . Studen ts enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course pay a $10 breakage deposit. Assessment of Charges and Payment Regulations All tuition and fees are assessed during registra tion and must be paid at that time . Any student who registers for courses is liable for payment of tuition and fees even though he may drop out of school. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent semester or term , to be graduated , or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credits. The only exception to this regulation i s notes and / or other types of indebtedness maturing after graduation. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office to defer payment of a portion of tuition and fees after a minimum down-payment or one third of the total tuition, whichever is greater . Specific infor mation regarding deferred payment will be found in the Schedule of Courses which i s published in advance of each term or semester. Personal checks will be accepted for any University obligation. Any student giving a check that is not ac ceptable to the bank may be dropped immediately from the rolls of the University. The student is advised to refer to the Schedule of Courses for charges imposed for late registration , schedule changes, and late payments . Refund policies , policies related to adding and dropping courses, and withdrawing from the University will be found in the Schedule of Courses published prior to each semester or term. TRANSCRIPTS Transcripts of records should be ordered from the University of Colorado Transcript Section, Regent Hall 125, Boulder , Colorado 80302 or from the Office of Admissions and Records , University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street , Denver , Colorado 80202 . Transcripts are prepared only at the student's request, and each request must include a prepayment of $1 per transcript ordered . A student having financial obli gations to the University that are due and unpaid will not be granted a transcript. Copies of transcripts from other institutions cannot be furnished. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY A student who leaves the University without offi cially withdrawing will receive a grade of F in each course for which he is registered. Withdrawal forms may be obtained from the office of the academic dean of the college or school in which the student is enrolled. General Information I 7 OTHER REGULATIONS Students are advised to refer to the Schedule of Courses each semester for specif i c information regard ing course loads , adding or dropping classes , adjust ments i n tuition as a result of dropped classes , etc. Where requirements d i ffer from one academic area to another , the student is advised to abide by the regula tions stated by the college or school in whi ch he is enrolled. CLASSIFICATION OF IN-STATE AND OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS* A student is initially classified as an in-state or out of-state registrant for tuition purposes at the time an application and all supporting credentials have been received in the Off ice of Admiss ions and Records . The class ification is based upon information furnished by the student and from other relevant sources . After the student ' s status is determined, it remains unchanged in the absence of sat i sfactory evidence to the contrary. The student who , due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification, whether from out-of-state to in-state or the reverse , has the respon sibility of informing the tuition classification officer, Office of Admissions and Records , in writing w i thin 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their domicile from Colorado to a location outside the state is considered an out-of-state student from the date of the parents' removal from the state . He will be assessed nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or h i s parent is REQUIRED to send written notif i cation to the tuition classification officer within 15 days after such a change occurs. If an adult student or an emanc ipated minor estab lishes domicile outs ide Colorado , he is to send written notification within 15 days to the tuition classif i cation officer. Petitioning for Classification Change Detailed instructions as to the procedure to follow, the necessary petition forms, and a copy of the appro priate Colorado statute governing tuition classification at state-supported institutions in Colorado are available from the tuition classification officer, University of Colorado at Denver , Office of Adm i ssions and Records , room 203. Classification Notes 1 . Petitions will not be acted upon until an appli cation for admission to the University and complete supporting credent ials have been received. 2. Changes in classification are made effective at the time of the student's next registration. 3. A student who willfully gives wrong informat ion to evade payment of the out-of state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action . SERVICES FOR STUDENTS Services offered by the Office for Student Relations are ava i lable to the student , either as an individual or • Classification s tandard s confo rm to state statutes and judicial deci sions and are applicable to all of Colorado's state-supported colleges and universities .

PAGE 12

8 I University of Colorado at Denver as part of an organization. The Dean for Student Rela tions is concerned with the total University experience of each student. His associates and staff provide per sonalized assistance to the student in educational, social, organizational, and behavioral areas. Under graduate colleges and schools conduct orientation programs for incoming students before each semester begins, and academic advising throughout the aca demic year. Counseling Center The services of the counseling center are available by appointment to all students. Individual counseling, group experiences, and student testing are provided by trained and qualified counselors. Interviews are confi dential and there is no fee for the testing or counseling. Financial Aid A large proportion of Denver Campus students re ceive financial assistance through grants, loans, or the Work-Study program. In addition, a large number of stu dents find part-or full-time employment in the com munity. Short-term emergency loans also are available . Most financial aid is awarded on the basis of the student's financial need, with academic achievement a secondary consideration . For current information on deadlines, applications , and types of aid available the student should consult the Office for Student Relations or his high school counselor. Job Opportunities Part-time job opportunities are listed in the Office for Student Relations. Career placement, after gradua tion, is available through the Boulder Campus Place ment Center. Applications and further information are available through the Office for Student Relations. Special Services Veterans' counseling and certification for educa tional benefits is available through Student Relations . Eligibility for veterans' benefits is determined by the Regional Veterans Administration Office. Certificates of Eligibility are required from that office authorizing study on the Denver Campus. Students eligible to receive benefits under the De pendents Educational Assistance Act should receive certification from the Regional Veterans Administration Office. Counseling and further information may be obtained from the Office for Student Relations. Students authorizing the release of information may have reports of their academic progress sent to the Selective Service local board. Individual letters on cur rent school status may be obtained from Student Relations. Students from foreign countries may secure the appropriate immigration certifications and work per mits through the Office for Student Relations. Counsel ing, assistance with housing, and special information is available from the Foreign Student Adviser on the Denver Campus. Health Insurance Program The University provides an optional student health and accident insurance program through Blue Cross/ Blue Shield . Special Student, spouse , and dependent rates are available. Sign up is held during each regis tration period. Further information may be obtained from Blue Cross or the Office for Student Relations. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Numerous student clubs and organizations exist to provide a variety of interests for students desiring extracurricular activities. The student newspaper, The Fourth Estate, is published weekly, and there is an active student government. Students participate in dramatic and musical pro ductions, reading programs , special seminars and workshops, intramural sports, and debate. Lectures and programs are held throughout the academic year. Students are vitally concerned with current issues such as environmental action , politics, education for minority groups , and women's liberation, and student clubs for such issues invite participation and ideas. Several honorary societies, fraternities, and profes sional associations have active student chapters at Denver, and Denver Campus students also are eligible for membership in Boulder Campus organizations. ALUMNI PROGRAMS All graduates and former students of the University of Colorado are eligible for membership in the CU Alumni Association. The Colorado Alumnus newspaper is mailed eleven times each year. Also , two Denver area alumni clubs (Denver East and Denver West) have recently been formed , and a wide range of activities is planned by these groups. Membership and further information is available through the alumni office on the Boulder Campus. FACILITIES The CU Denver Campus comprises an eight-story tower and classroom building providing over 50 class rooms , 26 teaching laboratories, faculty and adminis trative offices, an auditorium, cafeteria, and student lounges. Work began in summer 1972 on a second floor addition to the classroom building, which will provide additional space in spring 1973. Additional faculty offices are at 831 Fourteenth St.; fine arts studios are located at 1130 Twelfth St.; the Environmental Design laboratory, an elementary edu cation laboratory, and bureau offices are located at 1120 and 1130 Twelfth St. Bookstore Textbooks and supplies are available at the Denver Campus bookstore, located on the first floor of the Bromley Library building. The bookstore is open from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Friday, and closed Saturday, Sunday, and holidays. It also remains open on the first day of regis tration. Students must present their validated ID card when paying for purchases by check. Library The Charles D. Bromley Library is located at Four teenth and Lawrence Streets, adjacent to the class room building. Hours of service are from 8 a.m. to 10 p .m. Monday through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. on Friday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturday, and closed Sun day . Special holiday and vacation hours are posted in the library. The library collection includes reserve books, refer ence materials, journals, microforms, records, and tapes. Microform equipment and listening facilities are

PAGE 13

provided in the library. General reference service , inter library loans , and assistance with individual library problems are available through the reference office on the second floor. Denver Campus students also may use the Norlin Library on the Boulder Campus , or any library in a Colorado state-supported institution of higher learning , for research materials not available in the Bromley Library by presentation of the student ' s validated ID card. A copy of the Norlin Library catalog is available on microfilm in the Bromley Library reference office , and books may be borrowed through interlibrary loan , to minimize the inconvenience to students who wish to use Norlin Library resources . Child Care Center A Child Care Center is located at 1213 Curtis Street for use by students who have young children to be cared for while attending classes or using the library . It is operated by the Denver Campus student govern ment and a committee of interested parents . For infor mation call 892-1117, ext. 395 . Classroom Locations Most classes and laboratory sections meet in the main CU Denver build ing. A few courses are sched uled at other facilities. Locations are designated i n the Schedules of Courses under " Build ing Codes. " Parking Parking is available at nearby commercial off-street lots both day and evening , and student-operated lots provide parking at special rates. BUREAUS AND AGENCIES Bureau of Community Services The Bureau of Commun i ty Services provides assis tance to community groups , agencies , and organ i za tions in plann ing and developing programs to solve a variety of problems. Bureau staff , with support from Denver Campus faculty and graduate students , conduct training programs in the areas of leadership develop ment, resource mobilization , community planning, and community organization. In addition , consultation is provided to numerous groups engaged in commun i ty development efforts . Center for Urban Affairs The Center for Urban Affairs is an administrative and coordinating unit which reports to the vice presi dent for the Denver Campus. It was established in 1968 in response to the need for a structure to administer urban interdisciplinary research projects. Not long after its establishment , the center ' s responsibilities were enlarged to include urban problem solving, community General Information I 9 service , and training . Recent organizational develop ment of the center has been concentrated on formaliz ing the functions of research , academic programming, and community services. Within the University the center functions to: 1. Encourage and aid development of urban and regional related courses and training programs; 2 . Develop and coordinate interdisciplinary urban related research and academic studies; and 3 . Develop and coordinate experiential learn i ng programs. Division of Continuing Education The Division of Continuing Education is responsible for noncredit programs , off-campus credit classes , correspondence study , audiovisual services , continua tion education , speech services , and community ser vices in the Denver metropolitan area. These programs and resources of the University of Colorado are an integral part of the statewide coordinated program of off-campus instruction under the gu i delines established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education . The program prov i des opportunity for advancement in business , government , and the professions ; offers liberal education programs contr i buting to cultu r al , intellectual , and personal vitality ; and presents pro grams designed to help solve social , community , and individual problems. Noncredit programs are open to all adults regard less of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Except in certificate programs , no grade is awarded upon completion of a course. Off-campus credit offerings supplement the regular academ i c programs offered on the Denver Campus. Admission requirements and refund policies for off campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment on the Denver Campus . Usually individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado are adm i tted to off-campus instruct ion as Special Students . Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or informa tion may write or call the Division office on the Denver Campus , 1100 14th Street , 892-1117 , ext. 286. Speakers Bureau Faculty and administrative personnel are available for outside speaking engagements on a wide var i ety of subjects . This public service activity helps to pro mote interaction between Denver Campus personnel and the urban community. Requests for speakers are handled through the Denver Campus Office of Infor mation Services, ext. 246.

PAGE 14

10 I University of Colorado at Denver College of UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES HERBERT G. ELDRIDGE, Dean •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE The College of Undergraduate Studies was estab lished, effective July 1, 1971, in order to respond directly to the needs of urban students in innovative ways. The responsibility of the College is to serve the higher educational needs of qualified university stu dents in the Denver metropolitan area. Reflecting the varied objectives of the urban student , the instruc tional program provides opportunities for general edu cation in the arts and sciences both as an end in itself and as preparation for professional and graduate work. New programs in interdisciplinary studies particularly appropriate to the urban environ ment are being planned and implemented . The College is organized into three divisions : Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences , and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula includ ing traditional undergraduate majors , interdisciplinary studies , and preprofessional programs. In order to broaden the student's perspectives the College requires 12 hours of course work in each of the areas represented by the three divisions. How ever, the student is given a wide selection of courses to satisfy each of the three area requirements and the other requirements for his degree. The College offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.); Bachelor of Fine Arts (B. F . A .); and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Medical Technology and Physical Therapy. A student may complete a major in one of the following disciplines: anthropology, biol ogy , chemistry, communication and theatre, distributed studies , economics, English , fine arts , geography , his tory, mathematics, philosophy, physics, political sci ence , psychology, sociology, and Spanish. Students also enroll in the College of Undergrad uate Studies to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University which include the School of Business , School of Dentistry , School of Education, School of Journalism , School of Law, School of Medicine , School of Nursing, and School of Pharmacy. Each professional school has specific requirements which must be followed if the student intends to pursue a career in one of these fields. Interdisciplinary majors are currently being devel oped in each division of the College. These include Urban Studies (Social Sciences), Environmental Sci ence (Natural and Physical Sciences), Advanced Writ in g (Arts and Humanities), the Environment of the Arts (Arts and Humanities), and American Studies (Arts and Humanities). Some courses applicable to these new majors are already being offered, and others will be initiated in 1973-74. Interested students should contact the office of the appropriate divisional dean for information. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Freshmen The student must be a high school graduate and must present 15 units of acceptable secondary work. (The College of Undergraduate Studies does not specify particular units.) An applicant who has not graduated from high school must present satisfactory scores on the General Educational Development Test {GED) and a high school equivalency certificate to be considered for admission. Individuals applying for admission to the University of Colorado at Denver who have com pleted the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, "Eng lish As a Second Language. " High school i s interpreted as grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for complete admission requirements. Transfer Students Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general require ments for admission of transfer students as outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin . Appl icants (residents and nonresidents) will be con sidered for admission provided a minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0 (C) or better has been at tained on all work attempted at all institutions attended. If t he applicant has been away from the collegiate environment for more than three years the student will be considered on the basis of all factors available: h igh school record, test scores , original collegiate admission qualifications, college performance , and interim experiences that might suggest potential suc cess in the College of Undergraduate Studies . A maxi mum of 72 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward a degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies. College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) Prospective students who plan either to graduate from the College of Undergraduate Studies or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for professional schools may earn college-level credit for advanced standing in the following CLEP Subject Ex aminations scored at the 67th percentile and above: American Literature Analysis and Interpretation of Literature English Literature American Government American History General Psychology

PAGE 15

Introductory Econom i cs Western C ivili zation Biology General Chemistry Geology Introductory Calculu s For complete informat ion about the CLEP program , students should refer to the General Information sec tion of this bulletin. ACADEMIC ADVISING Students in the College are expected to assume the respons ibilit y for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requ iremen ts. To assist students with this planni ng the College maintains an advising staff located in room 804 of the Tower Building . Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems. As soon as the student has determ ined his major, he must declare his intent ion s to his discipline adviser . The discipline adviser will be responsible not only for the student's advising but also for the certification of the complet ion of his major program for graduat ion. Students planning to earn a degree from one of the profess iona l schools ( Bus in ess, Education, Jour nalism, Nursing , and Pharmacy) should see an adv iser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requ iremen ts. The Denver Campus also has a counseling serv ice available through the Office for Stud ent Relations to which a student may go tor assistance with academic problems as well as prob lem s of a vocational or per sonal nature . ACADEMIC POLICIES Courses and Credits The Univers ity operates on the semester system . The term " course" as osed in this bulletin means a one-semester course. Except for laboratory courses , the credit-hour value assigned to a course i s roughly equivalent to the number of hours per week of class work involved in the course (thus a 3-semester-hour course normally meets 3 hours per week). The value of a course in semester-hour credits is indica ted by that part of the course number that follows the dash. Example: Chern . 103-5 . " Chern . 103 " is the identifying department number, and "5" indicates that the course is tor 5 semester hours cred it. Course Numbering System Course levels are designated as follows: 100 level : freshman ; 200 level: sophomore; 300 level : junior; 400 level: senior ; 500 level : graduate . Student Classification Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned . Freshman classifica tion: 0 to 29 credits; sophomore: 30 to 59 credits ; junior: 60 to 89; and senior: 90 to 120. Course Load Policy The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours . Studen ts registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students . Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. These totals include all courses taken for credit in the University , but do not include correspondence courses , College of Undergraduate Studies /11 noncredit courses , and courses taken at other instit u tions. To receive credit, the student must be offic i ally registered tor each course. Students who hold or expect to hold fullor part time employment while enrolled in the College must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual d ifficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determ inin g an appropri ate schedu le. The College as sumes that all courses elected will be completed. Employed 20 hours per week . . 10 to 13 semester hours Employed 30 hours per week. . 8 to 11 semester hours Employed 40 hours per week . . 6 to 9 semester hours Independent Study With the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean , students may register tor independent study. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (normally not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply to ward the bachelor ' s degree. Credit for Courses in the Professional Schools and in Physical Education Students may count toward the bachelor's degree as many as 24 credits of course work outside the College in the curricula of professional schools and colleges (Business , Education , Engineering and Applied Science , Environmental Design , Journalism, Music, Nursing , and Pharmacy) . The College does not grant cred it for courses in office administration such as typewriting , stenography , and office machines. Ot he r courses of a highly practical nature such as nav igation or surveying may not be i nclude d in the 24 hours. Activity courses in physical educat ion, up to a maxi mum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 hours re quired tor the degree . Correspondence Study Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies , with the approval of the dean , may take work in corre spondence study offered by the University ' s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of corres ponden ce work may count toward the degree. Adding and Dropping Courses All changes of schedule must be made by process ing the official D rop and/ or Add cards. No change will be made in a student's sched ule until all nece s sary signatures have been entered on the Drop/ Add card and the card has been returned to the Office of Adm ission s and Records. Restrictions on changes of schedule are noted below: Adding Courses . Courses may not be added after the first full week of classes except under unusual circumstances. Dropping Courses . Students receive a grade of F in any course they discontinue without officially dropping. During the first two weeks of classes , courses may be dropped without discredit , upon approval of the dean's office. After the first two weeks , the instructor must certify that the student is passing it the course is to be dropped without discredit. Whe n a course i s dropped under either of the fo l lowing conditions, it must be dropped with a grade ofF:

PAGE 16

12/ University of Colorado at Denver 1. When the student is not p ' assing the course at the time of the drop. 2. When the course is dropped after the tenth week of the semester (unless the drop is occasioned by circumstances clearly beyond the student's control and is approved by the dean's office). Withdrawal A student who leaves the University without offi cially withdrawing will receive a grade of F in each course for which he is registered . Requests for with drawal must be made 1o the Office of the Dean of the College. After the tenth week of the semester , a stu dent will not be permitted to withdraw except for rea sons clearly beyond his control. Attendance Regulations The matter of classroom attendance is left to the discretion of the instructor. It is the responsibility of the student to determine at the beginning of each semester his instructor's policies on attendance. Studel'lts who do not attend the first class session in limited enrollment courses of 15 or less will lose their place in the 9lass unless arrangements have been made with the instructor prior to the first class session. Grading System A-Superior, with four credit points for each credit hour B-Good , with three credit points for each credit hour CFair, with two credit points for each credit hour D-Minimum passing , with one credit point for each credit hour FFailure, with no credit points for each credit ' hour NCNo credit. Requires permission of the dean. The cumulative grade-point average is computed by dividing the total number of credit points earned by the total number of hours attempted . Honors courses carry grades of: H-Honors P-Pass F-Fail Credit hours earned in Honors courses count to ward the student's degree, but no credit po;nts are awarded and the hours are excluded when the grade point average is computed unless the course is failed. In some cases, a student may not be given a final grade in a course, and the mark will be one of the following : IC-Incomplete: awarded when , for reasons ac ceptable to the instructor , sufficient informa tion is unavailable to warrant a final grade, and when the student's work indicates a potential grade of C or better. No credit hours or points are awarded until the /C is made up. Students in the College of Under graduate Studies who register for School of Business courses and receive an Incomplete must make up the Incomplete within the next regular semester , otherwise the Incomplete becomes an F on the student's record. CNCondition: awarded under the same circum stances as above, except that the student's work is of D or F quality. A Condition counts as F in the average until it is made up. lncompletes and Conditions are made up by com pleting the required course work within one calendar year. Thereafter an Incomplete or Condition can be made up only by retaking the course. If not made up, the CN remains permanently in the student's grade average. Repeating Courses Effective fall 1972, a student who fails a course or receives a CN in a course may repeat that course one time in order to demonstrate competence at a passing level. If a course failed is repeated, the original F will remain on the record , but will be excluded from the grade average. Pass/Fail Option Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies may enroll for courses on a Pass/Fail basis . A student may count toward graduation as many as 16 hours passed on the Pass/Fail option: 1. No more than 16 semester hours of course work passed may be credited toward the 120 hours required for graduation. These 16 hours are in addition to those taken in honors , physical education, and student teaching. 2. The use of the Pass/Fail option may be re stricted in certain major programs. 3. Courses taken on a Pass/Fail basis may not be i ncluded in the minimum of 30 hours of C or better required for the major. 4. Transfer Students : no courses may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis by transfer students graduating with only 30 semester hours completed at the University of Colorado. The P grade is not included in the student's grade point average; the F grade is averaged in. Students must declare the Pass/Fail option within . the first three weeks of the semester (two weeks for summer term) . No change will be approved thereafter. A form is avail able in the dean's office upon which both the student and the faculty member must agree to the Pass/Fail grading option. The faculty member will keep one copy, the other will be returned to the dean ' s office no later than the end of the third week. After the third week (second week in summer term) students may not change back to the standard letter grading policy . Grade-Point Average Requirements and Scholastic Suspension A minimum cumulative grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 (C) is required of all students in the College of Undergraduate Studies. If a student ' s GPA drops below 2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term) the student will be required to achieve better than a 2 . 0 in succeeding semesters, as described in the fol lowing sliding scale , or he will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until his grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students will be reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student will be informed in writing if he is to be suspended.

PAGE 17

Hours Deficiency 1-10 11-20 21-30 over 30 Necessary Semester GPA 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 The " Hours Deficiency" is the number of credit hours of B work the student must earn to raise his GPA to 2.0. Hours of deficiency may be computed as follows: multiply total number of hours by 2 to obtain the GPA po i nts that would have been attained with a 2 . 0 average. Subtract from this figure the total grade points shown on the last grade slip. The difference is the hours of deficiency . In an effort to raise his grade-point average, a stu dent in the College may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term and for corre spondence study through the University , irrespective of his academic status. Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the Univers ity of Colorado . However , grades earned in another col lege or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student ' s scholastic stand ing and his progress toward the degree. First Suspension. The normal period of suspen sion is two regular semesters (one academic year , excluding summer term) , after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Under graduate Studies. The student will then be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on his CU record only) until his cumulative GPA reaches 2 . 0 . Failure to do so will result in a second suspension. A student under a first suspension may be read mitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if he has demonstrated marked academic im provement in one of the following ways: 1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado s ince suspension . (A stu dent must register for a min imum of 6 credits in the sum mer term or through correspondence work.) 2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to a 2 . 0 through correspondence or summer work at the Univers ity of Colorado. 3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to a 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at -all other institution s . ) Upon return to CU , however , the student retains his old grade-point aver age. (GPA from another ins titution does not transfer back to CU.) Second Suspension . A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances , and only by petition to the Comm ittee on Academic Progress of the College of Undergraduate Studies. Each petition will be examined individually . The committee will expect the student to show that his chances for successfully completing his education in the College have been materially improved by fac tors such as inc reased maturity or a relief from stress ful circumstances . The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic Progress for reinstatement for any tall semester is August 1. The deadline for peti tions for reinstatement for any spring semester is December 1. College of Undergraduate Stud ies /13 Students should note carefully the fact that , regard less of their status in the University of Colorado , if they complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution , they must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, and must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all colleg iate work attempted (at the University of Colo rado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission . COMMITTEE ON ACADEMIC PROGRESS The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic polic ies of the College as established by the faculty. The committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. CAP alone is empowered to grant waivers of , exemptions from , and excep tion s to the academic policies of the College. One of the major responsib ilities of the comm ittee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students . The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year , exclud ing summer term). However , students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual cir cumstances and only by petition to the committee. The Committee on Academ ic Progress is composed of five faculty members and three student members . ACADEMIC ETHICS Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Cheating , plagiarism , illegitimate possession and disposition of examinations , alteration , forgery , or falsification of official records , and similar acts or the intent to engage in such acts are grounds for suspen sion or expulsion from the University. In particular, students are advised that plagiarism cons ists of any act involving the offering of the work of someone else as the student ' s own. It is recom mended that students consult with their instructors as to the proper prepara tion of reports, papers, etc., in order to avoid this and similar offenses . REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION College Requirements The followi ng four requirements apply to all Bache-lor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts students : 1. Arts and Humanities-12 hours. 2 . Natural and Physical Sciences -12 hours . 3 . Social Sciences 12 hours . Lists of courses that will satisfy the above area requirements are available in the Faff and Spring Schedules of Courses , in each divisional office and in the dean ' s off ice. 4. Foreign Language. This requirement is satisfied by : a . Completion of a Level Ill high school course in any classical or modern foreign language; or b. Completion of a third-semester course (nor mally 211, but in French , German , 201 or 211) in the College ; or c . Demonstration of third-semester proficiency by test.

PAGE 18

14 I University of Colorado at Denver d. This requirement also may be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201 or 211, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation and will con tinue from the level indicated until the third-semester course has been passed. A student who enrolls in a course at a lower level than that in which he has been placed will not receive credit for the course. Students who may go on to do graduate work are advised to complete the fourth semester of a foreign language in preparation for language requirements of graduate schools. Foreign Language Placement. Placement of students in college-level foreign language courses is based on units of high school language study and on the verbal SAT score according to the following schedule: High School Verbal Foreign Language Approved Courses, Strongly SAT Score Levels or Units Advised for the Freshman Year 600-800 4 or more Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below third-year (300-level) courses. 200-599 4 or more Exempt from requirement. Rec ommend 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth semester (202 or 212) courses. 600-800 3 Exempt from requirement. Rec ommend 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth semester (202 or 212) courses . 200-599 3 Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below fourth semester (202 or 212) courses. 600-800 2 Third semester courses (201 or 211). 200-599 2 Second semester courses (102). 600-800 Second semester courses (102). 200-599 Be' ginning course (101). A student may, upon consultation with the appro priate faculty member , enroll in a course at a lower level than that in which he is placed. However, he will not receive credit for any course taken at a level lower than his placement. Exceptions to this policy can be made only by the discipline adviser and will normally be considered only when there has been a lapse of five or more years since previous study of the lan guage. There is ample opportunity for language review by enrolling on a noncredit basis in lower-level lan guage courses upon consultation with the adviser. Students may request a placement test to place them in a higher level course than that assigned , or to demonstrate proficiency sufficient to satisfy the college foreign language requirement. Students who do not wish to continue a language studied previously may, without penalty, begin a new language. However, students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students also are urged to consult with the appropriate faculty member concerning any problems that might arise regarding foreign language study or the foreign lan guage requirement. NOTE: Effective June 1972, physical education is no longer required for completion of the bachelor's degree. However, a maximum of 8 hours of physical education credit will count toward the 120 hours re quired for the degree. Major Requirements A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for his major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by his adviser) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one discipline may be counted in the 120 hours required for the de gree. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the re quirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College . For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts de gree , consult the fine arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of courses and programs. Upper Division Requirement Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor ' s degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered. Courses transferred from a junior college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require ap proval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative , who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination. Total Credit Hour and Grade-Point Requirement To qualify for a bachelor's degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado. Residence Requirement A candidate for a degree from the College of Under graduate Studies must earn his last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Undergraduate Studies. Senior Progress Report Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work , each student should request a Progress Report in the Office of the Dean to determine his status with respect to the above requirements. At the beginning of their last semester , students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date when they intend to graduate. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Undergraduate Studies, Office of Admissions and Records , and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all sched ule changes with the Degree Requirements section of the Office of the Dean.

PAGE 19

GRADUATION WITH HONORS The Honors Program of the College is outlined in the Ethn ic and Special Programs section of this bulle tin. In addition to graduation with honors, a student may be graduated with distinction if, prior to his final semester , he has taken at least 30 hours at the Uni versity of Colorado and if his cumulative grade-point average by the end of the semester , prior to his final semester 's work toward the degree , is 3 . 5 or h igher , both at the University of Colorado and in all collegiate work attemp ted . SUMMARY CHECK LIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The student alone is ultimately responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. Ques tions concern ing them should be directed to the O ffice of the Dean of the College of Undergraduate Studies. Upon com pletion of degree requirements (including the fulfill ment of a major) the student will be awarded the appropriate degree. General Requirements 1. 120 semester hours passed. 2 . 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all Uni versity of Colorado work. 3 . 45 hours of upper division work. 4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College. Area Requirements 1. Arts and Humanities : 12 hours . 2 . . Na tural and Physical Sciences: 12 hours. 3. Soc ial Sciences: 12 hours. 4. Fore ign language: third -semes ter proficiency or completion of a Level Ill high school foreign language course. Major Requirements 1. 30 to 48 hours in the major area. 2. 30 hours of C-grade or better in the major area. 3. A 2.0 grade-point average in all major work. 4. 16 hours of upper division courses in the major, C-grade or higher. 5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major program. NOTE: Not more than 48 hours in any one discipline and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. Effective June 1972 , students may elect to satisfy their degree requirements according to the above re quirements or students may choose to satisfy their requirements according to those in effect when they first enrolled as a degree student in the College of Undergraduate Studies. Students planning to transfer to the Boulder Campus are responsible for informing themselves of the degree requirements on that campus . College of Undergraduate Studies /15 DIVISION OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES ROBLEY D. RHINE , Assistant Dean The Division of Arts and Humanities includes the discipl ines of communication and theatre, English , fine arts , French, German , philosophy , Spanish , and speech path o logy and audiology . Compl ete undergraduate r:na jors are offered in communication and theatre, English, fine arts , philosophy, and Spanish. for each major are explained before the course listmgs for the respective disciplines . Information on preprofes sional programs is given in that section of this bulletin. This divi sion offers coursework in several specia l prog rams including Comparative Literature, American Studies and the Writing Program . The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of several vaned field s such as fine arts , science , engineering , creative writ ing , business , social sciences , and literature. Two cocurricular programs also are open to students : Theatre and Community S peaking and Forensics . Students interested in majoring in any of the discip lines or in participating in any of the specialized pro grams should request additional information from the divisional office or the discipline representative. Description of Courses and Programs For information on scheduling of courses , consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day , time, and meeting place of classes. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE A major in commun ication and theatre at both the bachelor ' s and master ' s level may be completed on the Denver Campus. Students majoring in communication and theatre must present a minimum of 40 semester hours (although the individual areas within communication and theatre may require additional hours) including C.T. 202 and C.T. 400. The student must elect to pursue one of the sever al areas of emphasis within the communication and theatre field. Each area has its own requirements for gradu ation , and specific programs will be developed in consu ltation with academic advisers to insure proper balance of courses within the major. Lists of required and suggested courses in each major area may be secured from the divisional office. Communication and theatre majors planning to teach communication and theatre at t he secondary level should acqua int them selves with the certification requirements of the North Central Accrediting Asso ciation . Each student pursuing a progra m in the School of Education must mee t minimal standards of competence in oral communication. Add iti onal info rmation may be secured through the School of Education office . C.T. 40-0. Speech Clinic for Foreign Students. Group assis tance for foreign students wishing to improve their spoken English.

PAGE 20

16 I University of Colorado at Denver C.T. 41-0. Reading Clinic for Foreign Students. G roup assis tance for foreign students wishing to improve speech and comprehension in reading English. C.T. 42-0. Writing Laboratory for Foreign Students. Group assistance for foreign students wishing to improve their writ ing in English . C.T. 140-5. Structure and Pronunciation of English for Foreign Students. Practice in speaking and understanding spoken English. Structure , grammar , pronunciation , and vocabulary. C.T. 141-3. Written Composition for Foreign Students I. Be ginning course in written English composition for foreign stu dents. Oral and written work. C.T. 142-3. Written Composition for Foreign Students II. Sec ond semester course. Cont inued work on grammar , syntax, and spelling. Organization and development of material for longer connected discourse . C.T. 200-3. Voice and Diction. Improvement of the normal speaking voice , articulation , and pronun ciation. C.T. 202-3. Principles of Communication I. A lecture-discus sion-recitation approach to communication theory and its application i n everyday communication . This course is in tended to give students a point of view and certain basic knowledge that will help them become better communicators regardless of their fields of specialization. C.T. 203-3. Principles of Communication II. Further developme'nt of the principles of communication. Specific topics such as argumentation , source credibil ity , attitude, organization , language style , and mass communication will be expanded by both theoretical refinement and analysis of specific re search studies . Prer. , C .T . 202 . C.T. 210-3. Speechmaking. The theory and practice of develop ing ideas, supporting materials, organization , style, delivery , and audience adaptation. C.T. 213-2. Community Speaking and Intercollegiate Foren sics I. Available for those students who wish to develop their unde rsta nding , appreciation, and skill by participation in the off-campus speaking and intercollegiate forensics program . C.T. 214-2. Community Speaking and Intercollegiate Foren sics II. Designed for students participat ing in the intercolle giate forensics program who have had some background in community speaking or intercollegiate forensics. Prer., con sent of instructor. C.T. 250-3 . Introduction to Oral Interpretation. Study and per formance of the narrative , lyric, and dramatic modes of litera ture . Not open to freshmen. C.T. 270-3. Introduction to Theatre. A study of the theory and practice of theatr i cal art, historical and contemporary. Read ings , lectures , demonstrations , play-going , and partic i pation in live productions. C.T. 273-2. Stage Movement. (Dance 242 . ) Analysis and prac tice of stage movement including the study of basic tech niques in gesture , mime , and pantomime as related to period drama , modern drama , and musical comedy. Emphasis is placed on developing an awareness of the use of the body as a means of expression. C.T. 276-3. Stagecraft. Theory and practice. An introduction to stagecraft , including basic mechanical drawing , mechanics , lighting , and their application to the scenic arts. C.T. 308-3. Introduction to Phonetics. C.T. 314-2. Advanced Community Speaking and Intercolle giate Forensics. Prer., consent of instructor. C.T. 315-3. Discussion. Theory and pract ice i n group discus sion processes , decision making, and participant and leader behavior combined with inter personal laboratory. C.T. 320-3. Argumentation. Theory of argumentation and de bate applied to contemporary iss ues. Briefing and p resenting arguments. C.T. 330-3. Communication in Instruction. Principles of com mun icati on as applied to the teaching situation. Particular attention will be paid to verbal and nonve rbal communication and the impact of perception , culture , social systems, and value and belief systems upon the communicative process. Laboratory experiences. Limited to education majors , or con sent of the instructor. C.T. 349-variable credit. Problems in English as a Foreign Language. Study in problem areas in the field of English as a foreign language . Work that is basically investigative i n character. Prer. , consent of supervising instructor. C.T. 350-3. Oral Interpretation of Literature: Poetry. Explora tion of poetry through analysis and performance. Prer. , C.T. 250. C.T. 360-3. Introduction to Broadcasting. The evolution, organ ization , and function of broadcasting. Theoretical and practical understanding of program techniques . C.T. 361-3. Radio Programming and Production. Int ro duction to basic elements of radio including the audio console , micro phones , turntables, tape recorders, tape editing , timing , and combo operation. Emphas is on applying the basic principles and pract i ces through professional production of live and taped radio programs , including news , weather, sports, docu mentaries , features , remotes, music programs, etc. Prer. , C .T. 360. C.T. 362-3. Television Production. Introduction to basic tele vision production principles, pract ices, techniques , facilities , and equipment, including cameras, audio equipment, lighting , films, video tape , graphics , sets , etc. The lab applies the principles through production and direction of television pro grams , including news-weather-sports , interviews , documen taries, demonstrations , and a final program of the student's choice. Prer. , C.T. 360. C.T. 373-3. Acting. Theory and pract ice to enable the student to improve his techniques and to utilize these techniques in creative acting. Formal and informal performance of scenes throughout the semester. C.T. 374-3. Directing. A . study of the director's function in the liv e theatre with particular emphasis on play analysis and the relationship of creative communication existing between the director and the production team . Readings , i mprovisations , and informal scenes. C.T. 399-variable credit. Problems in Communication and Theatre. Study in problem areas in the field of communica tion and theatre . Work that is basically investigative in char acter . Pr er., consent of supervising instructor . C.T. 400-3. Rhetorical and Aesthetic Dimensions of Communi cation . The study of communication as a process which inte grates instrumental and consumatory elements. Prer. , C .T . 202 , senior standing in communication and theatre , or C.T . 202 and consent of instructor. C.T. 415-3. Discussion and Conference Leadership. An exami nation of the psychology , philosophy , and methods of leader ship in the discussion group. Prer. , C.T. 315. C.T. 420-3. Persuasion. The theory of human motivation as it operates in individuals and groups. Analysis of persuas ive materials and preparat ion of persuasive appeals. C.T. 421-3. The Psychology of Communication. An examina tion of psychological factors affecting comp rehe nsion and retention of speech and formation of linguistic habits , set, attitude formation and change, perceptio n , values , and mean ing. Prer., C.T . 202 for majors. C.T. 422-3. Information Exchange and Analysis. Considerat ion of the descriptions, models, proposed dimensions, and mathe matical treatments of the inf ormation exchange process . Prer., consent of instructor. C.T. 423-3. Group Communication Theory. Detailed analysis and observation of group processes from the viewpoint of modern information and communication theory. Prer., C.T. 315 or consent of instructor. C.T. 426-3. American Speeches. A critical analysis of the rhe torical methods of selected American speakers . C.T. 427-3. Speeches From Other Cultures. A critical analysis of the rhetorical methods of selected speakers representing various cultures. C.T. 430-2. Teaching of Communication and Theatre. Funda mental problems of the teacher of communication and theatre -textbooks, courses of study , methods, etc. Prer. , 7 hours of communication and theatre or consent of instructor. C.T. 433-3. Teaching With Group Methods. The study of group forces , potentials, and the teacher 's role in creating effective learning groups. Designing , developing, and evaluating par ticipative educational activities as alternatives to traditional teaching methods.

PAGE 21

C.T. 435-3. Creative Dramatics. The study of creativity , its role and app li cat i on in dramat i cs , and the manner in w hi ch creative dramatics assists i n the growth and development of children and youth . C.T. 442-3 to 6. Practice of Teaching English as a Foreign Language. Supervised practice in teach ing audio-lingual classes, written composition , and reading . Prer., C .T. 441 or consent of instructor. C.T. 450-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploration of prose fo r ms; theory and analysis of fict ion and nonf i ct i on . Deve l op ment and presentation of individual and group programs . Prer. , C.T. 350. C.T. 451-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exp l oration of poet i c forms ; theory and analysis of modern poetry . Development and presentation of individual and group programs . Prer. , C .T. 350 . C.T. 452-3. Dramatic Interpretation. Analys i s of d r amatic lite r a ture. Development and presentation of ind i vidual and group programs . Prer., C.T . 350. C.T. 460-3. Radio-TV Station Organization and Operation. Procedures , organization , and problems of management and operation of radio and television broadcast stations. Prer., C . T . 360 or consent of instructor. C.T. 465-3 to 4. Television in Education. (Educ. 436. ) Utiliza tion of telev i sion at all levels of education. Theory and prac tice in defining needs, identifying alternative solutions , pro ducing mater i als , and eva l uating results. Fourth credit hour re quires comprehensive p r oject design. Prer., C.T . 360 or consent of instructor. C.T. 471-3. History of the Theatre I. Study of theatres , methods of presentat i on , actors , and acting from primitive times to 1700 , emphasizing perception of contemporary theatre as a way of understanding and appreciating the place of theatre in historical contexts . C.T. 473-3. Advanced Acting. Research , analys i s , and prepara tion and performance of roles i n period and modern drama , emphasizing theories and techniques of histor i cal and prese n tational styles . Prer., C.T . 373. C.T. 475-3. Playwriting: The Short Form. ( Engl. 305.) Play , radio , and television scripts . Prer., any course in drama or consent of instructor . C.T. 478-3. Drama Theory. Exam i nation of cr i tical and theo retical ideas from Aristotle to the present day. C.T. 479-0 to 4. Theatre Practice. Partic i pation in University Theatre productions. Credit hours to be arranged by director of the theatre. Not more than 2 hours may be earned in any one semester or in the summer session. Prer., consent of the director of the theatre . C.T. 481-3. History of the Theatre II. Continuation of C.T. 471. From 1700. C.T. 485-3. Playwriting: The Long Form. ( Engl. 306.) Full length plays , etc. Prer., consent of instructor . COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Students wishing to pursue graduate work in com parative literature should consult the Graduate School Bulletin . On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation ; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended . On the 500 and 600 levels , students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the instructor . C.L. 410-6. Background Readings in Classical, Medieval, and Renaissance Texts. C.L. 411-3. Basic Literary Concepts. C.L. 412-3. Literary Genres: Narrative Prose. C.L. 413-3. Literary Genres: Lyric Poetry. C.L. 414-3. Literary Genres: Verse Epic. C.L. 415-3. Literary Genres: Drama-Baroque. C.L. 435-3. Studies in the Novel: The Modern Novel. C.L. 436-3. Studies in the Drama: Contemporary European DramaIbsen to Brecht. College of Undergraduate Studies /17 C.L. 437-3. Studies in Poetry: The Lyric as Genre and Attitude. C.L. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature. (Phil. 473. ) C.L. 487-3. International Literary Relations: The United States and the Hispanic World. ENGLISH A major in English at both the bachelor's and mas ter' s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus. Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English of which 18 hours must be in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis . Engl. 100 and 101 do not apply toward the major requirement. Engl. 275276-277 (Survey of English Literature), 9 hours ; Engl. 300 (Critical Writing) , 3 hours ; 300-400 level American literature course, 3 hours; Engl. 497 (Topics in Ameri can and British Literature) , or Engl. 498 (Major Ameri can and British Authors) , 3 hours , are required courses. Engl j sh majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spri ng term of their junior year . Students who contemplate teaching should obtain in the School of Education sheets listing curriculum required for a teach i ng certificate and should consult the School of Education which supervises the teacher training program . Since fulfilling requirements for edu cation and English involves close scheduling , students should fulf i ll at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years. English for fore i gn students and courses for pro spective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed under Communication and Theatre in this bulletin. For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Education Program. NOTE: A considerable amount of writing is requ i red in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content. Engl. 100-3. Exposition I. Reading , wri t i ng , and conferences. Engl. 101-3. Exposition II. Continuation of Engl. 100 . Students are urged to take 100 before 101, unless they have already successfully completed a basic compos i tion course. Engl. 110-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and ana l ysis of short stories and novels. Engl. 111-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and analys i s of plays . Engl. 112-3. Introduction to Literature. Reading and analysis of poetry . Engl. 120-3. Great Books. Close study of literary classics of Western c i vilization: the Odyssey or Iliad, Greek drama , and several books of the Bible. Not open to students who have credit in Hum. 101, 102 . Engl. 121-3. Great Books. Close study of literary class ics of Western civilization: selected dialogues of Plato , one work of Latin literature , Dante ' s Inferno , and a few works of other writers such as Cervantes , Moliere , and Goethe . Not open to students who have credit in Hum. 101, 102. Engl. 200-2. Advanced Expository Writing. Prer. , completion of 24 hours of college credit. Engl. 210-2. Narration. Prer. , completion of 24 hours of college credit. Engl. 222-3. Great Books. Close study of sign i ficant world literature : selections from Chaucer ' s Canterbury Tales , a Shakespeare play, 19th and 20th century poetry, drama , and fiction , and the ideas of Freud or Jung. Not open to English majors or to students who have taken Engl. 110 , 111, or 112. Engl. 223-3. Contemporary Literature. Close study of signifi cant modern poetry , drama , short stories , novels, and critical

PAGE 22

18 I University of Colorado at Denver commentary ranging from the Thirties to our own day and including European and Amer i can authors. Not open to En glish majors. Engl. 232-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 132.) Close reading and analysis of American literary classics: novels , poems , plays , and essays of the 19th and 20th centuries. Engl. 233-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 133.) Continuation of Engl. 232 , but may be taken inde pendently of that course. Engl. 234-3. The American Writer and the Black Man. Close reading and analysis of sign ifica nt literary works by 19th and 20th century b la ck or white American writers treating black Americans: novels , poems , p lay s , and essays. Engl. 235. The American Writer and the Black Man. Con tinuation of Engl. 234 , but may be taken independently of that course . Engl. 238-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature. (BI. St. 232.) From the beginnings to 1914. Engl. 239. Survey of Afro-American Literature. (BI. St. 233.) From 1914 to 1960 . Continuation of Engl. 238, but may be taken independently of that course. Engl. 250-3. Masterpieces of British Literature . (Formerly Engl. 170 . ) An intensive study of a small number of major works of British literature . Not open to English majors . Engl. 251-3. Masterpieces of British Literature. (Formerly Eng l. 171.) Continuation of English 250 , but may be taken inde pendently of that course. Not open to Engl ish majors. Engl. 275-3. Survey of English Literature. Chronological study of the greater figures and forces in the main stream of English literature from the beginning through the 16th century, includ ing Shakespeare . May not be taken by majors after Engl. 460 , 461, or 470. Engl. 276-3. Survey of English Literature. Continuation of Engl. 275. English literature of the 17th and 18th centuries. May not be taken after Engl. 450, 451, or 462. Prer. , Engl. 275 . Engl. 277-3. Survey of English Literature. Continuation of Engl. 276. English literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. May not be taken after Engl. 441, 442, 444 , or 445. Prer. , Engl. 275 and 276 . NOTE: Before taking any 300-level course in English , a student must have earned 24 semester hours of col lege credit. Engl. 300-3. Critical Writing. Practical criticism of novels , poems , and plays with emphasis on written work. Introduction to and pract ice in using various critical approaches to works of literature. Prer., junior standing. Open to English majors only, except by permission of the discipline representative. Engl. 305. Playwriting: The Short Form. (C.T. 475 . ) Plays , radio , and television scripts . Prer., C . T . 240 , 342 , or any course in drama , or consent of the instructor. Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English major. Engl. 306-3. Playwriting: The Long Form. (C.T. 485.) Full length plays , etc. Prer., Engl. 305 or consent of the instructor . Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English majors. Engl. 308-3. Writing Workshop . The writing of short stories . Prer., Engl. 200 or 210, or consent of instructor. Engl. 309-3. Writing Workshop. Continuation of Engl. 308. Prer., Engl. 308 . Engl. 310-3. Writing Workshop. The writ ing of poetry. Prer. , Engl. 200 or 210 , or consent of instructor. Engl. 311. Writing Workshop. Continuation of Engl. 310. Engl. 315-3. Report Writing. ( Formerly Engineering English 401.) Instruction and practice in various forms of reports , papers, and articles. Emphasis in style and editing. Prer., junior standing. Engl. 316. Study of Poetry. Reading of representative English and American poets with emphasis on form and prosody . Engl. 330-3. Twentieth Century American Literature. Reading course in American novelists , poets, and dramatists of the 20th century. Primarily for nonmajors. Engl. 331-3. Whitman. Engl. 336-3. Black American Literature. Engl. 338. American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 430.) Chro nological survey of the l i terature from Bradford to Whitman. Engl. 339-3. American Literature. (Formerly Engl. 431.) Chro nological surve y of the literature from Whitman to Faulkner. Continuation of Engl. 338 . Engl. 366-3. Shakespeare. Development of Shakespeare as a dramatist to 1600. Engl. 367-3. Shakespeare. Shakesp eare's art at maturity. Con tinuation of Engl. 366 . Engl. 369-3. Milton. Milton's poetry and selected prose. Engl. 371-3. The Bible as Literature. Survey of literary achieve ments of the Hebrews , as represented by the K ing James Bible-The Old Testament. Engl. 373-3. Chaucer. A study of Chaucer ' s major works with emphasis upon the Canterbury Tales. Reading in Middle English after a short introduction to the language . Engl. 297/397-3. Topics in Literature. Not open to freshmen. NOTE: Before taking any 400-level course in English , a student must have earned 36 semester hours of col lege credit. Engl. 400. Development of British Drama. From beginning through the Restoration. Engl. 401-3. Development of British Drama. From 1700 to the present. Engl. 402 . American Drama. Famous American plays from beginning to O ' Neill. Engl. 403-3. American Drama. Famous American plays from O ' Neill to the present. Engl. 404-3. Contemporary Drama. Continental , British, and American drama since Ibsen . Engl. 410-3. Development of the English Novel. From begin ning to 1830 . Engl. 411. Development of the English Novel. From 1830 to 1914. Continuation of Engl. 410. Engl. 418. Development of the American Novel. From be ginning to 1900. Engl. 419-3. Development of the American Novel. Continuation of Engl. 418. From 1900 to present. Engl. 420-3. Twentieth Century Literature. The novel , with emphasis on new tendencies . Engl. 421-3. Twentieth Century Literature. English and Ameri can poetry. Engl. 422-3. British and Irish Literature of the Early 20th Cen tury. Chronological survey, 1900-1925. Prer., senior stand ing. Engl. 423-3. British and Irish Literature of the Later 20th Cen tury. Chronolog ical survey, 1925-present. Prer., senior standing . Engl. 425-3. British and Irish Drama: 1900 to the Present. A survey of the English-Irish theatre since 1900. Engl. 432. American Poetry. From beginning through the 20th century. Engl. 441-3. The Early Romantics. Major emphasis on Blake , Coleridge , and Wo rdsworth. Prer . for majors, Engl. 277. Engl. 442-3. The Later Romantics. Major emphasis on Keats , Shelley , and Byron. Prer. for majors , Engl. 277. Engl. 444-3. The Victorians. Main currents of Victorian thought in prose and poetry. 1830-1860. Prer . for majors , Engl. 277. Engl. 445-3. The Later Victorians. Continuation of Engl. 444. 1860-1900. Prer. for majors , Engl. 277 . Engl. 450-3. Restoration and 18th Century. From 1660 to 1740 . Dryden , Defoe, Swift , Pope , Add ison, and Steele and their contemporaries . Engl. 451-3. Restoration and 18th Century. From 1740-1800 . Gray , Johnson , Goldsm ith, Boswell , Cowper , Burns , and Blake and their contemporaries. Engl. 460-3. Elizabethan Poetry. Nondramatic poetry of Sidney , Spenser , Marlowe , Shakespeare , and others. Prer. for majors, Engl. 275.

PAGE 23

Engl. 461-3. The Sixteenth Century. Selected prose and non dramatic poetry from Skelton and More th r ough Shakespeare and his contemporaries. Prer. for majors , Engl. 275. Engl. 462-3. The Seventeenth Century. Poetry and prose of Bacon , Donne , Jonson , their contemporar i es and followers . Prer. for majors , Engl. 276. Engl. 470-3. Medieval Literature. Selections read in modern English, representative of the life and thought of the Middle Ages (up to 1500). Prer. for majors , Engl. 275 . Engl. 480-2. {Writing) Advanced Composition for Secondary School Teachers of English. (Educ . 482 . ) Emphasis on im proving students' ability to write expository and argumenta tive essays by means of careful criticism of students ' writing . Extensive discussion of such matters as the content of sec ondary school composition courses and methods of criticizing and evaluating the writing of secondary school students . Not counted toward minimum number of upper div i sion hours for English major. Engl. 481-2 . Literature for Adolescents. (Educ . 481.) The read ing and evaluat i on of books suitable for jun ior and senior h i gh schoo l pupils . Attention is given to sources of information about books and cri teria for selection , as well as to the actual writers. Not for graduate credit in English . Engl. 482-2. Teaching of English. (Educ. 452. ) Required of all who wish recommendation as high school English teache r s . Prer., senior standing, 20 hours in English (including Engl. 275 , 276 , 277 , 338-339 , 481, and 484) are adv i sed for prospec tive teachers . Not for graduate credit in English . Engl. 484-3. English Grammar. Study of the English language and of the various grammars of English. Requ i red for candi dates for teacher certification only. Engl. 485-3. History of the English Language. Outline of his tory of the language , includ i ng a brief survey of sound changes aftecting c:nglish , of nistory of grammatical forms , and of the vocabulary. Elementary knowledge of English grammar assumed . Engl. 486-3. Writing Topics. Individual papers based on upper division courses from each of the following three areas : Arts and Humanities , Natural and Physical Sciences , and Soc i al Sciences. For Writing Program majors only. Engl. 489-3. Semantics. Study of the mean ing of words , their change of meaning, and the relationship between words and reality. Engl. 497-3. Topics in American and British Literature. Courses such as the following w ill" be offered at regular intervals : Regional Literature-the Frontier; Regional Literature-the South; American Humor and Folklore; American Literary Criticism; Sat i re; Comedy ; Tragedy. Prer., senior standing . Open to English majors onl y , except by permission of the d i scipline representative . Engl. 498-3. Major American and British Authors. Intensive study of works of one major British or American author. Prer., senior stand i ng . Open to English majors only , except by per mission of the discipline representative. Engl. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. FINE ARTS Fine Arts offers both a B.A. degree and a B . F.A . degree in painting, sculpture , printmaking , or design. The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses . The B . F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts , 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all coursework at the time of application , which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year . Application forms are available in the divisional office. The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100 , 101, 102), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history . The recommended program for the B.F . A . includes at least two years in one creative field (paintCollege of Undergraduate Studies /19 ing , printmaking, design , or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing . Students who are candidates for the B.F.A. must take a minimum of 20 hours while in residence. The core curriculum is set up to facilitate as much as possible a variety of viewpoints and creative ap proaches for the beginning student. If this seems re strictive to an individual student because of prior experience , etc. , discipline advisers are open to alter native possibilities that would accomplish the same end. Studio I Courses For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of twoand three-dimen sional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I courses under four different in structors. Either Fine Arts 100 , 101, or 102 can be re peated up to 6 hours. There are no prerequisites for Studio I courses , but all 12 hours are prerequisites for most 300and 400-level cou-rses. Most upper division studio courses, unless otherwise stated , can be re peated to the maximum credit of 6 hours. Students enrolled in 400-level courses will be asked to present work in progress to the Denver Campus fine arts fac ulty before the end of each semester enrolled . This will enable communication with instructors other than the one listed for the specific course. NOTE: More specific descriptions of these courses will be available each semester at registration. Fine Arts 100-3. Drawing. Exploration of drawing approaches and med ia. Fine Arts 101-3. Three-Dimensional Media. Primarily explora tion in three-dimensional form . Fine Arts 102-3. Two-Dimensional Media. Primarily exploration in two-dimensional form : design and color. Life Drawing Fine Arts 300-3. First Year Life Drawing and Composition. Problems in drawing from life; exploring the possib i lities in p ictori a l design and composition. Pre r . , Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100 level fine arts course. May be repeated to maximum credit of 6 hours . Fine Arts 400-3. Advanced Drawing. Problems in draw ing with emphasis on individual development. Prer. , 6 hours F ine Arts 300. May be repeated . Printmaking Fine Arts 340-3. First Year Printmaking. Introduction to intaglio and relief printing , including metal engraving and etching, and woodcut. Prer. , 12 hours of basic art courses or equiva lent. May be repeated to maximum of 6 hours credit. Fine Arts 440-3. Second Year Printmaking. Continued study and experimentation in i ntaglio , relief print ing media. Prer., Fine Arts 340 . May be r epeated . Fine Arts 342-3. Silk Screen. (Serigraphy.) Silk screen tech niques as they relate to fine art prints , w ith possible practica l applications to posters , brochures , and other projects requiring multiple editions . Prer. , Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level f ine arts course , or consent of instructor. May be repeated . Painting Fine Arts 320-3. First Year Painting. Basic investigat i on of the materials of the painter and their use in expressing the stu dent ' s i deas. Prer. , 12 hours of basic art courses or equiva lent. May be repeated . Fine Arts 420-3. Second Year Painting. Expressive pictorial problems involving varied subject matter and painting media , with emphasis on ind i v i dual development. Prer . , Fine Arts 320 or equivalent. May be repeated.

PAGE 24

20 I University of Colorado at Denver Sculpture Fine Arts 350-3. Sculpture. Studies of the human figure in wax and casting them in bronze . Prer. , Fine Arts 101. Fine Arts 351-3. Sculpture. Creative investigation of various sculptural materials and concepts. Prer., Fine Arts 350 . Fine Arts 450-3. Advanced Sculpture. Work in large sculptural forms. Prer., Fine Arts 351. Fine Arts 451-3. Advanced Sculpture. Individual sculptural themes. Prer., Fine Arts 450. Design Fine Arts 212-2. Lettering. A combined lecture and studio course dealing with calligraphic communication. Problems in historical and creative calligraphy. Prer., Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course , or consent of instructor. May not be repeated. Fine Arts 315-3. First Year Photography. Using lecture as an introduction to history, technique , and concepts of photography as it relates to the fine arts. Emphasis on photography as a means to a formal and expressive end. Students must have access to a camera . Fine Arts majors only. Open upon con sultation. Prer. , 10 hours of basic art. Fine Arts 316-2. Graphic Design. Problems in advertising illus tration and television graphics design. Various media explored. Stress on individuality, critical judgment , and creativity. Prer. , Fine Arts 100 plus one more 100-level fine arts course, or consent of instructor . May not be repeated. Fine Arts 319-3. First Year Photography II. Emphasis on pro cesses and critical evaluation of student's photographs. Prer. , Fine Arts 315. Fine Arts 415-3. Second Year Photography I. Advanced work with photographs and refined technical processes. Prer. , Fine Arts 319. Fine Arts 419-3. Second Year Photography II. Continuation of Fine Arts 415. Fine Arts 418-3. Creativity and Problem Solving. Exploration of the process of problem solving through the means funda mental to all art istic endeavors , i.e . , making and doing . Prer., Fine Arts 102 plus one more 100-level fine arts course. Open , with consent of instructor, to students in other disciplines . May be repeated. Art History NOTE: Not all art history courses are offered every year. Check current Schedule of Courses. Fine Arts 180-3. History of Art I (Survey). History of art of all ages , reflecting the various cultures of mankind from the pre historic to the Renaissance . Fine Arts 181-3. History of Art II (Survey). History of art of all ages , reflecting the various cultures of mankind from the Renaissance to the present. Fine Arts 470-3. Primitive Art. (African and Pacific areas . ) Native arts of various African peoples as well as those of the major island groups of the Pacific area. Fine Arts 471-3. Pre-Columbian Art. Architecture , sculpture, painting of the high cultures of Meso-American and the Andean area before the Spanish conquest. Fine Arts 472-3. North American Indian Art. Survey of major tribal styles of the North American continent. Fine Arts 476-3. Pre-Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 427 and Gen. Classics 427. ) Greece and Crete from the neo lithic period to the end of the Mycenaean world . Fine Arts 477-3. Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 428 and Gen. Classics 428 . ) Greek art and archaeology from the end of the Mycenaean world through the Hellenistic era. Fine Arts 487-3. American Art. Study of American , art and architecture from the Colonial period through the 19th century. Fine Arts 488-3. American Art. Study of American art and architecture from the 19th century to the present. Fine Arts 489-3. Origins of Modern Art I. History of European movements of the late 19th century from the French Revolu tion to Realism. Fine Arts 490-3. Origins of Modern Art II. History of European movements of the late 19th century from Realism through Post Impressionism. Fine Arts 492-3. Modern Art I. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Post-Impressionism through Dada (1884-1924). Fine Arts 493-3. Modern Art II. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Surrealism to the present (1924-). Independent Study and Seminar Fine Arts 399, 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Individ ual projects or studies assigned by the major professor. To be arranged. Fine Arts 494-3. Seminar in German Literature and the Visual Arts. Interdisciplinary , team-taught course with German dis cipline. Fine Arts 496-3. Art Seminar. For Fine Arts majors, under graduate and graduate. Course based on an exchange of ideas basic to the student ' s own creative work , and to con temporary philosophies and tendencies in the field. Prer. , 12 hours of basic art courses or equivalent, Fine Arts 180-181, or consent of instructor . May be repeated once with consent of instructor . FRENCH Students who have completed a Level Ill high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This re quirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to con tinue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A stu dent may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit , see the College of Undergraduate Studies Gen eral Information section of this bulletin. Students majoring in French must complete 30 hours beyond the first year. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must com plete 30 hours beyond the second year. Required courses are 211-212, 301302 , 311-312, 401-402, plus 6 hours of literature courses at the 400 level. NOTE: For comparative literature, see that section. French 101-5. Beginning French I. French 102-5. Beginning French II. Prer. , French 101. French 201-3. Second Year Oral Grammar Review and Con versation. Prer. , French 102 or two years of high school French. French 202-3. Second Year Oral Grammar Review and Con versation. Prer., French 201 or two years of high school French. French 211-3. Second Year French Reading and Conversa tion I. Prer., French 102 or two years of high school French. French 212-3. Second Year French Reading and Conversa tion II. Prer., French 211 or three years of high school French. French 301-2. French Phonetics and Pronunciation. Prer., French 212 or equivalent. French 302-2. Oral Practice. Prer., French 301 or consent of instructor. French 305-3. French Composition. Prer., French 202 or 212 or equivalent. French 306-3. French Composition. Prer. , French 305 or con sent of instructor. French 311-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer. , French 212 or consent of instructor. French 312-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer., French 311 or consent of instructor.

PAGE 25

French 403-3. Advanced Oral Practice. Prer. , French 301 and 302 , or consent of instructor. French 420-2. French Civilization to 1789. Prer. , French 312 or 302, or consent of instructor. French 421-2. French Civilization from 1789 to Present Day. Prer. , French 312 , 302 , or 420, or consent of instructor. GERMAN Students who have completed a Level Ill high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester) , by completion of German 201 or 211, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. The German major must take 35 semester hours beyond first year proficiency . Not more than 12 semes ter hours of 200-level courses and not more than 6 semester hours of courses given in English translation may be taken for credit toward the 35-hour minimum . Required courses for the B.A. are German 301-302: Conversation, Grammar , Composition ; German 401-402 : Structural Analysis, Composition, Stylistics ; German 423: German Civilization ; and German 495: Methods of Teaching German (required of students who desire the recommendation of the discipline representative for secondary school teach i ng positions) . Native German speakers or students with advanced training may re quest permission to substitute more advanced German courses to fulfill the 35-hour minimum . German 101-4, Sect. I. German 102-4, Sect. I. German 211-4 , Sect. I. These three sections together comprise a 12-hou r, one semester course. Satisfactory completion of intensive German fulf ills the foreign language requ i rement. German 101-4. Beginning German I. German 102-4. Beginning German II. Prer. , German 101 or one year h i gh school German. German 201-4. Advanced German 1: Reading. Prer., German 102 or two years high schoo l German. German 202-4. Advanced German II: Reading. Prer. , German 201 or three years high school German. German 211-4. Advanced German 1: Communication Skills. Prer., German 102 or two years high school German. German 212-4. Advanced German II: Communication Skills. Prer. , German 211 or three years high school German. German 222-4. Scientific German. Prer. , German 201 or 211, or upon consultation. German 301-3. Conversation and Grammar. Prer., German 212 or consent of instructor. German 302-3. Conversation and Composition. Prer., German 301 or consent of instructor. German 311-3. Die deutsche Novelle. Prer., German 212 o r consent of instructor. German 312-3. Das deutsche Drama. Prer., German 212 or consent of instructor. German 333-3. Deutsche Klassik. Prer., German 311 and 312 , or consent of i nstructor. German 334-3. Deutsche Romantik. Prer. , German 311 and 312 , or consent of instructor. German 381-3. German Literature in Translation I. German 382-3. German Literature in Translation II. German 401-2. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylis tics. Prer., German 302 or consent of instructor. College of Undergraduate Studies I 21 German 402-2. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylis tics II. Prer., German 401 or consent of instructor. German 423-3. German Civilization I. (In translation.) German 424-3. German Civilization II. (In translation.) German 436-3. Die deutsche Lyrik. Prer. , German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor. German 437-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor. German 438-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte II. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor. German 494-3. Seminar in Literature and the Visual Arts. Inte r disciplinary, team-ta ught course with Fine Arts discipline. German 495-3. Methods of Teaching German. Required of students who desire the recommendation of the discipline representative for secondary school teaching positions. For student teaching in German , see Educ . 451 in the School of Educat i on Bulletin. German 499-variable credit. Independent Study. PHILOSOPHY A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student. The following courses are recommended (not re quired) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344) ; H i story of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302 , 402, 403, 404) ; Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphys i cs (Phil. 335) ; Episte mology (Phil. 336) ; Philosophical Method (Phil. 350); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc . ) ; and one course con cerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e. g. , Philosophy of Science , Philosophy of History, etc .). General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are : 1 00-levelnone ; 200-level3 hours; 300-level6 hours ; 400-level9 hours ; and 500-level -12 hours. The prerequisite may be waived with con sent of instructor. Phil. 115-3. Ethics. Introductory study of major ph il osophies on the nature . of the good of man , principles of evaluation , and moral cho1ce . Phil. 130-3. Philosophy and the Physical World. An introduc t i on to philosophy through the consideration of topics and problems related to the phys i cal and biological scien c es such as freedom and determ i n ism; mind and body; artificial intelli gence ; sciences and eth i cs ; current theori es of the un i verse space , time , matter, energy , causality , etc. ' Phil. 144-3. Introductory Logic. Introductory study of def i ni tion , informal fallacies , and the pri ncip l es and standards of correct reasoning . Phil. 150-3. Critical Reasoning. An i ntroduction to concept formation , variant forms of reasoning and argument , and criteri a for the i r evaluat i on. Phil. 160-3. Philosophy and Religion. An introduction to phi losophy through prob l ems of religion , such as the ex i s t ence of God , faith and reason , religious language , etc. Phil. 170-3. Philosophy and the Arts. Consideration of philo sophic questions i nvolved in the analysis and assessment of artist i c experiences and of the objects with which the arts , including the literary arts , are concerned . Phil. 220-3. Classical Social Theories. Introductory study of major philosophies of the past in rel ation to political , eco nomic, and social issues. Phil. 221-3. Modern Social Theories. Present social issues , together with theoretical analyses by communist , fascist , and democratic thinkers.

PAGE 26

22 I University of Colorado at Denver Phil. 224-3. Philosophical Aspects of Society. Systematic dis cussion and ana l ysis of the philosophic ideas of community , freedom , politi c al power, the nature and role of violence , etc., together with the challenge of war, poverty , and racism to contemporary culture. Phil. 240-3. Introduction to Philosophy of Science. Examina tion of some major concepts and problems of scientific thought: explanation, confirmation , causality , measurement , and theory construction. Phil. 260-3. Oriental Religions. Phil. 290-3. A Philosophical Classic. Detailed study of one major philosoph i c text which illustrates a variety of types of philosophical concerns . Emphasis on techniques for analysis , discussion , and assessment of philosophical argumentation. Such works as The Republic , Leviathan , and Treatise of Human Nature. Phil. 300-3. Greek Philosophy. History of Pre-Socratic , Attic, and Hellenistic philosophy. No prer. Phil. 301-3. Medieval Philosophy. Phil. 302-3. Modern Philosophy. History of philosophy from Descartes through Kant. No prer. Phil. 315-3 . Ethical Theory. Selected problems in classical and contemporary ethical theory. Phil. 320-3. Social and Political Philosophy. A nonhistorical , systematic treatment of basic issues in social and political philosophy, with reference to theories of being, knowledge, and human nature . Phil. 328-3. Philosophy of Education. Phil. 335-3. Metaphysics. Phil. 336-3. Epistemology. Phil. 344-3. Introduction to Symbolic Logic. Phil. 350-3. Philosophical Method. An examination of major differing conceptions of the nature and goals of philosophical inquiry and endeavor. Phil. 360-3. Philosophy of Religion. Nature of religion and methods of studying it. Phil. 379-3. Aesthetic Theory. Introduction to major theories of aesthetics and contempo r ary discussions of problems in aesthetics; i.e., the nature of art , the problem of evaluations in art. Phil. 389-3. Oriental Philosophy. No prer . Phil. 400-3. Nineteenth Century Continental Philosophy. Phil. 401-3. Nineteenth Century British Philosophy. Phil. 402-3. Twentieth Century Analytic Philosophy. Phil. 403-3. Twentieth Century Speculative and Idealistic Philosophy. Phil. 404-3. Twentieth Century Phenomenology and Existen tialism. Phil. 405-3. Studies in Contemporary Philosophy. Phil. 410-3. American Philosophy. No prer. Phil. 424-3. Philosophical Problems and Contemporary Cul ture. Issues and controversies in contemporary culture, their relation to modern theories of society, and their manifesta tions in the arts , science and technology , education , rel igion , and ethics. No prer. Phil. 426-3. Philosophy of Law. Consideration of various views of the nature of law , its role in society , and its relation to other disciplines . Investigation of philosophic commitments which underlie and affect legal conceptions and procedures. No prer. Phil. 427-3. Philosophy of History. Contemporary issues in critical and specu l ative theory of history , including the prob lems of methodology, explanation , values , and the relation ship between history and social philosophy. No prer. Phil. 430-3. Philosophy of Mind. Consideration of the prob lems in the philosophy of mind , including the mind-body problem , the problem of our knowledge of other minds , the compatibility of free will and determinism , etc. , and discus sion of such concepts as action , intention, motive , desire , enjoyment, memory, imagination , dreaming , self-knowledge , etc. Phil. 443-3. Logical Theory. Prer., Phil. 144 or Phil 344 , or consent of instructor. Phil. 444-3. Intermediate Symbolic (Mathematical) Logic. Prer . , Phil. 344 or consent of instructor. Phil. 446-3. Theories of Human Nature . Phil. 449-3. Philosophy of Language. Phil. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature . No prer. Phil. 493-3. Existentialist Philosophies. Phil. 496-3. Senior Major Colloquium. Phil. 499-3. Independent Study. SPANISH Students who have comp leted a Level Ill high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This re quirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent pro ficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score. A student may not re ceive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed . For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the College of Undergradua-te Studies General Information section of this bulletin . A major in Spanish consists of the following re quirements: 1. A total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses (beyond Spanish 102) , including the following minimum distribution: (a) at least 9 hours in upper division courses primarily devoted to language theory and practice (301-302, 401-402, 495}; (b) at le ast 8 hours in upper division literature courses including at least one course treating Spanish Peninsular literature and one treating Spanish-American literature ; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above. 2. A total of 6 hours in courses from one or more of the following areas : (a) courses in Latin American studies (e.g. , history , political science , etc.}, (b) courses in Mexican American Studies, (c) linguistics , and (d) upper division courses in another foreign language or comparative literature. Students who entered the University before fall 1969 may choose to complete the current major pro gram or the program in effect at the time of their first registration . Students planning to acquire certification for teach ing at the secondary leve l should note that the School of Education will require Spanish 495 (Methods of Teaching Spanish} and that the 3 credit hours earned in that course will count toward the major and will be subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Undergraduate Studies for the B.A. degree. This means that students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and who intend to inc lud e secondary certification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 495 in their electives in Spanish. To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish , majors must take the lang uage skills tests of the Mod ern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teach ers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satis factory scores . Students must see an adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in a delay of their graduation . Students considering entering graduate school for an advanced degree in Spanish , either at the University of Colorado or at any

PAGE 27

other institution, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission to a graduate program will depend to a great extent on courses taken in the major. It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit. It should be noted that courses taken abroad and desig nated as Spanish will also be subject to the 48-hour maximum rule of the College of Undergraduate Studies . Students interested in study abroad should consult a member of the Spanish faculty or Professor Rex Burns, Denver Campus representative for the Interna tional Education Office. NOTE: For comparative literature courses , see that section. Spanish 101-5. Beginning Spanish I. Spanish 102-5. Beginning Spanish II. Prer., Spanish 101 or placement. Spanish 211-3. Second Year Spanish I. Prer., Spanish 102 or placement. Spanish 212-3. Second Year Spanish II. Prer. , Spanish 211 or placement. Spanish 301-3. Pronunciation, Diction, and Conversation. Prer., Span ish 212, 211 (w ith grade A or 8), or equivalent . Spanish 302-3. Conversation and Oral Composition. Prer., Spanish 301. Spanish 314-2. Introduction to Literature. Prer. , Spanish 212 , 211 (with grade A) , or equiva l ent. Spanish 331-3. Twentieth Century Spanish Literature. Prer. , Spanish 314 previously or concurrently . Spanish 332-3. Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently. Spanish 333-3. Spanish Literature: Middle Ages Through Golden Age. Prer., Spanish 314 and 6 hours literature at 300 level. Spanish 334-3. Twentieth Century Spanish-American Novel and Essay. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently. Spanish 335-3. Spanish-American Novel and Essay to 20th Century. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently. Spanish 336-3. Spanish-American Poetry and Short Story. Prer. , Spanish 314 and 3 hours literature at 300 level. Spanish 401-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition I. Prer., Spanish 302. Spanish 402-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition II. Prer. , Spanish 401. Spanish 414-2. Gaucho Literature. Spanish 417-3. Readings in Spanish Literature. Spanish 418-3. Readings in Spanish-American Literature. Spanish 430-3. Generation of 1898. Spanish 431-3. Spanish-American Literature, Independence through Romanticism. Spanish 440-3. Romanticism in Spain. Spanish 441-3. r.1odernism. Spanish 450-3. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. Spanish 451-3. Contemporary Spanish-American Novel. Spanish 452-3. Golden Age Drama. Spanish 453-3. Golden Age Prose. Spanish 490-2. Senior Seminar. Spanish 495-3. Methods of Teaching Spanish. Spanish 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. College of Undergraduate Studies I 23 SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY NATALIE HEDBERG, Coordinator The B.A. degree in speech pathology and audiology is not available on the Denver Campus . The following courses are open to undergraduates : S.P.A. 370, S.P.A. 472, and S.P.A. 499. For graduate level courses see Speech Pathology and Audiology in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. S.P.A. 370-2. Introduction to Speech Correction. A survey course of the field of speech pathology with emphasis on public school speech correction as well as therapy in c l inical settings . S.P.A. 472-2. Speech Language Development in Children. The underlying processes in the development of speech language , normal and atypical. S.P.A. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. DIVISION OF NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES PHYLLIS W. SCHULTZ, Assistant Dean The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in cludes the following disciplines: biology , chemis-try, geography , geology , mathematics , physical education, physics , and psychology. The Division offers a wide variety of programs of study which include undergraduate majors with i n a discipline, interdisciplinary programs , and preprofes sional programs . It is possible to satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree on the Denver Campus in the following disciplines: biology, chemistry , geography, mathematics, physics , and psychology. The description of the program of each discipline includes the require ments for a major within that discipline. In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science , the Division is developing an inter disciplinary program with a major in environmental science. The first stages will be initiated in fall 1973 pending approval by the University. The program will offer several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science . Included within the basic approach will be concentrations in ecology , earth science , population studies, and physics-chemistry . Included within the applied approach will be concen trations in conservation of natural resources , systems analysis , and environmental quality control. Students interested in this program will be advised of core course requirements, program advisers , and other specific details through the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences office as this information be comes available. Students enrolling in medical and health-related preprofessional programs should consult with the Med ical Arts Committee of the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences at the beginning of their preprofes sional education and at selected intervals thereafter . Appointments for advising must be made in the Divi sion office , Room 508. The Medical Arts Committee has two main functions: (1) the counseling of students

PAGE 28

24 I University of Colorado at Denver enrolled in various health-related programs: Child Health Associa t e program , medical technology , phys ical therapy , predentistry , predental hygiene , premedi cine , prenurs i ng , and prepharmacy , and (2) evaluating each student ' s abilities and making recommendations to the appropriate profess i onal schools . Requirements for preprofess i onal programs are listed in the Pre professional Programs section in this bul l etin . Course options are avai l able for the nonscience major. There are three sets of courses from whi ch a student may sat i sfy the Div i sion of Natural and Physical Sciences ' area requirement of twelve hours . Any com bination of these courses w i ll satisfy the requirement. Set I , Topics in Science 133-1, are modular courses designed for, but not limited to , majors outside of the Natural and Physical Sciences . Each module carries 1-semester hour of cred i t and is offered in a 1/3 semester time block of five weeks , during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures a week. There are no prerequisites and each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given prob lem or topic i n science in a unified way. It is recom mended that a student take a single module during each f iveweek period with a maximum of three per semester. The topics w i ll change from semester to semester and from year to year . The Schedule of Courses for each semester will give the list of current topics of fered . (For general descriptions , see Topics in Science entries under each discipline involved . ) Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites . These include both introductory survey courses and special topics courses and are also usually designed with the nonscience major in mind . Set Ill includes all other Natural and Physical Sci ence courses offered in the Division . Although these courses are generally designed for the science major , they are open to students w ith the proper prerequisites . Description of Courses and Programs For information on scheduling of courses , consul t the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes . BIOLOGY A major in biology at both the bachelor ' s and mas ter ' s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus . The undergraduate major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow each student, in consultation with a biology adviser, to build a program that meets his needs. Each major is required to take 17 hours of core bio l ogy courses: Bioi. 201, 202, Living Systems I and II; Bioi. 341, Principles of Ecology ; Bioi. 351, General Genetics; and Bioi. 361, Cell Biology. A minimum total of 32 hours in biology is required. The additional 15 hours of courses are to be selected in consultation w ith a biology adviser. All majors are requ i red to take chemistry , physics , and mathematics in addition to the 32 hours in biology . It is advisable for the student to contact a biology adviser early in his academic career to plan his individual program. Bioi. 133-1. Topics in Biology. Different five-week cou r ses dealing w ith various topics in b i ology. See Schedule of Courses for the particular topics being offered. Designed for non science majors to fulf i ll the natural science requirements . Bioi. 201-4. Living Systems I. (Psych . 201.) An interd i sciplinary approach to the structure and function of living systems cells , organisms , and populations . Emphas i s on the behavioral aspects and energy flow t hrough each of the leve l s of organi zation analyzed. Primar i ly intended for students majoring in science. Bioi. 202-4. Living Systems II. (Psych. 202.) Continuation of Bioi. 201. Prer . , Bioi. 201. Bioi. 311-4. Morphology of Nonvascular Plants. Lect. and lab . An evolutionary survey of lower plant forms: algae , lichens , and bryophytes. Bas i c pri nciples of evolution and ecology of lower plan t s are emphas i zed . Experimental lab projects are included i n c ourse. Prer., Bioi. 201 and 202 , or college botany. Bioi. 313-5. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. Three semester hours lecture credit and 2 semester hou r s lab credit. Phylogeny of all cho r date groups , the evo l utionary progress i on of their organ systems , and the i r recapitulation during ontogeny and in the adult forms . Dissect i on of rep r esentative major verte bra t e types. Prer. , Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 , or college zoology. Bioi. 322-3 . Essentials of Animal Physiology. One semester hour of lab credit and 2 semester hou r s of lecture credit. An introduction to the essentia l s of ani mal physiology. Prer. , Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202; a year of general chemistry . Bioi. 325-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis I. A ' study of normal structure , funct i on , ecology , and development of man as a biolog i cally integra t ed who l e , cu l minating in a discussion of intrins i c and extrinsic bio-psycho-soc i ological factors which : (1) lead to the deve l opment of d i sease and (2) are used in response to threats of i llness . Human beings viewed as multi leveled open systems subject to changing developmental and environmental influences , and compri sing various subsystems , whose interactions are responsible for or influence the meet ing of bas i c biologica l needs. Prer., Bioi. 101-102 or Bioi. 201202; General Chemistry or consen t of instructor . Bioi. 326-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis II. Continuation of B i oi. 325 . Prer., Bioi. 325 . Bioi. 341-3. Principles of Ecology. Principles pertaining to b i ological communitie s; population interactions and relations with the environment. Prer., Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 . Bioi. 361-3. Cell Biology. A survey of the interrelationships between cell structure and function . Prer., Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 . Bioi. 383-3. General Genetics. A survey course introducing molecular , classical , dev e lopmental , and population genetics to the ' student who has a basic backg r ound in biology. Prer., Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 . Bioi. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Psych. 395-4 ; Anthro . 395 4.) An interd i sciplinary approach to the nature of man : his evolution , his biological makeup , his development as a social being , and h i s strategies for dealing with the chal lenges of env i ronment. Lecture and demonstration discuss i on sections . Prer . , one course in anthropology, biology , or psy chology . Bioi. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Psych. 410-3 . ) An interdis ciplinary course designed for any upper division student interested in the relationships between behavior and heredity . Prer. , consent of instru c tor. Bioi. 425-3. Comparative Psychology. (Psych. 425-3.) Behavior of anima ls. Similarities and differences betwee n animals. Principles of behavior i n a variety of species . Prer., 6 hours of psycho l ogy or consent of instructor . Bioi. 427-4. Environmental Physiology. One semester hour of lab credit and 3 semester hours of lecture credit. A considera tion of physiological adaptat i ons of both plants and animals to such envi r onmental parameters as temperature, light , and water. Prer. , Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202; a year of chemistry and a course in physiology. Bioi. 439-3. Animal Societies. (Psych . 439 . ) The behavior of animals i n relation to one another . Relations within groups and between groups . Interaction between members of so c i eties a s determined by characteristics of the animals and

PAGE 29

their environments. Prer., Psych. 201-202 and consent of instructor. Bioi. 441-4. Plant Ecology. Interactions of environmental fac tors upon plant communities . Emphasis on population dy namics and major ecosystems of North America. Field study centers on methods of vegetation analysis . Prer., Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 . Bioi. 443-4. Animal Ecology. The environment , the ecosystem , and the animals in them . Intraand inter-species relations , communities, migrations , food chains, natural balance , effect of man and his population pressures. Prer., Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202, or college zoology and botany. Bioi. 452-3. Human Genetics. Basic principles of genetic phe nomena evident in all life , with emphasis on those principles operative in humans . Heredity of man's normal and defective traits. Modes of inheritance, pedigree analys i s , consanguinity , sex associated traits, chromosomal aberrations , mutations and causes, karyotyping , multiple births, gene linkage studies , histocompat ibili ties , and metabolic disorders . Prer. , Bioi. 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202. Bioi. 461-4. Vertebrate Embryology. Development stressing vertebrate animals from fert ilize d egg through organ systems , with introduction to exper i mental analysis. Prer. , Bioi . 101 and 102 or Bioi. 201 and 202 , or college zoology. Bioi. 499-variable credit. Independent Study in Biology. Prer., open to seniors with consent of instructor. CHEMISTRY A major in chemistry at both the bachelor ' s and master ' s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus. For graduation at the bachelor ' s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the fol lowing courses or their equivalent: Chem . 103, 106 , 317 , 335, 336 , 418 , 451, 452, 455; Phys. 111, 112, 114; Math. 130, 230, 240. In view of the current renumbering and reorganization of courses throughout the College, it is especially important that a student interested in the chemistry major should consult a member of the chem istry faculty to act as his adviser . This should be done in ' the freshman or sophomore year if possible; delays in graduation may thereby be avoided. Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the Independent Study (Chem. 493) program. A chemistry adviser must be consulted before a Distributed Studies Program with chemistry as the pri mary field is undertaken. Such a program must include the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103 , 106, 335 , 336 (or 331, 332) , 451. Thirty hours are re quired in chemistry. For further information , see the Distributed Studies Program section of this bulletin . Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chem ists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian , one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem. 401 ), and two semesters of advanced work from the following courses: Chem . 501, 506, 516 , 517 , • 518, • 531, 532, and 559. Six hours of Chem. 493 will satisfy the special courses require ment. Further information regarding these recommen dations may be obtained from the advisers . Chem. 100-2. General Chemistry. For students with no high school chemistry or a very poor chemistry background; pre pares students for entrance' into Chern. 103 or Chern . 202 . Prer. , one year of high school algebra. Chem. 101-5. General Chemistry. Lect. and lab. A first course in principles of chemistry intended primarily for prenursing , physical education , phys ical therapy , and other students wanting to fulfill curriculum or natural science requirements. No previous knowledge of chemistry is required . Prer., one year of high school algebra. College of Undergraduate Studies I 25 Chem. 102-5. General Chemistry. Lect. and lab. Introduction to organic and biochemistry for prenursing , physical educa tion , physical therapy , and other students wanting such a course to satisfy curric ulum or natural science requirements . Prer . , Chern . 101 or equivalent. Chem. 103-5. General Chemistry. Lect. , rec. , and Jab. A first college chemistry course for students with adequate high school chemistry. Prer., one year of h i gh school chemistry or Che m . 100 , and one year of high school algebra. Chem. 106-5. General Chemistry. Lect. , rec. , and lab. Includes ionic equilibrium , types of bonding , transition metal chemistry , and quantitative analytical techniques. Prer., Chern . 103 or equivalent. Chem. 133-1. Topics in Chemistry. Different 5-week course modules dealing with variou s topics in chemistry. See current Schedule of Courses for particular modules being offered. Des igned for nonsc ience majors to fulfill the natura l science requirement. Chem. 202-3. General Chemistry. Lect. Selected topics in chemistry of interest to engineers. Not open to chemical engi neering students. Prer., Engr. 301 or consent of instructor. Chem. 317-4. Quantitative Analysis. Lect. and lab. Volumetric and gravimetric analysis, with introduction to potentiometric and photometric techniques. Prer., Chern . 106 before spring 1973 . Chem. 331-4. Organic Chemistry. Three lect. and one lab. per wk. Elements of both aliphatic and aromatic chemistry for nonchem istry majors . Open without pet i tion to lower d i vision students who have the prerequisite . Prer., Chern. 106. Chem. 332-4. Organic Chemistry. Lect. and lab. Cont inua tion of Chern . 331. Study of more complex compounds and of methods for structure determination. Stereochemistry and or ganic reaction mechanisms. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequ isite. Prer. , Chern. 331. Chem. 335-5. Organic Chemistry. Three Ject. and two Jab. per wk . Required course for chemistry majors. Structure and nam ing of organic compounds. Elements of stereochemistry. Introduction to organic reactions and reaction mechan isms. Open without petition to lower division students who have the prerequisite . Prer., Chern. 106 or 108 . Chem. 336-5. Organic Chemistry. Lect. and lab . Required course for chemistry majors. Continuation of Chern. 335 . Study of more complex compounds and of methods for structure dete rmination. Systematic survey of organic reactions . Open without petition to lowe r division students who have the pre requisite. P rer., Chern. 335. Chem. 401-3. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. An introduction to the theory and pract ice of modern inorgani c chemistry; de signed to give the undergraduate student a foundation for graduate work in chemistry. Includes atomic structure and the theoretical basis of the periodic table , structure of and bonding in molecules and crystals , reaction mechanisms , and chemistry of selected transition and nontransition elements systematized by physical principles . Prer., Chern . 451 and concurrent registration in Chern. 452 , or consent of instructor. Chem. 418-4. Quantitative Analysis. Lect. and lab. Principles of chemical separations ; potentiometric and other electrical methods ; spectrophotometry in the visible and ultrav iolet, in cluding atomic absorption spectroscopy. Prer., Chern . 451. Chem. 451-3. Physical Chemistry. Lect. Applications of thermo dynam ics to chemistry . Includes study of the laws of thermo dynamics , thermochemistry , solutions , electrochemistry , chem ical equilibria , and phase equilibria. Prer., Chern. 335 , Phys. 111, 112 , 114 , Math. 240 , or equivalent courses. Chem. 452-3. Physical Chemistry. Cont inu ation of Chern . 451, with emphasis on quantum mechan i cs , molecular structure , spectroscopy, statistical mechanics , and additional topics of current interest. Prer. , Chern. 451. Chem. 455-3. Experimental Physical Chemistry. One Ject. and two 3-hour Jabs. per wk. Instruction in the experimental tech niques of modern physical chemistry with emphasis on ex periments illustrating the fundamental principles of chemical thermodynamics , quantum chemistry , statistical mechanics , and chemical kinetics. For chemistry majors. Prer., Chern. • Laboratory work is included .

PAGE 30

26 I University of Colorado at 451 or equ i valent course in thermodynam i cs , Chern. 452 or equ i valent course in quantum mechanics. Chern. 452 may be taken concurre nt l y . Chern. 481-3. General Biochemistry. Three lee!. per wk. Topics include structure , conformation , and properties of proteins; enzymes : mech a nisms and kinet i cs; intermediary metabolism ; Krebs cycle, carbohydrates , lipids; energetics and metabolic control ; and an introduction to electron transport and photo synthes is. Prer., one year of organic chem i stry. Chern. 482-3. General Biochemistry. Continuation of Chern. 481. Topics i nclude macromolecules; metabolism of nucle i c acids and nitrogen-containing compounds ; biosynthesis and function of macromolecules including DNA , RNA , and pro teins; biochemistry of subcellular systems ; and special topics. Prer. , Chern . 481. Chern. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study in Chemistry. Cons e nt of instructor required. COMPUTER SCIENCE Students in the College may enroll in courses in computer science for College of Undergraduate Studies credit. Mathematics majors may select an option in computer science. Cp.Sc. 201-3. Introduction to Computer Science. (E. E . 256.) An elementary course in computer science covering computer prog r amming methods. Fortran programming , numerical appli cations , and non n.umerical applications . Prer., high school algebra , trigonometry , and geometry . Cp.Sc. 302-3. Computer Applications in the Mathematical Sciences. An advanced F o rtran cours e for scientists and engineers . Aspects of optim a l programm i ng with respect t o various goa l s and examination of goals that are appropriate to given contexts . Prer. , Cp.Sc. 201, A. Math . 232 or Math. 313 or equivalent. Cp.Sc. 453-3. Assembly Language Programming. (E. E . 453 . ) A laboratory course in programming at the machine code level. Lectu r es deal with the organization of the machine , it s effect on the order code , and techniques for programm i ng in Assembly Language . Primary emphas i s is on preparing and running programs . Prer. , Cp . Sc . 201, or consent of instructor. Cp.Sc. 457-3. Logic Circuits. (E. E. 457.) A study of Boolean algebra, and its application to the syntheses of logical cir cu its from logical elements such as and-gates , or-gates , n o t gates , nand-gat e s , nor-ga t es , delay elements , and memory elements . P r er. , upper division standing. GEOGRAPHY Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog . 100 , 101, 199 , 200, and 306. Distributed majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipl ine adviser. Geography courses , traditionally , have emphasized the man-environment relationship. Students interested in environmental problems will find the nonregional courses of particular value to their program . A number of these courses involve faculty from other disciplines and provide a general background on which more advanced work may be based. Man and His Physical Environment I, II, Ill is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and evolution of the earth . They may be taken concurrently or in any order. Geog. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geol. 1 00-4.) A general introduction to elements of weather , phys ical climatology , and world regional climate classification . Geog. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment 11. (Geol. 101-4.) Study of earth materials , features , and processes , and how they relate to man . Geog. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment Ill. (Geol. 102-4.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth, history of the e arth , and devel o pment of life forms throughout geo logic time . Geog . 199-3. Introduction to Human Geography. A systematic introduction to the bro a d field of man-land relationships . Em phasis is p l aced on th e patterns and forms of man ' s chang i ng us e of the land. Geog. 200-3 . World Regional Geography. The cultural distributions of the world . Th e relationship s of man and the land scap e based on broad d i visions of cultural , ethnic , and geo graphic distri butions in th e world . Geog. 301-3. Economic Geography: Primary Activities. An introduction to rural l a nd use patterns and agricultural pro duction . Geog. 302-3. Economic Geography: Secondary Activities. An introduction to location analysis of manufacturing activities . Geog. 305-3. Cartography I. Techn i ques of mapping var i ous distributions with emphasis on research and design. Geog. 306-3. Map and Air Photo Analysis. Introduction to the skills and r e asoning abi li ty needed to analyze and use maps and air photos as research tools. Elementary field techniques are introduced on two ali-day Saturday field trips. Geog. 361-3. Geographic Analysis of Issues in American So ciety. The geographic v ie wpoint , espec i ally regional differen tiati o n and systems mod e ls , applied t o such socioeconomic concerns as pollution , poverty, rac ism, violence , and political reorganization. Geog. 370-3. Africa. A physical-cultural approach to an under standing of man-land relationships on the continent; changes in physical environment and cultu r al practices . Population a nd land use problems. Geog. 371-3. Middle East. A physical , cultural , economic ap proach to the arid lands of the ' M i ddle East including Arab lands of the Sahara. Geog. 375-3. Far East. Regional survey of the physical and cultural features characterizing the g e ography of the Far East. Empha s is on problems underlying future development and ec o nomic capabilities of South and East Asia . Geog. 400-3. Climatology. Analysis of e nergy exchange , tem perature , wind , pressure , and atmospheric humidity as ele ments and controls leading to an und e rstanding of physical climatology . The Koeppen , Thornthwaite , and other systems are evaluated and applied to a surv e y of regional climates. Prer., G e og . 100 or equ i valent. Geog. 402-3 . Population Geography. Analysis of population dynam i cs , distributions , d e nsities, and migration flows ; spatial relationships between population trends and variables with social , ec o nomic , and environmental factors . Geog. 406-3. Geographic Interpretation of Aerial Photos. Interpretation of aerial photographs for research purposes. Emphasis on analysis of vegetation , land-forms , agriculture, and urban-industrial patterns. Prer. , Geog . 306 or consent of ins t ructor . Geog. 410-3. Urban Geography. An introduction to the hori zontal and vertical characteristics of urban settlements . In cludes the origin of cities , basic definitions of urban areas, central place theory , economic bases of towns , classification of cities , and urban planning. Geog . 412-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography. The application of statist i cal and other quantitative techniques to geographically organ i zed data , areal distributions, and the solution of geographic research problems. Geog. 425-3. Political Geography. A systematic study of the geographic influence ' s affecting the development of political units , such as nations , states, and parties , as a background for better understanding of internat i onal affa irs. Geog. 430-3. Conservation Practice. Introduction to various aspects of resources , environment , and population. Emphasis on food production , water , soil, and climate. Geog. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geol. 463.) Sys tematic study of weathering, mass-wasting , fluvial , wind , and marine processes and the landforms resulting therefrom . Prer. , Geog . -Geol. 101 or equivalent and elementary chem istry, or consent of instructor. Geog. 470-3. Soviet Union. A systemat i c and regional survey of features that characterize the physical, economic, and cultural g e ography of the U . S . S.R.

PAGE 31

Geog. 494-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geol. 494 . ) Nontech nical study of distribution , reserves , and uses of mineral re sources. Geog. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Independent research primarily for advanced undergraduate major students. Prer., consent of department. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Students majoring in the geological sciences must take the following courses within the discipline: Phys ical Geology (Geol. 207-208), Mineralogy (Geol. 301302) , Introductory Paleontology and Stratigraphy (Geol. 341-342) , Structural Geology (Geol. 312), and Field Geology (Geol. 411). In addition, students must take the following courses in allied fields: Chem. 103, 106; Math. 140, 230; Phys. 111, 112, and 114. Physical Geology (Geol. 207, 208) and Mineralogy (Geol. 301, 302) are presently offered on the Denver Campus , as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Introductory Paleontology and Stratigraphy (Geol. 341, 342), Structural Geology (Geol. 312) , and Field Geology (Geol. 411) must be taken on the Boulder Campus in order to complete a major in the geological sciences . Alternatively , a stu dent may complete all the requirements for a distrib uted studies major and environmental sciences major, with emphasis in geology , on the Denver Campus . Man and His Physical Environment I, II, Ill is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and evolution of the earth. They may be taken concurrently or in any order. Geol. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geog. 100-4 . ) A general introduction to elements of weather , phys ical climatology, and world regional climate classification. Geol . . 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. (Geog . 101-4.) Study of earth materials , features , and processes, and how they relate to man. Includes Sunday field trips. Geol. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment Ill. (Geog . 1 02.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth , history of the earth , and development of life forms throughout geo logic time. Includes Sunday field trips. Geol. 207-3, 208-3. Physical Geology and Geophysics. Gen eral introduction to geologic process es of the earths' surface and interior. Physical properties of the earth as a planet. Intended for students desiring major work in the geological sciences. Includes three Sunday field trips per semester. Prer., two years high school science or mathematics and science. (Geol. 208-3 does not prerequire Geol. 207-3. Stu dents may follow Geol. 101 with Geol. 208 if they wish addi tional work in geo physi cs and internal processes, or they may begin the 207-208 sequence with Geol. 208 if scheduling so requires.) Geol. 301-4 , 302-4. Mineralogy. Principles of mineralogy , em phasizing crystallography , crystal chemistry , and systematic mineralogy of nonsilicates . Fall. Systematic mineralogy of silicates, origins and occurrences of minerals , and the inter relationships of mineralogy , economic geology , and petrology . Spring . Prer. , physical geology, Chern . 106 and 108. Geol. 302-4 prerequires Geol. 301-4 or consent of instructor. Geol. 323-3. Lithology. Introduction to the occurrence and megascopic classification of common rocks and minera ls. Geol. 425-3. Groundwater . Occurrence , movement , and prob lems of pollution of subsurface water and the hydrologic prop erties of water-bearing materials. Prer., Geol. 101 (Geog. 101) or consent of instructor. Geol. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geog . 463-4 . ) Sys tematic study of weathering , mass-wasting , fluvial, wind and marine processes, and the landforms resulting therefrom. Prer., elementary geology or equivalent and elementary chem istry , or consent of instructor. College of Undergraduate Studies I 27 Geol. 494-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geog. 494-4.) Non technical study of distribution , reserves , and uses of mineral resources . MATHEMATICS A major in mathematics can be completed by stu dents in the College of Undergraduate Studies by satis fying the following requirements , completing each of the required courses with a grade of C or better: 1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses. 2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher . 3. Math. 140 , 241, 242, 272 , 313, 314. 4. Either Math . 431-432 or Math. 321-422. Students who plan to do graduate work in mathe matics should take Math. 431-432 ; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encour aged to complete Math. 321-422 ; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline. Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better: Math. 140, 241, 242 Cp .Sc. 201 Math. 313 Cp.Sc. 302 or 303 Math. 431, 432 Cp.Sc. 453 Math. 443 Cp.Sc . 457 (E.E. 457) Math. 481 Cp .Sc. 501 Cp .Sc. 546 Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser. At the graduate level, master ' s degrees are avail able in mathematics, applied mathematics, and Basic Science (Math. option). Mathematics offers a Teaching Internship Program which consists of three phases as follows: Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics , and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis , with the understanding that the fac ulty member will attend all sess ions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his performance after each lecture. It is the interested student ' s task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function nor is any compensation afforded to the spon sor for so doing. Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student's entry into the senior year of study, the facu lty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant . With approval of the mathematics faculty , the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most , two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exer cising such supervision as may appear appropriate under individua l circumstances . Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate pro gram the intern would hopefully be prepared to ac-

PAGE 32

28 I University of Colorado at Denver cept a graduate teaching assistantship in the depart ment , or in a related interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her professional career. No student may obtain more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140. Math. 101-3. College Algebra. A course i ntended for pre calculus students who are not prepared to take Math. 140 directly. Topics covered include set concepts , functions in clud ing exponentia l and logarithmic , systems of equations and inequal i ties including elements of matrices , and polynomials. Prer., 1 Y2 years of high school algebra , one year of plane geom e try , and a sat i sfactory score on the placement test to be g i ven at the first meeting of class. * Math. 102-3. College Trigonometry. A course intended for pre calculus students who are not prepared to take Math. 140 d i rectly. Includes tri ognometric functions and their values and graphs , right angle trigonometry , identitie s and equations , inve rse trigonometric functions , the law of sines and the law of c o sines and applications , complex numbers , complex roots of equations , De Moivre ' s theorem and roots of complex num bers , and elements of complex algebra . Prer . , 1 Y2 years of h i gh school algebra , one year of plane geometry, and a satis factory score on the placement test to be given at the first meeting of class.* Math. 103-3. The Structure of the Number System. Arithmetic of the ' natu r al numbers , integers , rational and real numbers , numerals , and systems of notation. Carries cred i t only for elementary majo r s for B . S . in education degree. Math. 107-3. Algebra for Social Science and Business. Logic , set theory , permutations , combinat i ons , probability , matrix algebra. Does not prepare students for Math. 110 or Math . 140 . Prer., one year high school algebra . Math. 108-3. Polynomial Calculus. A one-semester course in the calculus . No knowledge of trigonometry or analytic geom etry i s presupposed. Intended especially for social sc i ence and bus i ness studen t s and for the general liberal arts student. Those planning to take more than one semester of calculus should take Math . 140 instead of Math . 108 . Prer. , 1Y2 years high school algeb r a . Math. 121-3. Geometry for the Elementary Teacher. Intuitive and logical development of the fundamental ideas of geom etry , such as parallelism , congruence , measurement. Includes study of plane ana l ytic geometry . Carr i es credit only for ele mentary majors fo r B . S . i n education degree . Prer., Math . 103 or equ i valent. Math. 133-1. Topics in Mathematics. Different five-week course modules dealing w ith various topics in mathematics. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular topics being offered . Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural sc i ence requirement. Math. 140-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Basic con cepts f r om plane ana l ytic geometry ; elements of vector alge bra ; intu i t ive introduct io n to limits , continu i ty , d i fferent i ability , and i ntegrability ; elementary applications of differentiation and integration. Replaces Math . 130. Students with credit in Math . 108 will rece ive no cred i t for Math. 140. Math. 102 may be taken concurrently with Math . 140 . Students with weak mathematical background should take Math. 101 first. Prer. , See Math . 101 and 102. Math. 232-4. Sophomore Mathematics II For Engineers. Intro duct i on to linear algebra (including vect o r spaces , matrices , dete r minants , and systems of li near equat i ons) and i ntroduc tion t o differential equations. Prer. , Math . 231 or 242. Math. 241-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. The second of a thre e-semester sequence (Math . 140 , 241, 242) in cal culus. This course d e als with inverse functions , trig and in verse trig functions , log , exponential , and hyperbolic trig functions . Also i ncludes the Fundamental Theorem of the Calculus , Rolle ' s Theorem , the mean value theorems , meth ods of integration and polar coordinates . Prer., Math . 140. Math. 242-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill. The third of a three-semester sequence (Math. 140 , 241, 242) . This course deals with infinite series , the intermediate value theorems , L ' Hosp i tal's Rule and indeterminate fo r ms; Taylor ' s and Maclaurin ' s series , i ncluding series definitions of transcen d e ntal functions . Prer., Math. 241 or consent of department. Math. 272-3. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics. The stu dent learns to prove and to critique proofs of theorems by studying elementary topics in abstract mathematics, includ ing such necessary basics as logic , sets , functions , equiva lence relations , etc. Prer., Math . 241 or consent of department. Math. 281-3. Introduction to Statistics. Study of the elementary statistical measures. Introduction to statistical distributions , statistical inference , and hypothesis testing. Prer. , college algebra or equivalent. Math. 313-3. Introduction to Linear Algebra. Systems of linear equations, vector spaces , matrices , determinants. Prer., Math. 241 with grade of Cor better . Math. 314. Introduction to Modern Algebra. Groups , rings , fields , polynomials. Prer., Math. 272 with grade of Cor better . Math. 321-3. Higher Geometry I. Axiomatic systems. The foundations of Euclidean and Lobachevskian geometries. Prer., Math . 241 with grade of Cor better. Math. 352-3. Computable Functions. Turing Computers, com putable funct i ons , alternate formulations of computable func tions , the halting problem and noncomputable functions , Church's thesis , universal machines , Godel ' s incompleteness theorem , and undecidable theories. Prer. , college algebra or consent of instructor. Math. 403-3. Introduction to Topology. Metric spaces and topological spaces ; homotopy and homology in simplicial complexes. Prer., Math . 272 or consent of instructor. Math. 411-3. Theory of Numbers. Divisibility , com mon divisor, prime numbers, fundamental theorem of arith met i c, congruences and other topics. Prer., Math . 272 or consent of instructor. Math. 422-3. Higher Geometry II. An introduction to the study of synthetic projective geometry . The relation of the projec tive and affine planes. Coordinates in the projective plane . Prer., Math . 313 with grade of C or better. Math. 426-3. Elementary Differential Geometry. Differential forms in Euclidean 3-space , vector fields , frame fields , Frenet formulas , calculus of differential forms on surfaces , geometry of surfaces , Gaussian curvature , second fundamental form. Prer., Math. 313 , Math. 432, or consent of instructor. Math. 431-3. Advanced Calculus I. Calculus of one variable , the real number system , continuity , differentiation , integration (possibly Riemann-Stieltjes). Prer., Math. 241 and Math . 272 , 313 , or A .Math . 232. Math. 432-3. Advanced Calculus II. Sequence and series , con vergence , uniform convergence ; Taylor ' s theorem; calculus of several variables including continuity , differentiation and i ntegration ; Picard ' s theorem in ordinary differential equations and Fourier series if time permits. Prer. , Math. 431. Math. 433-3. Advanced Calculus Ill. Vector fields , implicit funct i on theorem , inverse function theorem; Green 's, Stoke ' s , and divergen c e theorems ; Taylor ' s theorem for functions of several variables ; calculus on manifolds if time permits. Prer. , Math. 432 or consent of instructor, and Math . 313. Math. 435-3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers I. Selected topics in matrices , vector analysis , and Laplace transforms. Prer., Math . 232. Math. 443-3. Ordinary Differential Equations. Elementary sys tematic int r oduction to linear nth order differential equations , i ncluding equations with regular singular points . Existence , uniqueness , and successive approx i mations of solutions fo r linear and nonl i near equations. Prer., Math. 241 and 313 , or A . Math. 232 . Math. 444-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations. Boundary value problems for the wave , heat , and Laplace equations ; separation of variables method , eigenvalue prob lems , Fourier series , orthogonal systems . Prer. , Math. 431 or 443 . Math. 445-3. Introduction to Complex Variables. Theory of functions of one complex var i able , including integrals, power • Students w ithout prerequ i sites are advised (and w i th an unsatis factory pla c ement test s core will be directed) to consider enroll ment in pre c o llege course s D . C . . 350, 351, 353, and 354, as needed , thr o ugh the D i v isi on of Cont i nu i ng Education .

PAGE 33

series, residues , conformal mapping, and special functions. Prer., Math. 444 . Math. 451-3. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. Sentential logic and first-order logic . Completeness theorems. Prer., Math. 272 with a grade of Cor better. Math. 453-3. Boolean Algebras. Axioms , subalgebras , ideals , d1rect and free products , free algebras , representation theorem , completions. Prer., Math. 314 . Math. 455-3. Set Theory. Axioms of set theory , algebra of sets , cardinal numbers , ordinal numbers, axiom of choice and con tinuum hypothesis. Math. 465-3. Numerical Analysis I. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations . Solutions of l i near and nonlinear systems of equations. Interpolation , integration. Solution of ordinary differential equations . Least squares. Sources of error and error analysis . Computer implementation of numeri cal methods . Matrix eigenvalue problems and summation of infinite series . Prer., E .E. 201 and Math . 232, or Math. 313 . Math. 466-3. Numerical Analysis II. Continuat ion of Math. 465 . 'Prer . , Math. 465. Math. 470-2. Methods of Teaching Secondary School Mathe matics. (Educ . 455.) Problems in teaching mathematics in cluding objectives , sequence of topics , methods of presenta tion , materials , testing , and recent curricular developments. Prer., Math. 241. Carries credit only for students in secon dary education . Math. 472-3. History of Mathematics. A h i story of the develop ment of mathematical techniques and ideas from early civili zation to the present including the interrelat i onships of math and scie ' nces . Prer., two courses beyond calculus with grade of C or better . Math. 481-3. Introduction to Probability Theory. Axioms , com binatorial analysis , independence and cond i t i onal probabi l ity , discrete and absolutely cont i nuous distr i but i ons , expectat ion and distribution of functions of random variables , laws of large numbers , central lim i t theorems , simple Markov chains. Prer . , Math . 241. Math. 482-3. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Point and confidence interval estimat i on. Principles of maximum likeli hood , suff i c i ency , and completeness ; tests of s i mple and composite hypothesis , linear models , and mult i ple regression analysis. Analysis of variance distribution free methods. P r er., Math. 481. Math. 493-2, 494-2. Honors Seminar. Intended for candidates for departmental honors and other super i or students. Top i cs covered vary from year to year. Student participation is stressed. Math.. 499-variable credit. Independent Stud](. PHYSICAL EDUCATION A basic activity program in physical education is available for nonmajors . Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts degree , a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. Activity classes 102 through 213 may be taken on an elec tive basis. One course may be taken each semester and a specific activity may be counted for credit only once. The student will have the option of being graded by letter grade or Pass/Fail. The basic activity program is designed to offer stu dents a wide variety of recreational activities stressing sports that have lifetime carry-over value. The discipline of physical education does not offer a major in physical education or recreation. However, a variety of courses are offered which are the equiv alent of those given on the Boulder Campus for majors. It is possible over a four-year period to take the majority of the courses required for the major on the Denver Campus. College of Undergraduate Studies I 29 An Urban Recreation Specialist program , designed to prepare people to work in urban recreation centers, is being developed. The program is interdisciplinary in nature and students from any discipline may enter the program if they have junior status and an interest in urban recreation. For information on the majors program, the grad uate program in Physical Education and Recreation, and the Urban Recreation program , contact the discip line representative on the Denver Campus . P.E. 133-1. Topics in Physical Education. Different f i ve-week course modules deal ing with various topics in physical edu cation and recreation. See current Schedule of Courses for the particula r modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement. P.E. 295-2. Community Health. Communicable diseases and _ relations public health. The germ theory of disease, mfect10n and Immunity , vaccines , toxoids , antitoxins , and here . d i tary defects. An investigation of community health services. P.E. 296-2: First Aid. Knowledge and skills of emergency treatment for common accidents and illnesses. Leads to the American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Cert i fication. P.E. 420-2. Organization and Administration of Physical Edu cation. Pol i cies and practices used in the development of sound physical education practices . Rec. 435-2. Organization and Evaluation in Recreation. The study of organizational structures of the several types of rec reationa l services and evaluation techniques used to deter m ine the effectiveness of these structures as related to ad ministration of programs , policies , and the public. PHYSICS Required of all physics majors are Phys. 111, 112, 114 , 213, 214, 215, and two years of calculus and one year of another science. Majors preparing for graduate school in physics should also take Phys. 317, 321, 322 , 331, 332 , 341, 491, 492, and 495, and additional mathe matics courses. Students not going to graduate school in physics or wishing an interdisciplinary physics major must consult an adviser for the suitable additional program . Students should also be aware of the engi neering physics major available through the College of Engineering and Applied Science . Several new interdisciplinary programs involving physics are currently being considered, including en vironmental science, geophysical systems, and chem ical physics. Students interested in these programs should take the introductory calculus physics sequence as soon as possible, and consult an adviser for the latest status of these programs . Phys. 105-4. General Astronomy. The methods and results of modern astronomy (solar system stars , galaxies , cosmology) at an elementary level. Phys. 106-4. General Astronomy . Continuation of Phys . 105. Prer., Phys. 105. Phys. 111-4. General Physics. First semester of 4-semester sequence for science and engineer ing students. Covers vec tors ! kinematics , dynamics , momentum of particles and rig i d bodies , work and energy , gravitation , simple harmonic mo tion , and . introduction to thermodynamics. Prer. , knowledge of algebra , geometry and t ri gonometry ; Coreq., calculus through derivatives and indefin i te and definite integrals of polynomials and tri gonometric funct i ons , as typically covered in Math. 130 or A.Math. 131. 112-4. General Physics. Covers electricity and magne tism , wave motion, and geometric optics. Prer. , Phys . 111; Coreq. , Math . 230 or A.Math. 132 . Phys. 114-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following Phys. 112-4 . One 2-hour lab. per wk.

PAGE 34

30 I University of Colorado at Denver Phys. 133-1. Topics in Physics. Different 5-week course mod ules dealing w ith various topics in physics . See current Schedule of Courses for the part ic ular modu le s being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement. Phys. 199-variable credit. Independent Study for Lower Divi sion. Phys. 201-5, 202-5. General Physics. Four demonstration lee!. and one lab . per wk. Phys . 201: mechanics , heat , and sound; Phys . 202: electricity, light, and modern physics. An elemen tary but thorough presentat ion of the fundamental facts and principles of physics. Majors in mathematics , chemistry , and others taking calculus are urged to take Phys . 111, 112 , 114 , 213 , and 215. Prer., 1 Y2 years high school algebra and satis factory grade on mathematics placement test. Phys. 213-3. General Physics. Covers physical optics and in troductions to special relativity , quantum theory, and ato m ic physics . Prer. , Phys . 112 and 114. Phys. 214-3. Introductory Modern Physics. To be taken by physics majors and interested nonmajors. Introduces students to the nature of modern physics and provides majors with perspective on the frontiers of this field. Emphasis on con cepts without mathematical developments . Includes relativity , atomic and nuclear physics , solid state and particle physics . Prer., Phys. 213. Phys. 215-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following 213 . One 2-hour lab. per wk. Phys. 307-3. Physical Environmental Problems. Current en vironmental problems from the viewpoint of the physical sci ences. Sources , effects , detect i on , and control of air, water , noise , radiation, and heavy metal pollutions. Factors affect ing traffic movement and safety , and transportation alternatives which produce less pollution . Some lectures by outside ex perts . This course and Phys . 308 are designed as a comple mentary se quence but may be taken separately. Prer. , one year of college science or mathematics. Phys. 308-3. Energy. This course will examine the central role of energy in our environment. Topics will include the macroscopic flow of energy in the world, the conversion and de gradation of energy , thermal pollution , and energy resources and consumption. Ene' rgy w ill be examined as both an en vironmental prob le m and for its utility in solving problems . The implications of energy as a limit to population will be d i scussed . This course is designed to complement Phys . 307 , but may be taken separately . Prer., one year of college sci ence or mathematics. Phys. 317-2, 318-2. Junior Laboratory. Contains experiments on data handling , electrical measurements , electronics , op tics, vacuum techniques, heat and thermodynamics, mechan ics , and modern physics . Emphasis will be on developing basic skills and on design of experiments . Each student will carry at least one project experiment each semester. Coreq., Phys. 321, 331, or consent of instructor. Phys. 321-3. Classical Mechanics and Relativity. Topics cov ered include: Newtonian mechanics , spec ial relativity , oscilla tions , Lagrange ' s and Hamilton 's e quations , central forces, and scattering. Analytical procedures employing the methods of vector analysis and calculus will be stressed. Prer. , Phys . 214 and A.Math. 232 , or equivalent. Phys. 322-3. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics. Topics covered include: noninertial reference frames , rigid body motion , coupled oscillators , introduct i on to quantum mechanics , Bohr theory, simple solutions to Schroedinger equation , and perturbation theory. Prer., Phys . 321. Phys. 331-3, 332-3. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism. Elements of mathematical theory of electricity and magnetism , including magnetostatics, electrostatics , polarized media , di rect and alternating current theory , and introduction to elecro magnet ic fields and waves . Prer . for Phys. 322: Phys . 331; Coreq . for Phys. 331: Phys. 321. Phys. 341-3. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Sta tistical mechanics applied to macroscopic physical systems; statistical thermodynamics , classical thermodyna mic systems; applicat ions to simple systems. The relat ionshi p of the statis tical to the thermodynamic po ints of view is examined. Prer., Phys. 321. Phys. 361-3 or 4. Sound, Music, and Noise. This course will consider the basic nature of sound waves, the musical scale , why musical instruments sound the way they do , the repro duction of sound , the ear and hearing , vocal communication , room acoustics, noise pollution , and the sonic boom. No prer. Although this course is mainly descriptive, some high school algebra will be used. The optional laboratory for 4 hours credit will consist of an acoustical project of the stu dent ' s choice. Phys. 451-3. Light. Basic electromagnetic theory of light using Maxwell ' s equations . Examples in geometrical optics; exten s ive applications in physical optics including diffraction and polarization. Spectra, including Zeeman effect and fluores cence. Recent advances in experimental techniques ; microwaves , optical masers , image converters , etc. Prer. , Phys. 332. Phys. 491-3, 492-3. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Topics in clude a quantum mechanical treatment of the one-electron atom, atomic shell structure , atomic and molecular spectro scopy, band theory of sol i ds , x-rays, nuclear properties, radio activity , and the properties of the fundamental part icl es. Prer., Phys. 322 and 332. Phys. 495-2, 496-2. Senior Laboratory. Individual project labo ratory with emphasis on modern physical experimentation . Phys. 499-variable credit. Independent Study for Upper Divi sion. Students must check with a faculty member before tak ing this course. PSYCHOLOGY Majors should include college algebra in their lower division schedules . At least 30 semester ' hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology must be completed , with at least 16 hours in upper division courses . No grade below C in required psychology courses is acceptable toward the major. Specific course and hour requirements are as fol lows: Psych . 201-202-8 hrs.; Psych. 211-212-6 hrs.; at least one biotropic course, including Psych . 395, 405, 410, 412, 416, 420, 425, 439-3-4 hrs.; at least one sociotropic course , including Psych. 364 , 430, 431, 440, 445, 449, 466, 471, 485, 493-3-4 hrs.; at least one ad vanced laboratory course, including Psych. 416 , 420, 425, 440 and 485 (also listed above)-4 hrs.; and at least one integrative course, Psych . 451 -3 hrs. Psych. 133-1. Topics in Psychology. D i fferent five-week course modules dealing with various topics in psychology. See cur rent Schedule of Courses for the particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement. Psych. 201-4. Living Systems I. (Bioi. 201.) An interdisciplinary approach to the structure and funct io n of living systemscells , organisms , and populations. Emphasis on the behavioral aspects of and energy flow through each of the levels of organization analyzed . Lect. , lab. and rec. sections. Psych. 202-4. Living Systems II. (Bioi. 202 . ) A continuation of Psych. 201. Psych. 211-3. Experimental Research in Psychology. Research methods and statistical tre atment of data. Class projects in different content areas of experimental psychology . No formal lab work required. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203. Psych. 212-3. Social-Personality Research in Psychology. Re search methods and statistical treatment of data. Class proj ects i n different content areas of social psychology and the psychology of personality . No formal lab work required . Prer., Psych. 211. Psych. 245-3. Psychology of Social Problems. An examination of social psychological aspects of a variety of soc ial issues and problems i n contemporary society. Includes such topics as poverty or minority status, prejudice , drug use , student protest , and patterns of sexual behavior. Consideration of theory and research relative to the topics as well as the definition of social behavior as a " problem." Psych. 300-2. Honors Seminar. Curr ent theoretical issues and problems in psychology. Prer., major in psychology and con sent of instructor.

PAGE 35

Psych. 320-3 and 321-3. Human Behavior and Maturation Through the Life Span. Three hours lecture per week. Analy sis of the normal range of behaviors found in each develop ment stage from birth through senescence . Psych. 364-3. Child and Adolescent Psychology. Principles of development and patterns of ch i ld-rearing . Prer., 6 hrs . of psychology. Psych. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Bioi. 395-4 , Anthro. 395-4 . ) An interdisciplinary approach to the nature of man : his evolut i on , his b i olog i cal makeup , h i s development as a soc i al being , and his strategies for dealing w i th th e challenges of env i ronment. Lect. and discussion sect i ons. Prer. , at least one course in anthropology , biology , or psy chology . Psych. 400-2. Honors Seminar. Topic to be determined. Prer . , major in psychology , senior standing , and consent of instructor. Psych. 405-3. Physiological Psychology. The morphological , neurochemical, and physio l ogical bases of behavior. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203 , 3 sem . hrs. of biology, or consent of instructor. Psych. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Bioi. 410-3 . ) The inher i tance of behav i oral characteri st i cs . Prer. , consent of instructor. Psych. 416-4. Psychology of Perception. The study of sensory processes and of variables rel ated to perception . Lect. and lab. Prer. , Psych . 201 or 203 , and Psych. 211. Psych. 420-4. Psychology of Learning. Condit i ons and appl i cations of learning as found in experimental literature. Prer., Psych. 201 or 203 , and Psych. 211. Psych. 421-2. Theories of Learning and Motivation. An ad vanced survey of past and p r esent major theoret i cal formula tions in learning and motivation. Prer. , Psych . 420 and consent of instructor. Psych. 425-3. Comparative Psychology. (Bioi. 425-3.) Similari ties and differences between an i mals . Princ i ples of behavior in a variety of species . Prer., 6 hrs . of psychology or consent of instructor. Psych. 430-3. Abnormal Psychology. Borderline disorders as extreme var i ations of the normal personality . Major functional and organic disorders. Theories of menta l disorders and methods of psychotherapy . Not open for cred i t to those who have credit for Psych. 431. Prer. , Psych . 202 or 204 , and upper divis i on standing . Psych. 431-4. Psychopathology. Intensive analysis of the ma jor theories of personality and behavior disorders. Open to majors only , and not open for credit to those who have cred i t for Psych . 430 . Prer. , Psych . 202 or 204 , 6 additional hrs . of psychology , and upper divi sion standing. Psych. 433-3. Mental Hygiene. Psychological principles un derlying the nature of mental and emotional health and a positive program for prevent ive and remedial treatment. Prer., Psych . 430 or 431, and consent of instructor. Psych. 439-3. Animal Societies. (Bioi. 439-3 . ) The behavior of animals in relation to one another . Relat i ons within groups and between groups. Interaction between members of so cieties as determined by characteristics of the animals and their environments . Prer . , Psych . 201-202 , and consent of instructor. Psych. 440-3. Social Psychology. Psychological principles un derlying social behavior . Analys i s of spec ial topics such as attitude surveys , public opinion research , propaganda , inter group relations. Prer. , Psych . 201-202 or 203-204 , and Psych . 211-212 . Psych. 445-3. Psychology of Personality. The physiological and psycholog i cal nature of personality . Ind i vidual differences. The development of personality. Prer., 16 sem. hrs . of psy chology. Psych. 449-3. Cross-Cultural Psychology. The i nfluence of culture and subculture on personal i ty , including sex roles , pat terns of child rearing , attitudes and values , and mental illness . Prer. , 12 sem. hrs. of courses in psychology , sociology, and anthropology. Psych. 451-3. History of Psychology. Deve l opment of psycho logical theories from 500 B .C. to 1950 A.D . Schools of psy chology and their adherents . Read i ngs of pri mary and secon dary sources . Prer. , 16 sem. hrs. of psychology and senior standing . College of Undergraduate Studies I 31 Psych. 466-3. Psychology of the Exceptional Child. Psychology of retarded, handicapped , and superior children. The relation of spec i al traits to educational and soc i al needs. Prer., Psych . 201-202 or 203-204 , a course in ch i ld psychology , and upper division standing . Psych. 471-3. Survey of Clinical Psychology. Theories and practices relating to problems of ability and maladjustment. Diagnost i c procedures and treatment methods with children and adults . Prer., Psych. 202 or 204 , Psych . 431, or consent of i nstructor. Psych. 472-3. Community Psychology. New approaches to prevent i ng psycholog i cal d i stress detailed in terms of theory and practice. Special topics include " psychology in the streets," the creation o f a l ternative inst i tutions , and methods of consultation in poverty areas. Psych. 485-4. Principles of Psychological Testing. Principles underlying construction , validation , and use of tests of ability and personality . Prer. , Psych. 211-212 . Psych. 493-3. Industrial Psychology. Application of psycho logical principles and research findings to industrial prob lems , including problems of management, employees, and consumers , and such special topics as advertising , methods of appra i sal , and human engineeri ng . Prer., 9 sem . hrs. of psychology , including a statistics course. Psych. 494-3. Psychology of Sports. A survey of psychological conditi ons affecting performance in athletics . Includes assess ment of psychological demands of sports , assessment of the athlete , preparation of the athlete for coping with the psychological demands of sports . Prer., 9 sem. hrs. in psychology. Psych. 499-1, 2, 3. Independent Study. Prer., consent of in structor. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES FREDERICK S. ALLEN, Assistant Dean The Division of Social Sciences includes the fol lowing disciplines: anthropology , economics , history, political science , and sociology. The Division offers programs in the various disciplines and in preprofes sional and interdisciplinary studies. Students can complete an undergraduate major in all the disciplines included in the Division . The require ments for each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines. The Division is currently developing a major in urban studies . The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students intending to enter the fields of business, law , medicine , or public school teaching , to work in or with federal , state , or local agencies or volunteer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning . Interested stu dents should contact the Division of Social Sciences office for information concerning advisers , require ments, courses currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program. For preprofessional programs, see listings and re quirements in that section of this bulletin. Description of Courses and Programs For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day , time, and meeting place of classes.

PAGE 36

32 I University of Colorado at Denver ANTHROPOLOGY Majors i n anthropology must take Anthro . 103 and 104 , Principles of Anthropology I and II, or demonstrate knowledge of materials covered by these courses . Ma jors also must t ake Anthro . 201 and 202, Introduction to Physical Anthropology I and II; Anthro. 407, H i story of Anthropology ; and either Anthro . 280, Nature of Language, or Anthro. 480, Anthropological Linguistics. Anthro. 103-3. Principles of Anthropology I. Physical anthro pology and archaeology . Evo l ution of man ; his physica l and cultural development from his beginnings through the rise of early civilizat ion. Includes consideration of man as a b i ologi cal organism , his origin and r elationship with nonhuman and prehuman pr i mates , and deve l opment of c u ltur e as an adap tive device. Anthro. 104-3 . Principles of Anthropology II. Cultura l -social anthropology and linguistics. Study of man from the stand point of the many and var ied cultures he has manifested through time to the present. Survey of relationships between environment , technology , soc i al organizat ion, language , and ideology. Nature of anthropology and its analysis of the simi larities and differences in human cultural adaptations . Anthro. 201-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology I. Theory of biological evolution; e xami nation of man ' s organic struc ture, function , and behavior from an evolutionary-comparative perspective ; ana l ysis of fossil evidence of human evolut ion. Laboratory work emphasizing osteometry and osteology . Anthro. 202 4 . Introduction to Physical Anthropology II. On going human evolution with emphasis on quantitative ass e ss ment of genetic variation i n man. Anthro. 220-3. Principles of Archaeology. Basic introduction to concepts , techniques , and theory of archaeological excava tion and i nterpretation . Two lee!. , 1 two hour lab . per week . Lectures , demonstrations and practical work . Anthro. 227-3. The Evolution of Culture: The New World. Cul tural evolution in the New World from the earliest hunt ing cultures through the rise of c i vilization as seen from the per spect ive of archaeological evidence and theory . Anthro. 240-3. Principles of Ethnology. Intensive survey of concepts , methods , and object i ves in the comparative study of world cultures. Comparative analysis of selected ethno graphic mater i als within a framework of soc i ocultura l evolu tion and cultural ecology . Int r oductory tech n iques of fieldwork , library research , and report writing . Anthro. 280-3. The Nature of Language. Survey of languages of the world and their historical relationships . Introduction to language analysis . Study of theories of the ori gin of language , its relationship to other forms of communicat ion, to cognition , and to systems of writing. Anthro. 310-3. Contemporary Ethnic RelationsMexican Americans. Anthropology of North Americans of Spanish , Spanish-Indian , and Mexican national descent. Ethnohistorical backgrounds , current inter r elat i ons, and social movements among rural and urban groups. Cultura l patterns , ident i ty maintenance , social forms , and problems of national incorpo ration. Anthro. 395-4. The Biosocial Development of Man. (Bioi. 395-4 ; Psych . 395-4 . ) Interdisciplinary approach to the nature of man: his evolution , his biological makeup , his development as a social being , and his strate ' gies for dealing with the chal lenges of environment. Lecture and demonstration-discuss ion sessions. Prer., one course in anthropology , biology , or psy chology. Anthro. 407-3. History of Anthropology. Foundations and de velopment of major concepts and approaches (theory and method) in the study of man and culture . Discussion of prin c i pal cont r ibutors and their works to mid-20th century. Anthro. 408-3. Recent Trends in Anthropology. Current direc tions i n socio cultural theory , method and technique as ex emplified in the reported resea rch and theo r etical works of major anthropolog i sts from mid-20th century to the present. Anthro. 410-3. Race and Man. Concepts of human race : his tory , theory , and applications thereof. Biological factors i n the establishment and maintenance of human diversity. Anthro. 411-3. Human Paleontology. Detailed consideration of th e fossil ev i dence for human evolution . History , description , i nterpreta tion of key fo ssils , and review of current and con trovers ial is sues. Anthro. 412-3 . Advanced Physical Anthropology. Introduction to popu l at ion geneti cs and its app li cation to understand ing problems of process i n human evolution and the formation of races i n man . Anthro. 414-3. Primatology. Survey of the Primate Order in evolution. Morphology and behavior f rom a comparative point of view , w ith emphas i s on issues related to the origin and evolution of the most soc i al member of this order. Anthro. 420-3. North American Archaeology. Preh i storic and protohistor i c cultures of North Amer i ca , excluding the Ameri can Southwest , emphas i z i ng mater i a l s which form a basis fo r regional cultural reconstructions. Prer., Anthro. 227. Anthro. 421-3. Archaeology of the American Southwest. Pre his toric cu l tures of the southwestern U . S. and ad j acent Mex ico , their ori gins , characteristics , and interrelationships . Prer., An t hro . 227. Anthro. 422-3. Archaeology of Mesoamerica. Prehistoric and protohistoric cultures of Mexico and northern Central America , including the Aztecs and the Maya . Prer., Anthro . 227. Anthro. 431-3. Introduction to Applied Anthropology. Con c e pts , methods and problems in the application of anthro pology to community and institut ion organization, develop ment and administra tion; exemplif i ed through analysis and discussion of U . S . and cross-cultural case materials . Urban and med ic al problems as well as eth i cal issues to be included . Anthro. 434-3. Psychological Anthropology. Study of the rela tionship betwee n culture and soc i al character and between culture and indiv i dua l p e rsonality ; i nterdevelopment of cul ture and human brain , symbolizing , pan-human biopsychologi cal nature and unive r s a ls of culture , cross-cultural chi l d training practices and personality formation, the psychology of culture change , cross-cultural definitions of deviancy , and mental illness . History of the field and survey of the literature . Anthro. 435-3. Culture Process-Maintenance, Change, and Evolution. Theories and perspectives i n the study of culture process . Analysis and d i scussion of case materia l s dealing with .persistence , innova tion, situations of culture contact and acculturat ion, d i rected change and resistance , and long-term sociocu ltur al development. Anthro. 436-3. The American Indian in Contemporary Society. Beg i nning with the historical background on American Indian acculturation and pers i stence , but emphasizing the present day relations between Indian commun i ties and the dominant society , stressing conditions and events in Denver and the Southwest generally. Anthro. 440-3. Comparative Social Organization. Principles in the comparative study of human social systems , types of social structure , social control , sociocultural integration, and processes of social change and societal development. Focus on the analysis of ethnographies . Prer. , Anthro. 240 or 407 , or consent of instructor . World Ethnography. (Anthro. 452 through Anthro. 476 . ) Each course listed below will cover the major prob lems of cultural and social anthropological interest relating to the peoples and cultural systems within the areas indicated. Following a survey of the geograph ical affiliations of the inhabitants , the culture-history of the area will be reviewed . The ways of life of the i ndigenous populations , their relations with each other and to other peoples , and the effects of culture change will be discussed . Anthro. 452-3. Ethnography of the American Southwest. Anthro. 453-3. Ethnography of Mexico and Central America. Anthro. 454-3 . Ethnography of Andean South America. Anthro. 470-3. Ethnography of China, Japan, and Korea. Anthro . 476-3. Ethnography of Southeast Asia.

PAGE 37

ECONOMICS Students majoring in economics must take a mini mum of 30 semester hours and not more than 48 se mester hours in economics , of which 22 must be in upper division courses . The following courses are re quired of all economics majors : Econ. 407-408 ; either Math. 107-108 and Econ . 380 , or Math. 130 , 230, 240 (students planning to go to graduate school in eco nomics should take the latter option) ; Econ. 381 and Electrical Engineering 256 {Introduction to Computing) . Majors are urged to take Econ. 380 and 381 as soon as possible , and prior to or in conjunction with Econ . 407 and 408. Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by tak ing 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ . 407-408 and some course in statistics . For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequi site , unless otherw ise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300. Introductory Courses Econ. 201-3. Principles of Economics I. Purpose is to teach fundamental p rinciples , to open the field of econom i cs in the way most hel pful to further and more detailed study of special problems , and to give those not intending to specialize in the subject an outline of the general principles of economics (macroeconomics). Open to qualified freshmen. Econ. 202-3. Principles of Economics II. Continuation of Econ. 201 (microeconomics) . P rer., Econ. 201. Econ. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. History of the develop ment of slavery as an American institution fro m 1619 to 1970. Includes growth of the slave trade , development of the plan tation system , stimulation of th e Amer i can economy by slav ery , economic i mplica tions of the Civil War , theoretical freeing of the slaves in 1863 , and the development of modern slavery in Am. erica from Reconstruction to the present. Econ. 251. Capitalism and Slavery II. Continuation of Econ . 250. Econ. 300-3. Advanced Principles of Economics. Condensa tion of Econ. 201 and 202. Intended for students who have taken Soc. Sci. 210 and 211. Open to seniors without pre requisite . Not open to students who have taken Econ . 201 and 202 . Econ. 379-3. Consumer Economics. Application of microeco nomics to the prob lems of the ord i nary consumer : budget management , purchas es , interest , etc . Intended for nonmajors . Econ. 380-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics I. Introduc tio n to the use of mathematics in economics research . Prer., Math . 107 and 108 ; Econ . 201 and 202. Econ. 381-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics II. Introduction to statistical methods and their application to quantitative economic research. Prer., Econ. 381 and Econ . 201 and 202 . Econ. 481. Introduction to Econometrics. The application of mathematical and statistical techniques to problems of eco nomic theory . Emphas i s is on pri nciples rather 1han computa tional methods or mathematical rigor . Major topics inc lude demand , production , and cost ana lysi s . Prer., two semesters of ca l cu l us and one semester of statistics, or consent of instructor. Econ. 482-3. Introduction to Econometrics II. Continuation of Econ . 481. Prer., Econ. 481. Economic Theory and Thought General Courses Econ. 201 and 202. See Introductory Courses section. Econ . 300-3. See Introductory Courses sectio n . Econ. 403-3. The Price System . Course in microeconomics des igned for teachers and other nonmajors . Product i on , price , College of Undergraduate Studies I 33 and distribution theory in a free-market system . Assumptions and conditions of a free-market and other market structures. Econ. 404-3. Income , Employment, and Economic Activity. Course in macroe conomi cs designed for teachers and other nonmajors . Theory and applications of nat ional income deter mination , the role of money i n the economy , and e con omic growth. Policy prob l ems in dealing with unemployment , in flat i on , growth , and our international balance of payments. Econ. 407-3. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Production , price , and distribution theory. Study o f value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures , with special reference to the contribution of modern economic theorists. Econ. 408-3. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. National income and employment theory . Emphasis on national inc ome analysis, contemporary theor i es of consumption , inv estment , and employment. Econ. 409-3. History of Economic Thought. Survey of the development of economic thought from anc i ent to modern times. Econ. 410-3. Radical Political Economy. An introductio n to modern radical economics , emphasizing Marxian cri tiques of c apitalism : Marx ' s theory of capitalist devolopment; contem porary analyse ' s and empirical studies of monopoly capitalism and i mperialism ; Marxian views of the future of capitalism; mainstream critiques of radical po litica l economics. Econ. 492-variable credit. Special Economic Problems. (For majors in econom i cs ; others by consultation.) Designed to give seniors a chance to evaluate critically some practical or theoretical problems under supervision , and to present results of their thinking to fellow students and instructors for crit ical evaluation. Econ. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of in structor required . Fiscal and Monetary Theory and Policy; Public Finance Econ. 411-3. Monetary and Banking Systems. Survey of maj o r monetary and financ i al institutions, such as commercia l banks , Federal Reserve System , and savings inst i tut io ns , and the structure of debt from the standpoint of how their operation affects the money supply and its circulation . Econ. 412-3. Monetary Theory and Policy. Theories of infla tion and deflation and their effects upon economic growth and prosperity. Goals of monetary policy ; pro blems involved i n trying to achieve these goals ; survey of some recent mon e tary policies in action . Econ . 421-3 . Public Finance I. Taxation , publ i c expenditures , debts , and fiscal policy . Role of public finance in times of peace and war. National , state , and local taxat io n , with some special attention to the state of Colorado . Econ. 422-3. Public Finance II . Continuation of Publ ic Finance I. Either course may be taken separately . International Economics and Economic Development Econ. 441-3. International Trade and Finance. Theo ries of interregional and internatio nal trade , private and public trade , world populat ion and resources , tariffs, and commercial policy. I n ternational economic organization . Econ. 477-3. Economic Development-Theory and Problems I. Theoretical and empirical ana l ysis of problems of economic develo pm ent in both underdeve l oped and advanc e d countries. Econ. 478-3 . Economic Development-Theory and Problems II. Current cond i tions of econom i c development, w ith em phasis on accelerat ing and mai ntaining growth . Econ. 487-3. Economic Development of Latin America . Cur rent proble ' ms of econom ic development i n Lat i n America . Econ. 489-3. The Economics of Africa and the Middle East. Current problems of development faced by African and Middle Eastern economies. Emphasis on case studies , regionalism , planning , and ramification of economic change . Economic History, Systems, and Institutions Econ. 250 and 251. See Introductory Cour ses sect i on .

PAGE 38

34 I University of Colorado at Denver Econ. 451-3. Economic History of Europe. Evolution of indus trial society with emphasis upon the growth and development of English industry and commerce. Econ. 452-3. Economic History of the United States. American economic organization and institutions and their development from colonial times to the present. Econ. 471-3. Comparative Economic Systems. Critical study of socialism, cap i tal ism, fasc i sm, communism , utopianism, syndicalism , cooperatives , and other proposed economic systems . Human Resource Economics and Labor Economics Econ. 460-3. Introduction to Human Resources. Economics of investments in man, including the economics of p _ overty and the application of cost benefit analysis to soc1al welfare programs . Econ. 461-3. Labor Economics. Study of problems ass o ciated with determination of wages , hours , and working conditions in the American ec o nomy. History and analysis of economic effects of trade unionism and other social institutions , includ ing agencies of formal government which have been devel oped to promote equality of bargaining power between labor , management , and the public. Econ . 462-3. Economics of Collective Bargaining. Scientific analysis of processes by which labor and management demo cratic a lly reach agreements ; how differences between labor and management a r e settled by means . of grievance pro?e dure and arbitrat i on ; and overall econom1c effect of collect1ve bargaining on goods produced by the national economy . Demonstrations , workshops , and lectures . Econ. 463-3. Income Security. Development of social insur ance in v arious countries , with emphasis on the United States . Security in old age , unemployment , accident, sickness , and other incom e -loss situations. Economic analysis of costs and risks o f social security ; types of carriers , problems of admin istration. Critical examination of recent American social se cu r ity legislation. Econ. 464-3. Collective Bargaining, Labor Law, and Adminis tration. Study of social pressures that are shaped into labor policy ac c eptable to labor, management , and the _ general public by various means of soc1al control. EvolutiOn of a " common law " of labor relations out of free collect ive bar gaining and arbitration. Prer., senior status. Government and Business; Industrial Organization Econ. 456-3. Economics of Agriculture. Economic analysis of the agricultural sector and of problems and policies related to agriculture and other primary industries . Econ. 469-3. Government in the Economy. Analysis of the role of government in the economy , neo-classical microeconomic theory as a point of departure to understanding what a free market system can and cannot accomplish . Prer. , Econ . 403 or equivalent. Econ. 474-3. Economic Organization of American Industry. Structure and performance of some important American manufacturing industries. Econ. 476-3. Government Regulation of Business. Economic characteristics of public utilities and analysis of problems of regulation and control. Urban , Regional, and Environmental Economics Econ. 425-3. Urban Economics. Analysis of the level , distribution , stability, and growth of income and employment i _ n urban regions. Urban poverty , housing , use , transportation , and l ocal public services , with spec1al reference to econom1c efficiency and social progress. Prer., Econ . 407 or consent o f instructor. Econ. 453-3. Resource Economics. Appl i cation of economic theory to resource-oriented industries. HISTORY Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 hours , 16 of which must be upper division with a grade of C or better. The following courses or options are required of history majors: Hist. 101 and 102 or any two 200-level courses in Ancient, European , or Asian history. Either semester of Western Civilization may also be combined with a 200-level course in Ancient, European, or Asian history; Hist. 150 and either Soc. Sci. 210 or Soc. Sci. 211, or any two 200-level courses in American or Latin American history. Hist. 101-3. History of Western Civilization I. Contributions of Greek thought; Roman and Christian elements in early Euro pean civilization; rise of Islam; feudalism; confl ict of p_apacy and empire ; medieval learning , literature , and art; nse of dynastic states ; the Reformation; the age of discovery; thought and culture in the early modern period. Hist. 102-3. History of Western Civilization II. Scientific revo lution French absolutism and English constitutionalism , theory , and p ' ractices ; rise of Russia and Prussia; the Enlightenment; French Revolution and spread of Liberalism and Nationalism ; evolution of an industrial society; Romanticism and Realism ; the unification of Italy and Germany; Imperialism; the age of World Wars ; Totalitarianism; contemporary European philoso phy , art and science. Hist. 150-3. Introduction to United States History. Survey of American history from colonial times to the 1960s . Emphasis on the major forces and events that have shaped American society. Hist. 201-3. Survey of Ancient History: The Ancient Near East and Greece. Examination of the main political and cultural developments in the following areas and periods: the Age in the Eastern Mediterranean an? the Near East; rise , and maturation of the Greek c1ty-states ; the wars w1th Persia; the Athenian Empi r e; Civil WarsSparta vs. Athens ; and the fourth century to Alexander . Hist. 202-3. Survey of Ancient History: Hellenistic Greece and Rome. An e xamination of the main political and cultural de velopments in the following areas and periods : Alexander his accompl i shments ; successors of AlexanderSeleucids, and Antigonids; Pre-Roman Italy; of Rome from a city to world state ; Roman revolut1on; the Empire-principate to autocracy; rise of Christian Rome ; collapse of West Rome and the survival of East Rome. Hist. 215-3. Afro-American History I. Major emphasis on the events that have occurred in the life of the Afro American from the time of his first landing in the U.S. to the present. Hist. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Hist. 215. Hist. 258-3. History of Colorado. Hist. 271-3. History of the Modern Far East I. An introduction to Asian civilization . Focus on Japan , China , and Southeast Asia in the 19th century. Hist. 272-3. History of the Modern Far East II. Asia in world affairs. Focus on Japan , China , and Southeast Asia in the 20th century. Hist. 281-3. History of Latin America I. An introduction to Latin civilization in America. Focus on period before inde pendence . Hist. 282-3. History of Latin America II. Latin America since independence. Focus on Mexico , Brazil , and Argentina. Hist. 383-3. Mexican-American Southwest. The history of Mexican-Americans from the origins of the Aztec Empire to modern times. Emphasis on the fusion of Spanish and Indian cultures in Mexico and the Southwest , the development of Mexican-American society, and its relation to American society . Hist. 384-3. History of the Mexican-Americans in Colorado. A history of the Mexican-American Colorado with emphasis on 20th century urban1zat10n , espec1ally w1thm the Denver metropolitan area. Hist. 399-3. The Mexican American in the Southwest. An his torical cultural survey with a consideration of the present. Hist. 406-3. History of the British Empire/Commonwealth. Analysis of development , administration , and dissolution of the empire. Hist. 423-3. Europe During the Renaissance . Social and in tellectual history of Europe from the 14th to the 16th centuries . Hist. 424-3. Europe During the Reformation. Social and in tellectual history of Europe from the 16th to the 18th centuries.

PAGE 39

Hist. 430-3. France Since 1815. A topical approach to the evolution of modern France. The topics are essentially politi cal , economic, and cultural. Hist. 431-3. Nineteenth Century Europe. S ocial and economic change in the political and intellectual framework between 1789 and 1914. Suggested background, Hist. 102. Hist. 432-3. Twentieth Century Europe. Soc ial and economic change in the political and intellectual framework between 1914 and 1960. Suggested background, Hi st. 102 . Hist. 437-3. Diplomatic History of Europe in the 19th Century. The diplomatic process , major crises , leading personal i ties , interaction between domestic and foreign pol icies, reflections on causes and consequences of war. Suggested background, Hist. 102 or Hist. 431. Hist. 438-3. Diplomatic History of Europe in the 20th Century. International organization and traditional diplomacy. The Ver sailles settlement , the rise' of revisionist powers , causes of World War II, wartime diplomacy, the Co ld War , and decline of Europe' s position in the world. Suggested background, Hist. 102 or Hist. 432. Hist. 441-3. History of Africa to 1870. Part I of a two-semester seque nce introducing the student to polit ical, economic , and cultural change in Africa. Hist. 442-3. History of Africa From 1870. Part II of a two semester sequence introducing the student to political, eco nomic , and cultural change in Africa . Hist. 445-3. Social and Economic Change in African History. An examination of change in African life. Emphasis on new directions in commerce , agriculture, labor, religion, family structure , and urbanization . Hist. 448-3. England in the 20th Century. Emphasis on domes tic politics, economics, and cultures. Suggest ed background, Hist. 102 . Hist. 450-3. A Political History of Africa. An analysis of the variety of political units in Africa and the ways in which they have changed . Hist. 453-3. Civil War and Reconstruction. Focuses on events leading to the outbreak of war, the war itself and its impact on NortQ and South , and the efforts to reconstruct Southern society during the post-war period . Hist. 454-3. The Progressive Movement, 1900-1929. Domestic affairs and foreign policy. In domestic affairs , emphasis on the Progressive Movement and the reaction against it in the twenties. In foreign affairs, emphasis on slowly increasing but reluctant participation in world power pol it ics. Hist. 455-3. Recent America, 1929 to Present. Major trends in U.S. history since the Great Crash , emphasizing the changing role of the federal government in total national life , and the development of the spirit of internationalism in foreign pol icy. Suggested background , H ist. 454. Hist. 456-3. The Jacksonian Era. Study of a period of change and conflict. Emphas is on conditions that produced striking alterations in the social , psycho logical, and economic organ i zation of the United States , as well as violence and war. Hist. 463-3. American Society and Thought to 1860. Analysis of social ideas to 1860 , and the impact of these ideas on American society . Hist. 464-3. American Society and Thought Since 1860. Ana ly sis of social ideas since 1860 , and the impact of these ideas on American society. Hist. 465-3. History of American Economic Growth I. Study of English m ercantilism in the American Colonies and the de velopment of the early national economy i n the 1850s. Hist. 466-3. History of American Economic Growth II. Study of industrialization during and since the Civil War , America's role as a world economic power, the great depression of the 1930s , and internal developments since 1945 . Hist. 467-3. Diplomatic History of the United States to 1889. The development of American foreign policy, emphasizing the evolution of the basic policy of isolation from European affairs and increasing involvement i n the Pacific and East Asia. Hist. 468-3. Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1889. The conflict between isolationism and internationalism in American foreign policy, ending in the triumph of the latter. Suggested background , Hist. 467. College of Undergraduate Studies I 35 Hist. 469-3. The Old South and National Disunion. Early de velopment of the southern United States , the institution of slavery , and 1he sectional conflict leading to national disunion . Hist. 470-3. History of Urban America. Development of urban Amer ica from colonial times to the p resent. Hist. 473-3. History of China. Deals with traditional China covering a period from• the "beginning" to the mid-19th century. Both descriptive and interpretative approaches are . employed, concentrating on those "factors" (intellectual , so cial, polit ical, technological, economic, et a/ . ) involved in the development of the Chinese civilization. In the attempt to understand the problems and challenges confronting the Chinese , it is hoped that the course will provide an appre ciation for the Chines e and " Chin ese History " and its relationship to our own world. Hist. 474-3. History of China. A combination of descriptive material with a broad analytical base is applied to an investi gation of the emergence and development of modern China. The aim of the course is to both sketch and analyze the dimensions of the " Chines e crisis" compounded of dynastic and Imperial collapse , imperialist incursions , social , political , and intell ectual re-orientation , the p ligh t of a people ravaged by poverty , oppression , and war, and the d ramatic re-shaping of 20th-century China ca ught in the throes of national and social revolution. Hist. 479-3. United States Military History to 1900. Develop ment of the military and naval art of war in American history, in both its peacetime and wartime aspects , from colonial times to the end of the Spanish-American war. Emphasizing the in creasing influence of technology on warfare after 1850. Hist. 480-3. United States Military History since 1900. Ameri can military and naval history since the Spanish-American War , presented as a continuing evolution in both war and peace and emphasizing the dominating influence of tech nology upon operations , organization , and policies. Hist. 481-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence I. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 19th century. Hist. 482-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence II. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 20th ce ntury . Hist. 487-3. A History of Colonialism and Alien Settlement. Analysis of European and Asian communities in Africa : their origins and development and their relations with the i ndige nous African population . Hist. 489-3. The Modern Near East , 1789 to the Present. Em phas is on the modernization of th e region from Egypt through Persia , Anat olia, and Arabia , not only in political terms , but also in terms of the economic, social , and intellectual c hanges which have transformed the Near East in the last century and a half . Hist. 494-3. Imperial Russia. The O ld Regime, industrialization , and culture in the 19th century. Hist. 495-3. The Russian Revolution. Origins of the revolution ary movement , and Revolution of 1905, reform efforts , the impact of World War I , the Bolshevik victory in 1917, the Civil Wars . Hist. 496-3. The Soviet Regime. R ise of Stal i n , economic de velopment 1928-1938, impact of World War II, the Khrushchev era. Hist. 498-3. Senior Colloquium. Readings and discussion of e minent modern historians and their writings. Rec om mended but not required for senior history majors. Hist. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of in structor required . POLITICAL SCIENCE Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in political science , of which at least 21 semester hours must be in upper division courses. Courses must be distributed among the pri mary fields as listed in this bulletin , i.e. , American government and politics , comparative politics , interna tional relations , public administration, and political theory and public law . The major must include the following : Pol. Sci. 100 ; Pol. Sci. 110 ; Pol. Sci. 440 and

PAGE 40

36 I University of Colorado at Denver 441; Econ. 201 and 202; and one upper division course in each of the primary fields of political science . In addition , it is strongly recommended that all majors enroll for Pol. Sci. 201, 202 (or the Pol. Sci. 211-212 sequence) and 445. For all courses numbered 300 and above, the pre requisite , unless otherwise in dicated , is either the Pol. Sci. 100-110 sequence or consent of the instructor . American Government and Politics Pol. Sci. 100-3. Introduction to Political Science. Introduction to the study of politics and the political system and its en vironment. Designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts of political science, features of the political process , types of political i nstitutions , and political behavior. Required of all majors . Pol. Sci. 110-3. The American Political System. Gen eral iQtro duction to the American politica l system with e mphas is upon the interrelations among the various levels and branches of government , formal and informal institutions , processes , and behavior. Required of all majors. Prer., Pol. Sci. 100. No t open to those who have had Pol. Sci. 101 and/ or 102. Pol. Sci. 400-3. Government Regulation of Business. Consid eration of theory and practice of government relationship to business and professional activity on both state and national levels . Analysis of selected regulatory programs and policies (Sherman Act , Clayton Act, Federal Trade Commission Act) and their impact on the constitutional system . Pol. Sci. 402-3. Legislatures and Legislation. Structure and organization of legislatures and process of statute lawmaking . Pol. Sci. 403-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups. History and practice of party polit ics in the United States. Nature , structure, organization , and functions of political parties and pressure groups. Analysis of pressure pol itics and political behavior. Pol. Sci. 404-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups. Con tinuation of Pol. Sci. 403. Pol. Sci. 405-3. Public Opinion and Political Behavior. Theories of public opinion and propaganda; the formation, manage ment , and measurement of pol itica l attitudes ; behavior of men and groups in politics, especially Americans. Pol. Sci. 406-3. State Government and Administration. Present day national, state and interstate relat ions; constitutional development; legislative , executive, and judicial processes and problems ; administrative organization and reorganizat i on; state finances ; major state services; future of the states. Spe cial attention to the government of Colorado . Pol. Sci. 407-3. Urban Politics. Examination of the structure of political and social influence in urban areas; selection of urban leadership ; relationship of the political system to gov ernmental and social institutions . Pol. Sci. 408-3. Municipal Government and Administration. Municipalities and their relations to the states and the national government; local politics; forms of mun ici pal government ; application of ideas and techniques of public administration to management of municipal affairs; activit ies of cities , e.g. , planning , public utilities , law enforcement , and fire protection . Pol. Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. Compara tive analysis of the major metropolitan systems of North America and Europe ; the structural environment , decision making in the bureaucracies and political groupings, govern mental interaction and communication. Pol. Sci. 451-3. Black Politics. Examination of black politics in the United States : the role of black interest groups , struc ture and functions of black political organizations, goals and political styles of black politicians , trends and the future of black politics in the United States . See also Pol. Sci. 435 and 439 l i sted under Public Administration. Comparative Politics Pol. Sci. 201-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics 1: De veloped Political Systems. Comparison of legal-institutiqnal features; social, economic, and ideological forces; and patterns of . recruitment and decision making in parliamentary , pres1dent1al , and other developed politics. Emphasis on per Sistent elements and postwar innovations in Britain , France, Germany , and Russia . Not open to those who have had Pol. Sci. 211 and/ or 212 . Pol. Sci. 202-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics II: De veloping Political Systems. Comparison of the basic political features of the developing polities within the non-Western world . The traditional political cu lture, nationalism , political integration , political structures , political groups in developing societies , modes of pol i tical recruitment , the style of develop ment politics and political implications of p la nned socioeconomic change. Pol . Sci. 211-3. Governments of Great Britain and France. Governments and politi cs in present day Great Britain and France , especially in comparison with the government of the United States. Emphasis on postwar reform legislation in Great Bri tain and recent party politics in France. Pol. Sci. 212-3. Governments of Germany and Russia. Govern ment and politics in present-day Russia and Germany . De velopment and present status of Bolshevist theory and practices. Democratic and totalitarian trends in German govern ments , past and present. Pol. Sci. 410-3. Advanced Comparative PoliticsWestern Europe. An intensive and comparative analysis of the political systems and processes of the Western European democracies. Emphasis on political culture and constitutionalism; executive legislative relationships ; electoral systems; political parties and interest groups; administrative and judicial processes; and the impact of social changes on political institutions. Prer., Pol. Sci. 201 or consent of instructor. Pol. Sci. 411-3. Advanced Comparative Politics-Developing Political Systems. An inten sive comparative exam ina tion of the polit ical process in the non-Western world . Survey of different methodo logical approaches to the study of the non Western political systems. The components of political de velopment. Effective political units in a transitional society. Prevailing " styles " of polit i cal action, including the use of violence. Pol. Sci. 413-3. Governments of Latin America. Governments and politics of selected countries of Latin America . Constitu tions and governments in theory and p ractice. Pol itical parties, movements , and conflicts. The relat ionsh ips between political prob lems and physical and social environments. Pol. Sci. 415-3. Political Systems of the Middle East and North Africa. Comparative analysis of the major parameters of the po l itical process in the Middle East and North Africa . Islamic political theory and its contemporary manifestation. The role of nat i onalism and the " quest for modernity" in the pol i tical development of this region. Parties and programmed modern i zation in transitional poli t ies . Pol. Sci. 416-3. Governments of East Asia. Political and gov ernmental changes within China , Japan , and Korea from the 19th century to the present. Primary emphasis on contempo rary political systems and sociopolitical problems. Pol. Sci. 417-3. Eastern European Communism: Soviet Satel lites and Yugoslavia. Developments i n the Soviet satellites and Yugoslavia , their governmental organizations , and the relat io n to the Soviet Union and the West. Pol. Sci. 418-3. Governments of Southeast Asia. Impact of the West on political the ' ory and institutions in Burma , Thailand , Laos , Cambodia , Vietnam , Malaysia , Indonesia , and the Philip pines. Constitutions , political parties , movements , and con flicts. Influence of geographical, econom i c , and social factors on the political systems in each country. Pol. Sci. 419-3. Political Systems of Sub-Saharan Africa. Analy sis of major types of pol i t i cal systems in sub-Saharan Africa and intensive case studies of selected countries exemplifying each type. Anticolonial movement and adoption of Western political institutions and values. Spec ial political prob lem s of multiracial and multicultural societies. Pol. Sci. 460-3. Governments of South Asia. Study of the poli tical and administrative systems of Ind ia, Pakistan , Ceylon , and Nepal. Impact of B ritish rule on development of political insti tutions on the subcontinent as well as problems of political development at all levels.

PAGE 41

Internat i onal Relations Pol. Sc i. 421-3 . Internationa l Politic s . The system of national states , concepts of national interest, goals of foreign polic ies, conduct of diplomacy , and the bearing of these elements on the problem of peace. Presentation and evaluation of the solutions that have been offered for the mai ntenance of peace. Great p owers and reg i o n s of the earth in internationa l politics today, and their roles in international tensions . Pol. Sc i. 423-3. Ame ri can For ei gn Pol i cy. Examination of the foundations , assumpti o ns , objectives , and methods of U . S . foreign policy . Special attention to the revolutionary inter national environment and to adaptations thereto . Pol. Sc i . 425 -3. International L aw and Or g an izat io n I. Legal and political foundations of the international community in cluding procedures and machinery for settlement of disputes between states, prevention of war, and maintena nce of se curity. Attention to the experience of the League of Nations and the United Nations and of regional arrangements for collective self-defense and political union. Pol. Sc i. 4 2 6 3 . Internationa l Law and O r gan i zation II . Con ti n uat ion of Pol. Sci. 425 , with emphasis on processes and machinery of peacetime cooperation between nations for de velopment of international economic and social cooperation and regulatory authority . Emphasis on the League of Nations , the United Nations , specialized agencies , and regional ar rangements. Pol. Sc i. 4283. International B e havior. Presentation of alter nate theoretical frameworks for the explanation of interna tional processes . Theories of conflict behavior and social applied to problems of war and peace. Major emphasis on the role of systematic empirical research in the development of theories of international behavior. Pol . Sci . 470-3 . The European C ommunity . Europe in the inter national system; European and Atlantic regionalism; the Coun cil of Europe , WEU, a n d other political institutions. Politica l , military, and economic integration: EEC and NATO, OEEC, EFTA , and EURATOM. Problems of partnership, rival national isms, and interdependence. Pol . Sc i. 4723. Sovi e t For e i gn Poli c y . Foreign policy of the Soviet Union, including the international Communist move ment, its ideological bases , its impact on international politics , and its relations to domestic developments in the U.S.S.R. Pol. Sc i. 473-3 . T h e Midd le East and Wo rld A ff a i rs . Evolution and revolution in the Middle East. The character of national ism in the area. Analysis of intraregional and international problems affecting the Middle East with special emphasis on the Arab-Israeli imbroglio. Pol . Sc i . 4 7 4 -3. Sub-Saharan A f r i ca i n Wor ld Affairs . An exam ination of the international behavior of the new Africa . In cl u des pre-inde " pen d e n ce antecedents and post-independence determinants , motives , techniques , and results of African state relations in the inter-African and world-wide settings . Pol. Sci . 4 7 5 -3. Afri ca in U. S . For e i g n Poli c y . Examination of historical background , assumptions , objectives , methods , and results of U.S. policy toward black Africa. Special attention to areas under foreign or minority rule , ethnic factors , potency of economic and political variables, and stresses between alliance policy and sympathy for self-determination . Pol . Sc i. 476-3. I nternationa l R el a ti o ns in the Far E a st . De velopments and problems in the modern-day relations of China , Japan , Korea , Vietnam , and the Western powers. The Far East in world politics today. Pol . S ci. 4 77-3. L ati n Am e rica in W o r l d P olitics. Basic ele ments in Latin American international relations . United States Latin American relations and policies . Foreign policy formula tion in major Latin American republics. Publ i c Administration Pol. Sci. 406 and 408 may be used by majors in political science to satisfy the requirement in the field of public administration . Pol. Sci. 430-3. P ublic P ersonnel Administration. Personnel policies of the national, state , and local governments. Struc ture, functions , and problems of public personnel agencies. College of Und er graduate Stud i e s I 37 Pol. S ci. 432 -3. Public Admin i stration . Role of a d ministration in government; trends in American public administratio n ; problems in organization; techniques of management. Pol . Sc i. 434 -3. Natio n al Security Organ i zation and Policy mak i ng. Analysis of the governmental structure and the pol i c y making processe s for American national sec u rity planning and action. Pol . Sc i. 435 3. Natural Resources: Poli cy and Admin i st r ation . Resources in the American economy; consideration of consti tutional, politica l , and geographic factors in the development of resources policy; organization , procedures, and programs for administration and development of natural resources. Pol. S ci. 437-3 . Public F i nanc i al Adm i nistration. Governmental fiscal policy , administrative organization for fiscal administra tion in governmental units , revenue administration , budgeting, preaudit and p ostaudit , treasury management and debt admin istration, purchasing , financial reporting. Pol. S c i. 438 -3. State Policie s and Adm i nistr ati on. Examination in depth of selected functio n al activities of state govern m ent leading to identification and analysis of crucial issues and problems in v o lv e d in the de v e l opment and a d ministratio n of p olicy in those areas. Specific focus on public welfare, un employment and workmen's com p ensation , labor policy, busi ness and professional licensing and regulation , p ublic educa tion , law enforcement and crime control , highway construc tion and maintenance. Pol. Sc i. 4 3 9 3. Nation a l Policie s and Adm i nistrat i on . Majo r policies and programs of the national government and their administration; the role of the P resident and other adminis trators in formulating public policy and in maintaining a re sponsible bureaucracy. Political Theory and Public Law Pol . Sc i. 440 -3. Early Political Thought. Main c urrents of po litical thought in their historical setting from Plato to the 1 7th century , with a critical evaluation of those elements of con tinuing worth. Pol. S ci. 441-3. Mod e r n Political T h ought. Mai n currents of political thought in their historical setting from the 17th cen tury to the present. Pol. Sci. 440 is not a prerequisite for Pol. Sci. 441. S ci. 443 -3. Jurisprudenc e . Origins of modern legal insti tutiOns and role of law in society throughout the ages. C on trast between Anglo-American and legal systems stemming from the Roman Law . Law cases are studied only insofar as they m i rror historical and sociological developments . Pol. S ci. 445 3. Amer i ca n Political Thought. History and de velopment of A merican political theories and ideas fro m colonial period to present. Pol . Sc i. 446-3 . Adm i n i stra ti ve Law . General nature of admin istrative law , types of administrative action and enforcement analysis of rulemaking and adjudication , administrative process , judicial review. Pol . S ci. 447-3 . Constitu t ional L a w I. Nature and scope of the following American constitutional principles as developed by the U .S. Supreme Court: federalism , jurisdiction of the federal courts , separation of powers , the taxing power , and the com merce power . Case method. Pol. S ci. 448 -3 . Con s titution a l La w II. Continuation of Pol . Sci. 447, with emphasis on the war power , powers of the President citizenship , the Bill of Rights , and the Civil War amendments: Case method. Pol . Sc i. 449-3 . American Judi ci al S ys t e m . Exam i nation o f the pri.ncipal actors in the legal system: police , lawyers , judges, Citizens. About half of the course will be devoted to the study of judicial behavior , especially at the Supreme Court level. Pol. Sc i. 490-3 . R e vo lu t i o n and Political Violence. Study dis cussion, and evaluation of alternative frameworks the analysis of revolution and political violence. The theoretical material will be firmly couched in case situations such as Western , class , colonial , urban , international, historical racial religious , and intergenerational violence . Development by class of its own theoretical model. G en e ra l Cour se s i n Politic al S c i en c e Pol. Sci . 499-1 t o 3. I nde p ende n t Stu dy . Intended to give an opportunity to advanced students with good scholastic rec-

PAGE 42

38 I University of Colorado at Denver ords, and with appropriate courses completed , to pursue Independently the study of some subject of special interest to them. Subj ects chosen and arrangements made to suit the needs of each student. Prima rily for seniors . Prer., 15 semes ter hours in p olitical science and consent of instructor. SOCIAL SCIENCES These courses can, in part, satisfy the area require ment in the Social Sciences. Soc. Sci. 210-3. The Study of Man in Society I. An integrated introduction to concepts and methods of the social sciences as they apply to analysis of societal contexts and the forces affecting man in society. Emphas is on concepts and analyses of societies at given points in time. Soc. Sci. 211-3. The Study of Man in Society II. Continuation of Soc. Sci. 210. Emphasis on processes in society-social and cultural change and evolution, industrial ization, urbaniza tion, and other dynamic institutions . Soc. Sci. 320-3. The Legal Process. Nature of legal reasoning and methods of legal development. Rec i procal relations of law with political philosophy and ethics. Materials drawn from both public and private law. Soc. Sci. 321-3. The American Indian and Federal Law. In comparison with other citizens , what has been and is the legal status of American Indians? The objectives of this course are to survey a special status as set forth in Federal law , to identify its problems , costs and benefits to Native Americans , and to acquaint course participants with applications and politics of the law th rough the study of actual case materials . Soc. Sci. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto I. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the Black , disadvantaged community. Soc. Sci. 326-3. Pathology of the Ghetto II. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the Black , disadvan taged community. Soc. Sci. 327-3. Comparative Urban Cultures. Emphasis on historical background and social concerns of cultural and ethnic groups which constitute a city . Soc. Sci. 410-3. Business and Government. (B. Ad. 410-3.) Study of public law and action of government related to the working of the market system. Topical areas include : philosophy and evolution of the involvement of government in economic ac tivities with particular emphasis on (a) concentration of eco nomic power , (b) competitive practices , (c) specific sectors of the economy, and (d) the general climate of business . Soc. Sci. 411-3. Business and Society. (B.Ad. 411-3 . ) Exami nation of tne interre latio nships between business , society , and the environment. Topics will inc lude perspectives on the socio-economic-business system , current public policy, issues and social responsibility , and ethics. Prer . , Econ. 201-202 , Pol. Sci. 110, Soc . 111. SOCIOLOGY Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these courses, 16 must be upper division. As no fixed se quence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their pro gram. This is particularly important for those intending to do graduate work in sociology. Soc. 128-3. Race and Minority Problems. Race and racism; facts and myths about great populations , including psycho logical , social, and cultural sources of bias and discrimina tio n . Soc. 129-3. The Negro in American Life and History. Exami nation of the myth and the reality of the Negro in America since the Colonial Period. Soc. 191-3. Contemporary Social Issues. Introductory con sideration of some 30 current social controversies , such as democracy , capital ism, race and ethnic groups , marriage , the family, crime, international tensions, and world order. De signed to improve the student's ability to understand current debate and to formulate opinions for himself. Soc. 192-3. Contemporary Social Issues. Continuation of Soc . 191. Soc. 199-variable credit . Independent Study in Sociology. Consent of instructor required. Soc. 221-3. Elementary Population Studies. Elements of de mography , natality , mortality , internat iona l and internal migra tion, population growth , population policy . Soc. 222-3. Human Ecology. Ecological organization and pro cesses in urban, rural , and regional areas. Soc. 239-3. Mass Society. Study of the emergence of modern society. Emphasis on the role of masses and of separated and isolated individuals who la ck unifying values and purposes. Soc. 250-3. Social Problems and Social Change. Sociological analysis of problems resulting from recent social changes including occupational shifts and the redefinition of work , adolescent roles and responses, the massification of educa tion , public responses to crime , del i nquency , and mental illness , race and minor it y relations , community disorganiza tion , and the effects of population growth and redistribution on underdeveloped areas. Emphas is on the development of concepts and theoretical propositions for problem analysis . Soc . 255-3. Analysis of Modern Society. Examination of vari ous sociological views of modern society including those of Lundberg , Richardson , Mills , Riesman , Gottman , Sorokin , Cohen , and others. Soc. 315-3. History of Sociological Thought I. Major social theorists from early times to date , including Aristotle , Plato , Machiavelli, Comte , Spencer . Soc. 316-3. History of Sociological Thought II. Continuat ion of Soc . 315. Prer. , Soc . 315 . Soc. 317-3. Statistics. Quantitative techniques used in analyz ing social phenomena. Prer. , Math. 107 or its equivalent , or consent of instructor. Soc. 346-3. Introduction to Social Psychology. Survey of the following varieties of social psychology : psychoanalysis , sym bolic interactionism , culture and personality , structural-func tionalism , and psychological social psychology. Topics treated on the introductory level. Soc. 348-3. Social Movements. Social bases and development features of such modern , social , and political movements as communism, socialism , liberalism, and conservatism. Soc. 409-3. Undergraduate Research Practicum. Practical ex perience for undergraduates in application of principles of research design and data processing to a social research problem selected by the instructor. Soc. 417-3. Research Methods. Design of social research . Application of statistical techniques and procedures to social phenomena. Prer., Soc. 317 or consent of instructor. Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies. The soc i ological importance of population study. Advanced demographic analy sis and population theory. Natality , mortality, problems of population growth and international and internal migrations , population policy, and aspects of population planning and conrrol. Soc. 424-3. Migration. World migration patterns . Migration examined as an effect and as an influence. Planned and un planned migration . Soc. 426-3. Urban Sociology. The city in terms of its soc i al structure , reside . ntial and institutional patternings , processes of interaction , demographic processes , and patterns of growth and change . Soc. 433-3. Communities. Review and appraisal of community studies. Soc. 444-3. Social Stratification. Status , social mobility, and class in selected societies; elites and leadership problems . Soc. 446-3. Persons in Society. The self in societysocial ization , presentation of self and identity , social types , roles , and careers in historical situations . Persons in theories of social organization and action. Soc. 449-3. Social Control. Informal and formal regulative pro cesses in social behavior , with reference to techniques and processes of social control , such as propaganda, the political order, and other institutions.

PAGE 43

Soc. 451-3. Social Institutions. Organized system of pract ices and social roles developed about values . Machinery evolved to regulate the practices and behavior-family , church , gov e rnment, economy , recreation , education. Soc. 453-3. Social Change. Process of change in Western society and its effects on the individual , the family , and eco nomic and political institu tions. Attent.ion to . extre m ist sponse to tensions produced by rapid soc1al change m America . Historical analysis of the causes of Western de velopment as a context in which to study the factors aiding and impeding the modernization of the emerging nations. Soc. 454-3. Social Mobility. Status, occupational , and income change examined from viewpoints of individual, and society as a whole. Mobility theories proposed by Sorokm , Rogoff, Lensk i , Svalastoga , Upset, and Duncan. Spe . cial atte . n tion to methods of analyzing change , comparative soc1al mobility , causation of mobil ity , and stafus equilibration. Soc. 455. Sociology of the Family. The family as a social institution. Historized development and contemporary cross cultural analysis with emphasis on the contemporary Ameri can family. Soc. 458-3. Contemporary American Social Movements. Exam inatio n of contemporary social movements and bases of cleavage and conflict in contemporary America . Radical Right and New Left , civil rights , and stude ' nt activism studied in the light of contemporary social facts and their historical roots. Soc. 467-3. Sociology of Education. Sociological study of the techniques of education. Classroom procedures , school ad ministration, educators' roles , and reciprocal relations of school and community. Soc. 470-3. Sociology of Law. Consideration of the formula tion, interpretation, and legitimacy of legal rules within a context of social organization. Soc. 477-3. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. Analy sis of work emphasizing selected occupat i onal and profes sional roles , structures, characteristics , and trends. Soc. 478-3 . Industrial Sociology. The way in which the factory and the community influence sociological aspects of indus trial relations. Soq. 479-3. Large-Scale Organization. Analysis of sociological theories of bureaucracy and inquiry into bureaucratic de velopments in governmental, industrial , mili t ary , and welfare institutions. Soc. 490 -3. Senior Seminar. Seminar for senior sociology ma jors considering important concepts, issues , and problems in sociology. Soc. 495-3. Criminology. Nature and causes of crime as a social phenomenon . Process es of making laws , breaking laws , and reaction toward the breaking of laws. Cultural significance of the processes of determining the reactions of the com munity to offenders of the law; theory of practice of punish ment; purposes , uniformity, and similarities of the kinds of disposition. Sociological concepts are used in this areaculture , mores , institutions, competition, conflict, social change, and social control. Soc. 496-3. Juvenile Delinquency. Factors involved in delin quent behav ior. Problems of adjustment of delinquents and factors in treatment and in post-treatment adjustment. Soc. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of in structor required. URBAN STUDIES MAJOR All students majoring in urban studies will be ex pected to meet the following course requirements : 1. Soc. Sci. 210 and 211, The Study of Man in So ciety I and II. 2. Four of the following five upper division courses. (Where these courses are currently being offered by a discipline a course number is listed.) Urban Economics (Econ. 425) ; Urban History (Hist. 470}; Urban Politics (Pol. Sci. 407); Urban Evolution; and Population Dy namics in the Process of Urbanization. College of Undergraduate Studies I 39 3. Senior Seminar in Urban Problems (6 hours). This will be a two-semester course focused on the investigation of a single urban problem and its rami fications, e.g. , transportation in the metropolitan area. This core program specifies 27 of the 30 hours cur rently required as the minimum in a given major for graduation. In addition to the required core courses, a student selecting this major will be required to take an additional 12 hours according to one of the follow ing options: Option 1-concentration in a given discipline. (The student is required to take an additional 12 hours in a given discipline, the exact courses in this concentra tion to be specified by the discipline concerned . ) Opton II-distributive option. (The student is re quired to take an additional 12 hours from a list of recommended options, the actual course to be worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser.) Ethnic Programs Programs for minority groups were established on the Denver Campus in 1969 . Since then the quality and scope of these programs have expanded greatly. Courses are presently offered in Black Studies and Mexican American Studies; proposed courses in Asian Amer ican and Native American Studies are expected to be added to the curriculum . Student organizations provide assistance with re cruiting, counseling , personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work Study Program. The Study Ski lls Center , located in the library build i ng, offers tutoring and help for students who are aca demically deficient. BLACK STUDIES CECIL E . GI,.ENN, Director Bl. St. 101-5 . Swahili I. Beginning Swahili with emphasis o n oral commun ication. Essentials of grammar , basic vocabulary , practice in reading and speaking. Language lab . and conver sation session. Bl. St. 102-5. Swahili II. Intermediate Swahili with review of essentials of grammar : detailed analysis of texts. Language lab. and conversation session. Bl. St. 112-3. Introduction to Black Studies. A course designed acquaint new students with the history , purpose , organiza tiOn, and goal of the Black Education Program . Bl. St . 115-3. Law and Minorities. Designed to acqua i nt stu dents with the legal system of American society , i ncluding contracts , buying and selling , wills and inheritance , family relations , civil wrongs , a nd criminal law in order to develop a cooperative relat i onship between the law and minorities. Bl. St. 110-3. Black Contemporary Social Issues. Designed to expose the student to those areas of intellectual , social , cul tural , economic , politi cal , and educational concerns relevant to the Afro-American experience. Principally an introductory survey of primary issues currently affecting the black man . Bl. St. 160-3 . Economic History of Africa. A study of the black man in Africa before and after the coming of Europeans with emphasis on th e economic aspect of Africa's historical de velopment. Bl. St. 201-3. Swahili Ill. Advanced Swahi l i with emphasis on the development of spoken fluency and o n reading of con temporary Swahili materials. Prer. , Swahili 11. Bl. St. 203-3. Behavioral Analysis I. A psychology course which deals with the interrelationships between the black

PAGE 44

40 I University of Colorado at Denver and his social environment. Social influences upon mot1vat1on, perceptiOn, and behavior. The development and change of attitudes and opinions in the ghetto. Bl. St. 204-3. Behavioral Analysis II. Psychological analysis of small groups , social stratification, and mass phenomena such as riots. Continuation of Bl. St. 203. Bl. St. 210-3. Politics of Contemporary Africa I. Systematic survey of modern Africa with special emphasis on selected countries, both independent and nonindependent. Southern Africa : political im pacts of racia l and religious problems , stressing recent development i n Rhodesia , South Africa , and the Portuguese colonies of Angola and Mozambique. Bl. St. 215-3. Afro-America History I. Survey of the history of Afro-Americans . Study , interpretations, and analysis of major problems , issues , and trends affecting the black man from pre-slavery to the present. Bl. St. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Cont i nuation of Bl. St. 215. Bl. St. 220-3. Black Social Movements. (Soc . 228.) Develop mental paradigms for black social movem ents. Differential linear movements , theories of nationalism , integration, sepa ratism , rhetorical nationalism , and tyranny. Bl. St. 221-3. Black Social Theory. (Soc . 229.) Historical para digms for black social movements. Strategies and tactics of racial oppression , recurring i deology, Pan Africanism , na tionalism , civi l rights , black power, and riot movements. Con tinuation of Bl. St. 220. Bl. St. 223-3. Religion of the Black Man. Critical examination of the black family's utilizat ion of religious beliefs and prac tices. Bl. St. 227-2. Interrelated Studies. An integrated study of the development of the black man in the arts, history, literature , politics, economics, etc. BI.St. 232-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature I. (Engl. 238.) Chronological study of Afro-American literature beginning with the 18th century. The Harlem Renaissance , the depression writers, and writers from the 1940s to the present. Bl. St. 233-3. Survey of Afro-American Literature II. (Engl. 239.) Continuation of Bl. St. 232. Bl. St. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. (Econ . 250.) The de velopment of slavery as an American institut io n from 1619 to 1970 , the plantation system , the growth of the slave trade , the stimulation of the American economy by slavery, the Civil War as an economic conflict between the indus trialists of the North and the agriculturalists of the South . Bl. St. 251-3. Capitalism and Slavery II. (Econ. 251.) Post-C ivil War to the present , trade unions , leg islation, the urban c risis , and "Black Capitalism." Continuation of Bl. St. 250. Bl. St. 270-3. African-American Art History I. (Fine Arts 270.) A stlldy of black art in both Africa and the Americas ; prob lems in depicting real life experiences of black people . Bl. St. 271-3. African-American Art History II. (Fine Arts 271.) Continuat ion of Bl. St. 270 . Bl. St. 280-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation 1. A study of the history of black music. The African back ground and the influences of Europe and the Caribbean . Em phasis on Afro-American folk music . Bl. St. 281-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation II. Music since 1900religious and secular. The d evelo p ment of jazz, modern rhythm , and blues today. Black musi cians and their technical deve lopment. Cont i nuation of Bl. St. 280. Bl. St. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto. (Soc . Sci. 325.) De signed to analyze black ghetto frustration and despair as elements in urban crisis , with emphasis on possible solutions through various community agenc ies . Bl. St. 326-3. (Soc. Sci. 326 . ) Continuation of 81. St. 325. Bl. St. 370-3. Culture, Racism , and Alienation. Effects of racism on the individ ual persona lity of the recipient and the donor of practices evolving from participation in a racist culture . Bl. St. 390-3. Modern African Literature I. (Engl. 390.) A survey of contemporary African literature. The main forces which have shaped modern African literature , and the crisis and conflicts of the African man and his culture in contact with these forces as they are portrayed by the African writer. Bl. St. 391-3. Modern African Literature II. (Engl. 391.) Con tinuation of 81. St. 390. Bl. St. 412-3. Civil Rights and Fair Employment Practices. De signed to g ive the student the necessary background to enter the field of civil rights and equal employment opportunities. Emphasis on Fair Employment Practices procedures . Field visits. Bl. St. 434-3. Black Art and Society I. (Fine Arts 434.) A two semester seminar dea ling with black art in relationship to society . The influences of the black revolution, black culture, poli tical thought, and integration. Bl. St. 435-3. Black Art and Society II. (Fine Arts 435 . ) Con tinuation of 81. St. 434 . MEXICAN AMERICAN STUDIES JOHN D. BRUCE-NOVOA, Director M. AM. 100-3. Introduction to Mexican American Studies. Re quired of all incoming M . A.E . P . students. Course will review techniques for studying languages, science, mathemat ics, and other areas. Systems of notetaking, research methods (includ ing proper use of library facilities) , preparing for and taking examinations , as well as building self-confidence will be discussed. M. AM. 111-3. Introduction to Drama: Chicano Workshop. De signed to encourage and guide the development of student acting , directing and playwriting , with a concentration on the specialized techniques and content of Teatro Campes i no. M. AM. 112-3. Bilingual Skills. A basic language course in which students with a background of both Spanish and English can learn the similarities as well as the differences in the two languages . Oral as well as written exercises in Spanish. Readings in Southwest folklore. M . AM. 127-3. Contemporary Mexican American I. ( Soc . 127.) An introductory sociology course in which the basic termi nology of the Chicano milieu is defined and a survey made of the Chicano movement from its early manifestation to the present. M. AM. 135-1. Beginning International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P. E . 135 . ) Basic dances of Mexico and Spain : El Jarabe Tapatio , La Samba , jotas and paso dob les. M . AM. 136-1. Advanced International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P.E. 136.) An advanced course in the dances of Spain and Mexico inclu ding: jotas , paso dobles, zapatea dos , and huastecas , and jaranas. M. AM. 137-3. Contemporary Mexican American II. (Soc. 137.) C ontinuatio n of M . AM. 127. A more detailed breakdown of the many facets of the Chica no movement today . M. AM. 205-3. History of Spanish Language in the Southwest. (Spanish 205.) The Spanish spoken in the Southwest is com pared to that spoken in other areas of the world . The course is the first and most basic in the linguistic series in the Spanish department. Basic linguistic terminology is intro duced and applied in the analysis of Southwes t Spanish. Field research will be expected of student. M. AM. 211-3. Contemporary Mexican Literature in Transla tion. Mexican literature since World War II has been in the forefront of literary innovatio ns directly reflecting the rapid progress and changes in the society. The purpose of the course is literary but serves also to dispel many false views of Mexico as a rural , traditionally conservative country. M . AM . 211-A-3. Bilingual Skills II. A second-year Spanish skills course designed primarily to meet the linguistic and cultural needs of Chicanos . Grammar, linguistic problems of Chicanos, corrections, vocabulary, Spanish readings in South west folklore. (Optional choice for second-year Spanish credit.) M. AM. 212-3. Contemporary Latin American Literature in Translation. The approach is the same as in M. AM. 211. The best of the contemporary Latin Amer ican authors are studied : Borges , Fuentes , Rulfo, Carp e ntier , Cortazar , and others. M. AM. 212-A-3. Bilingual Skill Ill. A continuation of M. AM. 211-A with the focus changing to conversation bas ed on read ing in Spanish of Southwest folklore . (Optional choice for second-year Spanish credit.) M. AM. 213-3. History of Chicano Art. A survey of art , indige n ous as well as that with Spanish and Mexican influence. The

PAGE 45

focus on the Mex ican American includes the f ields of paint ing , sculpture , and architecture. M. AM. 300 3 . The Chicano Movement. A study of the ideas of the contemporary thinkers and leaders of today ' s Mexican American and the events which have shaped them. M. AM. 302-2 . Methodology of Tutoring the Educationally Dis advantaged. A course designed to improve the tutorial sk ills of upperclassmen , especially Chicanos , or those who expect to help minorit y students. Concentration on tutoring of basic skills required for M.A.E .P. and Special Services tutors. M. AM. 310 -3. Mexican American Ethnic Relations. (Same as An thro. 31 0 . ) The anthropology of North Americans of Span ish, Spanish-Indian , and Mexican Nat io nal descent , ethno historical backgrounds, current interrelations and social move ments among rural and urban groups. Cultural patterns , identity ma intenance, and the social forms and problems of national incorporation. M. AM. 3113 . Mexican Literature in Translation-Poetry. A survey of the masterpieces of Mexican poetry in English translations from Aztec poetry to modern day. M . AM. 312-3. Mexican Literature in Translation-Narrative. A survey of the masterpieces of Mex ican narrative works in Engl ish translations, from the Popo l Vuh a Ch ilam Sa lam to t he contemporary period . M. AM. 313-3. Arts of the Mexican Revolution. A study of the art forms that developed during the years of the Mexican Revolution . Both plastic and letters incl uded . M. AM. 340-3. Social Psychology and the Mexican American. (Psych . 340.) Exposes students to the research on Mexican Ame ricans in the fields of intelligence and achievement, lan guage and learning ability , attitudes , perception , personality , and motivat io n . M. AM. 369-3. Historical Geography of the Southwest. Re gional study of man and culture in relationship to the en vironment . M. AM. 383-3 . History of Mexican American in Colorado I. (Hist . 383 .) Research-orientated seminar course in which the student is expected to gather material on the subject from original SO\Jrces. M. AM. 384-3. History of Mexican American in Colorado II. (Hist. 384.) Continuation of M. AM. 383 . M. AM. 399-3. History of the Mexican in the Southwest. A surve y of the history of the Southwestern region of the U .S. from the indigenous origins, through Spanish conquest and colonizat ion and later Anglo invasion . M. AM . 405-3. Intergroup Relations . ( Soc. 405 . ) A study of intergroup (race) relations at the small group level. Includes analysis of a group that has been stratified into a majority number of white students and a fixed number of minority students . M. AM. 412 -3. Contemporary Chicano Literature-Poetry. (Engl. 412.) A study of the present poetry produced by Chicanos . M . AM. 413-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature-Short Story . (Engl. 413.) A study of the present narrative literature -pro duced by Chicanos. No pol itical slant is im posed. The literary value is emphasized. M. AM . 430-3. Chicano and the U.S. Social System. A study of the Mexican American i n his contact with the systems of justice, education , po litics and social sets , primarily in the Southwest. M. AM. 432 -3. Education in Multilingual Communities. (Soc. 432.) A combined social problem and sociolinguistic approach to education in multilingual communities in the United States Southwest. Topics considered will include historical and con temporary trends in schools' language policies and practices; intra school social and academic stratification ; and conse quences for student achievement , aspirations, and vocational choice and channeling. M. AM. 459 -3. Mexican American in the Southwest. A study of the development of the social structures of the Mexican American in the Southwest and the forces that have affected them. M . AM. 460 -3. The Chicano Community and Community Or ganizations . (Soc. 460.) Examination of the origin of the terms " community " an d "barrio." A comparative analysis of the College of Undergraduate Studies I 41 internal barrio structure and the larger society. Community organization and community development. P ositive and nega tive role models/leaders. Methods and techniques of com munity organization as related to La Raza. M . AM. 462-3. The New Chicano Movement. (Soc. 462 . ) A seminar i n which extensive field research is required of the students aimed at d iscoveri ng the current role of the Chicano in American society. NOTE : Spanish 101 and 102 . Special M.A.E .P. sect ions are taught by a Chicano with an understanding of the particular proble ms of the bilingual student. Special Programs DISTRIBUTED STUDIES PROGRAM Students working toward the B.A . degree may elect a major in a Distributed Studies Program in any one of the three divisions of the College. Requirements are a minimum of 60 semester hours in two or three subjects in which a discipline major program for the B.A . is offered . One of these shall be designated the primary subject. Discipline advisers shall have the prerogative of designating acceptable secondary sub jects. A student ' s Distributed Studies Program shall be approved by a committee composed of an adviser in the student's primary subject and one in each of his secondary subjects. Primary Subject. Minimum of 30 hours. (Not more than 30 hours will be required.) The grade-point aver age in the primary subject must be at least 2.0; 30 hours of work must carry grades of C or better; 12 hours must be in upper division courses in which grades of C or better have been earned. Secondary Subjects. Minimum of 30 hours distrib uted in one or two disciplines . A secondary subject shall consist of at least 12 hours in one discipline. Language Courses. No first-year course in English (100-101) or foreign language (101-102) may be used in satisfaction of the requirements of either a primary or a secondary subject. HONORS PROGRAM The Honors Program of the College of Undergrad uate Studies is designed for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend his education beyond the usual course requirements. The Honors Program also is responsible for deter mining which students merit the award of the bache lor's degree with honors : cum laude, magna cum laude , and summa cum laude. These awards are made on the basis of special honors work and not simply on the basis of grades . A student may participate in either discipline hon ors or general honors, or both . To become a candidate for discipline honors, the student must (1) have a 3.0 grade-point average; (2) complete special work such as seminars , or research projects required by his particular discipline; (3) take both the Undergraduate Pro gram Area Test (in Humanities , Natural Science, and Social Science) and the Advanced Graduate Record Examination; and (4) take an oral examination given by a comm ittee of faculty members in his discipline and a member of the Honors Council. To become a candidate for general honors , the student must (1) have a 3 . 0 grade-point average; (2) complete at least

PAGE 46

42 I University of Colorado at Denver four general honors courses ; (3) take the Undergrad uate Program Area Test ; and (4) take oral and written honors examinations. Any qualified student may enroll in honors courses without becoming a candidate for graduation with hon ors. There are no examinations in the honors courses themselves; and no letter grades are awarded , only the marks H (Honors) , P (Pass), and F (Fail). Detailed information concerning the Honors Pro gram may be obtained from Dr . Fahrion, director, or in the Office of the Dean . Preprofessional Programs PREBUSINESS Students are referred to the School of Business Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree. Prebusiness students should so designate them selves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the student adviser or members of the faculty of the School of Business . Students desjring a degree from the School of Business normally transfer from the College of Under graduate Studies to the School of Business at the be ginning of the junior year upon completion of the admission requirements specified below . Application for intra-university transfer must be made no later than 90 days prior to the term for whi ch the student wishes to register , or 60 days prior to preregis tration if the student participates in early registration. Requirements for Admission 1. Sixty hours of completed work (exclusive of physical education and remedial courses) , with at least 48 of that total in nonbusiness courses. 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 in all courses acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree. 3. Nonbusiness courses: a. Must be completed prior to transfer: Semester Hours Mathematics (Math. 107 and 108) ... . ...... ... .. 6 Pr i nciples of Economics (Econ . 201 and 202) . . . . . . 6 b. Required for degree , recommended prior to transfer : * Communications .. ............................ 6 Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 1 00) . . . . . . 3 American National Government (Pol. Sci. 11 0). . . . . 3 tPrinciples of Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 :j:Nonbusiness Electives . .... ..... .. .. ..... ..... 15 4 . Recommended business courses to be taken prior to transfer: Introduction to Business (B.Ad. 100) ............. 3 'Courses selected from the following : Engl . 100 or 101; Eng l. 110 , 111, or 112 ; Engl . 315; C . T . 102; C . T . 210; C . T . 315 ; C . T . 320; C.T . 420 . tRequirement may be met with any Principles of Sociology course for 3 semes ter hours . tFor completion of the B . S . (Busine s s) degree r e quirem ents, the student' s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division nonbusiness courses . Th is course may be applied toward the business elective requ i r ement. It is recommended though not required . Introductory Account ing-Financial Aspects (Acct. 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Statistics (Stat. 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 CHILD HEALTH ASSOCIATE PROGRAM The Child Health Associate Program at the Univer sity of Colorado Medical Center is a three-year pro gram designed to train men and women in ambulatory pediatric care of infants , children , and adolescents . The program emphasizes the medical and psycho social aspects of health care. Graduates of the program receive a Bachelor of Science (Child Health Associate) degree from the Medical School and are licensed to work in association with a physician in such settings as private physicians ' offices , neighborhood health clinics, and public health facilities. The Child Health Associate Program also has been approved to award a Master of Science degree in Child Health Associate for those students who meet the criteria for admittance into the Graduate School. Prerequ i sites . Two years of college (60 semester or 90 quarter hours , including one year of biology, one year of chem i stry , and one year of psychology). Recommended Credit . From the following areas one year or 6 semester hours is recommended : humanities , English , or sociology. For further information write: Child Health Associate Program Box 2662 University of Colorado Medical Center 4200 East Ninth Avenue Denver , Colorado 80220 or telep hone 394-8272. On the Denver Campus contact the Health Sciences Committee or Vivian Johnson , adviser for the College of Underg raduate Studies . PREDENTAL HYGIENE In conjun ction with the School of Dentistry it is anticipated that a degree program in dental hygiene will be available at the University of Colorado . At the present time there are 31 baccalaureate programs available throughout the United States. Students are urged to consult the school of their choice for require ments and the application date . Dental hygiene enjoys an important role in the field of health science . The dental hygienist is concerned with the prevention of dental disease and is the only member of the auxiliary group in the dental profession who performs a serv i ce directly for a patient. The dental hygienist must satisfactorily complete a college program and pass the state board examina tion. After being licensed by the state in which he wishes to practice , the dental hygienist has many opportunities for employment in private dental offices , state and city health agencies , federal government agencies , public and private schools , boards of edu cat ion, industrial dental clinics and hospitals , and in schools of den ta l hygiene as directors and teachers. The student should consult the dental hygiene pro gram of his choice for the specific requirements for

PAGE 47

admission. The general education requirements are as follows : Semester Hours Biological science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social science ............................... ....... 10 English composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics .................................... 3 to 5 Speech . .......... ........ . ........................ 3 Humanities and electives ..........•............. ...... 25 PRE DENTISTRY The University of Colorado School of Dentistry is in the formative stages : curriculum is being developed and the buildings with space tor laboratories , class rooms, clinics, and offices are being designed. The student planning to seek admission to the School of Dentistry should consult the Health sciences Committee concerning his program . Because schools of dentistry vary in admission requirements , the pre dental student also is urged to consult the bulletins of dental schools to which he might apply to determine specific requirements. While there is no prescribed curriculum , the dental school advises that a student's work should include as a minimum: English, 6 semes ter hours ; analytical geometry and calculus , 5 semes ter hours ; physics, including laboratory , 8 semester hours; biology or zoology , 8 semester hours ; chemis try , including organic , 12 semester hours. In addition it is urged that English literature , humanities , and social sciences be taken . A minimum of 90 semester hours of accredited college or university work must be completed. TEACHER EDUCATION Students are referred to the School of Education Bulletin for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at all levels : elementary , secon dary, and community college. Two avenues are open to students wishing to pre pare themselves for careers in teaching. 1 . Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Undergraduate Studies to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue on to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education. 2. Students with a major program in the College of Undergraduate Studies who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Undergraduate Studies for the bachelor ' s degree , but take approximately 20 hours of profes sional education courses in the School of Education. Pre-Education Program Elementary education majors should follow the pro gram outlined in the School of Education Bulletin. Students pursuing elementary education or distrib uted studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by faculty mem bers of the School of Education. Application for trans fer to the School of Education and for admission to the teacher education program should be made prior to February 1 in the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are: College of Undergraduate Studies I 43 1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2 . 5 for all courses attempted , and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado ; 2 . 5 in the major teaching field ; 2.5 in the prerequisite sequence of education courses. No student will be recommended for a certificate to teach in any field or subject in which the grade-point average i s less than 2 . 5 . 2. Students planning to student teach at the secon dary school level will be held for general education requirements as follows: Semester Hours Engl i sh ............................................ 4-6 Physical education ........................ . ......... 2 Two 2-semester course combinations of at least 12 semester hours credit each (i.e. , four semesters) in each of the following three fields : humanities , natural sciences , and social sciences. A total of at least 40 semester hours is required in general education . 3 . Elementary education majors also must take , during their first two years , Math . 103 , Bioi. 201, and Bioi. 202. Bachelor of Arts (in the College of Undergraduate Studies) With Teacher Certification Students in the College of Undergraduate Studies who intend to pursue a regular major curriculum in one of the departments or programs in the College , and who also desire secondary school teacher cer tification , must apply for and be accepted into the teacher education program. The requirements for such admission are identical with those in 1 above . These students also must meet all requirements for a bache lor's degree in the College of Undergraduate Studies . In addition , certain education courses are requ i red in the junior and senior years as specified below. JUNIOR YEAR Semester Hours First Semester Educ. 306 . Foundation of American Education ............ 3 (Students must take a course in Communication and The atre designated by their education adviser prior to student teaching.) (Educ. 306 is prerequisite to other education courses.) Educ . 307 . Educat i onal Psychology and Adolescent Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Educ . 308. Principles and Methods of Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SENIOR YEAR Students are expected to be able to complete the follow ing courses during either the fall or the spring semester as it is increasingly impossible to schedule student teaching just when students prefer it . Spec i al Methods in Teaching Field ..................... 2-3 (This course is sometimes given only in fall semester ac cording to field of specialization . It must be taken with or prior to student teaching . ) Educ . 451. Student Teaching .... ...................... 8 Educ. 498. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching .... _ .. _. _ 1 Total 20-21 Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the teacher education program. Such students are urged to familiarize themselves with the details of their program as specified in the School of Education Bulletin , and to consult early and regularly with ad visers in the School of Education and the College of Undergraduate Studies.

PAGE 48

44 I University of Colorado at Denver Professional Preparation for College Teachers The School of Education offers counsel to pros pective college-level teachers and has a number of courses suitable to their needs. A program for the preparation of community college teachers is now available in some subject fields. PREJOURNALISM Students are referred to the School of Journalism Bulletin for detailed information concerning require ments for the Bachelor of Science degree in journal ism, which is granted only on the Boulder Campus . Prejournalism students should so designate them selves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by members of the faculty of the School of Journalism (Boulder). Students normally transfer to the School of Journal ism at the beginning of the junior year. Application for Intra-University transfer must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration. A cumulative grade-point average of 2.25 in prior work at the Uni versity of Colorado is required. PRELAW Students are referred to the School of Law Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the professional degree, Juris Doctor (J.D.), which is granted only on the Boulder Campus. The School of Law of the University of Colorado requires a bachelor's degree for admission, but does not stipulate courses that shall constitute a prelaw curriculum. The Law School Admission Test is required of all applicants for admission to the School of Law and should be as early as possible during the senior year in the College of Undergraduate Studies. Students are urged to consult the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Build ing, Boulder, Colorado 80302. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY This curriculum leading to a B.S. degree awarded by the School of Medicine consists of six semesters of course work in the College of Undergraduate Studies followed by 12 months of clinical training at the Uni versity of Colorado School of Medicine in Denver. Normally, 94 semester hours of credit are earned in the College of Undergraduate Studies and 40 se mester hours of credit are allowed at the School of Medicine. To be eligible for admission to the clinical year at the School of Medicine a student must have met all course requirements prerequisite to clinical training as established by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Path ologists. These are a minimum of three years, 90 se mester hours, of collegiate work with a minimum of 16 semester hours in chemistry and 16 semester hours in biological sciences. A minimum of one semester of college mathematics is required and a strong recom mendation is made that physics be included in the course work taken. In addition, the student must meet the course requirements of the University or Colorado in medical technology. The clinical training period begins about June 15 of each year and continues for one calendar year. No students are admitted to the clinical program at any time other than in June. Students must meet the grade-point requirements for graduation as outlined in the School of Medicine Bulletin. Curriculum for B.S. Degree in Medical Technology Courses fulfilling requirements as well as general electives are to be chosen in consultation with the student's adviser. 1. Six semesters of requirements to be taken in the College of Undergraduate Studies: BIOLOGY Semester Hours One full year of general biology (Bioi. 201-4, 2024). It is strongly recommended that the student take the following: Animal Physiology (Bioi. 322-3), Biology of Micro organisms (Bioi. 301-4), Pathogenic Microbiology (Bioi. 436-4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 •• 18 CHEMISTRY This should include one academic year of general chem istry (ordinarily Chern. 103-5 and 106-5) and two semesters of organic chemistry (Chern. 331-4 and 332-4) ...... . . 18 MATHEMATICS Math. 107-3, Algebra for Social Science and Business; Math . 108-3, Polynomial Calculus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 PHYSICS Principles of physics (Phys. 201-5 , 202-5 are strongly recommended) ............... ................... .... 10 ELECTIVES It is recommended that at least 8 cred i t hours be se lected from psychology or the social sciences. The re mainder can be in biology, molecular biology, chemistry, or mathematics .... ... . ........................... 28-30 GENERAL CURRICULUM Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Social sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical education . .... ...................... . ... Total se mester hours 94-96 The courses in biology , chemistry , and physics named above should include laboratory work . 2 . One calendar year on the Medical Center cam pus in Denver. Requirements are listed in the School of Medicine Bulletin. Forty semester hours of credit are allowed. PREMEDICINE Students are referred to the School of Medicine Bulletin for information concerning admissions policies of the School of Medicine and details of the curriculum leading to the Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) degree. There is no prescribed curriculum for the pre medical student , although certain courses are required (see below). Students intending to seek admission to the School of Medicine should fulfill all requirements for the bachelor's degree in the College of Under graduate Studies , even though in certain cases stu dents may be admitted to a medical school without an undergraduate degree. However, on all application and registration ma terials , premedical students should so designate them selves so that they may be advised by the Health Sciences Committee. Such students are urged to con sult regularly with their advisers concerning choice,

PAGE 49

requirements , applications , and evaluation for medical schools. In addition to an excellent overall academic record , premedical students must present superior work in the following courses: Semester Hours General chemi stry (2 semesters) .... .. .. ......... . .... 8-10 Organic chemistry (2 semesters) ...................... 8-10 General biology or zoology (2 semesters) .............. 8-10 Physics, including laboratory (2 semesters). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Literature (2 semesters) . ...................... ........ 6 Analytic geometry and calculus (1 semester) .......... ... 5 Genetics (1 semester) ................................. 3 However, beyond these specific courses , the School of Medicine strongly discourages premedicine students from taking courses covering material to be studied in medical school. Rather , the undergraduate years should provide a liberal education as the foundation for technical and professional post-graduate study. A student should choose a major from those fields that interest him most; it is not necessary that the major be in a technical or scientific area. PRENURSING Students are referred to the School of Nursing Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in nursing. Prenursing students should so designate themselves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by faculty members of the School of Nursing at the Denver Medical Center. The nursing program is a five-year curriculum in volving two years of prenursing studies in the College of Undergraduate Studies followed by a three-year program in the School of Nursing. Transfer from the College of Undergraduate Studies to the School of Nursing is normally made at the beginning of the junior year , but applications for admission to the upper divi sion nursing program must be submitted at least six months prior to the proposed date of admission. Preprofessional requirements for admission to the School of Nursing in clude the completion of 60 semes ter hours with a grade average of at least 2.0. The following courses are required: Semester Hours Natural sciences Biology (201 and 202) Chemistry (101 and 102 or 103 and 106) Social sciences 2 semesters in Psychology Social Science 210 (Study of Man in Society I}, and one other sociology courseSocial Science 211 is acce'ptable Anthropology 104 (Cultural Anthropology) General education and electives At least two 2-semester course combinations in two of the following areas : Classics (Boulder Campus) Communication and theatre Economics English literature Fine arts Foreign language History Honors Integrated studies (Boulder Campus) Mathematics Philosophy Polit ical science Other electives may be selected from any academic discipline with the exception of commercial or voca tional courses or doctrinal courses i n relig ion. College of Undergraduate Studies I 45 PREPHARMACY Students are referred to the School of Pharmacy Bullet in for details of the curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Pharmacy degree. All academic advising for prepharmacy students is conducted by faculty members of the School of Pharmacy. Students should contact the school office, Ekeley 274 (Boulder Campus) , and arrange to meet with advisers . Application for transfer to the School of Pharmacy must be filed no later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration. Prior to enrolling for professional courses in the School of Pharmacy, students must have completed the following courses and must have compiled a grade point average of 2.0 or higher: Semeste r Hours Inorganic chemistry-including quantitative and qualitative analysis ................................ 10 General biology or zoology .......................... . . 8 College mathematics (algebra and trigonometry) ......... 5-6 English composition , literature , or foreign language ....... 6 Physical education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Organi c chemistry ....... . ... ... . ........... . ........ 8 General physics ..................................... 10 Principles of economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electives ( nonprofessional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 PHYSICAL THERAPY The curriculum in physical therapy at the University of Colorado is an accredited program approved by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Assoc iation in collaboration with the American Physical Therapy Association. Upon successful completion of the program , students are granted a Bachelor of Sci ence degree in physical therapy from the School of Medicine. The curriculum is composed of two phases of study : Phase One . Prephysical therapy constitutes the first three years. In these years the student fulfills his re quirements for Phase Two and acquires a liberal uni versity education . Phase Two. Physical therapy education is accom plished during the final year. It is directed toward principles and practice of physical therapy as a pro fessional career . Phase Two is offered only at the University of Colorado Medical Center in Denver . University Requirements for Graduation Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical therapy must satisfy the following require ments : 1. Completion of Phase One to include 90 semes ter hours (135 quarter hours). A minimum of 2 semes ter hours (3 quarter hours) must be in upper division courses (courses numbered 300 or above) . 2. Completion of Phase Two to include 57 quarter hours. Of the 57 hours , a grade of C or better is re quired in at least 40 hours and a C average must be maintained . 3. Residence requirement requires 30 semester hours (45 quarter hours) at the University of Colorado. This requirement is automatically fulfilled during Phase Two.

PAGE 50

46 I University of Colorado at Denver Selection of Students for Phase Two Physical Therapy (Senior Year) 1. A maximum of 48 students is accepted. 2. Selection is made by a Controls Committee. 3. Selection is based on: a. Scholastic achievement of 3.0 (both in specific prerequisites and in cumulative grade point average). b. Personal interview. c. Health status. d. State of residency. 4. Categories of students eligible to apply for se lection: a. Physical therapy majors in attendance at any of the University of Colorado campuses must apply by July 15 foll owing their sophomore year. Selection will be made during the sum mer. (An eligible sophomore must have com pleted 60 semester hours.) b. Other eligible candidates must apply by March 1 of their junior year and will be se lected at the end of their junior year . (An eligible junior must have comple • ted or be registered for his 90th semester hour or 135th quarter hour . ) Persons qualified for this selection are limited to those: (1) enrolled in other accredited institutions in Colorado (2) residents of states participating in the WICHE program which do not have phys ical therapy programs (3) Colorado residents attending schools in other states c. Applications will not be accepted from per sons who do not fall into the above cate gories. Specific Requirements-Phase One These requirements may be met only in an ac credited college or university and must be completed before final acceptance into Phase Two. Required courses Minimum credit hours Biological Sciences ........ 14 semester hrs. (21 quarter hrs.) General Biology Anatomy (human , preferred) Physiology (human , preferred) (Prer., 1 year of chemistry) Humanities . .............. 12 semester hrs. (18 quarter hrs.) Psychology ............... . . 6 semester hrs . (9 quarter hrs.) Social Science .............. 6 semester hrs. (9 quarter hrs . ) Physical Education . . ........ 3 semester hrs. (5 quarter hrs.) Kinesiology Physical Education activity courses ( 1 year need not be for credit) Physical Sciences * General Physics .......... 3 semester hrs. (5 quarter hrs.) ( Recommended content to include mechanics , heat , electricity) * General Chemistry ....... 6 semester hrs. (9 quarter hrs.) Recommended Courses Phase One The curriculum is designed to offer students the opportunity to elect several courses in their areas of special interest. Listed below are courses related to physical therapy which would benefit a physical ther apy major. Biology Embryology Genetics Psychology Child and Adolescent Psychology Physiological Psychology Psychology of the Exceptional Child Psychology of Mental Retardation Psychology of Learning Chi ld Development Physical Therapy Introduction to Physical Therapy (strongly recommended) Phys ical Education Human Dev elopmen t and Movement Behavior Exercise Physiology Community Health Developmental Physiology Other co urs es Introduction to Statistics Anthropology Communication Skills First Aid • Any st udent anticipating further study in G rad uate School should enroll i n general physics (o n e full year to include lab oratory work}, general chemistry (to include organic chemistry}, and mathematics .

PAGE 51

School of Busines s I 47 School of BUSINESS and GRADUATE SCHOOL of BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• DODDS I. BUC H A N AN, Asso c iate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SC H OOL T he School of Business and Graduate School of B usiness Administration of the University of Colorado at Denver exists to serve today's need for competent and responsible administrative and related professional p e r sonnel, for the continued education of men and women already in such positions, and to further re search and new thinking about administrative problems. The problems of administration are common to many kinds 'Of public and private endeavor, and the School of Business attempts to confront these prob lems as 'they pertain to the management of business e nt erprises. The major purpose of t h e School of Business is to provide young men and women with opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional train ing. They are given help in preparing not only for effe c tive careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship. The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the b road spectrum of business enterprise. O rganiz at i o n Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado , policy dec i sions for the School of Business are made by the Edu c ational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the Dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole. The School's activities are administered by the A ssociate Dean on the Denver Campus , by the heads o f its several i nstructional divisions, by the Director of the Division of Bus iness Research , and by other faculty directors of particular programs. Student Organization s O pportunity for association with other School of B usiness students in varied activities intended to stimu late professional interests and to give recognition to s c holastic attainment is provided by the following stu dent organizations: AIESEC-international association of students in eco nomics and commerce Beta Alpha Psi-professional and honorary accounting fraternity Beta Gamma Sigmahonorary scholastic fraternity in business Beta Sigmaprofessional business fraternity for women CUAMA-Colorado University student chapter of the American Marketing Association Delta Sigma Pi-professional business fraternity MBA Association-Univers ity of Colorado association of master's students i n bus i ness Phi Chi Theta-professional business and economi c s fraternity for women Rho Epsilon-professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon-professional and ho n orary manage ment fraternity UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS The u n dergraduate curriculum l ead ing 'to the Bac h elor of S c ience (Busi n ess) degree is intended to h elp the student achieve the following general objective s : 1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administrat ion of those activities . 2. Ability to think logically and analytically thro ugh the kinds of complex problems encountered by man agement. 3 . Facility in the arts of communication. 4. Comprehension of the human relationships in volved in an organization . 5. Awareness of the so c ial and ethical resp o nsi bilities of those in administrative positions. 6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the stu dent continue self-education after leaving the campus. R e q u i r ements f or Admi s s io n For admission to the School of Business, the fol low ing requirements must be met: (1) a m i nimum of 60 semester hours of college credit, exclusive of P . E . ; (2) at least 6 semester hours in both mathematics and in principles of economics, both requirements ei t her completed or to be completed during the student ' s first semester after entering the School of Business; (3} a grade-point average of at least 2.0 (C) for all college-level work attempted and a 2.0 for all CU work attempted. It is recommended, though not required for ad mission , that the student complete 3 semester hours of introductory accounting and 6 semester hours of quantitative methods (B. Ad . 200 and Stat. 200, or Stat. 280 and 300.) During 1the semester in which the above require ments will be met , students must file an I ntra-University Transfer Form in the Office of Admissions and Records (Regent Hall) at ' least 90 days prior to the beginning of the next semester. Req uir ements for B.S. (Bu s iness) Degr ee The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree i s c on ferred after completion of these requirements:

PAGE 52

48 I University of Colorado at Denver Total Credits. Not fewer than 120 acceptable se mester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (inc luding 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both. Residence. Completion of at least one full aca demic year ' s work (normally 30 semester hours , usu ally in the senior year , after admission to the School of Business , to include the 12 hours in the area of emphasis). Courses completed on the Denver Campus after the candidate has been admitted to the School are acceptable toward this requirement. Grade Average. A scholastic grade average of at least 2 . 0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptable toward the B .S. (Business) degree; an aver age of at least 2.0 for all business courses ; an average of at least 2 . 0 in the student ' s area of emphasis . Graduation with Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the School of Business , students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognit ion at graduation. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3 . 5 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours as a business school stu dent w i ll be graduated cum laude. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours as a business school stu dent will be graduated magna cum laude . Courses. Completion of required courses in six groups : (A) Societal Studies , (B) Behavioral Studies , (C) Communications , (D) Information Systems, Quan titative Methods , and Data Processing , (E) Business Processes, . and (F) Electives . These requirements are summarized below. GROUP A: SOCIETAL STUDIES The activities of a business enterprise are carried on within a complex economic-po l itical-social-cultural environment. Understanding of that environment is in dispensable for socially responsible and successful endeavor. Required Areas Semester Hours Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 100) ............. 3 American National Government (Pol. Sci. 11 0). . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics (Econ. 201 and 202) ............. 6 Business Law (B.Law 300) ............................. 3 Business and Government (B.Ad. 410) or Business and Society (B.Ad. 411) .... .... ......•....•... 3 21 GROUP B: BEHAVIORAL STUDIES Management is concerned with the activities of people and with their behavior individually, in work groups , and as members of an organization. In this regard the perceptions and methods of the behavioral sciences contribute increasingl y to the understanding and effectiveness on the part of managers . In addition to courses in Group A which are both societal and behavioral, these behavioral studies are required: Required Areas Semester Hours Pr i nciples of Psychology .................... .......... 6 Introduction to Management and Organization (Org.B . 300) ...................... . 9 GROUP C : COMMUNICATIONS Probably no skills are more essential for effective ness in management than those of communication, both oral and written . The business curriculum pro vides for further development of these skills in alter native ways, depending upon the student ' s inclinations and present communication competency. Two courses selected from the following list are required (6 hours) : Required Areas Semester Hours E xpositio n (Engl. 100 or 101) ...................... . Introduction to Literature ( Engl. 110 or 111 or 112) .... . Report Writing (Engl. 315) ...... ................... . P rinciples of Communicat ion (C.T. 202) .............. . 6 Communication and Social Change (C.T. 210) ....... . . Discussion (C. T . 315) ........... . ................. . Argumentation ( C.T . 320) .......•................... P ersua sion (C.T. 420) ............................. . 6 GROUP D: INFORMATION SYSTEMS , QUANTITATIVE METHODS, AND DATA PROCESSING Management relies heavily upon information sys tems , mathematical and stat i stical tools of analysis, and increasingly sophisticated decision-making tech niques . In respect to each of these , computers may play an important role . These courses are requi red : Required Areas Sem ester Hours Mathematics (Math. 107 and 108) ....................... 6 Bus i ness Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200 ) ....... 3 Bus ines s Statist i cs (Stat . 200). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Accounting Financial Aspects (Acct. 200) . . 3 15 GROUP E : BUSINESS PROCESSES This group of courses is devoted to study of the basic processes involved in any enterprise. Using this background , the student pursues more advanced study in a field (area of emphasis) in which he has developed part i cular interest. In the area of emphasis he de velops facility in more complicated forms of analysis and further develops his qualifications for employment. Required Areas Semester Hours Basic Finance (Fin. 305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Operations Analys is (Op.Mg. 300) ...................... 3 Principles of Marketing (Mk . 300) ......... . . ............ 3 Cas e s and Concepts in Business Policy (B. Ad. 450) or Management Game and Cases in Business Policy (B.Ad. 451) or Small Bus iness Strategy , Policy and Entrepreneurship (B.Ad. 452) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Area of emphasis (see description of the areas available) .. 12 24 GROUP F : ELECTIVES Over one-third of the total hours required for the B . S . degree in business are in elective courses. (These elective studies will almost certainly enhanc e the stu dent ' s professional qualifications.) Excess hours in required areas may be used as electives. A maximum of 12 hours credit in advanced ROTC on the Boulder

PAGE 53

Campus may be appl i ed toward nonbusiness elective requirements. A maximum of 6 hours credit for physical educat i on theory courses also may be appl ied to non business electives . Physical education activity courses may not be counted toward a B.S. degree in business . In the allocation of elective hours , these requirements must be met: Semester Hours Business electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Nonbus i n e ss electives , at l east 9 hours of which must be in courses numbered 300 and above .......... 18 Free elec ti ves either business o r nonbus i ness or any combination .... ............................. 18 Total Elect i ves . . . . ................................. .45 TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS ....................... 120 New School of Business Undergraduate Curriculum: NBC/120 Effective with the start of the 1972-73 academic year , the B.S . (Business) degree may be earned by completing either (a) the requirements as set forth in the present bulletin (1972-73) in total , or (b) the new requirements in total . This option i s open to all stu dents entering college , either at CU or elsewhere , before the start of the 1973-74 academic year, but not thereafter . During the transitional period , the following substi tutions will be approved in the old program : (a) either B.Ad. 410 or B . Ad. 411; (b) either B . Ad . 200 and Stat. 200 or Stat. 280 and Stat. 300 (B. Ad . 200 and Stat. 280 will not be acceptable) ; (c) Fin. 300 and Fin. 301 or Fin. 305 and a 3-hour Finance elective , not to include Fin. 301 or Fin. 321. NBC/120. Model Program FRESHMAN YEAR College of Undergraduate Studies-Pre-Business *Communications .................. . ................ 6 College Algebra (Math . 107) .. .. ........ ............... 3 College Calculus (Math. 108) .......................... 3 Principles of Political Science (Pol. Sci. 1 00) ............. 3 Amer i can National Government (Pol. Sci . 110) .......... . . 3 tPrinciples of Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ::f:lntroduction to Business (B. Ad . 100) ...... . . ........... 3 Nonbusiness electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Total semester hours ........ . . ..... . . ................ 30 SOPHOMORE YEAR College of Undergraduate Studies-Pre-Business Principles of Economics (Econ . 201, 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200) ....... 3 Bus i ness Statistics (Stat. 200) . ................... . .... . 3 Introductory Accounting-Financial Aspects (Acct. 200) . . 3 Nonbusiness electives ....... .... . ... .. .' ........ . . . . Total semester hours ................ .......... ....... 30 JUNIOR YEAR School of Business Principles of Marketing (Mk. 300) ........ . . . ............ 3 Basic F i nance (Fin. 305) .............................. 3 Introduction to Management and O r ganization ( Org .B. 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Operations Analysis (Op.Mg . 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Law (B. Law 300). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 School of Business I 49 Nonbusiness elect i ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eithe r business or nonbusiness electives .. .. ... ..... . . . Total semester hours .......................•......... 30 SENIOR YEAR School of Business Business Policy (B. Ad. 450, 451, or 452) . . . . . ............ 3 Bus i ness and Government (B.Ad . 410) or Business and Society (B.Ad. 411) .............. ...... 3 Area of emphasis requi r ements . ............ . . . ...... . . . 12 Bus i ness electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Either business or nonbus i ness electives ............... Total semester hours .............................. . . . 30 Areas of Emphasis-Required Courses (Effective Fall1973) Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student's official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses. If you are following OBC/128, please refer to the School of Business and Graduate School of Business Adm i nistration Bulletin for 1972-73. Accounting Required: Acct. 214,322 , 323 , 432. Accounting elec tive : 3 additional hours. Business Education Required : Educ. 306 , 307, 308 , 451, 498 ; B . Ed. 230, 410, 411; O . Ad. 421, 440,441, or 420. Computer-Based Information Systems Required: C.S. 312; Mg.Sc. 445 , 455; Stat. 490. Finance Required: Fin. 401, 402, 433, 455. International Business Required : Econ. 441; three of these four: B.Ad. 440, Fin. 440, Tr.Mg. 458, or Mk . 490. Marketing Required: Mk . 330, 480. Marketing electives: 6 addi tional hours. Office Administration Required: O.Ad. 301,420,421,440,441. Operations Management Required: Op .Mg. 440, 444 , 447. Recommended elective : Org .B. 335 , 434 ; Tr. Mg. 450; Op .Mg. 460; Acct. 432. Organizational Behavior Required: any four of the following five: Org .B. 333, 335, 337, 434 , 438. Real Estate Required: R.Es. 430, 473, 401 or Fin. 454. Recom mended elective: Acct. 441; Ins. 484; Fin. 401, 402, 433, 455; Arch. 360, 450, 451. Small Business Management Required: O.Ad. 440; Fin . 401; B.Ad. 470. Recom mended elective: Org.B. 333; Op.Mg. 447, 460; Tr.Mg. 450; Mk. 470; Acct. 432. * Courses selected from the following : Engl . 100 or Engl . 101; Engl . 110 or Engl . 111, or Engl. 112; Engl. 120 or 121; Engl . 315 ; C . T . 202; C . T . 210 ; C . T . 315 ; C . T . 320 ; C .T. 420 . tRequi rement may be met with any Pr i nciples of Sociology course for 3 semester hours . /Applies as a business elective. It is recommended , but not required . For completion of the B.S . (Bus . ) degree requirements, the stu dent ' s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division nonbus i ness courses .

PAGE 54

50 I University of Colorado at Denver Statistics Required: any four of the following six: Stat. 300, 470,480,482,484,490. Transportation Management Required : Tr.Mg. 450, 452, 458. Recommended elec tives: Mk. 485; Tr.Mg . 456; Org.B. 434; Op . Mg. 440, 460. Combined Programs Please refer to the School of Business and Grad uate School of Business Administration Bulletin for the following combined programs: Engineering and Busi ness, Pharmacy and Business, Environmental Design and Business . GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS The graduate programs leading to the Master of Business Administration degree are offered through the faculty of the Graduate School of Business Admin istration. (NOTE: An application for admission to the Graduate School of Business Administration must be accompanied by a nonrefundable fee of $20 when the application is submitted.) Graduate programs leading to the Doctor of Busi ness Administration, Master of Science, and Master of Business Education are offered through the University of Colorado Graduate School. Master ' s degree pro grams in business are accredited by the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Requirements for Admission Master's Programs Admission to the graduate programs will be deter mined by the following criteria: 1. Applicant ' s undergraduate academic record . 2. Letters of recommendation submitted from for mer teachers or employers. 3. The applicant's scores on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, which is required of all appl i cants . (This test is given five times each year at numerous centers throughout the country. For in formation and to make application for the test , write to the Educational Testing Service , P . O . Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.) In general , students failing to meet minimum stan dards are not admitted on provisional status. Under exceptional circumstances , a student may be admitted on a provisional status for a specified probationary term. At the end of the probationary period , the School of Business Graduate Committee will review the stu dent ' s performance and recommend to the dean whether the student should be admitted to regular degree status or dropped from the graduate program. Only graduate students admitted as regular degree or provisional students and senior undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the 400-level "fundamentals" courses (which are specif ically for degree candidates) or for any of the required 600-level courses in the M . B . A . program. These courses are not open to nondegree special students . Advisory Committee An advisory committee is appointed for each Master of Science and Master of Business Education degree candidate. The student initially meets with representa tives of the Graduate Committee for the purpose of ascertaining his principal field of interest and the particular degree program he should follow. A chairman selected for the student ' s advisory committee then acts as the student ' s faculty adviser. Other committee members are appointed during the student's first se mester in residence . Requirements for Degrees-Master's Programs Students in master ' s degree programs in business are expected to have or to acquire an adequate back ground preparation in: Accounting Marketing Business Finance Operations Management Business Law Organizational Behavior Financial Institutions Principles of Economics Management Science Statistics Statistics, Financial Institutions, Management Sci ence , and Introduction to Management and Organiza tion are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree. An undergraduate degree program in business ad ministration usually provides appropriate background in each of these fields. At the University of Colorado, the appropriate undergraduate courses are: Acct. 200 and 214; B.Law 300; Econ. 201 and 202; Fin . 305; Op . Mg. 300; Org.B. 300; Mk. 300; Stat. 200 an d 490. For students lacking such preparation , 3-credit graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields : Econ. 400, B.Ad. 401 (Acct.) , B.Ad. 402 (Stat.), B.Ad. 403 (Mk .), B.Ad. 404 (Org.B.), B.Ad. 405 (Fin.), B.Ad. 406 (Law). and B.Ad. 407 (Mg.Sc.). All students entering the Master of Business Ad ministration or Master of Science program are required to take either B.Ad. 402 or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination covering this subject matter. For students with no undergraduate work in busi ness administration, 24 semester hours of fundamentals courses will be required tor background preparation. Qualifying Examinations. Satisfactory performance on the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business and admission into a master ' s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualify ing examination for graduate study. Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12 semester hours. Additional hours may be taken upon approval of the student's adviser, subject to the general rules of the Graduate School. Minimum Hours Required as Regular Degree or Provisional Student. A candidate for a master ' s degree in business must complete a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work after being admitted to the program. This requirement in no way changes the minimum of 30 semester hours needed for a degree. Minimum Grade-Point Average . A minimum cumula tive grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student ' s admission to the graduate program. If a student's cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0, he will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the re quired 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal. The grade-point average is computed on the basis outlined below in which plus and minus grades are included.

PAGE 55

A 4.0 C + 2 . 3 A-3.7 c 2 . 0 8 + 3.3 C -1.7 8 3.0 D 1.0 8-2.7 F 0 Work receiving the lowest passing grade (0) may not be counted toward a degree , nor may it be ac cepted for the removal of deficiencies. To earn a grade of W (Withdrawal) in a course , a gradua te student must be earning a grade of C or bet ter in that course. An IP (In Progress) grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) following that in which the grade of IP is given . By the end of that interval , the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A , 8 , C, D , F , or W. Except under unusual circumstances , if no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time, the IP shall be converted to an F. Time Limit. All work , including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master ' s degree is expected to complete his work with reason able continuity . (Under unusual circumstances , stu dents whose residency is interrupted for legitimate reasons , such as military service , may apply for an extension of time.) Master of Business Administration The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts , analytical tools , and com munication skills required for competent and respon sible administration . The administrat i on of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political , and economic environment. In addition to the general requirements for a mas ter ' s degree listed above , the candidate for the M . B.A . degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows: Core Requirements Semester Hours a. Business and Its Environment B.Ad. 610. Business and Its Environment I ... ....... 3 B . Ad.611. Business and Its Environment 11 .....•• • •• 3 b. Analysis and Control B.Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analys i s . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad. 620. Administrative Controls ...... ......... . . 3* B.Ad. 630. Business Research ...... ... . ........ ... 3* c. Human Factors B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 d. Planning and Policy B.Ad. 650. Business Policy ........ . ............... 3 21 Area Of Emphasis a. Area of Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9t Total .................. . ................ ....... 30 Areas of emphasis include accounting , finance, management science (see below) , marketingt, office administration , operations management , organizational behavior , and transportation management. Courses comprising the area of emphasis must be approved by the head of the division or his designated representative. School of Business I 51 M.B.A. Management Science Program For the student who selects management science as his area of emphasis, the M.B.A. program is as follows: Policy Formulation and Administrat i on (15 semester hours) Semester Hours B . Ad. 610-611. Business and Its Environment I and II .. 6 B . Ad. 615. Bus ines s and Econom ic Analysis ........ .. 3 B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad . 650. Business Policy .......... . ... .......... 3 Analysis and Control-Area of Emphasis (15 semester hours ) At least three courses from the following : Mg.Sc. 615. Dec isio n Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mg.Sc. 625. Computer Oriented Decision Mode ling .. .. 3 Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Pro gramm ing ............ 3 Mg.Sc. 675. Seminar in Management Sci e nce ........ 3 Mg.Sc . 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science . 3 At least two additional courses from those listed above or from the follow ing: Stat. 470. Elements of Mathematical Statistics ........ 3 Stat. 480. Multiple Correlat ion and Regression Analysis ................................. . .... 3 Stat. 482. Samp lin g and Inference ..........•....... 3 Stat. 484. Business Forecasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Op .Mg. 640. Op erations Management ............... 3 E.D.E.E. 548. Appl ied Probability Models ............ 3 E . D . E . E . 545. Produc tion Automat ion Systems ........ 3 E . D.E.E. 595. Selected Topics .................... 1-6 B .Ad. 620. Administrat ive Contro l s ................. 3 No thesis is required in the M . B .A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study courses {499 or 699) are normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program . M . B.A. candidates may begin work for their f i nal 30 semester hours at the start of t he fall , spring , or summer terms. Comprehensive Examination Each candidate for the M . B.A . . degree i s required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been com pleted. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate ' s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree , pro vided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses. (A student must be registered when he takes this examination . ) • B .Ad. 620 and/ or B .Ad. 630 may be waived if a student has had similar work in his graduate or undergraduate program. Waiver will be upon recommendation of faculty teaching the course(s) and approval of the D irector of Graduate Studies. In suc h cases, the additional hours w ill be tak en as electives or, upon approval of his area adviser and the Graduate Committee , in h is are a of em phasis . Waiver will be upon petition to the D irector of Graduate Studies. tA minimum of 3 hours of courses at the 600 level must be taken in the area of emphasis. (The student also must have a minimum of 24 hours of 600-level courses.) tRequirements for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M . B . A . will consist of 9 hours as follows : Mk. 600 , Mk. 605, and one additional 3-hour marketing course at the 400 level or higher. With the approval of the head of the Management Science D i vision .

PAGE 56

52 I University of Colorado at Denver Master of Science The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a par ticular major field and a related minor iield. Major Fields. For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields , students should consult the following professors: Accounting ... .................. . Professor Tracy Finance ....................... . . Professor Kester Management Science ............. Professor Jedamus Marketing .............. -"-t' •...•. Professor Cateora Organizational Behavior ........... Professor Steinmetz Minor Fields. Fields available in the School of Business tor selection as a minor are: Accounting Business Education Finance Management Science Marketing Office Administration Operations Management Organizational Behavior Transportation Management With the approval of the student ' s adviser, minor fields may be chosen among other business subjects , from the social sciences , or from law. In exceptional cases , minors are permitted in other subject matter areas on recommendation of the Graduate Committee of the School of Business and with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. Minimum Requirements The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree , after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed , are normally met by Plan I, shown below. Candidates may be permitted to fulfill the de gree requirements under Plan II, upon approval in advance by their advisory committee. Plan I . In this plan , the requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate . At least 16 'Of the 30 semester hours must be in courses numbered at the 600 level or above . A minimum of 20 semester hours credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all can didates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field . Not fewer than three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6 , must be com pleted in a minor field. Plan II. In this plan , a minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed , of which at least 16 must be in courses numbered at the 600 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required. Candidates for the M.S. degree , whether following Plan I or Plan II, may not receive credit for 600 level courses with B . Ad. prefix, except B . Ad . 630 and , in some cases, B.Ad. 620. For both Plan I and Plan II, there will be written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields . The candidate ' s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination. Doctor of Business Administration Please refer to the School of Business and Grad uate School of Business Administration Bulletin for information regarding the Doctor of Business Admin istration (D.B .A.) program . ACADEMIC POLICIES Each student in the School of Business is respon sible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the School and for the student's classes. Upon admission to the School of Business , the student has the responsibility for conferring with the Associate Dean or the student adviser in the School of Business concerning his aca demic program. Standards of Performance Each student is held to basic standards of perfor mance established for his classes in respect to atten dance , active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments , correct English usage both in writing and in speech , accuracy in calcula tions, and general quality of scholastic workmanship. Fulfillment of these fundamental responsibilities must be recognized by the student as a requirement for continuance and as an essential condition for achieve ment of satisfactory academic standing. Only those who meet these standards should expect to be recom mended for a degree. To be in good standing, the student must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C) for all course work attempted. This includes both busi ness and nonbusiness courses and applies to work taken at all of the University campuses. When spring semester grades become available, the School of Business Committee on Academic De ficiency will review the records of all students not meeting academic standards. Students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status of one aca demic year or (2) suspension. To return from probationary status to good stand ing , the student must not only achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the academic year but also bring his cumulative grade average on all courses attempted , and on all School of Business courses at tempted , to a 2.0 level or above. To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student's registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Courses completed on the University of Colorado Denver Campus are credited toward School of Business degree requirements exactly as the same courses taken on the Boulder Campus. Credits earned on the Denver Campus are applicable toward residence requirements only when earned after admission to the School of Business. Transfer Credit Credits in business subjects transferred from other institutions to the University of Colorado will be lim ited to the number of credit hours given for similar work in the regular offerings of the School of Business. In general, the School of Business will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower d i vision level , which it applies toward degree requirements, to such courses as the School offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head. Transfer students must take 30 hours of degree requirements in resi dency. For a detailed explanation of transfer credit, see the General Information seclion of this bulletin.

PAGE 57

Correspondence Study Not more than 9 semester hours of credit in busi ness courses taken through correspondence study at the University of Colorado or any other institution of higher learning will be counted toward the B.S . degree in business. All correspondence courses will be eval uated by the Office of the Dean to determine their acceptance. Advanced Standing by Examination Students who are able to offer substantial evidence of prior study of the subject matter of a given course may make application for an advanced standing ex amination. If performance on the examination is satis factory, the student will be given credit, but no grade, for the course . A student who has received a failing grade in a course may not take an advanced standing examination in the same course. Arrangements are made through the Office of Admissions and Records. College Level Examinations (CLEP) are acceptable toward degree requirements under procedures estab lished by the School of Business. Specific information is available in the School of Business office. ROTC Credit Students may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours credit in courses completed in the advanced ROTC program on the Boulder Campus toward non business elective requirements and toward the 120 semester-hour total degree requirements for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward degree require ments is granted for basic (freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses. Independent Study For undergraduate business students desiring to db work beyond regular course coverage, variable credit courses (1-3 semester hours) may be taken under the direction of an instructor who approves the project. Complete information and request forms are available in the School of Business office. Adding and Dropping Courses All requests to change schedules after registration must be made on a Change of Schedule Form avail able in the Office of the Associate Dean of the School of Business. Complete instructions for processing changes are on the form. Signatures approving changes of schedule must be obtained as stated. Except in circumstances clearly beyond the student's control, all changes of schedule should be completed within the first week of the semester. Adding Courses. Courses may be added for credit only during the first week of the semester. In adding courses , business students may not exceed a 19-hour course load limit except with permission from the Office of the Associate Dean. Dropping Courses. Business courses may be dropped with no discredit during the first five weeks of the semester with the approval of the Office of the Associate Dean. After the fifth week, all students must petition to drop business courses . In reviewing a peti tion, the Committee on Academic Deficiencies will recommend one of the following: 1. Drop with no discredit in circumstances clearly beyond the student ' s control. School of Business I 53 2. Drop with the instructor's determination of (a) no discredit, (b) failing . 3. Drop not approved. Courses discontinued without a processed Change of Schedule Form are subject to a grade of F, even though the student may never have attended class . Administrative Drop. Instructors may recommend to the Office of the Associate Dean that students who fail to meet expected course attendance be dropped without discredit during the first ten weeks of the semester. Withdrawal A student leaving th.e University before the end of the semester should secure a Withdrawal Form from the Office of the Associate Dean and follow the in structions on the form. The completed form should be returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Students who attend classes w i ll be charged an appro priate amount or receive a refund according to a defi nite schedule published in the General Information section of this bulletin. Registration for Business Courses A student may register for only those courses for which he has the stated prerequisite training. If junior standing is required, the student should have earned at least 60 semester hours of credit ; for senior stand ing, 90 semester hours. Scholastic Load The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the School of Business is 15 semester hours , with 19 hours the maximum except as indicated below . Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Con tinuing Education, whether in classes or through corre spondence, are included in the student's load . A student having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which he com pleted at least 15 semester hours , with the approval of the Associate Dean, may register for a load exceed ing 19 semester hours. Grading System and Point System A-Superior, with four credit points for each credit hour . B-Good, with three credit points for each credit hour. C-Fair, with two credit points for each credit hour. D-Minimum passing, with one credit point for each credit hour. F-Failure, with no credit points for each credit hour. ICIncomplete . PIF-Pass or Fail. A grade of Incomplete is reported only for illness at the time of the examination or for an equally valid reason. It is given only upon agreement between the associate dean and the instructor concerned . Incom plete grades given for School of Business courses must be completed within the next regular semester; other wise the Incomplete becomes an F on the student's record. A maximum of 16 hours of a combination of busi ness and/or nonbusiness course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor's

PAGE 58

54 I University of Colorado at Denver degree in business. Transfer students are limited to 1 semester hour pass/fail for every 8 attempted at the University. For business majors, pass/fail courses may not be included in " core " courses or in the area of emphasis. Advanced standing examinations and CLEP will count toward the 16 hours of option. A maximum of 6 hours of pass/fail may be taken in any one se mester. Complete information may be obtained from the School of Business office. Description of Courses The School of Business offers courses in the sub ject areas shown below: Accounting Bus iness Administration Business Education Business Law Computer Information Systems Finance Insurance Management Science Office Administrat io n Operations Management Organizational Behavior Real Estate Statistics Transportation Management Courses numbered from 100 to 299 are intended for lower division students. Courses numbered from 300 to 399 are intended for upper division students. Sophomores in the College of Undergraduate Studies also will be admitted if they are considered eligible by that college to register for upper division courses. Courses numbered 400 to 499 are intended for upper division students. With a few exceptions, they also carry graduate credit. The 400 numbered " funda mentals " courses-B.Ad. 401 (Acct.), B.Ad. 402 (Stat.) , B.Ad. 403 (Mk.) , B.Ad. 404 (Org.B.) , B . Ad . 405 (Fin.), B . Ad . 406 (Law), B . Ad. 407 (Mg.Sc.)-are open only to regular degree or provis i onal graduate students, not to those admitted with nondegree status , and to non business seniors who expect to pursue graduate studies in business and who appear to have the qualifications for admission to such a p_rogram. Courses numbered in the 600s are intended pri marily for graduate students ; qualified seniors may be admitted with consent of the instructor. ACCOUNTING Acct. 200-3. Introductory Accounting-Financial Aspects. The preparation and interpretation of the pri ncipal f i nancial state ments of the business enterprise, with emphasis on asset and liability valuation problems and the determination of net in come . (Formerly Acct. 212.) Prer. , sophomore stand ing . Acct. 214-3. Introductory Accounting Managerial Aspects. The analysis of cost behavior and the role of accounting in the planning and control of business enterprises , with em phasis on management decision-making uses of accounting information . Prer., Acct. 200. NOTE : Accounting majors must take this course. Acct. 322-3. Intermediate Financial Accounting. Int ensive analysis of problems and theory of financial statements of condition and net income and other publ ished financial state ments of business organizations. Considerat ion of the role of professional accounting organizations in establishing generally acceptable accounting principles , especially the AICPA and AAA. Prer. , Acct. 214 . Acct. 323-3. Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice I. Con tinuation of Acct. 322 . Prer., Acct. 322. Acct. 424-3. Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice II. Continuat ion of Acct. 323 , with additional emphasis on theory and current problems. Prer., Acct. 323. Acct. 425-3. Accounting Problems and Cases. In-depth analy sis of contemporary accounting issues and problems, the development of accounting thought and principles , and critical review of generally accepted accounting principles. Prer. , Acct. 322 and 323. Acct. 432-3. Cost Accounting. Cost analysis of the manufac turing , marketing , and administrative functions of business organizations , primarily for purposes of control and decision making. Prer. , Acct. 214 , O r g.B . 300 , Stat. 200. Acct. 441-3. Income Tax Accounting. Provisions and proce dures of federal income tax laws and require ments affecting individuals and business organizations , i ncluding the man agement problems of tax p lanning and compliance . Prer. , Acct. 214. Acct. 442-3. Advanced Income Tax Accounting. Cont in uation of Acct. 441, with special emphasis on the income tax prob lems of partnerships , corporations, and estates and trusts . Consideration also is given to federal estate and g ift taxes. Prer., Acct. 441. Acct. 454-3. Accounting Systems and Data Processing. The des i gn and analysis of management information systems , auto mated data processing methods with special emphasis on computers , computer programming , and the role of account ing in the overall management and administration process. Prer. , 9 semester hours of accounting. Acct. 462-3. Auditing Theory. Generally accepted auditing standards and the philosophy supporting them; auditing tech niques available to the independent pub lic accountant. Perti nent publications of the Amer i can Institu te of CPA ' s reviewed. Reference made to internal auditing. Prer., Acct. 323 or con sent of instructor. Acct. 480-3. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Con trol. Development and operation of various budgets for plan ning and control of business and governmental activities . Includes consideration of the integration of program budgets, responsibility center budgets , and fund accoun ting in govern mental accounting systems . Prer. , Acct. 214 or consent of instructor. Acct. 612-3. Financial Accounting Practice and Procedures. Designed to be a graduate-level treatment of substantially the same material covered in Acct. 322 and 323. Should not be taken by students who have taken Acct. 322 and 323 or their equivalent. Restr i cted to graduate students. Prer. , B.Ad. 401 or equivalent. NOTE: This course is not a 600 level seminar for purposes of the M.B . A . area of emphasis in accounting. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.Ad. 100-3. Introduction to Business. Nature of business enterprise; role of business in our society; problems con fronting business management. Career opportunities in busi ness. P rebusiness students are adv i sed to take this course during t heir freshman year. Not open to upper division stu dents in the School of Business . Open only to freshmen and sophomores. B.Ad. 200-3. Business Information and the Computer. A study of the sources and uses of business information. Includes computer programming , data presentation , descriptive statis tics, and interpretation of business, economic, and demo graphic data . Prer. , Math. 108 or equivalent. Students should enroll in B.Ad. 200 and Stat. 200 in consecutive semesters . B.Ad. 410-3. Business and Government. The study of govern ment reg ulati on of the business system. Topics includ e regu lation of business concentration , markets for labor , money , other resources , and final products . Prer., Econ. 201 and 202 . Comple tio n of Pol. Sci. 110 is recommended before taking this course. Does not carry graduate credit for majors in business . If both B . Ad. 410 and 411 are taken, elective credit will be given for the latter to the business student. B.Ad. 411-3. Business and Society. An exam inatio n of inter relationships between business , society , and the environ ment. Topics will include perspectives on the socio-economic business system, current public policy issues, and social responsib iliti es and ethics. Prer., Econ . 201 and 202. Com pletion of Pol. Sci. 110 and Soc . 111 is reco mmend ed before taking this course. If both B.Ad. 410 and 411 are taken , elec tive credit will be given for the latter to the business student.

PAGE 59

B.Ad. 450-3. Cases and Concepts in Business Policy. Em phasis is on integrating the economic , market , social political , technological , and competition components of the external environment w ith the internal character i st i cs of the firm ; and deriving through analysis the appropriate interaction between the firm and its environment to facilitate accomplishment of the firm's objectives. Extensive use of actual case studies from bus i ness supplemented by readings in business policy and strategy . Required fo r graduat i on . Students should reg i s ter for this course only after complet i on of all other co r e course requirements for the B.S. degree. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer. , Fin. 305 , Mk. 300 , Op.Mg . 300 , Org .B. 300, and Stat. 200. The following graduate fundamentals courses {B. Ad. 401, 402, 403, 404 , 405, 406, and 407) do not carry graduate credit , nor may they be used to satisfy re quirements for the bachelor ' s degree in business. They are open only to graduate students admitted on a regular or provisional status , to qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business , and to Special Students who will be applying for graduate admission during the term in which they are enrolled for the course . B.Ad. 401-3. Fundamentals of Accounting. Provides basic understanding of accounting essential for graduate study of business. Open only to graduate degree candidates and qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate business study . Does not carry graduate credit. B.Ad. 402-3. Fundamentals of Business Statistics. Provides basic understanding of business statistics essential for grad uate study of business . Open only to g r aduate degree candi dates and to qualified nonbus i ness sen i ors preparing for graduate business study. Does not carry graduate credit. B.Ad. 403-3. Fundamentals of Marketing. Provides basic un derstand ing of marketing essential for graduate study of business . Open only to gradu ate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for busi ness grad uate study. Does not carry graduate credit. This course may be waived _if the student has completed Mk . 300 and one additiona l 3-hour marketing course approved by h i s adviser . B.Ad. 404-3. Fundamentals of Management and Organization. Provides basic understanding of organization theory , per sonnel management , labor relations , and organizational be havior essent ial for graduate study in business . Open only to graduate degree candidates and qualified nonbusiness sen i ors preparing for business graduate study . Does not carry g r ad uate c r edit. B.Ad. 405-3. Fundamentals of Finance. Provides basic under standing of financial institutions and business finance essen tial for graduate study of bus i ness . Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors pre paring for graduate bus i ness study. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer . , B . Ad . 401 or equivalent. B.Ad. 406-3. Legal Environment of Business. Prov i des basic understanding of the private and publ i c law essentia l for graduate ' study in business . Open only to graduate degree candidates and to qualified nonbusiness seniors preparing for graduate study. Does not carr y graduate credit. B.Ad. 407-3. Introduction to Management Science. A survey of the analytical methods of management sc i ence operations research as applied to decision prob l ems i n business . A maj or objective of the course i s to develop an understand ing of the power and the limitations of mathematical-stat i stical models and to develop sk i lls in problem formulation. Open only to graduate degree candid a tes and to qu a lified non business seniors preparing for gradu ate business study. Does not carry graduate cred it. Prer., B.Ad. 402 or equivalent. All candidates for the Master of Business Adminis tration are required to complete B.Ad. 610, 611, 615, 620, 630, 640, and 650. With the exception of B . Ad. 620 and B . Ad. 630, they may not be counted toward the requirements of the Master of Science. B.Ad. 610-3. Business and Its Environment I. Deals with the philosophy and role of business and business executive s in social , governmental , and econom i c environment. Cons i dera tion is g i ven to (1) executive ' s social and ethical responsiSchool of Business I 55 b i lities to employees , customers , and general public; (2) rela tions between business and government , public regulation and social control of business (in general, political , and legal processes as they affect democratic industrialized societies); (3) relations between business and organized labor. B.Ad. 611-3. Business and Its Environment II. Continuation of B.Ad . 610. B.Ad. 615-3. Business and Economic Analysis. A presentation of the concepts , tools , and methods of economic analysis relevant to a broad cross section of decisions within the business firm . Particular attention will be given to market demands and the i nterrelationships between price policy , costs , promotional outlays , operating rates and production schedules , cap i tal budgets , and financing in the short and long run . Prer. , Econ . 400 or equ i valent. B.Ad. 620-3. Administrative Controls. Nature and techniques of control in modern managerial context. Intensive case analysis to study theory and application of control methods. Prer. , B.Ad. 401, 402 , 405 , or equivalents . B.Ad. 630-3. Business Research. Nature , scope , and i mpor tance of business research and research methodology. Em phasizes sources of information , methods of presentation , methods of analysis , and interpretation of statistical data. Involves individual investigation and report writing on prob lems of current business interest. B.Ad. 640-3. Organizational Behavior. Application of behav ioral science concepts and research to management of organ izations. Prer . , B.Ad. 404 or equivalent. B.Ad. 650-3. Business Policy. Emphasizes problem analysis and decision making at integrative-management level. De voted to internal policy making. Considerable use of case method of instruction . Emphasis on integrated use of man agerial accounting , statistics , and other tools of research , analys i s , and control in making company-w i de policy decisions. BUSINESS LAW B. Law 300-3. Business Law. To understand the legal signifi cance of business transact i ons as part of the decision-making process in business. Coverage of text and statutes includes: law and its enforcement; integration of the Uniform Commer cial Code with the law of Contracts , Bailments , Warehouse men and Carriers , Documents of Title , Sales of Goods , and Commercial Paper. Prer. , junior standing . FINANCE Fin. 305-3. Basic Finance. An introduction to finance and the financ i al management of business . The course includes a study of the monetary system and other institutions compris ing the money and capital markets. It also includes a study of the financial manager ' s role i n business , w ith emphasis on the investment of capi t al in assets and on financing the asset requirements of business firms . Prer . , Econ. 201 and 202 , and Acct. 200 . Fin. 401-3. Business Finance I. The financial management of business , incorporating theoretical concepts , analyt i cal meth odology , and the i r practical application for financial decisions and policy formulation . Emphasizes planning and control of curre 'nt assets , short-term financing , intermediate and long term financing , and design of capital structure. Selected readings and case problems are used . Prer. , Fin . 305 . Fin. 402-3. Business Finance II. The financial management of business with emphasis on the following areas: long-term financing , hybrid securities and leasing , marketing security issues , cost of capital , evaluation of investments in capital assets , dividend policy, valuation , acquisit i ons , and capital structure adjustments . Selected readings and cases are used . Prer . , F i n . 305. Fin. 403-3. Problems and Policies in Business Finance. De velops analytical and decision-making skills of students in relation to a w i de range of problems that commonly confront financial management. General problem areas include plan n ing, control , and financing of current operations and longer term capital commitments ; management of income; evaluation of income-producing property; and expansion of business through merger and consol i dation . Case method of instruc tion . Prer . , Fin . 301 and Acct. 322 . Fin. 433-3. Investment and Portfolio Management. Discusses i nvestment problems and polic i es and the methodology for

PAGE 60

56 I University of Colorado at Denver implementing them. Includes portfolio analysis , select i on of investment media , and measurement of performance. Prer., Fin. 401 ; coreq. , Fin. 402 . Fin. 440-3. International Financial Management. Consid ers international capital movements and balance of paymen t s problems. Emphasizes special problems of international oper ations as they affect the financial functions. Reviews both public and private foreign and international institutions as well as the foreign e x change process. Considers financ i al requirements , problems , sources , and polici es of firms do i ng business internationally . Prer. , Fin. 305 . Fin. 454-3. Mortgage Financing. Functions and practices of various real estate mortgage financing institutions. Embraces mortgage lending, servicing , and mortgage banking relat ive to all types and uses of real estate . Prer. , Fin. 301. Fin. 455-3. Monetary and Fiscal Policy. Analyzes the theoret i cal and practical problems concerning the use of monetary and fiscal devices for controlling national and international economic relationships . Emphas i zes the major theories and ana l ytica l models for current monetary and fiscal policies . Prer., Fin . 305. Fin. 601-3. Problems and Policies in Financial Management I. Emphasizes the planning and control responsibilities of f i nan cial management in relation to internal investment decisions and financing asset requirements. Analytical skills are de veloped in analyzing case studies covering a broad range of policies and problems . Specific topics include : management of working capital , capital position , short-term financing and intermediate and long-term financing , and design i ng the cap ital structure. Prer., B . Ad . 405 or equivalent. Fin. 633-3. Investment Management and Analysis. Develops the theory of investment management and security values ; portfolio management including the analysis of investment risks and constraints for both short and long-run investment policies and objectives; the analysis and use of investment information; and the development and application of the tools for determining security values . Prer., Fin. 601 and 602 , or equivalent. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE Mg.Sc. 625-3. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling. Appli cation of the methods of computer science to problems in industrial management. Emphasis is placed on simulation as a method for studying the behavior of dynamic systems and the use of optimization models for their control. Prer., B . Ad. 407 or equivalent. Mg.Sc. 635-3. Mathematical Programming. A study of linear and nonlinear programming algorithms , both deterministic and chance-constrained , including linear programming , dynamic programming , integer programming, quadratic programming , and related techniques . Prer., B.Ad . 407 or equivalent . Mg.Sc. 675-3. Seminar in Management Science. Applicati on of operations research methods to problems of business and industry, with emphasis on the functional fields of marketing , financial management , and production . Prer. , B.Ad. 407 or equivalent , plus 6 additional semester hours of Management Science or Statistics at the 400 level or higher. MARKETING Mk. 300-3. Principles of Marketing. Analytical survey of prob lems encountered by businessmen in distributi ng goods and services to markets . Takes a marketing-management approach in attacking problems related to product planning, channels of distribution , pricing, advertising , and personal selling . Emphasizes the role of the consumer in the marketing pro cess and the social responsibility of the marketer . Mk. 330-3. Marketing Research. Fundamental techniques. Prac tical experience in res e arch methodology : planning an in vestigation , questionnaires , sampling, interpretation of re sults , report preparation . Research techniques for product analysis , motivation research , sales and distribution-costs analyses , and advertising research . Student will incur project expenses in this course . Prer., Mk . 300 and Stat. 300 , o r Stat. 200. Mk. 340-3. Marketing Institutions and Retailing. A study of the macroeconomic foundations of marketing intermediaries, middlemen , and institut i onal alignments. Emphasis placed o n the development and change of institutional structures and functions and the roles played by various participants in moving goods from ong1n to ultimate consumer , with particular focus on retailing functions and strategies . Prer., Mk . 300. Mk. 350-3. Principles of Advertising. Analysis of principles and practices in national and retail advertising from execu tive ' s point of view . Considers whether a firm should adver tise; product and market analysis as a planning phase of advertising program; media ; survey of creation and produc tion of advert i sements ; advertising budgets , copy testing , and organization . Prer., Mk. 300. Mk. 360-3. Industrial Marketing. Major activities involved in market i ng of industrial goods . Analysis of industrial market structures; habits and motives of industrial purchasers ; types of industrial products; pri cing problems; distribution chan nels . Problems in selling to agencies of government. Oriented to engineers and others who may enter the fields of industrial selling or industrial marketing . Prer., Mk. 300. Mk. 420-3. Consumer Behavior. Survey of noteworthy contri butions of the behavioral sciences to the understanding and prediction of consumer behavior. Contributions of various research techniques in the social sciences to the understand ing of consumer purchasing and decision-making processes , with particular attention to formal and informal influence patterns. Survey of models of consumer purchasing behavior, brand loyalty , and product cycles . Prer. , Mk. 300. Mk. 470-3. Sales Management. Problems involved in manag ing a sales force . Includes sales organization , operating a sales force (recruiting , selection , training , compensation , supervision , stimulation) , sales planning (forecasting , budget ing, territories) , sales analysis and control. Prer., Mk. 300. Mk. 480-3. Marketing Policies and Strategies. Detailed con sideration of process of formulating and implementing mar keting policies. Major emphasis on markets , distribution chan nels , and product analysis . Problem approach utilized to develop student ' s analytical ability and to integrate all major areas of marketing . Prer . , Mk. 300. Mk. 490-3. International Marketing. Studies managerial mar keting policies and practices of firms marketing their prod ucts and services in foreign countries. An analytical survey of institutions , functions , policies, and practices in interna tional marketing . Relates marketing activities to the market structure and marketing environment. Prer., Mk. 300 or con sent of instructor. Mk. 600-3. Marketing Management. Analysis of marketing problems and policies requiring decisions by marketing executives. Integrates all areas of marketing management and relates the marketing activities of a firm to finance , produc tion , and other major policy areas . Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad . 403 . OFFICE ADMINISTRATION O.Ad. 440-3. Principles of Office Management. Analysis of principles and their application in the planning, organizing, and controlling of office activities . Methods of developing office systems; importance as a preliminary step in office automation. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Op.Mg. 300-3. Operations Analysis. An introduction to the application of analytical techniques in the design, implemen tation , and control of operational systems in manufacturing, serv i ce , public and other organizations . Some topics which will be included are: inventory models, linear programming, forecasting , waiting line analysis , and quality control. Prer., Acct. 200 and Stat . 200 . Op.Mg. 440-3. Control Systems in Operations Management. Study of management problems and procedures in controlling operations of organizations . Application of quantitative meth ods and evaluation techniques to such areas as cost control, inventory control, quality control , and production control. Prer., Stat. 200 and Op.Mg. 300. Op.Mg. 444-3. Socio-Technical Work Systems: Synthesis and Design. A study of the relationships between people and the technical and physical environments in which they work. In cludes consideration of the theory of and methods for analy sis , measurement , and synthesis of work systems, and of organizational methods for stimulating innovation through work design. Prer. , Stat. 200 and Op. Mg . 300.

PAGE 61

Op.Mg. 447-3. Operations Management : Policy and Practice. Study of operations management policy formulation and ad ministration. Emp h asis is on developing decision-making skills through the use of such learning techniques as case study , field research, and simulation. Prer. , Stat. 200 and Op.Mg. 300. Op.Mg . 640-3 . Operations Management. Study of the strate gies and techniques of formal analysis for the management of operations systems . Student develops skills in problem defi nition and means of implementing solutions in specific situ ations where technological , economic , and human factors must be considered . Prer. , B.Ad. 404 and 407, or equivalents. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Org.B. 300-3. Introduction to Management and Organization. An introductory study of management fundamentals, organiza tion theory , motivation, the behavioral aspects of individual cognitive processes, the behav ior of small work groups , and leadership. (Former ly Org.B. 330.) It is recommended that students com p lete their psychology and sociology require ments before taking this course. Org.B . 335-3. Managing Task-Oriented Groups. Analysis of task-group behavior in work organizations. Includes study of the influences upon group performance, of group formation , co mmu nication , consensus , leadership , norms , change , conflict, and collaboration, and analysis of group member rol es , group structure , and intergroup relationships . Prer., Org . B . 300. Org.B. 337 3 . Managing Complex Organizations. Analysis of histor ical and contemporary models for differentiating, inte grating, and adapting efforts of organizations , using the entire organization as the unit for analysis . The course examines the influence of environment and technology on the organizat ion' s internal structure and method of operation , considering goals , authority , decision making , comm u nicatio ns , and control struc tures and processes. Prer. , Org .B. 300. Org.B . 339-3. Human Organization. Study of organization theory and management practice , with emphasis on indi vidual, group, and managerial effectiveness in organizational contexts. Prer., Org.B. 300 . Org.B . 434-3. Labor Relations : Policy and Practice. Analys i s of legal , political , social , and manager i al aspects of collec tive bargaining and union-management relations . Includes study of conflict theory and strategies for conflict resolution . Prer., Org .B. 300 . Org.B . 438-3. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice. Study of problems in developing and applying specific per sonnel systems (organization , placement , growth, reward , maintenance) in modern organizations , an d analysis of their im p act on organizational effectiveness. Prer., Stat. 200 and Org.B. 300. School of Business I 57 Org .B. 632 3. Management of Personnel Systems. Theory and research bases of such applied personnel systems as organi zation, pl aceme nt , growth , reward , and maintenance . Prer., B . Ad. 404 or equivalent , and introductory statistics. Org.B . 636-3. Seminar i n Management and Organization. Analysis of current issues and research affecting manage ment and organization, reflecting new developments i n organi zatio n theory , organizational behavior, and personnel man agement. Prer., advanced graduate standing in organizational behavior. REAL ESTATE R.Es. 300-3. Pri nciples of Real Estate Practice. Activities in t he current field of real estate pract i ce . Prer., upper divis ion standi ng. R.Es. 430-3. Real Estate Apprais ing. Methods of real estate appraising are studied and applied by a field problem in appraising . Prer. , R.Es . 300 . R.Es. 473-3. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions. Busi ness and legal aspects . Estates i n land , purchase and sales contracts, conveyances , mortgage and trust deed transac tions , property taxes , landlord and tenant , wills and inheri tance . Prer. , B . Law 300 and R.Es . 300 . STATISTICS Stat. 200-3 . Business Statistics . Application of statistical theory to the solution of business problems . Includes the study of probability, sampling distributions , stat i st i cal inference , and decision analysis . Prer., B . Ad. 200. NOTE: Students are en couraged to take Stat. 200 in the semester following com pletion of B.Ad . 200. Stat . 280-3 . Quantitative Method s I. Designed to develop the student ' s ability to visualize busin e ss probl ems and make business decisions under unc e rtainty by supplementing his common sense with simple quantitative concepts. Deals with decision theory , including probability , inference , hypothesis testing, construction of payoff tables , and select i on of deci sion rules . Computer programming and use of the computer in solving business problems are included . Prer., Math . 107 and 108, or equivalent. Stat. 300-3. Intermediate Statist ics. Intermediate level con sideration of problems associated with managerial decision mak i ng under uncertainty . Prer., Stat. 200. Stat. 470 -3. Elements of Mathematical Statistics. An exam i na tion of the mathematical properties of various statistical methods that are used in business research and in business decision making . Prer., Stat. 200 . Stat. 480-3. Multiple Correlation and Regression Analysis . Application of correlation and regression to business prob lems , including linear , curvil i near , and multiple . Computer programming for correlation and regression analysis. Prer., Stat. 470 or consent of instructor .

PAGE 62

58 I University of Colorado at Denver School of EDUCATION THOMAS A. BARLOW, Associate Dean ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL Graduate Programs The Denver Campus offers undergraduate and grad uate programs to prepare teachers and other educa tional workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the Univers ity . No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholast ic disciplines than does teacher educa tion. None is more fundamental, more significant , more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society. The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Assoc iation of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accred itation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Assoc iation of Colleges of Teacher Education. Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Bulletin . Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as grad uate students should consult the Graduate School Bulletin . All students wishing to take work in professional educat ion are urged to seek advice from a faculty member of the School of Education to ensure that requirements for both certification and the degree program sought are fully understood . All application forms for School of Education pro grams are available in the School of Education office , room 706, tele. 892-1117 , ext. 276. Undergraduate Programs Stude nts desiring to pursue degree and/or certifi cati